Crops

Crops Evonne Gong

Asparagus

Asparagus Evonne Gong

Introduction

Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis) is a perennial crop in the lily family. It originated near the Mediterranean and has been used as an agricultural crop since the time of the ancient Greeks. Asparagus beds usually produce well for 10-15 years, so choose a site with that in mind. Avoid areas where this tall crop could shade other crops. Select soils that are deep and well-drained, such as sandy loams or well-drained loams. However, the water table should not be more than four feet below the surface. The site should not have been planted with asparagus for a long period, preferably never. This is to minimize asparagus crown rot (Fusarium moniliforme) which can survive for a long time in the soil even without a host. Land cropped to corn within three years should also be avoided since some strains of F. moniliforme can also infect corn. Avoid areas subject to late spring frosts as emerging spears are easily injured. Site preparation should begin at least one year prior to planting in order to properly adjust soil pH, fertility, and eliminate serious perennial weed problems.

Types and Varieties

All-male hybrids that are tolerant to crown or root rot caused by Fusarium species should be grown. The varieties listed here are also tolerant to rust. 'Mary Washington' and some other old varieties are still available, but are half male and half female plants, making them highly susceptible to crown rot, and are less productive than all-male hybrids. Male plants do not expend energy producing seed and are thus more vigorous than female plants. Also, the lack of seed precludes the growth of nuisance seedlings which are not productive and act as weeds. 

Asparagus Varieties:

  • Millennium
  • Purple Passion (purple)

Soil Fertility

The year before planting, adjust the pH and build fertility in the soil based on soil testing results (see Table below). Asparagus does not tolerate acid soils. Apply lime to maintain soil pH at 6.8-7.0. This may require yearly applications of lime. For new beds, deeply incorporate lime to ensure proper pH at crown depth.

Asparagus is planted fairly deeply and the roots are known to penetrate deeper than six feet. Since there is little downward movement of phosphorus in the soil, it is important to get phosphorus into the root zone before planting. Till deeply and mix fertilizer material well into the deep root zone.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7). The second year after planting, the asparagus should receive fertilizer in the early spring and late summer. In subsequent years the bed should be fertilized after each harvest season. Base fertilizer rates on soil test results. 

Asparagus has moderate requirements for boron. For soils low in boron, apply 1-2 lbs per acre of actual boron every three years to asparagus plantings.

Plant nutrition recommendation according to soil test results for asparagus

SOIL TEST RESULTS

NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE

PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE

POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE

VERY LOW

LOW

OPTIMUM

ABOVE OPTIMUM

VERY LOW

LOW

OPTIMUM

ABOVE OPTIMUM

NEW ASPARAGUS BEDS

Broadcast and incorporate

50

150

90

30

0

200

150

75

0

In bottom of furrow at planting

0

30

30

30

30

0

0

0

0

TOTAL RECOMMENDED

50

180

120

60

30

200

150

75

0

ESTABLISHED HYBRID ASPARAGUS BEDS

Broadcast after cutting season

75

150

90

30-60

0

300

150

75

0

TOTAL RECOMMENDED

75

150

90

30-60

0

300

150

75

0

ESTABLISHED NON-HYBRID ASPARABUS BEDS

Broadcast after cutting season

50

150

90

30-60

0

200

100

50

0

TOTAL RECOMMENDED

50

150

90

30-60

0

200

100

50

0

Planting

Crowns. Plant healthy one-year-old crowns in raised beds at the bottom of 8-in. deep furrows. Be sure the bud is facing up and roots are spread out. Space crowns 12" apart in rows 54-60" apart. Closer spacing produces higher yields in early years, but thinner spears in older beds. This will require 8,712-9,680 crowns per acre or 100 crowns per 100 row-feet. This spacing is for hybrids and is somewhat greater than was recommended for less vigorous non-hybrids. Cover with 2" of soil. During the rest of the season the furrow should be filled in bit by bit, without covering the asparagus foliage.

Transplants. Fields can also be planted with 8- to 12-week-old asparagus seedlings after the danger of frost has passed. Plant spacing is the same as for crowns. Care must be taken in order to prevent the small young ferns from being smothered by soil, especially after heavy spring showers. To accommodate the growth pattern of asparagus roots, use trays with straight, non-foam, non-tapering cells measuring 2"x2"x3". Use a sterilized medium consisting of half sand and half peat or use a commercial seed starting mix. Seed germination will take at least three weeks and the soil must be kept uniformly moist during this time. Young seedlings should be fed with quarter- or half-strength soluble fertilizer solution once each week or as needed. The nitrogen in this fertilizer should be in the nitrate form because young seedlings are sensitive to ammonium sources of nitrogen. The seedlings should be grown in the greenhouse for 6-8 weeks followed by two weeks of hardening off, prior to planting after the danger of frost has passed.

Field Culture

It is essential to maintain healthy fern growth during the first two growing seasons. Weed control is easily accomplished by slowly filling in the trenches over the course of the first season. These cultivations can be timed with flushes of weeds. Be sure ferns are not covered. During the second year the beds must be kept weed-free, especially during late summer and fall. Weed competition late in the season will restrict crown growth. Close attention must be given to insects and diseases that attack young ferns. As ferns become vigorous and full, diseases can cause the ferns to die prematurely, especially in late summer and early fall during periods of humid weather. Fungicides should be applied to control this foliage decline.

Mow brush in early spring before spear emergence followed by shallow discing, no deeper than 2-3 in. in order to prevent crown injury. Some growers remove ferns in the late fall or burn the ferns during the winter. This can destroy rust and purple spot inoculum and reduce harboring sites for insects such as asparagus beetles. Beds can also be disced immediately after harvest to control weeds prior to herbicide application.

Harvest and Storage

Spears may be harvested two times at the beginning of the second season. The harvest season is increased one to two weeks in subsequent years and should be six to eight weeks in mature beds, depending on plant health during the previous summer and fall. If spears are predominantly small in diameter, harvest should be stopped. Overcutting causes rapid decline in bed vigor. Spears can be snapped or cut at or below the soil surface. Avoid injury to newly emerging spears.

Once spears have been bunched and trimmed, they should be placed upright in shallow trays of water and kept cool. Ideally, they should be refrigerated at 32-36ºF and 95-99% relative humidity in order to maintain sugar content and tenderness. Storage life under ideal conditions is 14-21 days. Asparagus has a very high respiration rate and benefits from misting when on display.

Mother Stalk Harvest Method (trial only). In Japan and China, harvest throughout the summer is common. In this method, spring harvest is carried out for two weeks, after which three or four strong spears are left to grow into full ferns. From this point, newly emerging spears can be harvested throughout the season into early fall. Spear production is influenced by soil temperature and nutrient availability. Fertigation is usually practiced with this method. Plants have been shown to have similar longevity as those harvested in the spring only.

Asparagus Disease Control

Asparagus Disease Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Crown Rot (Fusarium species)

Vigorously growing plants are less susceptible to crown rot. Buy top quality crowns. Use new land or land where asparagus has not been grown for 10 years. Use tolerant varieties.

Rust (Puccinia asparagi)

Rust disease attacks fern foliage and can spread rapidly, affecting production in subsequent years. Fern residues should be removed and destroyed prior to spear emergence in the spring. Control volunteer asparagus plants that might be infected. Resistant cultivars are not available. Apply fungicides after spear harvest is complete.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2.0 to 4.0 pt/A; PHI 190d, REI 12h, Group M05. Do not apply within 190 days of the harvest of spears in the following season.
  • copper (Badge SC): 1.0 to 2.5 pt./A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. For suppression. Tank mix with other products registered for rust control. Addition of sticker/spreader recommended.
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI od, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 2.0 qt/A; PHI 180d, REI 24h, Group M03. Begin applications after spears have been harvested.
  • mancozeb plus azoxystrobin (Dexter Max): 2.0 to 2.2 lb./A; PHI 180d, REI 24h, Group M03 &11. Begin applications after spears have been harvested. Alternate with fungicides outside of Group 11.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40 WSP): 5.0 oz/A; PHI 180d, REI 24h, Group 3. Begin applications after spears have been harvested. Observe a 30-day plant-back interval between the last application and planting new crops at the treatment site.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 10.0 to 30.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. Apply to ferns after cutting.
  • tebuconazole (Monsoon): 4.0 to 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 180d, REI 12h, Group 3. Begin applications after spears have been harvested. Do not make more than 3 foliar applications per year.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0h, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods and rates. Ensure thorough coverage to the point of runoff ( 15-25 gallons per acre).
Disease Control

Asparagus Insect Control

Asparagus Insect Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Asparagus Aphids (Brachycorynella asparagi)

Asparagus aphids are small (1.6-2 mm), oval, green to gray aphids that may be covered in a waxy secretion. They overwinter as eggs on asparagus residue in the field. Eggs hatch in spring and nymphs and adults feed on spears, then on ferns. During the summer, wingless females produce live young (nymphs) which develop into reproductive females in 8-10 days. Populations can build up rapidly especially in hot, dry weather. Aphids feed on new growth and cause shortening of internodes, rosetting, or ‘witches broom’ appearance of the foliage. High aphid populations reduce root growth and plant vigor and may kill seedlings. Younger plantings are most vulnerable, especially 2- or 3-year-old plantings that are not being harvested. Cold winters and aphid infestation have a synergistic effect on plant health, greater than either factor alone. Asparagus aphids can also vector viruses, including asparagus virus I and II (AV-I and AV-II) and tobacco streak virus (TSV). During harvest, monitor any plantings that are not being harvested. After harvest, scout ferns for signs of feeding injury and aphid colonies, especially in the basal regions of the plant. Cultural controls include harvesting spears in spring, because only volunteer plants and young plantings that are not harvested will allow aphids to survive and multiply. Remove dead ferns during the fall or winter, and control between-row volunteers through spring tillage or herbicides. Natural biocontrol is provided by insect predators such as lady beetles, lacewings, predatory midges, and syrphid fly larvae, by the parasitic braconid wasp, Diaeretiella rapea, and by a fungal pathogen that is more active in humid climates. Treat ferns when populations are low, if 5% of ferns show injury. Conserve beneficials by using a selective product. Scout again in 5-7 days to determine if further treatment is needed.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 1 pt/A; PHI 180d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply after last harvest. Systemic.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Apply with companion insecticide.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.5 to 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Apply as needed. 
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 170d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply to ferns after harvest, and before populations build to damaging levels. Allow a minimum of 30 days between applications.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Asparagus Miner (Opbiomyia simplex)

This fly was introduced to North America from Europe and is present wherever asparagus is grown. It feeds only on asparagus, and is found primarily on older stalks bearing ferns. The adult fly is shiny black, 3-4 mm long, with clear wings. Larvae are whitish, legless, tapered at both ends, with black mouth hooks at one end. Pupation takes place in the larval mine on the stalk. Overwintering puparia are usually in mines near or below ground level. There are 2 generations per year. Adults emerge in May and lay eggs underneath the epidermis of stems, usually near the base of the plant. Larvae feed in June, pupate inside their larval mines, and a second generation of adults emerges and lays eggs in late July or early August. Second generation larvae feed through August and pupate in the fall, overwintering until the following spring. Larvae feed just beneath the surface of the stem, burrowing upwards or downwards and forming mines. While direct feeding damage can girdle stems if there are several mines per stalk, the effect of miners on yield is usually minimal and the injury is largely cosmetic. The most important injury from asparagus miner is due to its association with Fusarium spp. and its ability to vector this pathogen into the plant through feeding wounds. Cultural practices to reduce damage from asparagus miner include removing overwintering stalks and destroying wild asparagus in the vicinity of commercial plantings. Select varieties that are resistant to Fusarium to reduce disease.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 5.3 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Suppression only.

Cutworms

Caterpillars hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day and feed after dark. Crooks (misshaped spears) are often caused by cutworms injuring tips at or just below the soil surface or feeding on the sides of young spears. For best results, make pesticide applications between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding above ground. Synthetic pyrethroids (group 3A) may work best during cool weather in May. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on the black and variegated cutworms.

  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR PLUS): 1 qt/A prior to fern growth, 2 qt/A on ferns; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A, 1.5 pt/A for variegated cutworm; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to 1 lb/1000 sq ft; PHI 60d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Scatter bait on soil around plants. For postharvest protection of ferns only.

Asparagus Beetles and Japanese Beetle

The common asparagus beetle (Crioceris duodecimpunctata) and spotted asparagus beetle (Crioceris asparagi) overwinter as adults in protected areas along fields, feed and lay eggs in the crop, pupate in the soil, and have 2 or sometimes 3 generations per year. Both species are less than 3/8" long. The common asparagus beetle (CAB) has a bluish-black body with cream-colored, square or rectangular spots, while the spotted asparagus beetle (SAB) is tan to orange with 12 round, black spots. Eggs of CAB are dark brown, laid standing on end in rows along the spears, with 3-10 in each cluster. During harvest, adult feeding by CAB on spears or the presence of CAB eggs can render the crop unmarketable. CAB larvae have 4 instars and are wrinkled, plump, hump-backed, and dull gray or brown with black head and legs. CAB larvae may cause severe defoliation of ferns and decline of the planting. SAB larvae are yellow or orange and feed only on berries. During harvest, scout for adults and eggs on sunny afternoons. Treat spears if >10% of the plants are infested with beetles or 1-2% have eggs or damage. Scout ferns for all life stages of both pests and treat if 50-75% are infested. If possible, spot spray along edges of planting where overwintering adults colonize the field and/or band insecticide over the row to help conserve natural enemies. Use selective insecticides on ferns. During harvest, snap or cut spears close to the soil surface daily and eliminate volunteer plants or treat them with an insecticide to use them as a trap crop. Disk old ferns lightly in the fall and clean areas around planting of debris to reduce overwintering populations. Eliminating female plants, and thus berries, can reduce or eliminate SAB populations. Japanese beetles may feed in ferns in mid-summer.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A for asparagus beetle, 5.3 oz/A for Japanese beetle; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR PLUS): 1 qt/A prior to fern growth, 2 qt/A on ferns; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 1 pt/A; PHI 180d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Asparagus beetle only. Apply after last harvest.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 12.5 to 25 lb/A or 25 to 50 lbs/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied to spears during harvest. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.5 to 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Asparagus beetle only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For Japanese beetle control, use high rate.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. For beetle larvae only. Apply as needed.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A, 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 60h, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Postharvest protection of ferns from asparagus beetle only.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 6 oz/A; PHI 60d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Postharvest protection of ferns from asparagus beetle only.
Insect Control

Asparagus Weed Control

Asparagus Weed Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Grass Weed Control - New plantings and established beds

  • clethodim (Select Max): PHI 1d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 1 qt nonionic surfactant per 100 gal of spray (0.25% v:v). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1/3-2/3% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX): PHI 1yr for high max rate or 1d for low max rate, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply 16-24 oz/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year if harvesting this year or 72 oz/A per year if harvesting next year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal per 100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qts per 100 gal of spray).
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, a minimum of 14 days between applications. Do not exceed 5 pt/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Note that crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.

New Plantings

  • diquat (Reglone): PHI 1yr, REI 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.5-2 pt/A per application. Only use during site preparation prior to planting. Spray weeds 1-6” tall; retreatment may be necessary to control established weeds. Apply in a minimum of 15 gal/A of spray. Do not allow spray to contact crop stems, foliage, or fruit.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate depends on target weeds, see label for rate selection. Avoid contact with any part of the asparagus or crop death could occur. May apply during fallow intervals, prior to crop planting, at planting, before crop has emerged, or immediately after cutting before spears have emerged.
  • linuron (Lorox DF): PHI 1d, REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. For pre- and postemergence control of many annual broadleaf weeds. For preemergence, apply 1-4 lbs/A after applying activated charcoal in a 1” wide band above seeds or crowns. For postemergence weed control, apply 1-2 lbs/A per application, up to 2 applications. Do not exceed 4 lbs/A per year. Spray when ferns are more than 6” tall and weeds are less than 4” tall. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): PHI 6d, REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.7-2.7 pt/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Can be applied before planting or as a stale seedbed application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. Restricted-use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can be applied preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 8.2 pt/A, only 1 application allowed per year. Can be applied to newly planted crowns but NOT to a newly seeded crop. When applying to newly planted crown asparagus, ensure crowns are fully covered with 2-4” of soil. Do not apply over the top of emerged spears or injury will occur. On sandy soils do not use more than 2.4 pt/A. Apply uniformly to the soil surface, cultivate or use Gramoxone to control emerged weeds.
  • terbacil (Sinbar WDG): PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 1-2 lbs/A per application, multiple applications are allowed. Do not exceed 2.5 lbs/A per year. Direct seed asparagus 1.5-1” deep, then apply activated charcoal in a 1” wide band above seeds or crowns and then apply Sinbar WDG. Use a lower rate on sandy soils.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-4 pts/A per application, multiple applications allowed. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. Apply prior to planting or immediately after planting seed and prior to crop germination. Can also apply and incorporated at or before the last cultivation. Rate depends on soil texture and percent organic matter. Incorporate within 24 hours of application and a second time in the opposite direction for best results. Take care not to bring untreated soil to the soil surface during re-incorporation.

Established Beds – Before spear emergence or after harvest season

  • carfentrazone-ethyl (Aim EC): PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 20 days apart. Do not exceed 3.8 oz/A per year. Apply as a hooded application, or as a broadcast application after harvest to control broadleaf weeds and existing asparagus tissue.
  • clomazone (Command 3ME): PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 42.7 oz/A, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply prior to spear and weed emergence or after a clean harvest in at least 10 gal of spray per acre. All asparagus plant parts must be covered with soil prior to application to prevent injury.
  • diuron (Diuron 4L): REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 0.8-3.2 qts/A if 1 application is made or apply 0.8-2.4qts/A per application if 2 applications are made. Do not exceed 4.8 qts/A per year. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Can be applied before weeds become established but no earlier than 4 weeks before spear emergence and no later than the early cutting period. A second application can be applied immediately following the final harvest if rainfall is expected.
  • flumioxazin (Chateau SW)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 6 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Must be applied to dormant asparagus postharvest, at least 2 weeks before spear emergence. If soil has been disturbed within 60 days prior to application or if asparagus is not dormant, crop injury may occur. Must be sprinkler or rainfall incorporated (0.5 to 0.75” of water). Can be tank-mixed with Gramoxone for burndown of emerged weeds.
  • linuron (Lorox DF): PHI 1d, REI 24h, Group 5. For pre- and postemergence control of many annual broadleaf weeds. Before spears emerge, apply 1-4 lbs/A per application. Do not exceed 4 lbs/A per year, (including applications after spear emergence). Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • mesotrione (Callisto): REI 12h, Group 27. Apply 3 to 7.7 oz/A per application, a maximum of 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days between applications. Do not exceed 7.7 oz/A per year. Can be applied in the spring prior to spear emergence, or after harvest, or both. When using Callisto after harvest, till the field or tank-mix with Gramoxone to eliminate emerged spears or crop injury may be observed. Callisto provides excellent control of horseweed (also called marestail) and common lambsquarters. Add 1% crop oil concentrate (1 gal per 100 gal of spray solution) or 0.25% nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray solution) if target weeds are emerged at the time of application.
  • metribuzin (Metribuzin 75): PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 1.3 to 2.6 lb/A in the spring as a single application or apply 0.6 to 1.3 lbs/A in the spring and 1.3 to 2.0 lbs/A after harvest but before fern emergence as a split application. Do not exceed 2.6 lbs/A per year. Do not apply to established beds after emergence.
  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT): REI 24h, Group 0. Apply up to 2 gal/A, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply to a weed-free soil surface. Incorporate with 2-4” of water through irrigation or rainfall within 24 hours of application.
  • norflurazon (Solicam DF): PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 12. Apply 2.5 to 5 lb/A, multiple applications per year are allowed, but maximum rate per year is based on soil texture. Incorporate and activate with water through irrigation or rainfall within 4 weeks of application. Apply as a directed spray to the soil.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): PHI 6d, REI 12h, Group 22. Apply 1.7 to 2.7 pts/A, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply prior to emergence of crop; asparagus plants that have emerged at time of application will be killed. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. Restricted-use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training....
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 8.2 pt/A, only 1 application allowed per year. On sandy soils do not use more than 2.4 pt/A per year. Apply before spear emergence or after harvest. Do not apply over the top of emerged spears or injury will occur. Apply uniformly to the soil surface, cultivate or use Gramoxone to control emerged weeds. 
  • quinclorac (Quinstar 4L): REI 12h, Group 4. Apply up to 12.6 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply to the soil after the last harvest, before the first frost. Can add a crop oil concentrate. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Do not apply when crops are stressed. 
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 4.5-12 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter and soil pH. Apply to the soil in the spring, before spears have emerged in 10-40 gal/A of spray. Do not use on soils that have less than 1% organic matter.
  • terbacil (Sinbar WDG): PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 1 to 1.5 lbs/A per application, multiple applications are allowed. Do not exceed 2.5 lbs/A per year. Apply after a clean cutting or after the last harvest, prior to spear emergence. Use a lower rate on coarse-textured soils. Do not apply if roots are exposed or if the planting is weak.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1 to 4 pts/A per application, multiple applications allowed. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. Apply as a single or split application to dormant asparagus in winter or early spring after mature ferns have been removed. Do not apply immediately after harvest in late spring/early summer just before ferns develop. Rate depends on soil texture and percent organic matter. Incorporate within 24 hours of application and a second time in the opposite direction for best results. Take care not to bring untreated soil to the soil surface during re-incorporation.

Established Beds - Postemergence, after weeds germinate

  • 2,4-D sodium salt (Amine 4): PHI 3d, REI 48h, Group 4. Apply 3-4 pt/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per season, a minimum of 1 month apart. Do not exceed 4.2 pts/A per year. Apply in 50-60 gal/A of spray in the spring. Keep spray off spears and ferns by using drop nozzles. Cut and discard any malformed spears immediately. 2,4-D is hazardous to most horticultural crops. Drift or sprays may seriously injure or reduce yields of these crops. May help to control unwanted seedling asparagus.
  • clopyralid (Clean Slate): PHI 48h, REI 12h, Group 4. Apply 0.5-0.67 pts/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 0.67 pts/A per year. Apply before or during the asparagus cutting season or after the final harvest but before fern growth. Following application, wait at least 2 weeks before cultivating. Layby applications should be made as soon as possible after cutting as long as weeds are at the proper stage of growth. Malformed ferns may result from application when spears are more than 3" tall or with open seed heads. When this product is applied during the cutting season, some crooking (twisting) of asparagus spears may occur. Do not apply during the cutting season if crooking cannot be tolerated. Clear-cutting of spears just before applying this product may reduce the occurrence of crooking.
  • dicamba (Clarity): PHI 24h, REI 24h, Group 4. Apply 8 to 16 fl oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed. Do not exceed 16 fl oz/A per year. Apply to emerged and actively growing weeds immediately after cutting field but at least 24 hrs before next cutting. If spray contacts emerged spears, crooking (twisting) of some spears may result. If crooking occurs, discard affected spears.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 fl oz to 3.1 qts/A per application. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Apply to emerged weeds well before spear emergence in the spring or after cutting season when all spears and ferns have been removed (clean cut). Avoid contact with any part of the asparagus or crop death could occur. Rate depends on target weeds, see label for rate selection.
  • halosulfuron (Sandea): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5 to 1.5 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per season. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. For us in transplanted crowns and established beds only. For transplanted crowns, apply no sooner than 6 weeks after fern emergence. For established beds, apply before, during, or at the end of harvesting season. May cause temporary stunting or twisting of ferns on certain varieties. Crop injury will decrease and weed control will improve when applied with a drop nozzel as a directed spray below the ferns. If targeting nutsedge, split applications during and after harvest are recommended. Use 0.75-1 oz per acre for each application at least 21-30 days apart, when nutsedge is targeted. Weed control may be reduced without the use of a surfactant.
  • linuron (Lorox DF): PHI 1d, REI 24h, Group 5. For pre- and postemergence control of many annual broadleaf weeds. For postemergence weed control, apply 1-2 lbs/A per application, up to 3 applications, or 1 application of 4 lbs/A at the fern stage as a directed spray. Do not exceed 4 lbs/A per year (including applications before spear emergence). Spray when ferns are more than 6” tall and weeds are less than 4” tall. Use the lower rate on sandy soils low in organic matter, and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use before planting, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. MA, ME, and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.

There is limited local data available for quinclorac (Quinstar), carfentrazone (Aim), sulfentrazone (Aquesta), and diquat (Reglone). There may be potential crop injury concerns with use of these products in our region.

Weed Control

Basil

Basil Evonne Gong

Introduction

Basil (Ocimum spp.) is a member of the mint family. There are several species and numerous interspecific hybrids. The most common culinary type is sweet basil, O. basilicum, which also has purple and lemon-scented cultivars. Specialty types include Thai (O. tenuiflorum), lemon (O. americanum x O. citridorum) and small-leaved bush types of various species and crosses. Basil seed is not always true to type. Try to obtain high-quality seed that is uniform with a high germination percentage.

Types and Varieties

 

TYPE VARIETIES
Sweet

Amazel - BDM

Aroma 2 - F

Everleaf - BDM, F (intermediate)

Evi - BDM

Eleonora - BDM

Genovese

Italian Large Leaf

Newton - F

Nufar - F

Prospera - BDM

Prospera Active - BDM

Rutgers Devotion - BDM

Rutgers Obsession - BDM, F

Rutgers Passion - BDM

Rutgers Thunderstruck - BDM

Purple

Red Rubin - BDM

Dark Opal

Amethyst Improved

Prospera Red - BDM

Thai Sweet Thai
Bush

Spicy Bush

Spicy Globe

Scented

Sweet Dani (lemon) - BDM

Lime Basil - BDM

Holy Basil (medicinal)

Cinnamon Basil

F: Some resistance to Fusarium wilt,
BDM: Some resistance to basil downy mildew.

NOTE: Basil downy mildew (Peronospora belbarhii) was first reported in the United States in 2007. Eleonora and Everleaf were the first downy mildew resistant sweet basil varieties available in the US. Varieties with stronger resistance have since been released: Prospera, Amazel, and the Rutgers varieties Obsession, Devotion, Passion, and Thunderstruck. Thai, lemon, and spice basil varieties have intermediate BDM resistance.

Soil Fertility

Basil grows well in a warm, well-drained soil in a wide pH range, although the typical vegetable crop range of pH 6.0-6.8 is ideal. Although adequate fertility is required (see Table below), excess nitrogen applications can cause postharvest discoloration and reduce flavor. Basil benefits from a sidedress application of nitrogen after the first or second cutting.

Plant nutrition recommendation according to soil test results for basil

SOIL TEST RESULTS

NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE  PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
 POTASSIUM (K) - 
LBS K2O PER ACRE

VERY LOW

LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM

VERY LOW

LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM

Broadcast and incorporate

100

120

60

30

0

100

50

25-50

0

Sidedress after 1st or 2nd cutting

15-30

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

TOTAL RECOMMENDED

115-130

120

60

30

0

100

50

25-50

0

Planting

In New England, basil is most commonly transplanted, but because it is highly sensitive to cold (low 40s), it should not be set out until after danger of frost. Seeds will germinate within 4-8 days at temperatures of 68-74ºF. Transplant at approximately 6 weeks old. Topping when plants are 5-6 in. tall encourages branching. Basil is often spaced at 6-12 in. between plants in double rows. Tighter spacing will promote longer shoots for bunching.

If field soils are warm enough, basil can be direct-seeded in a well-prepared seedbed at a spacing of 8-10 seeds per foot and later thinned. Basil can be direct sown using an onion seeder. Pelleted seeds are also available to facilitate outdoor seeding.

Field Culture

Because of the lack of herbicides for weed control and the need for warm temperatures, basil is well suited to growing in raised beds covered with black plastic mulch. Drip irrigation allows consistent application of water while also reducing foliar diseases. Cultural management of insects, diseases, and weeds is necessary because few pesticides are registered for use on basil. Summer weight row covers can help to exclude insect pests but create a more humid environment that is more conducive to downy mildew development. Row cover is not required for production in mid-summer.

Harvest and Storage

Basil can be lightly harvested by pruning as early as 6 weeks after planting, with regular harvests starting a few weeks after that. Harvests should take place in the morning after the dew has left the plants. Depending on the intended use and market, individual leaves or entire stems may be harvested. Basil grown for culinary use should be harvested before flowering, as flavor will be adversely affected if plants are allowed to flower. If grown for essential oil production, basil should be harvested at full bloom. Plants will set seed if flower spikes are not removed as they appear. Sequential plantings can help ensure continuous production of quality shoots and leaves. Plan to finish harvesting downy mildew-susceptible varieties before mid-summer; resistant varieties can be expected to produce clean growth for a few weeks after downy mildew arrives.

Damage can be caused by rough handling, desiccation, and chilling (<40°F). Cooling can be accomplished by rinsing in 55°F water, but foliage should be dried completely prior to packing. Maintenance of clean growing conditions, free from mud splash, enables some growers to avoid contact with water. Basil should then be stored at temperatures above 54°F.

Basil Disease Control

Basil Disease Control ashahane

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Pesticide use in greenhouses and high tunnels:

Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if: 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically says it can be used in the greenhouse; OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is ‘silent’ about use in the greenhouse in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

Purchase disease-free seed. Use resistant varieties where feasible. Promptly remove any stock plants that are diseased or low in vigor. Use separate greenhouses for herb production and keep stock plants separate from production areas. There are few fungicides or bactericides registered for herbs.

Bacterial Leaf Spot (Pseudomonas cichorii)

Disinfect all benches, equipment, and pots. Purchase culture-indexed plants and disease-free seed. Avoid overhead irrigation. Discard infected plants. Clean production areas thoroughly after harvest, as bacteria can survive in dead leaves.

Botrytis blight and stem canker (Botrytis cinerea)

Management of environmental conditions such as temperature, relative humidity, and duration of leaf wetness is vital to Botrytis control. Control weeds and remove plant debris between crops and during production. Provide good air circulation and reduce humidity within the plant canopy by proper plant spacing, plant height, and fertility. Water in the morning, never late in the day.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply preventatively.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications.
  • potassium bicarbonate (PB 133, MilStop SPOG): 2.5 to 5.0 lb/100.0 gal; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. See label for small volume application rates.
  • Ulocladium oudemansii U3 strain (BotryStopOG): 2.0 to 4.0 lbs/A; REI 4h, Group NC. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development.

Damping-off, Crown and Root Rot (Pythium spp., Rhizoctonia spp., Fusarium spp. & Phytophthora spp.)

Use pasteurized soil or soilless mixes for transplant production. Disinfect all flats, pots, and tools. Use bottom heat to promote rapid seed germination. Avoid over-watering, over-fertilizing, and overcrowding. Promptly rogue out infected plants. Manage fungus gnats and shore flies. 

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply preventatively in a minimum of 50.0 gallons of water/A.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 0.5 to 1.0 pt/A; PHI 21d, REI 48h, Group 4. Pythium and Phytophthora only.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soil-borne fungi. Does not control Pythium or Phytophthora.
  • potassium phosphite (K-Phite 7LP): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Apply in a minimum of 20.0 gal water/A.

Downy Mildew (Peronospora belbarhii)

Downy mildew of basil can be serious in both field and greenhouse production. Start with certified, disease-free seed. Scout crops regularly and promptly remove and destroy infected plants. Reduce leaf wetness duration by increasing plant spacing, improving air circulation, and watering when plants will dry quickly. In the greenhouse, use a combination of heating and venting to reduce humidity and condensation, especially when warm days are followed by cool nights. Varieties with some resistance to downy mildew are available (see Varieties).

  • azoxystrobin (Heritage): 0.18 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for instructions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply preventatively.
  • copper octanoate (Cueva): 16.8 gal/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group M01. Begin applications when environmental conditions favor disease development. 
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.75 to 3.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Greenhouse and field use.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 6.0 fl. oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h Group 11. Greenhouse and field. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 43. Field use only. Must be tank mixed with a fungicide with a different mode of action. 
  • hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid (Oxidate 2.0OG): 1:2 to 1:4 dilution; PHI 0d, REI 0h. Do not tank mix with copper. 
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI od, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • mandipropamid (Micora): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 40. Greenhouses use limited to structures with permanent flooring only. Not labeled for field use.
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 40. Field use only.
  • mefenoxam (Subdue Maxx): 2.0 pt/A; PHI 21d, REI 48h, Group 4. Tank mix with fungicides from other groups. 
  • oxathiapiprolin (Segovis): 1.1 to 2.4 fl.oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 49. Begin foliar application prior to disease development. Use the higher rate when disease is present. 
  • potassium bicarbonate (PB 133 AKA MilStop SPOG): 2.5 lb/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Thorough coverage is essential. Registered for greenhouse and field use. See label for small volume application rates.
  • potassium salts of phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/100.0 gal/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed.
  • Streptomyces lydicus (ActinovateOG): 6.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0h, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods and rates. Ensure thorough coverage to the point of runoff ( 15-25 gallons per acre.)

Fusarium Wilt (Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. basilici)

Fusarium wilt is very difficult to manage as it can persist in the soil or hydroponic system for many years. Practice strict sanitation. Begin with disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water or dilute bleach. The basil varieties Aroma 2, Nufar, Newton, and Rutgers Obsession have some resistance to Fusarium wilt. Fusarium is a soil inhabitant that can become established in the field. Promptly remove and destroy all infected plants, infested soil, and plant debris. Rotate crops, excluding members of the mint family, which can be symptomless carriers of Fusarium.

Disease Control

Basil Insect Control

Basil Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details

Aphids

For more information on biology, see aphids in the pepper section.

  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 8 to 32 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after application to see control.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.2 oz/A foliar; PHI 14d soil, 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Repeat application every 2-3 days until pest is under control. For enhanced and residual control apply with companion labeled insecticide.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Japanese and Oriental Beetles

Beetles move into basil after emerging from soil in turf, pastures, or fallow areas, starting in late June and peaking in July. Adult beetles skeletonize leaves as they feed. Row covers can prevent feeding, but watch for build-up of aphids due to exclusion of natural enemies. The basil variety Nufar is very attractive to Japanese beetles and can be used for a trap crop.

  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. 
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A (soil applications only); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A. Japanese beetles only.
Insect Control

Basil Weed Control

Basil Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using.

Many growers choose to grow basil on plastic mulch. Basil usually grows quickly and shades the planting hole in plasticulture, out-competing weed growth. Apply the plastic at least 2-3 weeks prior to planting and kill the weeds between the mulch prior to setting the basil plants on the plastic. On bare ground culture, keep cultivations shallow to protect crop roots. Do not move soil into the crop row as basil plants may be more susceptible to diseases when soil is mounded against the stems of the crop.

Stale Seedbed 

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. 
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. 

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT)REI 24h, Group 0. Apply 2-4 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can only be applied to transplants before planting. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Incorporate 2-4” into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall within 24 hours of application. If using plastic mulch irrigate with sufficient water to wet to a depth of 2-4” if soil is dry, incorporate into the soil, and then lay mulch on the same day as application.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply up to 2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Can be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt per 100 gal of spray). Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1/3% to 2/3% (0.44 to 0.85 oz per gallon) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz per gallon). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution. Has not been tested on all varieties, crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. If no crop response is evident seven days after treatment, Select Max Herbicide may be used on the entire field at the rate tested.
  • glyphosate (Roundup PowerMax)PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. May cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 24h, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Bean: Snap, Lima, and Dry

Bean: Snap, Lima, and Dry Evonne Gong

Introduction

Snap and dry beans (Phaseolus vulgaris and P. coccineus) are popular and relatively easy to grow in New England. Other specialty beans include lima beans (P. lunatus), which are more difficult to grow, edamame soybeans (Glycine max), and fava or broad beans (Vicia faba). All beans should be planted in well-drained soil and as part of a 3-year minimum rotation to avoid soil-borne diseases.

Seed only when soil temperatures have reached 60°F (late May to early June). Optimum seed germination occurs at soil temperatures above 70°F. If precipitation at bloom is low, irrigation can ensure maximum pod set. Temperatures above 90°F or below 50°F cause poor pod set.

Types and Varieties

  • Snap beans can have green, purple, or yellow pods, be velvety or waxy, and grow in bush (P. vulgaris) or vine/pole forms (P. vulgaris and P. coccineus). Pods can be oval, round, or flat (Italian types), depending on cultivar. Filet beans are ones that have slender stringless pods that stay small and thin. Good commercial yields for fresh market are 200 bushels or more per acre.
  • Dry beans. In recent years, a significant acreage of pea beans and a small but important acreage of light red kidney varieties have been grown in northern New England. Vermont and Maine have a thriving tradition of growing heirloom varieties. For additional information about dry beans, see the Northeast Dry Bean Production Guide from University of Vermont Extension.
  • Specialty beans in New England consist primarily of edamame soybean, lima bean, and fava bean. While these are generally of minor importance in most areas in New England, there are nonetheless areas where they are popular. Warm soil is required for soy and lima beans, while fava beans prefer cooler temperatures. Specialty beans need a relatively long time to maturity (75-85 days), reducing the length of the harvest season and restricting production in northern New England. 
TYPES VARIETIES
Snap Beans - green

Affirmed - A, BCMV, BBR, HB:1,2

BA0958 - BCMV

Bronco - BCMV

Concesa - BCMV, HB

Fortex - pole

Jade II - BCMV, BR

Lewis - BCMV, CT, HB, BR, BBR

Provider - BCMV, PM

Savanna - BCMV, A, CT

Seychelles - pole - A, BCMV

Tema - BCMV

Snap Beans - yellow

Carson - BCMV, A

Goldilocks - BCMV, BBS

Rocdor - BCMV, A

Monte Gusto - pole

SV1003GF - BCMV, BBR

Snap Beans - purple

Amethyst

Royal Burgundy

Carminat - pole

Snap Beans - filet

Bamako (yellow) - BCMV, HB

Celine (purple)

Crockett - BBR, BCMV, BR, CT, HB

Maxibel

Tavera - A, BCMV

Velour (purple) - BCMV, HB

Snap Beans - flat pod

Capitano (yellow) - BCMV, HB

Dragon's Tongue (speckled)

Dulcine - BCMV

Greenchop - BCMV

Marvel of Venice (yellow pole)

Roma II - BCMV

Volero - BCMV, CT

Dry Beans

Black Turtle

Calypso (pole)

Dollof (pole)

French Horticultural

Jacob's Cattle

Marfax

Vermont Cranberry

Soybeans

Tohya

Chiba Green

Karikachi

Fava Beans

Broad Improved Long Pod

Broad Windsor

Vroma

Lima Beans

Fordhook 242

Eastland

Soil Fertility 

Apply lime according to soil test to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8.

Apply no more than 80-100 lb/A combined weight of nitrogen (N) and potash through the planter. Because beans are sensitive to salt and ammonia injury, keep fertilizer 2-3" away from the seed.

A 30 lb N/A sidedress at prebloom may extend harvest period of snap beans and increase yields, especially on sandy soils. Machine-harvested snap or dry beans are unlikely to need sidedressing since they are harvested a single time. Less N fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Beans can suffer from zinc (Zn) deficiency and boron (B) toxicity. If soil tests report less than 1.0 ppm Zn, then add 10 lbs per acre zinc sulfate to the starter fertilizer. If soils contain more than 0.5 ppm B, then avoid growing beans in this field.

Plant nutrition recommendation according to soil test results for Bean: Snap, Dry, and Lima

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N)* - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast or Planter* 50 100 75 0-50 0 100 75 0-50 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 50 100 75 0-50 0 100 75 0-50 0
*Do not exceed a total of 80 lbs N/A plus K2O as a preplant incorporate, if necessary.

Planting

Seeds may be inoculated with the appropriate isolates of Rhizobium to increase N fixation and yields. Purchase fresh inoculum each year, and follow suppliers' guidelines to make sure that you are purchasing the correct strains to inoculate each crop species.

  • Bush Snap Beans: Plants should be spaced 1.5-2" apart within rows, with 8-36" between rows. Use the higher plant population under more favorable environments. Sow 75-100 lb of seed/A (approximately 0.5 lb/100 row-feet) depending on seed type and percent germination. Plant seed 1-1.5" deep, depending on soil type and/or soil moisture content. Repeat seeding every 2-3 weeks for a continuous supply.
  • Pole Beans: Pole beans need support, which traditionally was done using a four pole cone. At scale, use a trellis of a large mesh nylon material or chicken wire fencing. Removing the plants from the fence is a chore, while nylon mesh is disposable. For the cone method, plant 6-7 seeds around each pole. When using the trellis or fence method, plant seeds 1-2" deep, 6" apart, in rows 4' apart. One pound of seed will plant 240 row-feet or around 150 poles.
  • Dry Beans: Plants should be spaced 2-3" apart within rows, with 28-36" between rows. Rate of seeding depends on seed size, percent germination, time of planting, and row spacing (check seed supplier recommendations for each cultivar). Plant 1" deep in moist heavy soils and 2" deep in dry, sandy soils.
  • Soybeans: Direct seed 2" apart within rows, with 15-30" between rows at 1" depth.
  • Fava Beans: Direct seed as early as possible so plants grow in cool spring temperatures. Space plants 4-6" apart within rows, with 18-36" between rows.
  • Lima Beans: Plants should be spaced 4-6" apart within rows, with 18-36" between rows. Use 40-60 lb seed/A (4-6 oz/100 row-feet). Follow dry bean seeding recommendations.

Harvest

  • Snap beans for fresh market should be harvested when they reach the desired size. Beans should be harvested when the pod is bright green and fleshy and the seeds are small and green. Pods should snap easily when bent. Large-scale growers should investigate mechanical harvesters. Hand-harvest multiple times or machine-harvest once when the highest percentage of marketable beans are appropriately sized. Harvesting by hand will need to be done several times a week, but avoid working plants when they are wet. Do not harvest wet beans as the storage will be very poor. Optimum storage conditions are 41-45°F at 95-100% relative humidity, but storage life is short. Temperatures of 38°F and lower may cause chilling injury. After >10% weight loss, beans will not be marketable. Avoid storing or shipping beans with ethylene-generating fruits and vegetables. 
  • Dry beans require 90-100 days to mature. Harvest when the majority of pods have turned yellow and dry, but before the pods dry to the point of shatter. Mature beans should be so hard that you cannot easily bite into the seed. Harvesting in the morning while there is still dew can minimize loss to shatter. Mechanized harvesting can be done with a puller-cutter, which will uproot or cut the entire plant and lay it on the ground in windrows as the machine moves along the field. Windrows can be combined when beans have dried to 18% moisture. Once shelled, beans should be conditioned at low temperature and dried to a moisture level of 15-16%, then stored in rodent- and insect-proof bins at 35-55ºF.
  • Soybeans: For edamame, clip plants at the soil line once pods just begin to lose their color. Pods can be stripped from plants and sold as is, or whole plants can be sold with pods attached after removing leaves. For dry soybeans, see dry bean harvesting recommendations.
  • Fava Beans: Harvest beans for fresh eating by hand harvesting pods once they are plump. This may require opening several pods to gauge the size and feel, since fava bean pods are large and bulky.
  • Lima Beans: Harvest should take place when 2/3-3/4 of the pods have filled and are yellowing, but before any pods have dried. Other harvest practices are similar to that for dry beans. 

Defoliants/Harvest Aids for Dry Beans

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 1 to 6.1 fl oz per acre to use as a harvest aid to dry beans at maturity when 80 to 90% of seed pods are yellow or buck skin in color and only 30% of green leaves remain on the plant. Thorough coverage is essential and multiple applications may be needed. For optimum performance use 15 to 30 gallons per acre finished sprayed with a methylated seed oil (MSO) type adjuvant to ensure thorough coverage and retention for harvest aid.
  • flumioxazin (Valor SX): PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply when crop is mature and at least 80% of the pods are yellowing and mostly ripe with no more than 40% (bush type beans) or 30% (vine type beans) of the leaves still green in color. To ensure thorough coverage use 15-30 gallons spray solution per acre. Do not apply more than 3 oz/A during a single application and do not apply more than 3 oz/A during a single growing season. Adjuvant required. Crop oil concentrate or methylated seed oil at 2% v/v should be used. A spray grade nitrogen source (either ammonium sulfate at 2-2.5 lb/A or a 28-32% N solution at 1-2 qt/A) may also be added to the spray mixture to enhance desiccation. Can be tank mixed with glyphosate or paraquat to increase control of emerged weeds and aid in harvest.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*)PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group 22. Apply 1.2 to 2 pt/A in 20 gal water with ground equipment or in a minimum of 5 gal water with aerial equipment. Add spreader (nonionic) at 1 qt per 100 gal spray mix. For vining-type beans or bush-type with lush growth, use a single application of the higher rate. May also be applied as a split application. Do not make more than two applications or exceed a total of 2 pts/A. The split application method may improve vine coverage. Apply when the crop is mature and at least 80% of the pods are yellowing and mostly ripe with no more than 40% (bush type) or 30% (vine type) of the leaves still green in color. Do not apply when weather conditions favor spray drift. A drift control agent may be included to reduce spray drift. Do not use on fava beans. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training )https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training) every 3 years.
  • saflufenacil (Sharpen): PHI 2d. Make a single application of 1-2 fl oz/A in a minimum spray volume of 10 gallons/A over the top of dry edible beans that have reached physiological maturity (at least 80% yellow/brown pods, and no more than 30% of leaves still green for vine-type beans/lentils or no more than 40% of leaves still green for bush-type beans). Thorough spray coverage and a methylated seed oil plus ammonium-based adjuvant system (refer to the Additives Section of label for details) are required for optimum desiccation activity. Allow up to 10 days for optimum desiccation effect.

Bean:Snap, Lima and Dry Disease Control

Bean:Snap, Lima and Dry Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum lindemuthianum)

Anthracnose is common in beans. The causal fungus can be seedborne and may also survive on dry, undecomposed crop residues for up to 5 years. Symptoms begin as red spots on leaves and pods that develop into black lesions. Leaf veins can turn red-brown. Start with certified, disease-free seed and use resistant cultivars. Fungicides may be applied as seed treatments or foliar sprays.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d dry, 0d succulent, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 2.4 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M5. Dry bean only. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 10.5 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, PHI 14d dry, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. May cause crop injury. See label for restrictions and warning
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.375 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M05. Dry bean only. 
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. See label for livestock feeding restrictions.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A succulent, 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A dry; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Maximum 2 applications per year. See label for specific application methods.
  • potassium bicarbonate (PB 133, AKA MilStop SPOG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 1h. May be used in greenhouse. See label for small volume applications.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 0d dry, REI 24h, Group 3.
  • Pseudomonas chloraphis (HowlerOG): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Use preventatively.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline): 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Group 11. See label for livestock feeding restrictions. Apply at the beginning of flowering. Do not make more than 2 applications before rotating to a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. Ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application instructions.
  • thiophanate-methyl (Topsin 4.5 FL): 20 to 40 fl oz/A; PHI 14d snap, 28d dry, REI 24h succulent, 72h dry, Group 1. Rate is dependent on crop phenology; see label for details.

Downy Mildew - Lima Beans (Phytophthora phaseoli)

Downy mildew appears as a dense mat of white mycelium on infected pods. Sclerotia are not present, differentiating this disease from white mold. There is often a reddish-brown border between healthy and diseased tissue. Resistant lima bean varieties are available. Only Phaseolus species are susceptible. Apply seed treatments to protect germinating seedlings against soilborne inoculum. Plow under infected debris in fall. Rotate with crops other than beans for two years.

  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.375 to 2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M05. Dry bean only. 
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution with pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Succulent beans only. Tank mix with organosilicone or non-ionic surfactant.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Maximum 2 applications per year.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold XL): 0.125 to 0.2 pt/A. PHI 3d, REI 48h, Group 4. Succulent beans only. Must be tank mixed with high rate of another fungicide registered for downy mildew.
  • potassium salts of phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/100 gal/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. To avoid phototoxicity do not apply to heat- or moisture-stressed crops or plants recently treated with copper.
  • potassium bicarbonate (PB 133, AKA MilStop SPOG): 2.5 lb/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 1h. Labeled for greenhouse use. See label for small volume applications.
  • Pseudomanas chloraphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOM): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A field, 2.5 to 7.5 lb/100 gal water greenhouse. PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Use preventatively. Labeled for various bean varieties. Maybe used in greenhouse - see label.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline): 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 2 applications before rotating to a non-Group 11 fungicide.

Rhizoctonia solani

Rhizoctonia solani causes stem cankers and damping-off on peas and beans. The pathogen survives as sclerotia (fungal survival structures) and mycelium in the soil and in plant debris. It is spread by wind, rain, irrigation water, and movement of infested soil. When a field becomes infested, it remains so indefinitely. Seedlings and young plants are highly susceptible to infection and disease severity is increased by low soil temperatures and compaction. Seed decay and damping-off can be controlled by using high-quality seed and with practices that encourage rapid germination and emergence. Soil preparation that minimizes soil compaction and structural damage will lessen disease severity. Rotate crops with a cereal or pasture crop (avoid beets, beans, brassicas, and potatoes, all of which increase inoculum). Cover crops and other practices that increase organic matter and improve soil structure are recommended. Some brassica crops (mustard, rape) used as green manure have been reported to be disease suppressive.

  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 2.4 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11 & M05. Dry bean only. Labeled for web blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani. See label for tank mixing restrictions. 
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply preventatively.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi.
  • PCNB (Blocker 10G): 1.0 lbs/1,000 ft. for bush beans, 1.0 to 2.0 lbs/1,000 ft. for pole beans; REI 12h, Group 14. Bush and pole beans only. Apply in a 12-15" band over seed in-furrow at planting time and cover immediately. Do not feed treated vines to livestock.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline SC): 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 11h. For control of soilborne Rhizoctonia when applied in furrow as a preventive. See label for restrictions. 
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RagaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0D, REI 4h, Group P05. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application instructions.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) + T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Biotam 2.0): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • thiram (Thiram 42-S): 2.0 fl oz/100 lb seed for snap and dry beans, 3.0 fl oz/100 lb seed for lima beans; REI 24h, Group M03. Basal stem/stalk rot and seedling blight and damping-off generally.

Rust (Uromyces appendiculatus)

Appears on the undersides of leaves as small, distinct reddish pustules that produce dust-like spores. Defoliation can occur in severe cases. Plant resistant varieties. Plow under, bury, or otherwise destroy crop residues to reduce overwintering inoculum. Rotate away from beans for 2 years or up to 5 years in reduced tillage systems. Avoid overfertilizing with nitrogen, and ensure adequate potassium. In pole bean production, be sure to disinfect poles. Encourage airflow with adequate plant spacing and avoid overhead irrigation if possible. Irrigate early in the day.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d dry, 0d succulent, REI 4h, Group 11. Use a non-ionic surfactant.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 2.4 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. Dry bean only; not labeled for soybean. 
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 10.5 to 14 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 14 dry, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. May cause crop injury. See label for restrictions and warning.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.375 to 3.0 pt/A succulent, 1.375 to 2.0 pt/A dry; PHI 7d succulent, 14d dry, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Maximum 2 applications per year.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40WSP): 4.0 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 3. Observe a 30-day plant back interval.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A for succulent, 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A for dry; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Maximum 2 applications per year.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 0d dry, REI 12h, Group 3. May cause plant injury in certain bean varieties. See label for restrictions and warnings.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline): 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 2 applications per season before rotating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 3.0 to 10.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. See label for restrictions and phytotoxicity warnings. 

Seed Decay

Buy treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food or feed.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.125 to1.0 lb/A at planting; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Suppression only.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): Rate varies by bean type and pathogen—see label; REI 48h, Group 4. For Pythium damping off and early season Phytophthora protection.
  • Streptomyces griseoviridis strain K61 (MycoStopOG): See label for rate information; REI 4h, Group BM02. Rates vary by pound of seed to be treated. See label for application instructions and restrictions. 
  • thiram (Thiram 42-S): 3.0 fl oz/100 lb seed for lima bean, 2.0 fl oz/100 lb seed for snap and dry beans; REI 24h, Group M03.

White Mold (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)

Space plants to allow good air circulation. Plant on well-drained soil. Sclerotinia produces sclerotia, which are hard, black structures that are 1/16" to 1/2" long, inside or on the surface of infected tissue. Sclerotia can survive for years in the soil and are responsible for initiating disease. Germination of sclerotia is weather dependent, with peak germination at 52°F though some sclerotia germinate over a wider range of temperatures. A minimum of 10 consecutive days of available water in soil is also required for germination of sclerotia.

Many vegetable crops and weeds are susceptible to this fungus; corn and grasses are not. Lettuce, cabbage, tomato, carrot, brassicas, and snap beans are among the most susceptible and should not be grown on land known to be contaminated with Sclerotinia. After an episode of disease, rotate away from susceptible crops for 7 years. A single infected head of cabbage may produce more than 1,000 sclerotia. Removal of diseased plant material as soon as possible is highly recommended.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain F727 (StargusOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply in furrow at planting in a minimum of 5 - 15 gallons of water/A. See label for additional application methods and instructions. 
  • boscalid (Endura): 8.0 to 11.0 oz/A; PHI 7d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Group 7. Do not make more than 2 applications per season.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Make the first application at 10-20% bloom. In some locations a single application at this timing will provide adequate disease control.
  • Coniothyrium minitans Strain CON/M/91-08 (Contans WGOG): 1.0 to 4.0 lb/A in 20 to 50 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Spray on the soil surface and incorporate into the top 2" of soil. See label for application instructions and restrictions. Do not tank mix with other fungicides. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 8.0 to 13.6 fl/A; PHI 14d succulent, 30d dry and lima, REI 12h, Group 29. Make the first application at 10-30% bloom. See label for restriction applications.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 2. Maximum 2 application per season. Last application no later than peak bloom. Thorough coverage is essential. See label for livestock feeding restrictions.
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI od, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A for succulent, 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A for dry; PHI 0d succulent, 21d dry, REI 12h, Group 7. Maximum 2 applications per year. See label for specific application methods.
  • thiophanate-methyl (Topsin 4.5 FL): 20 to 30 oz/A; PHI 14d snap and lima, 28d dry, REI 24h succulent and 72h dry, Group 1. Rate is dependent on crop phenology; see label for details.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) + T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Biotam 2.0): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; REI 1h, Group BM02.
  • Ulocladium oudemansii (U3 strain) (BotryStopOG): 2.0 to 4.0 lbs/A; REI 4h, Group BM02. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development.

Bacterial Diseases (Pseudomonas spp. and Xanthomonas spp.)

Bacterial leaf diseases include: bacterial bean blight (Xanthomonas campestris pv. phaseoli), bacterial brown spot or rot (Pseudomonas syringae pv. syringae), and halo blight (Pseudomonas syringae pv. phaseolicola). Plant disease-free seed from a reliable supplier. Eliminate wild cherries and lilacs near bean fields. Do not cultivate or harvest when plants are wet. Use a 2-year rotation. Plow under infected debris in fall.

  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply with a spray solution with a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. An organic formulation is available. 
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RegaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application methods and instructions.

Bean Common Mosaic Virus (BCMV)

In addition to mosaic and lesions of the foliage, BCMV can also cause blackened roots. Several different strains of the virus are recognized; the symptoms and host ranges vary according to the strain. The virus can be seedborne and is transmitted by at least 12 species of aphids in a nonpersistent manner. Resistant varieties are readily available and constitute the most reliable means of control. Seed treatment, insecticides, and roguing of diseased plants are of little value.

Bean Yellow Mosaic Virus (BYMV)

Many strains of this virus are known. Symptoms of BYMV are easily confused with BCMV. However, BYMV is not seedborne and unlike BCMV, BYMV is spread in a persistent manner by more than 20 species of aphids. Entire plantings may become infected, resulting in substantial yield losses. Disease outbreaks are often correlated with the presence of virus-source plants such as sweet clover, white clover, crimson clover, and Gladiolus spp. Since the virus overwinters in legumes such as clover and vetch, beans should be planted at least 800 ft away from these species. Insecticides applied early will reduce spread. Control weeds. Plant BYMV resistant varieties (see Varieties).

Disease Control

Bean:Snap, Lima, and Dry Insect Control

Bean:Snap, Lima, and Dry Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See the Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids

Several species of aphids may probe, feed, and cause direct damage or transmit disease in dry or snap beans: soybean aphid, bean aphid, pea aphid, yellow clover aphid, and green peach aphid. Soybean aphid (Aphis glycines) reproduces in soybeans but not green or dry beans; however, this species can colonize, inflict feeding injury, and transmit viruses to green and dry beans. Soybean aphid is found on beans in New York and the Midwest, with higher pressure in hot, dry summers. This species has been less important in New England but could increase in importance, especially in soybean production areas. The other listed aphid species are all present in New England. Viral diseases can be spread by aphids; however, using insecticides to control aphids is not effective in controlling these viruses. Generally, aphids in beans are controlled by natural enemies. Scout for aphids on the undersides of leaves or terminal shoots. Treat only if aphids are well distributed throughout the field (50% or more of terminals with 5 or more aphids), natural enemies are lacking, and the population is increasing. Use selective products for other pests to conserve natural enemies of aphids and to protect bees. Systemic insecticide may be used as a seed treatment or at planting. Avoid planting beans near alfalfa or soybean. See Peppers for more information about green peach aphid.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 14d dried, 1d fresh lima, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not labelled for succulent green beans (snap), except those grown for seed. Not labeled for control of black bean aphid.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Edible-podded and succulent shelled peas and beans only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Succulent beans only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For pea aphid only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 29.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh; 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.2 oz/A foliar, 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d fresh at up to 1.5 pt/A, 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, 14 d dry, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A, 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 0.75 to 1 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom until after petal fall.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic seed treatment. For early-season protection from aphids. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment which provides uniform coverage of seed.

Cutworms

Cutworm larvae may be dull gray, brown, or black and may be striped or spotted, depending on the species. Another distinguishing quality is their act of rolling into a tight C-shape if disturbed. The two major species are the variegated cutworm (Peridroma saucia), which feeds on lower leaves and petioles, and the black cutworm (Agrotis ipsilon), which largely feeds at the soil surface and below on roots and lower stems. The black cutworm will occasionally feed on leaves. Both are nocturnal feeders and take refuge under the soil surface during the day. Cutworms find weedy or minimum-tillage fields especially attractive sites to lay their eggs. Seedlings are most affected; look for cut stems or foliage feeding. Scout across the field, as injury may be limited to a few small areas. Control is warranted if overall plant stand or survival is threatened. For best results, make insecticide applications between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 14d dry, 1d fresh lima, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not labelled for succulent green beans (snap), except those grown for seed.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.3 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Succulent beans only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 1.5 qt/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Most effective on species which feed on upper portions of the plant. Not labelled for succulent and shelled beans.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. On snap beans, use only as a seedling spray. No restriction on dry beans.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.60 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

European Corn Borer (Ostrinia nubilalis), Corn Earworm (Helicoverpa zea), and Cabbage Looper (Trichoplusia ni)

These caterpillars are occasional pests of bean in New England. See Sweet Corn for more details on European corn borer (ECB) and corn earworm (CEW), and Cabbage and Other Brassica Crops for more information on cabbage looper (CL).

In beans, ECB eggs are laid under leaves, and larvae feed in stems and then bore into pods. If a preferred host, such as corn, is not available, eggs will be laid in beans. This may occur where early beans are planted after a corn crop the previous year, or where late beans are near a maturing corn crop at the emergence of a second ECB generation. The most susceptible period in snap beans is from the bud stage (about 26 days before harvest) to pod formation (12 days before harvest), and in dry beans is for the 4 weeks preceding the onset of pod drying. Infestation depends on the synchrony of ECB flight and bean stage. The most effective timing for a single insecticide application is at bloom or pod formation. The most practical and effective control for ECB is to avoid planting early beans where corn was grown the previous year or late beans near corn where ECB may emerge. Monitor moth activity in corn using pheromone traps or refer to pest alert networks to detect peak or high flights. Scout if flights are high during the susceptible period of bean growth, looking for wilted or chewed trifoliate leaves, larvae, or pod injury. There is no set threshold for treatment.

CEW or CL may lay eggs in beans when migratory flights result in very high populations. CEW or CL caterpillars feed on leaves, buds, flowers, and pods, often damaging the beans. CEW and CL feeding holes may be larger than ECB entry holes. The impact of these caterpillars on overall plant growth and yield is minimal, but the tolerance for caterpillar infestation is extremely low in processing beans where larval contamination must be avoided.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A for CL; 0.75 to 1 lb/A for ECB and CEW; PHI 14d dry, 1d fresh lima, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not labelled for succulent green beans (snap), except those grown for seed.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.7 to 3.8 oz/A ECB and CEW, 3.2 to 3.8 CL; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel). Cabbage looper only.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products for Cabbage looper only (XenTari). 
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Succulent beans only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1.5 qt/A for CEW, 1-1.5 qt/A for ECB; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Not for cabbage looper. Not labelled for succulent or shelled beans.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 5-7.5 oz/A soil at planting, 3.5-7.5 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. Soil application for ECB and CEW only.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Corn earworm and cabbage looper only.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Not for ECB on dry beans.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d snap, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d fresh at up to 1.5 pt/A, 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, 14d dry, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Ovicide and larvicide for ECB. 
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 16 oz/A for ECB and CL, 10 to 16 oz/A for CEW; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light for ECB and CL. Suppression only for corn earworm.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A. Not for ECB.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A ECB, 4 to 6 oz/A CEW & CL; PHI 3d succulent, 28d dried, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.72 to 4 oz/A for ECB and CEW, 3.2 to 4 oz/A for CL; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Garden Springtails (Bourletiella hortensis)

Springtails are tiny (1/16") blue-grey insects that seem to hop like fleas. These insects are important for decomposing dead plant matter. Occasionally, high populations feed on the leaves of seedlings, producing tiny pits in the leaf surfaces that resemble flea beetle damage. Plants may die of excessive water loss. Populations can be extreme in fields high in organic matter, with reduced-till systems, and with soils that crack when drying. Use clean cultivation and spot-treat areas where damage occurs. Most broad-spectrum insecticides registered for cutworms or leafhoppers will also control springtails.

Japanese Beetles (Popillia japonica)

Beetles migrate from turf or pastures starting in July and skeletonize leaves.

  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A (soil applications only); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Mexican Bean Beetle (Epilachna varivestis)

Mexican bean beetles (MBB) most often grow to damaging populations where snap beans are grown in the same or adjacent fields over successive years. Lima beans and dry beans are also susceptible, and MBB may feed in dry and edible-pod soybeans but are less likely to thrive on this host. Adults are copper-colored, oval ladybeetles with black spots, 1/4-1/3" long. Eggs are orange to yellow in color and laid on the underside of leaves in clusters of 40 to 50. Larvae are yellow with rows of branched, black-tipped spines. The pupa is attached to the leaf, lacks spines, and is yellow to yellow-orange. Adults spend the winter in hedgerows and move into fields in June. Adults and larvae skeletonize leaves and may cause pod damage if numbers are high. There are 1-3 generations per year in New England, with newly emerging adults moving to the next succession planting of snap beans. A life cycle may be completed in 30-40 days during the summer. Populations are usually less abundant on early plantings and may not build to damaging levels until August. Prompt destruction of crop residue after harvest helps lower overwintering populations. Avoid continuous production of beans in the same or adjacent fields year after year. Annual releases of the larval parasitoid Pediobius foveolatus, timed to coincide with egg hatch, can help control beetle larvae. The wasp will not survive our winters, so it must be re-released each year, but it reproduces throughout the summer and moves into later plantings. Parasitized larvae serve as pupal cases for the wasp, remaining on the leaf and turning brown. Scout for MBB by searching plants for adults, eggs, and larvae, and assessing damage. Treat when defoliation exceeds 20% pre-bloom or 10% during pod development. The presence of adults, eggs, and larvae indicates the potential for further damage. Be sure to get coverage of the lower leaf surfaces. 

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 14d dry, 1d fresh lima, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not labelled for succulent green beans (snap), except those grown for seed.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.7 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Not labelled for succulent and shelled beans.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 2.9 to 5.8 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. Use on seedlings and young plants, prior to pod set, to avoid unsightly residue. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.60 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 0.75 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d fresh at up to 1.5 pt/A, 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, 14d dry, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. For beetle larvae only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment which provides uniform coverage of seed. For early-season protection.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.72 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A

Potato Leafhopper (Empoasca fabae)

Adults are light yellow-green, 1/8" long, and wedge-shaped (wider at the head), while nymphs are bright green, flatter and wider than adults and move sideways in a crab-like fashion. Adults lay eggs on stems, where nymphs hatch, feed, and pass through five instars before becoming adults. The presence of nymphs indicates an established population. Both adults and nymphs cause injury by injecting a toxin as they feed through piercing-sucking mouthparts. Potato leafhoppers (PLH) overwinter in Gulf states and move north with storm fronts into the central states and then into New England on winds from the west. Arrival time varies with year and location, ranging from late May to late June. Low levels of leafhopper feeding can severely damage plants, especially at the seedling stage. Signs of injury begin with leaf veins turning pale, followed by yellowing or browning of areas of the leaf or leaf tips, known as "hopperburn". Leaves become brown, curl up, and die. Plants and roots may be stunted and yields reduced or lost. This process may take less than a week. PLH may also vector many viruses. Scout using a sweep net or observing adults flying when plants are shaken. Nymphs can be counted on the undersides of leaves. Seedling beans should be treated if they have 2 adults per foot of row. From the third trifoliate leaf to the bud stage, treat when PLH exceeds 1 nymph/leaflet or 5 adults per foot of row, and repeat application in 7-10 days, if necessary. Be sure to treat lower leaf surfaces. In fields where a systemic seed treatment (e.g. Cruiser) was used, foliar treatment should not be needed before bloom.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 14d dry, 1d fresh lima, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not labelled for succulent green beans (snap), except those grown for seed.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Edible-podded and succulent shelled peas and beans only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.7 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 1.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Succulent beans only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 1.5 qt/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Not labelled for succulent and shelled beans.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.2 oz/A foliar, 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PH 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. Use on seedlings and young plants prior to pod set to avoid unsightly residue. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 0.75 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d fresh at up to 1.5 pt/A, 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, 14d dry, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • paraffinic oil (Organic JMS Stylet-OilOG): 3 to 6 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment which provides uniform coverage of seed. For early-season protection.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.72 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Seedcorn Maggot (Delia platura)

Seedcorn maggot larvae feed on the seeds and early seedlings of large-seeded crops such as corn, beans, and peas as well as early seedlings of spinach, onions, brassicas, tomato, cucurbits, and other crops. They are the first maggot flies to become active in spring, about 1-2 weeks earlier than onion or cabbage maggot. The adults look like small, gray houseflies with a slightly hump-backed shape. The seedcorn maggot larva is yellow-white, up to 1/4" long, legless, and has a wedge-shaped head. Pupae are oblong, brown, and about 4-5 mm long. The seedcorn maggot fly overwinters in the pupal stage, in the soil where they feed in the fall. In early spring, the adults emerge and lay eggs on the soil surface. Growing degree days, using a base temperature of 39°F (4°C), can be used to predict peak emergence of the first generation (360ºF GDD or 200ºC GDD). Flies are attracted to volatiles released from freshly tilled soil, as well as to buried cover crop residues, rotting manure, compost, organic surface residues (as are found in reduced-till systems), and organic amendments such as fish, soybean, or cottonseed meal. Previously injured or diseased plants may also attract egg-laying. The eggs hatch within 2-4 days at soil temperatures of 60°F and 7-9 days at 41-45°F. Larvae burrow downward in search of food and penetrate seeds as the seed coat splits open. Though there are 2-4 generations per year, it is the first generation that causes the most damage. The first symptoms are usually poor emergence of seeds or wilting of transplants that have lost their roots to feeding. Look for maggots and feeding tunnels inside seeds or stems to help distinguish damage from wireworm feeding or damping-off. Crops that are planted in wet soil, or soil that is too cool to support quick germination and seedling growth, are especially susceptible to damage. Wait until soil conditions favor crop emergence and growth to help seeds and seedlings avoid or quickly recover from injury. Plant shallowly to promote rapid emergence. Where possible, incorporate cover crops, manure, or compost several weeks before seeding. Put earliest plantings in lighter, well-drained, sandy soils that warm up quickly. Among bean varieties, those with a dark seed coat sustain less injury than white varieties. Use row covers to exclude flies, except where flies may have fed in fall cover or vegetable crops and could emerge under the covers. Preventive chemical treatments include commercially applied systemic seed treatments and in-furrow applications of insecticides. Rescue treatments are not effective. If there is enough damage to warrant replanting, wait at least 5 days if maggots are 1/4" long; if they are smaller than that, wait at least 10 days to make sure they have pupated and will not damage the new seeds.

  • phorate (Thimet* 20-G): 4.5 to 7 oz/1000 ft of row; PHI 60dREI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply granules in band over row and lightly incorporate. DO NOT place granules in direct contact with seed. Granules must be incorporated into the soil. Do not feed treated crop residue to livestock.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment which provides uniform coverage of seed. For early-season protection.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage or holes in fruit. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand pick or crush slugs, or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage section for more information on slugs.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Slug and Snail BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.

Tarnished Plant Bug (Lygus lineolaris)

See Lettuce for information about tarnished plant bug.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 14d dry, 1d fresh lima, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not permitted for use on succulent green beans (snap), except those grown for seed.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.7 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Succulent beans only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 1.5 qt/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Use on succulent and shelled beans prohibited.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d fresh at up to 1.5 pt/A, 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, 14d dry, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 1.5 to 2.25 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.72 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Two-spotted Spider Mite (Tetranychus urticae)

Two-spotted spider mite (TSSM), also known as red spider mite, outbreaks are favored by hot, dry weather and may be triggered by the use of broad-spectrum insecticides that kill the numerous natural enemies of mites. TSSM affect dry, lima, and snap beans. Infestations begin on the lower portions of the plant and move upward. Watch for white speckling and bronzing on the upper surface of leaves (veins may remain green) and grayish webbing on the undersurface around leaf veins. Use a 10X hand lens to see mites. Avoid early-season, broad-spectrum insecticide applications for other pests; use selective products whenever possible. Registered products for mites on beans may not provide complete control of the pest. With most miticides, use 2 applications approximately 5-7 days apart to help control immature mites that were in the egg stage and protected during the first application. Coverage of the lower surface of the leaves is important. If further applications are needed, switch to an alternate resistance group to help prevent or delay resistance. For more information on TSSM management, see the Eggplant section.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic activator type wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • acequinocyl (Kanemite 15SC): 31 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20B
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A.
  • neem oil (TrilogyOG): 1 to 2% solution in 25 to 100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 18. Avoid midday applications and ensure good coverage.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM Ultra): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 3 to 10 lb/A; REI 24h, Bee: L, No IRAC classification. Check for sulfur sensitivity prior to treating the whole field; some varieties may be injured by sulfur.
Insect Control

Bean:Snap, Lima and Weed Disease Control

Bean:Snap, Lima and Weed Disease Control otank

Weeds may develop quickly because beans are slow to establish a canopy. Use a tine-weeder or a rotary hoe if there is not too much field residue. Do not cultivate when the beans are starting to emerge as seedlings are very fragile and can easily snap. Cultivate 3-4 times when beans are 2-3 inches tall until canopy closure. Bean taproots are easily torn from the ground during imprecise mechanical cultivation. To minimize damage to plants, do not cultivate when leaves are wet or just after they have flowered.

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming. 

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • clomazone (Command 3ME): PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 6.4-10.7 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. For lima beans, apply 6 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 10.7 oz/A per year. Rate based on soil texture, use lower rate on coarse soils. Can be applied to the soil surface after seeding or transplanting but before crop emergence, in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Be sure to place seeds or roots below the treated soil when planting. Some temporary crop injury (partial whitening of leaf or stem tissue) may be visible after crop emergence. Complete recovery will occur from minor early injury without affecting yield or earliness.
  • dimethenamid (Outlook): REI 12h, Group 15. For dry beans only. Apply 7-14 oz/A, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 21 oz/A per year. Has not been tested on all varieties, crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. If applying as a split application, apply 10-14 oz/A at the first application and the remaining 7-11 oz/A at the second application. Application rate depends on soil texture and organic matter content. If split applications are less than 14 days apart, the maximum rate is dependent on soil texture. Apply to the soil up to 45 days before planting. If applying 15-45 days before planting, use a higher rate and apply to the soil as part of a split-application program where the second application is made after planting. If applying less than 15 days before planting or after planting but before crop emergence, incorporate 1-2” into the soil with shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Can also apply to the soil surface without incorporating when the crop is between the 1st-3rd trifoliate stage. If soil is saturated for an extended period, temporary growth suppression, spotting, or browning may occur.
  • EPTC (Eptam 7E): PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 3.5-4.5 pts/A per application. Can be applied just before or immediately after planting, or as a directed spray to the base of the plant at layby before pods start to form. Can also be applied as a subsurface application at 2.25 pts/A before planting or at 1.75 pts/A at layby (as long as a clean cultivation has been made first). Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Lima beans and green beans grown on sandy soil may be less tolerant.
  • ethalfluralin (Sonalan HFP): REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1.5-4.5 pts/A per application. Do not exceed 2-4.5 p/A per year. Rate based on soil texture and weed composition. Apply and incorporate 2-3” into the soil in the fall or spring before planting. Can also apply immediately after tillage and planting. Incorporate with 0.5-1” of water through irrigation or rainfall. The maximum application rate when incorporating with overhead irrigation incorporation is 3.7 pts/A and with rainfall is 2 pts/A.
  • linuron (Lorox DF): REI 24h or 48h, Group 5. Apply up to 2 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply after seeding but before crop emergence. Incorporate into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 2-3 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture. Apply in the fall or spring before seeding and incorporate 2-3" into the soil.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 2 pts/A per year. Rate based on application timing, soil texture, and organic matter content. Apply up to 14 days before planting and incorporate 2” into the soil or apply to the soil surface just after seeding before crop emerges. Can also apply after the 1st trifoliate stage of bean growth although leaf spotting may occur. Use of tank mixes, where the rate of metolachlor could be lowered, will decrease the likelihood of crop injury. Risk increases on light-textured soils and under wet conditions.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2.25-8 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter, soil pH, and application timing. Apply to soil surface in the fall or spring from 60 days prior to planting up to 3 days after planting (if seed furrow is completely closed and if seedlings have not broken the soil furrow). If applying in the fall, do not incorporate into the soil. If applying in the spring 3 weeks prior to planting, use a higher application rate. Wait a minimum of 7 days after application before planting in coarse-textured soil with less than 1.5% organic matter. If dry conditions persist after application, a shallow incorporation may be needed (less than 2” deep).
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, rainfall, and type of bean. Incorporate 2-3” into the soil within 24 hours of application and a second time in the opposite direction for best results. Take care not to bring untreated soil to the soil surface during re-incorporation.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • formesafen (Reflex)PHI 45d for dry beans 30d for snap beans, REI 24h, Group 14. Apply 1.25 pts/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 1.25 pts/A per year. Applications can only be made on alternate years. Can be applied to the soil before or after planting or when beans have at least 1 fully expanded trifoliate leaf. Some bronzing may occur but should not affect yield.
  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year, but only 1 oz/A per crop cycle. Rates vary based on crop, application timing, and soil texture. Has not been tested on all varieties, crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Can be applied after seeding and before soil cracking, or for succulent beans, apply before planting and incorporate 2” into the soil. Can cause temporary stunting in succulent beans. Can also apply when plants have 1-3 trifoliate leaves for dry bean and 2-4 trifoliate leaves for succulent beans, but before flowering. Make only 1 broadcast application per season. Directed sprays can limit crop injury. Can also apply to row middles but avoid contact with the crop. Heavy rains following application or organophosphate use will increase the potential for crop injury.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • bentazon (Basagran): PHI 30d, REI 48h, Group 6. Apply 0.8-1.6 pts/A per application. Rate based on weed composition. Apply to actively growing weeds. Apply after the 1st trifoliate leaf has fully expanded. An effective treatment in an emergency situation to control certain broadleaf weeds and fairly effective against yellow nutsedge when 4-6" tall. Yellowing and leaf speckling may occur on leaves but should not affect yield. If applying with a crop oil concentrate, injury may increase and may reduce yields.
  • carfentrazone-ethyl (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 1 day before planting. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max): PHI 21d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44 to 0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX): PHI 60d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 24 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year. Rate based on weed composition. Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal/100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt/100 gal of spray).
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 15 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, before crop has emerged, or as a spot treatment for dry bean varieties. Only 1 spot treatment application allowed per year. Do not combine spot treatment and preharvest applications on the same crop. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • imazamox (Raptor): REI 4h, Group 2. Apply up to 4 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. For dry and snap beans, apply after beans have 1 fully expanded trifoliate leaf but before bloom. For lima beans, apply when beans have 1-2 trifoliate leaves stage and weeds are less than 3” tall. A nonionic surfactant must be added to the spray solution. Apply at least 1 hour before rainfall or overhead irrigation. For snap and lima beans, may cause shortened internode length, reduce crop growth, quality, or yield. Has not been tested on all varieties, crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. For snap and dry beans only. For lima beans, apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application. For dry beans, apply 0.8-1.3 pts/A per application. Up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year for lima beans and 1.3 pts/A per year for dry beans. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal per 100 gal). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • quizalofop (Assure II): PHI 30d for dry beans, 15d for snap beans, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 4-12 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. For dry beans, do not exceed 24 oz/A per year. For snap beans do not exceed 14 oz/A per year. Rate based on weed composition and growth stage. Apply with either crop oil concentrate or non-ionic surfactant. Do not apply when crop or weeds are under drought stress.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 30d dry beans, 15d snap beans, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum 14 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pt/A per year. Use with crop oil concentrate (2.0 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Beet and Swiss Chard

Beet and Swiss Chard Evonne Gong

Introduction

Beets (Beta vulgaris var. crassa) and Swiss chard (B. vulgaris var. cicla) are members of the Chenopodiaceae family, along with spinach and lambquarters. Both are cool-season crops that can tolerate frosts and light freezes. Swiss chard is raised for its large leaves and stems, and beets are raised both for greens and roots. The best quality is obtained when beets are grown under conditions of good sunlight and cool temperatures (50-65°F). The higher temperatures of summer can cause "zoning" (alternating light and dark rings) and lower sugar content in beets. Beets grow best in deep, friable, well-drained, sandy loams to silt loams. High organic content in the soil is desirable and will help maintain an adequate moisture supply. Organic matter should be well decomposed to avoid scab problems with beets.

Types and Varieties

TYPE VARIETIES
Bunching Spring Beets

Kestrel

Boro

Red Ace

Red Cloud

Detroit Supreme - OP

Early Wonder - OP

Beet Greens

Bull's Blood - OP

Early Wonder Tall Top - OP

Fresh Pak

Chard Varieties

Bright Lights - multicolored mix

Fordhook Giant - OP

Large White Ribbed - OP

Silverado

Ruby Red

Summer and Fall Beets

Boro

Red Ace

Red Cloud

Moneta (monogerm)

Pacemaker III

Specialty Beets

Cylindra - cylindrical

Taunus - cylindrical

Boldor - yellow

Touchstone Gold - yellow

Chioggia Guardsmark - OP, striped interior

Avalanche - OP, white

OP: open-pollinated

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. In alkaline soils, the chance of boron and manganese deficiency is increased. High levels of nitrogen in relation to phosphorus and potassium will result in heavy leaf production with poor root development. Beets have a high potassium requirement. Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Beets are subject to boron (B) deficiency; young leaves fail to develop normally, turn black and die. This is accompanied by internal breakdown, canker, or dry rot of the root. To prevent deficiency, apply 2 lb B per acre (10 lb Solubor or 20 lb borax) with the broadcast fertilizer application. Make sure that the next crop in the rotation schedule is not sensitive to boron residue.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Beets and Swiss Chard

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 75-100 150 100 50 0 300 150 75-100 0
Sidedress after 1st or 2nd cutting 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 105-130 150 100 50 0 300 150 75-100 0

Planting

Seed is planted 0.25-0.5" deep in rows 18-24" apart aiming at a density of 15-30 plants per foot. For most beet varieties (except monogerm varieties) each seed ball contains up to 6 seeds, so thinning is required. Both beets and Swiss chard may be transplanted for an earlier spring crop. 

Harvest and Storage

Swiss chard does not bolt or go to seed as readily as spinach and, therefore, is a good summer substitute. Many successive harvests can be made from one planting. Chard is frost resistant and can be harvested well after the first frost. Once harvested, chard can be kept for 1-2 weeks at 32°F and 95-98% relative humidity.

Beet: Bunched beets can be kept for 10-14 days at 32°F and 98% relative humidity. Topped beets can be stored for 3-6 months or more at 33-36ºF and 98% relative humidity. 

Beet and Swiss Chard Disease Control

Beet and Swiss Chard Disease Control ashahane

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Leaf Spots and Blights (Alternaria, Ascochyta, Cercospora, Powdery Mildew)

Select resistant cultivars when available. Use cultural practices that minimize periods of leaf wetness such as increased plant spacing, planting in the direction of prevailing winds, and avoiding overhead irrigation. Promptly incorporate plant debris after harvest to speed decomposition.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Applications of Quadris to leafy vegetables may cause phytotoxicity; proceed with caution with regards to tank mixes and adjuvants. Rates vary depending on crop and disease: see label for details. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Convergence): 0.5 to 4.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Beet only. See label for rates and application methods. 
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 2.0 lb/A. PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M01. Beet only. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5WG): 11.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A, PHI 7d (beet), 0d (Swiss chard), REI 12h, Groups 9 &12
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 6.0 to 6.84 fl oz/acre; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Labeled for powdery mildew on Swiss chard only.
  • fluopyram plus trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation): 4.0 to 5.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 and 11.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 4.0 to 5.5 fl oz/A (beet), 4.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A (Swiss chard); PHI 7d (beet), 1h (Swiss chard), REI 12h. Groups 7 & 11. Use highest labeled rate for Cercospora. 
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A (beet), 14.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A (Swiss chard); PHI 0d (beet), 3d (Swiss chard), REI 12h, Group 7.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 3. Not labeled for powdery mildew on Swiss chard. 
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 6.8 fl oz/A (beet), 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/A (chard); PHI 7d (beet), 0d (Swiss chard) REI 12h, Groups 7 &12. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A (beet), 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A (Swiss chard); PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RegaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A (Beet); 0.5 to 4.0 qt/A (chard); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application restrictions and tank mix instructions and rates. 
  • Swinglea glutinosa extract (EcoSwingOG): 1.5 to 2 pts/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM01. Beets only. Labeled for Alternaria leaf spot and powdery mildew.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0h, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 2.0 to 3.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.

Downy Mildew (Peronospora farinosa f. sp. betae )

More commonly affects spinach but may also infect beets and Swiss chard. Appears as chlorotic patches on the upper surfaces of leaves and fuzzy grayish sporulation on the undersides. Use cultural practices that minimize periods of leaf wetness such as increasing plant spacing, planting in the direction of prevailing winds, and avoiding overhead irrigation. Promptly incorporate plant debris after harvest to speed decomposition. 

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12 h, Groups 45 & 40. Swiss chard only.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 12.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides. Swiss chard only.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens Strain F727 (StargusOG): 0.5 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for rates and application methods. Apply preventatively.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be tank mixed with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Swiss chard only.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Gold 200): 4.8 to 9.6 fl.oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 49. Begin foliar application prior to disease development. Swiss chard only.
  • potassium salts of phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/minimum 20.0 gal/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Do not apply directly to plants treated with copper within 20-day interval to avoid plant injury.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with Quadris or Flint. Swiss chard only.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 0.5 to 4.0 qt/A ; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. Swiss chard only.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0h, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods.

Seed Decay

Plant on well-drained soil. Buy treated seeds. Do not use treated seed for food, feed or oil purposes.

  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soil-borne fungi. Does not control Pythium and Phytophthora.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4. For Pythium damping-off protection. Not labeled in ME.
  • thiram (Thiram 42 S): 8.0 lb/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Group M03. For use by professional applicators only. Not labeled in VT, NH, or ME.
Disease Control

Beet and Swiss Chard Insect Control

Beet and Swiss Chard Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids (Myzus persicae or Aphis fabae)

Aphids may include green peach aphid (Myzus persicae) or bean aphid (Aphis fabae). See Peppers for more information about green peach aphids. Bean aphid favors plants in the Chenopodiaceae family (beets, chard, spinach, sugar beet). It feeds on a wide range of weeds (e.g. curly dock, lambsquarters, shephardspurse) as well as many other vegetables but only rarely builds to damaging levels. Bean aphid adults and nymphs are dark olive-green to dull-black in color, with dark legs. They feed on the young tissue of actively growing plants; high numbers can cause leaf curling and stunting. In general, using selective products for other pests will conserve natural enemies of aphids and prevent outbreaks. 

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Swiss chard only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A beets, 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A chard; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A beets, 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A Swiss chard; PHI 1d beets, 7d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Green peach aphid and cotton aphid only on beets. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A soil applications at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Begin drip application when populations first appear. Allow 1-3 days for material to be translocated to fully protect. For control of green peach and suppression of potato aphid only. Swiss chard only.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Swiss chard only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. For Swiss chard only. Suppression only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 3d beets, PHI 0d Swiss chard, REI 12, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A for green peach aphid foliar, 7 to 14 oz/A for other aphids foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A for soil application; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group 4D. Swiss chard only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d beets, 45d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 to 2 pt/A beets, 1 to 1.6 pt/A Swiss chard; PHI 7d beets, 14d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Swiss chard only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Swiss chard only.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity; don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility. Swiss chard only.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A Swiss chard, 1.5 to 2.75 oz/A beets; PHI 3d Swiss chard, 7d beet, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 0.75 to 1.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bees: H, Group 4C. Beets only.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 12 oz/A on beets, 5 to 11 oz/A on Swiss chard; PHI 30d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. Except lettuce aphids. Swiss chard only.

Blister Beetles (Epicauta funebris and E. vittata)

The margined blister beetle, Epicauta funebris, and the striped blister beetle, E. vittata, are the most common blister beetles in the Northeast. These beetles have also been called the "old-fashioned potato beetle". They attack chard, beet, and spinach, along with other vegetable crops, including bean, eggplant, pepper, potato, sweet potato, tomato, and sometimes brassicas. They are very attracted to pigweed and other Amaranthus spp. and also feed on alfalfa and clover. Adults are soft-bodied, slender, long-legged beetles, about 5/8 in. long. The section of the body between the head and the wings is distinctly narrower, giving the impression that the insect has a neck. The egg, larval, and pupal stages occur in the soil, and grasshopper eggs are a favored food for larvae. There is one generation annually in the Northeast, and beetles overwinter as larvae in the soil. Margined blister beetles are dark gray or black with light-gray lines along the margins of the wings. They feed primarily on flowers and blossoms of plants but may also feed on the leaves. Striped blister beetles are yellow to rusty orange with 2 black spots on the head and 2 black stripes dorsally on the thorax and the wings. They are mainly foliage feeders and often appear in large swarms, sometimes quite suddenly, and concentrate in one particular area of a field where they can cause significant feeding damage. Blister beetles contain an oily, caustic substance called cantharidin that protects them from natural enemies. In humans, it causes temporary blisters on the skin; in livestock, especially horses, consuming cantharidin causes severe injury and contamination of hay with blister beetles is a serious concern. Where local swarms occur in a crop, a single spot spray with a broad-spectrum insecticide registered for flea beetles on these crops effectively controls blister beetles.

  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Cabbage Maggot

Floating row covers can be used. No insecticides currently registered. For more information see cabbage maggot in the cabbage section. 

Flea Beetles

Several species of flea beetles feed on beets and Swiss chard. Most have a wide host range and tend to be moving among various crops and weeds. Most are black. The species that feeds especially on brassicas do not tend to feed on beets or Swiss chard. Damage (small 'shot holes') is most common on seedlings but can also occur on older leaves.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.4 to 3.2 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Swiss chard only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A beets, 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A Swiss chard; PHI 1d beets, 7d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 7d beets, 14d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Swiss chard only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only. Beets only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 12 oz/A beets, 5 to 11 oz/A Swiss chard; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone at planting/transplanting.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Swiss chard only.

Leafminers (Pegomya hyoscyami and P. betae)

Spinach leafminer (Pegomya hyoscyami) and beet leafminer (P. betae) attack crops in the family Chenopodiaceae (Swiss chard, beet, and spinach). Spinach leafminer may also cause damage in solanaceous crops. In beets, leafminer is only a pest if the leaves are marketed or pressure is high enough to reduce root growth. This pest overwinters as a pupa in the soil, and the small (5-7 mm) gray hairy adult flies emerge from late April to mid-May. The two species are similar, but beet leafminer adults are slightly larger, darker, and prefer laying eggs on beet leaves. Female flies lay oblong white eggs (<1 mm) in neat clusters on the underside of the leaves. Eggs hatch in 3-6 days. The larva burrows between the upper and lower epidermis of the leaf and feeds, creating a slender, winding ‘mine’ or tunnel. This expands into large blotches of translucent, dead tissue across the leaf, with a white maggot inside. Damaged leaves are unmarketable. When fully grown, maggots usually drop into the soil to pupate. The entire life cycle takes 30-40 days, and there are 3-4 generations per season, with peak activity periods in mid- to late May, late June and mid-August. Leafminers are most important as an early spring pest, but when populations are high, overlapping generations can cause continuous season-long damage to succession-planted spinach, beets, and chard. After August, pupae enter the overwintering phase and won’t emerge until spring. A commercially available biological control is the tiny wasp parasitoid, Diglyphus isaea, which is most often used against Liriomyza leafminers (see Celery section) but has also been known to control leafminers in Swiss chard. They work best in warm weather. 

For prevention, rotate beet, Swiss chard, and spinach to new fields in the spring and during the growing season. Avoid spring plantings near tunnels where winter greens were grown. Control weed hosts, including lambsquarters, nightshade, chickweed, and plantain. Row covers protect the crop by excluding flies but scout for eggs on transplants before covering. Scout spring transplants in the greenhouse and in the field for eggs, which are easy to spot on the underside of leaves. Treat when eggs are first observed. If tunnels and eggs are present, treat them to prevent further damage. Scout again 7-10 days later to determine if a second treatment is needed. Use an adjuvant and ensure coverage of the lower leaf surface. Some systemic insecticides are registered that may be applied to transplants or to the soil. Among organic products, spinosad has demonstrated efficacy when applied before egg-hatch. Note that some products are labeled only for Swiss chard.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant; do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. Larvae only. Swiss chard only.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 5.0 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation and as a foliar spray. Swiss chard only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Swiss chard only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A for soil applications at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Allow 1-3 days for insect control to be translocated to protect transplants following an at-plant application. Swiss chard only.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 17. Swiss chard only.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Swiss chard only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Swiss chard only.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Leafminer suppression on Swiss chard only.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • paraffinic oil (Organic JMS Stylet-OilOG): 3-6 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Beets only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Swiss chard only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d Swiss chard, 3d beet greens, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4.5 to 10 oz/A beets, 6 to 10 oz/A Swiss chard; PHI 3d beets, 1d Swiss chard, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Control may be improved with the addition of an adjuvant. Do not apply to Swiss chard seedlings intended for transplant.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 12 oz/A beets, 5 to 11 oz/A Swiss chard; PHI 30d Swiss chard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Swiss chard only.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand-pick slugs, or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage section for more information on slugs.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Slug and Snail BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.
  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 25 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting, or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants. Swiss chard only.
Insect Control

Beet and Swiss Chard Weed Control

Beet and Swiss Chard Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): REI 12h, Group 14.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 9.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • cycloate (Ro-Neet)REI 48h, Group 15. Beets only. Apply 0.5-0.66 gal/A per application. Can be applied before, during, or immediately after planting. Apply in 10-50 gal/A of spray. Incorporate immediately 2-3” into the soil. Use on mineral soils only. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • dimethenamid (Outlook): PHI 60d, REI 12h, Group 15. Beets only. Apply 8-21 oz/A, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 21 oz/A per year. If applying as a split application, apply half to two-thirds the rate at the first application and the remaining at the second application. Application rate depends on soil texture and organic matter content. Apply to beets that have 2 fully expanded true leaves, but not after they have 6 fully expanded leaves. Temporary leaf damage may occur and applying before the 2-leaf stage may cause significant crop injury.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)REI 24h, Group 15. MA, ME, and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Apply to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across. Can also apply up to 2 oz/A as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before direct-seeding Swiss chard.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • clopyralid (Stinger)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 4. Beets only. Apply 4-8 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 8 oz/A per year. Apply when beets are in the 2- to 8-leaf stage and weeds are young and actively growing, between 2-4" tall. Spray additives are not recommended.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest. For beets, can also apply as a harvest aid to remove crop leaves.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 60d for beets, 30d for chard, REI 12h, Group 1. For beets, apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 5 pts/A per year. For chard, apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, a minimum of 14 days between applications. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Note that crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops

Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops Evonne Gong

Introduction

Brassica crops include the waxy-leaved crops cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, kale, and kohlrabi (all Brassica oleracea), as well as non-waxy Chinese cabbage (B. napa), mustards (B. juncea), and bok choi (B. rapa var. chinensis). These crops are also called "cole" or "cruciferous" crops. The waxy-leaved crops are of European origin and the non-waxy crops are of Asian origin. All are well-adapted to New England conditions. Plants maturing under cool weather conditions are of especially high quality. This diverse family has similar cultural requirements, diseases, and pests.

Types and Varieties

  • Cabbage is the most widely grown and easily cultivated of the brassica crops. Varieties mature in as few as 60 days or as many as 120 days from transplanting. The early and mid-season varieties are generally better suited for fresh market sales where small heads of 3-4 lb are desired. 
  • Cauliflower is more difficult to grow than other brassica crops. Common problems include failure to head properly and poor curd quality. For successful production of cauliflower, a fertile, moist soil relatively high in organic matter and nitrogen is needed. Buttoning is the premature formation of the head, when the leaves are not large enough to produce a head of marketable size. Conditions that reduce the vigor of the plant and slow vegetative growth, such as cold temperatures at transplanting and any of a number of other stresses appear to encourage buttoning. Cauliflower varieties range in maturity from 55 to 95 days.
  • Broccoli is not as exacting in its requirements as cauliflower. However, it must be harvested promptly to avoid flowering. The earliest spring plantings often experience buttoning. In summer months, temperatures over 85° F during the critical period when the head begins to form can result in poor head quality. In southern New England, broccoli is best grown as a fall crop. Broccoli varieties range in maturity from 55 to 75 days.
  • Brussels sprouts are a long-season crop grown for harvest in the fall. Brussels sprouts should be harvested when they are round, firm, tight, and of good color. Brussels sprout varieties range in maturity from 90 to 110 days or longer.
  • Kale is cold-hardy and grows best as a fall crop when grown for full-size leaves, but can be succession-planted all season. Kale is also commonly grown as a component of salad mix (see Salad Mix section). The flavor of the leaves is improved after a light frost.
  • Kohlrabi looks like a turnip growing on the top of the ground with leaves sprouting over the surface. Most varieties must be harvested when 3" in diameter or they can become tough, especially in spring production. Fall storage kohlrabi varieties can be grown to 6" in diameter. 
  • Chinese cabbage, mustard, and bok choi are grown both as salad or braising greens and heading crops. They have non-waxy leaves and most are Asian in origin. See Salad Mix section for more details on production of salad mix. Crops in this group are more susceptible to damage from flea beetles, but tend to be less attractive to caterpillars than waxy brassica crops. When grown as heading crops, these should be direct-seeded from early May to mid-July depending on intended harvest date and location in New England. Chinese cabbage is especially sensitive to bolting in response to stress or cold. Nitrogen management for Chinese cabbage should differ slightly from other brassica crops (see Soil Fertility below).

Many brassica greens, such as mizuna, mibuna, tatsoi, komatsuna, arugula, and mustard are usually direct-seeded. Some varieties are prone to bolting, which is encouraged by cold temperatures in the spring. Transplanting these crops can also increase bolting in the spring due to increased plant stress. Plant densities vary tremendously and should be geared toward the intended harvest age and size.

 

Brassica Crop Varieties

TYPES VARIETIES
Broccoli - Spring-planted for summer harvest

Green Magic - DM

Gypsy - DM

Emerald Crownmperial - DM

Diplomat - DM

Eastern Magic

Broccoli - Summer-planted for fall harvest

Emerald Crown - DM

Diplomat - DM

Eastern Magic

Lieutenant

Cauliflower

Amazing

Earlisnow

Flame Star (orange)

Graffiti (purple)

Mardi

Skywalker

Snow Crown

Twister

Veronica (romanesco) - Y

Vitaverde (green)

Kale

Darkibor

Lacinato (toscana type)

Red Russian

Redbor (red)

Starbor

Winterbor

Kohlrabi

Azur star (purple)

Beas (white)

Kolibri (purple)

Konan

Korist

Kossack (fall storage)

Quickstar

Terek

Cabbage - Early

Caraflex (pointed) 

Farao - TB

Primero (red)

Primo Vantage - Y

Tendersweet

Tiara

Cabbage - Midseason

Early Thunder - Y, BR, TB

Integro (red)

Omero (red) - TB

Red Jewel (red)

Cabbage - Late Season / Storage

Buscaro (red)

Passat - Y, TB, BR

Report - Y, TB, BR, CR

Ruby Perfection (red)

Storage #4 - Y, TB

Typhoon - Y

Cabbage - Savoy

Alcosa - DM

Clarissa - TB

Deadon (tinged red) - Y

Famosa - TB, DM

Cabbage - Chinese

Bilko - Y, CR

Blues - DM

Merlot (red)

Minuet (mini) - DM

Wawa Tsai (mini) - CR

Pak Choi

Joi Choi

Mei Qing Choi

Brussels Sprout

Dagan

Divino

Gustus

Resistant or tolerant to: BR: black rot, CR: clubroot, DM: downy mildew, TB: tipburn, Y: yellows

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. Maintain a high level of calcium to minimize tip burn.

Brassica crops are sensitive to boron (B) deficiency. The best method for applying a small amount of B is as an additive to the fertilizer. For example, if the level of B in the soil is low, apply 3 lb/A of B (15 lb Solubor or 30 lb Borax) before planting broccoli and cauliflower, and 2 lb/A for cabbage. See Tables 6 and 6a.

For Chinese cabbage, pepper spot can develop on the stalks of the plants as a result of excess nitrate uptake. Apply only 50 lb of nitrogen at planting and sidedress additional nitrogen at diminishing rates as the plant nears harvest maturity, for a total of 150 lb/A. Foliar or drip applications scheduled at 6-8 lb per week may be the most practical.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

If using transplants, use of a liquid starter fertilizer at planting time is beneficial, especially under cool soil conditions. Use a high phosphorus starter fertilizer mixed at a rate of 3 lb per 50 gallons of water. Apply 8 fluid ounces (1 cup) per transplant.

Plant Nutrition Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 100 150 100 50 0 175 125 50 0
Sidedress 4 weeks after transplanting 60* 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 160 150 100 50 0 175 125 50 0
*Cauliflower: Apply 30 lbs/A

Planting and Field Culture

Early plantings of brassica crops are generally made by setting out transplants grown in greenhouses or cold frames. Transplants should be 5-7 weeks old at field setting. For cauliflower and broccoli, transplants should be produced in greenhouses with a minimum nighttime temperature of 50°F. Excessive cold, transplant stress, inadequate fertility, or other sources of stress in early stages can cause brassica crops to button, or to go to seed without heading. Transplants with thick stems are likely to head prematurely or button. Midseason and late plantings can be transplanted or direct-seeded. If cabbage, broccoli, or cauliflower are direct-seeded, 2-3 weeks should be added to the number of days to maturity.

Generally, coarse-textured soils (sands, sandy loams, etc.) are favored for early plantings because they can be worked earlier in the spring and will warm up faster. These soils are also less likely to become waterlogged under rainy spring conditions. Finer-textured soils that have a greater water holding capacity can frequently be used advantageously for producing later crops. 

  • Cabbage grown for fresh market should be planted to stand 12-15" apart within rows and 24-36" between rows. For most early or midseason varieties, the closer spacing will give larger yields and smaller heads, which can be a more desirable size for fresh markets. Where direct-seeding is used, seeding depth is 1/2-3/4". One-half to 1 lb of seed will be required per acre (0.125-0.25 oz per 100 feet of row) depending on variety, seed size, and spacing. Thin seedlings to desired stand when plants are 2-4" tall. Do not allow plants to become crowded.
  • Cauliflower should be planted to stand 15-18" apart within rows and 30-36" between rows. Broccoli should be spaced according to market needs. Large single heads can be achieved by a 15-18" spacing. To acheive three-head bunches, which require 5-6" heads with small stalks, plant double row beds with 36" between beds and 10-12" between rows within bed, and 6-9" between plants, depending on variety. Early varieties usually require closer spacing. Southern grown plants can be purchased for transplants, but insect and disease problems often accompany them. If purchasing bare root transplants from nurseries, plant soon upon receipt. Field-grown transplants, once pulled, should not be stored for longer than 9 days at 32°F or 5 days at 66°F prior to planting in the field. Cauliflower and broccoli can be direct-seeded to stand, with precision type planters. Raised beds of 4" are recommended. For cauliflower this will require about 4 oz seed per acre (0.0625 oz per 100 feet of row); for broccoli about 0.5 to 1 lb/acre (0.125 to 0.25 oz per 100 feet of row).
  • Brussels sprouts are most commonly grown from transplants as a long-season crop for fall harvest. Cool weather and light frosts prior to harvest increase quality. Rows are typically spaced 36" apart with 15" spacing within the row. Plants can be topped in early September, when 80% of the sprouts have reached marketable size, to improve sprout size uniformity if harvesting entire stalks. Stripping the foliage from the lower 1/2-2/3 of the plant will allow more light to reach the developing sprouts, as well as increase air circulation, both of which increase sprout quality.
  • Kale can be successfully grown from direct-seeding or from transplants. For direct seeding, sow seed at 3-4 lb/A in rows spaced 16-36" apart. Thin to 4-5" apart in the row. Transplants are set in rows 16-36" apart and 6-12" apart in the row. Use wider between-row and in-row spacing for multiple hand harvests by stripping leaves. 
  • Kohlrabi may be grown for spring crops by transplants. Transplant into the field at the same time as broccoli or cabbage. Fall crops can be established by direct seeding between June 25 and July 15. Seed open-pollinated varieties at the rate of 2-3 lb per acre and thin to 6-8" between plants in the row. Precision-seed hybrid varieties. Set transplants July 20 to August 15. Space rows 18-24" apart.

Irrigation

The availability of water can be critical for successful production. Adequate soil water must be maintained during seedling or transplant establishment and the period of rapid vegetative growth that follows. This is extremely critical prior to head initiation for cabbage, since excessive water applied after cabbage heads have formed can result in split heads. When harvest periods of broccoli and cauliflower occur during times of high temperatures, light irrigation (0.33-0.5") can be used to cool plants and help maintain quality. 

Harvest and Storage

  • Cabbage. Harvest as soon as the head has reached full size for the variety grown. Many varieties will stand in the field for considerable periods of time after heading without serious deterioration, but harvest should not be delayed unnecessarily as plants become more susceptible to disease and to splitting.
  • Cauliflower heads must be blanched in order to produce attractive white curd. Blanching refers to covering the developing cauliflower head in order to shade it from sunlight. Newer varieties are self-blanching or self-wrapping. Unless a variety is reported as being self-blanching, when the head is 2-3" diameter, gather the large outer leaves loosely over the head and tie with twine or rubber bands. Tie every 2-3 days with different colored bands to help coordinate harvest dates. Hot, humid, rainy weather after tying can result in a rotting curd. In hot weather, the head should be ready to harvest in 3-5 days; in cool weather, blanching takes 8-12 days. Harvest when head is compact, clear white, and about 6" in diameter. Avoid bruising during harvest and packing.
  • Broccoli is harvested when heads are dense and 3-6" diameter, and before individual flower buds are distinguishable or yellow flowers can be seen. Cut 8-10" of stem with the head. Broccoli should be cooled as rapidly as possible and stored under cool conditions after harvest to slow down flower development. Side heads develop rapidly following removal of the terminal head, unless the variety used is a nonsprouting type. Harvesting may continue for several weeks. Broccoli is especially sensitive to postharvest heat and should be hydrocooled or packed on ice immediately after harvest.
  • Brussels sprouts should be harvested when sprouts are firm and are of the desired size for market. Sprouts can be harvested sequentially, working up the stalk as the season progresses, or entire stalks can be cut and marketed whole. 
  • Kale and Collards may be harvested by cutting off entire small plants near ground level, then bunching whole plants. Alternatively, mature leaves may be stripped from plants and either bunched or packed individually. Multiple harvests are possible. 
  • Kohlrabi. The targeted harvest stage is when stems (bulbs) are full-sized but before they begin to split or become tough and woody. Bulbs are cut with clippers at the soil line, and foliage is trimmed as dictated by markets. Leaves should be removed for long storage varieties.

Many brassica crops are very sensitive to ethylene, and may yellow upon exposure to low levels of ethylene. These crops should be stored as close to 32ºF as possible without freezing, at greater than 95% relative humidity. Air circulation should be adequate to remove heat of respiration, but excessive air circulation will speed transpiration and wilting of leafy crops. Expected storage life varies widely. Consult USDA Handbook 66: The Commercial Storage of Fruits, Vegetables and Florist and Nursery Stocks for crop-specific information.

Cabbage, Brassica Crops Disease Control

Cabbage, Brassica Crops Disease Control Evonne Gong

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 25 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Alternaria Damping-off

Buy seed certified as disease-free or treat with hot water at 122°F for 25 minutes (see Hot Water Treatment of Seed in the Disease Management section). Brassica crop seed is susceptible to seed vigor loss from hot water treatment. Seed should be treated as close to planting as possible.

Alternaria Leaf Spot and Head Rot

Alternaria leaf spot and head rot are caused by at least three species of the fungus Alternaria and may be seedborne. Start with certified disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water. Practice a 3-year crop rotation with all brassica crops. Use proper plant and row spacing to ensure good air circulation. Irrigate in the morning. Avoid overhead irrigation if possible. Control weeds, especially those in the family Brassicaceae. Avoid working in fields when foliage is wet. Promptly incorporate plant debris after harvest, or mow if tillage is not possible in late fall crops. Varieties differ in susceptibility but no resistant varieties are available. 

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not repeat the application or rotate with other strobilurins. See label for list of allowed brassica crops.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 12.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickelOG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control; mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.0 to 9.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Maximum 2 applications per year.
  • botanical extract (EcoswingOG): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM 01.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 0.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage. 
  • fenamidone (Reason SC): 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme 2.08 SC): 5 to 7 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 6.0 to 8.2 fl. oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12 h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • mancozeb (Manzate Pro Stick): 1.6 to 2.1 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03. Cabbage and broccoli only.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium bicarbonate (PB 133, AKA MilStopOG): 2.5 lb to 5.0 lb/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. See label for small volume application rates.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis (HowlerOM): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A. PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Use preventatively. 
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 11.4 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 12.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0h, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods.
  • triflumizole (Procure): 6 to 8 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 3.

Black Leg (Phoma lingam, Leptosphaeria maculans)

Symptoms of this fungal disease include grayish lesions with dark borders on leaves and stems. All brassica crops are susceptible. Rotate away from brassicas for at least 3 years. Start with certified, disease-free seed, or treat seed with hot water. Inspect seedlings for infection before planting out into the field. Use proper plant and row spacing to ensure good air circulation. Avoid overhead irrigation if possible. Control weeds, especially those in the family Brassicaceae. Avoid working in fields when foliage is wet. Promptly incorporate plant debris after harvest, or mow if tillage is not possible in late fall crops.

  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 6.0 to 8.2 fl. oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12 h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 2. Broccoli only.
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStopOG): 2.5 to 5.0 lb/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. See label for small volume application rates.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • thiram (Thiram 42-S): 8 lb/A; REI 24h, Group M3. Seed treatment.

Black Rot (Xanthomonas campestris pv. campestris)

Symptoms of this bacterial disease include yellow to brown lesions, most often on the leaf margins. Some lesions will have a characteristic V shape and blackened veins. Practice a 3-year crop rotation with all brassica crops. Start with certified disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water. Use proper plant and row spacing to ensure good air circulation. Avoid overhead irrigation if possible. Control weeds, especially those in the family Brassicaceae. Avoid working in fields when foliage is wet. Promptly incorporate plant debris after harvest, or mow if tillage is not possible in late fall crops.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard): 0.5 to 1.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group P 01. Suppression only.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki strain ABTS-351 plus methyl salicylate (Leap ES): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11A. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 0.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.0 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Not labeled for cauliflower.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis (HowlerOG): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A. PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Use preventatively. Not labeled for cauliflower.

Club Root (Plasmodiophora brassicae)

Initial symptoms include stunting, yellowing, and wilting. This disease is characterized by marked swelling and deformity of roots. There is currently no way to eliminate club root from infested soil, but the pathogen can be suppressed by practicing a long crop rotation and increasing soil pH. Maintain soil at a pH of 7.0-7.2 by applying lime (maximum of 1000 lbs/A per application). Practice a routine 3-year rotation for all brassica crops; if club root is detected in a field, rotate out of brassicas in that field for 7 years. After a 7-year crop rotation, pH adjustment and fungicide applications may reduce the viable club root spores to below economic threshold levels of infection for many growing seasons to come. Cold, wet soils favor club root development and spore survival. Resistant varieties of some brassica crops are available. Prevent the movement of infested soil and irrigation water into uninfested fields.

  • cyazofamid (Ranman): 12.9 to 25.75 fl oz/100 gal (transplant drench); PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Tank mix with an organosilicone surfactant. Transplant soil drench or soil incorporation. See label for details.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500 F): 6.45 fl oz/100gal (transplant drench); PHI 7-50d, REI 12h, Group 29. Transplant soil drench or incorporation. PHI varies by crop. See label for details.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASO): 2.0 to 4.0 gt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • PCNB (Blocker 4F): Rate varies depending upon application method—see label; REI 12h, Group 14. For transplant applications, mix 3 pts into 100 gal water and use 0.5 to 0.75 pts solution per plant, based on severity of field infestation. Maintain agitation to hold product in suspension. For banded applications, apply as a 12-inch band, in 25 gal water per acre or 5.5 fl oz water per 100 ft of row based on 40-inch row spacing. For broadcast applications, apply in 30 gal water prior to planting. For all application methods, thoroughly incorporate into soil after application.

Downy Mildew (Hyaloperonospora brassicae)

Symptoms include angular yellow to orange lesions with dark speckling or veining on the upper sides of leaves, and crusty white sporulation on the upper and undersides of leaves. Resistant varieties of some brassica crops are available. Use proper plant and row spacing to ensure good air circulation. Avoid overhead irrigation if possible. Control weeds, especially those in the family Brassicaceae.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard): 0.5 to 1.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12 h, Group P01.
  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickelOG): 0.12 to 1.0 lb/A as a soil drench; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group 44. Suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with an approved chemical fungicide.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05. See label for replant restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 0.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman): 2.75 fl oz/A (foliar application); PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Tank mix with an organosilicone surfactant. 
  • dimethomrph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 40. Apply in combination with a labeled rate of another non-Group 40 fungicide.
  • fenamidone (Reason SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 15.35 fl oz/A (foliar application); PHI 7d, REI 12-48h, Group 29. Cabbage and Chinese cabbage only. REI = 48h for handset irrigation, 12h for all other activites.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Tank mix with a non-Group 43 fungicide.
  • fosetyl aluminum (Aliette WDG): 3.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 33. Do not mix with copper fungicides. Lower rates of Aliette (2 to 3 lb) can be used when tank mixed with another fungicide labeled for downy mildew control.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.0 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Broccoli and cabbage only.
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 40. A spreading/penetrating type adjuvant must be added.
  • mefenoxam (Subdue MAXX): 25 to 50 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group 4. Do not apply foliar sprays without a labeled tank mix partner.
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05. See label for plant-back restrictions and restrictions on certain brassicas.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl.oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. Begin foliar application prior to disease development. Use higher rate when disease is present. A spreading/penetrating adjuvant must be added.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 33. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Do not apply directly to plants treated with copper within 20-day interval to avoid plant injury.
  • potassium bicarbonate (PB 133, AKA MilStopOG): 2.5 to 5.0 lb/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. See label for small volume application rates.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis (HowlerOG): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A. PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Use preventatively.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RegaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group P5. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application instructions.

Fusarium Yellows

This fungal pathogen is soil-borne and may also be seedborne. Plant resistant varieties. Prevent the movement of infested soil to clean fields. Provide adequate fertility; potassium deficiency increases disease severity.

Seed Decay and Damping-off

Buy treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed or oil purposes.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickelOG): 0.125 to 1.0 lb/A at planting; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 02. Suppression only.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.32 to 0.64 fl oz/lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4. For Pythium damping-off protection.
  • Streptomyces griseoviridis strain K61 (MycoStopOG): See label for rates; REI 4h.
  • thiram (Thiram 42-S): 8.0 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Group M03. Seed treatment.

Wire Stem, Crater Rot, and Head Rot (Rhizoctonia solani)

Diseases of brassica crops in this section caused by R. solani include wirestem and damping-off (seedlings), crater rot (root crops), and bottom or head rot (cabbage). Lesions caused by Rhizoctonia are brown to black and may be sunken. Rhizoctonia can be carried on the seeds of most brassica species and is ubiquitous in most soils, where it survives indefinitely. Start with certified, disease-free seed. Practice good sanitation in transplant production in order to avoid later need for fungicide drenches. Use treated seed for direct-seeding. Practices that encourage rapid germination and establishment limit disease development. Avoid planting transplants too deeply. Rotate crops. Do not plant susceptible brassicas in fields with undecomposed crop residues. No highly resistant varieties are available. Fungicide treatments in the field have limited effectiveness.

  • PCNB (Blocker 4F): Rate varies depending upon application method—see label; REI 12h, Group 14. Note: R. solani referred to as Corticium solani on label.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.

Turnip Mosaic Virus

Turnip mosaic virus can infect most brassica crops but it is most commonly seen in Chinese cabbage and bok choy. It is spread by many species of aphids in a nonpersistent manner; therefore, insecticides are of little or no value in controlling its spread. This virus survives the winter in perennial weeds. Symptoms vary with host and include yellow and/or necrotic spots, mosiac, leaf deformity, and interveinal chlorosis. Environmental conditions also affect symptom expression. Partially resistant cultivars include 'Nabyeng', 'Kongng', 'Tip Top', and 'Ta Feng'. These cultivars may be intolerant of heat.

Disease Control

Cabbage, Brassica Crops Insect Control

Cabbage, Brassica Crops Insect Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 26 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

All tolerances for chlorpyrifos in food crops were revoked in 2022, therefore products containing chlorpyrifos (e.g. Lorsban) cannot be applied to any food crop and growers CANNOT use up existing stock.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

A spreader-sticker should be used with insecticides on these crops, as it will help provide better coverage and more insecticide persistence.

Cabbage Aphid (Brevicoryne brassicae)

Only crops and weeds in the brassica family are suitable hosts for cabbage aphid (CA). Cabbage, cauliflower, broccoli and Brussels sprouts are most severely affected, but other crops may become infested. Aphids tend to be more of a problem in fall plantings. Adults, both winged and wingless, and nymphs are grayish green with a dark head and short, dark cornicles, but appear more grayish white because the body is covered with a fine, white, powdery secretion. In fall, eggs are laid on the undersides of leaves of the same crops or weeds that were fed on during the summer, and survive the winter on brassica host plants. This differs from the life cycle of many aphid pests of vegetables, where eggs are laid and overwinter on alternate hosts outside the field. Eggs typically hatch in April. Nymphs feed and develop into reproductive females who produce live young without mating. Winged adults disperse with wind and infest new crops. There are multiple summer generations and potential for huge population growth, especially where long-season crops are infested early. CA prefers to feed on young leaves, flower buds or seed stalks in the upper part of the plant and also feeds in developing Brussels sprout buds. Dense colonies may develop. Feeding injury includes wrinkled and downward-curling leaves, yellow leaves, reduced growth, contamination with aphid honeydew, and contamination of the marketable parts of the plant with aphids. CA can also transmit cauliflower mosaic and cabbage ring spot virus, among other viruses; transmission is non-persistent, with virus particles passed to new plants by probing. Natural enemies can suppress populations, but may not be able to prevent high densities that may occur in cool fall weather. Cultural controls include soil incorporation of crop residues immediately after harvest or, for overwintering brassicas, before eggs hatch in spring. Control brassica weeds in or near fields. Check transplants to be sure they are clean. Use reflective mulch to repel aphids. Use selective products when controlling other pests to conserve beneficials. If CA is a consistent problem, systemic insecticides used at planting or sidedress may eliminate early infestations. Scout weekly to determine % infested plants, starting before harvested portions of the plant form. Treat if >10% of the plants are infested with aphids, especially after heads or sprouts begin to form. Or select 10 leaves at 10 sites for 100 leaves per field, and treat if >20% have aphids. Coverage of all leaf surfaces, buds and new growth is key. Waiting until there are heavy outbreaks or until just before harvest makes it hard to prevent loss of marketable yield.

Green peach aphid (Myzus persicae) can also infest brassicas. For more information, see green peach aphid in the Pepper section.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Green peach aphid only. Brussels sprouts and cauliflower only.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Versys): 1.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12 h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 8 to 32 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Suppression only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • clove oil, thyme oil plus cinnamon oil (EcotrolG2OG): 16 to 22 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group UN. Apply as a band at planting or after planting and incorporate into soil to depth of 3-6". Repellent.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 to 16 oz/A for broccoli and cauliflower, 8 oz/A for kale and mustard, 16 oz/A Brussels sprouts; PHI 7d broccoli and cauliflower, 14d kale and mustard, 0d Brussels sprouts, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broccoli, cauliflower, kale, mustard, Brussels sprouts only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.32 oz/1,000 sq ft, 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal, 7 to 14 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, and kohlrabi transplants only while in greenhouse. Not for field use.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A for foliar applications or 5 to 7.5 oz/A for soil applications to head and stem brassicas, 2 to 3 oz/A for foliar application only to leafy brassicas; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Head and stem brassicas only. Suppression only.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay insecticide (see label for rates and 21d PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil; 1.3 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d soil, 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with companion labeled insecticide.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only. Suppression only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1 to 2 pt/A for broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower, cabbage, and kohlrabi, 1 to 1.6 pt/A for kale and mustard greens, 1.5 to 1.6 pt/A for collards; PHI 2d broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower, 7d cabbage, kale, collards, kohlrabi, mustard greens, REI 48h broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, 24h kohlrabi; 12h collards, kale, mustard greens, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Selective control of aphids including cabbage aphid. Translaminar.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity; don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d leafy brassica greens, 0d head and stem brassicas, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Cabbage Looper (Trichoplusia ni), Diamondback Moth (Plutella xylostella), and Imported Cabbageworm (Pieris rapae)

Diamondback moth and imported cabbageworm are pests throughout the growing season, while cabbage looper generally does not become a pest until mid- to late-season.

Imported cabbageworm (ICW) is the offspring of the cabbage butterfly, a daytime flyer often visible in brassica fields. Wings are white, and the forewing has a dark border and 1-2 round black spots. Eggs, laid singly on leaves, are about 0.125 in. long, light green or yellow, and slightly elongated, standing upright. ICW caterpillars are gray-green with a thin yellow line down the back, slightly fuzzy, reach 1.25 in. long, and are sluggish when touched. Feeding and resting occur on the underside of leaves, and larvae feed more heavily in the center or head of cabbage or broccoli. Damage includes round or ragged feeding holes and deposits of wet, green or brownish frass. The overwintering stage is the chrysalis (pupa), which is green or brown, smooth, with 3 pointed ridges on its back. There are 3-4 generations per year with adults first appearing in May.

Cabbage looper (CL) does not overwinter in New England but arrives in migratory flights from farther south. Generally, numbers are not significant until late July or August. Adult moths are mottled gray-brown, 0.75 in. long, with a distinct, round, silver-white mark on the wing. Bucket-type pheromone traps can be used to monitor moth flight. Eggs are globe-shaped, light green or yellow, and on undersides of leaves. Caterpillars are light green, with wavy, white or light yellow lines down the back and sides, reaching 1.5-2 in. when full grown. Cabbage loopers of any size move like inchworms by raising the middle of their body in a characteristic "loop" shape. Feeding damage from older larvae consists of ragged, large holes in foliage, on both frame leaves and heads.

Diamondback moth (DBM) adults are small (<0.5 in.), light brown with a yellow diamond-shaped marking, and rest with their wings folded together like a tent. Adult moths are active at dusk and during the night. Caterpillars reach a length of 3/4 in., are light green, and are segmented and pointed at both ends. When disturbed they wiggle vigorously and may drop off the plant on a string of silk. Feeding causes small, round holes and tends to be spread across the foliage rather than concentrated in the head.

Incorporate crop residues shortly after harvest to reduce movement to successive plantings and reduce overwintering populations. Populations are suppressed by a wide range of natural enemies and there are several selective materials that control caterpillars and have minimal non-target effects (e.g. Xentari, Dipel, Coragen, Intrepid). Parasitic wasps that attack caterpillars include Cotesia rubecula on ICW and Diadegma insulare on DBM; their small white cocoons may be found on leaves.

Scout fields by checking leaves (top and bottom) on 25 plants across the field. In the Northeast, there is generally no need to treat young plants unless weather conditions delay plant development and at least 35% of plants are infested with any of these pests. Treat plants between the start of heading and harvest if 20% or more of the plants are infested. The most critical time to scout and apply chemical controls is just prior to head formation. Use a 10-15% threshold throughout the season for kale, collards, mustard, and other leafy greens.

Do not use less than 50 gal spray material/A; higher volumes provide better coverage. Better coverage of lower leaf surfaces can be achieved by using drop nozzles. Use a spreader-sticker. Use selective materials to spare beneficials that help control aphids and caterpillars. DBM has become resistant to many synthetic and microbial insecticides. Even if you are getting excellent control of this pest with the materials presently being used, you should alternate between effective materials to slow development of resistance. Newer materials and the aizawai strain of Bacillus thuringiensis will usually provide better control of resistant DBM than older products. Use transplants grown in New England to avoid importing DBM that have already developed resistance to one or more classes of insecticides.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 1 lb/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. For Brussels sprouts and cauliflower only. DBM has developed resistance in some areas. 
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For suppression of DBM only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A DBM and ICW, 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A CL; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • azadirachtin & pyrethrins (AzeraOG): 16 to 56 oz/A foliar, drench, and greenhouse applications; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Groups un & 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. Particularly effective against DBM. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A DBM & ICW, 0.5 to 1 lb/A CL; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. Particularly effective against DBM. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESO): 16 to 32 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Use high rate for CL. May be used alone or tank mixed with Bacillus thuringiensis products. Takes 7-10 days after application to see control.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.4 oz/A CL and ICW, 2.4 to 3.2 oz/A DBM; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 3d broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, and kohlrabi, 14d Chinese cabbage, collards, kale, and mustard greens, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. DBM and ICW only.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, and as a foliar spray. Do not apply more than twice to any generation of DBM.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cryolite (Prokil Cryolite): 8 to 16 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group UN. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, and cauliflower only. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 10 to 17 oz/A CL, 7 to 13.5 oz/A ICW and DBM; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For DBM resistance management, do not apply Exirel more than twice within any 30-day window.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 10 oz/A CL, 5 to 10 oz/A DBM and ICW; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting and drip chemigation.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4 h, Bee: H, Group 28. See label for DBM resistance management.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A DBM and ICW, 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A CL; PHI 7d head and stem brassicas, 14d leafy brassicas, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Rotate to another product after 2 applications.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A for most species, 2.9 to 5.8 oz/A for ICW on broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, and Chinese cabbage; PHI 3d broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Chinese cabbage, kohlrabi, 7d collards and mustard greens, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use high rate for mustard greens. Not for DBM. Not for ICW on kohlrabi.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Head and stem brassicas only. May be combined with DiPel DF; see label for rates.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A CL and ICW, 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A DBM; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. Use high rate for DBM. Add a wetting agent to improve spray coverage.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A CL and ICW, 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A DBM; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1 to 2 pt/A broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower, cabbage, and kohlrabi, 1 to 1.6 pt/A kale and mustard greens, 1.6 pt/A collards; PHI 2d broccoli, Brussels sprouts, and cauliflower, 7d cabbage, kale, collards, kohlrabi, and mustard greens, REI 48h broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, 24h kohlrabi, 12h collards, kale, and mustard greens, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not for DBM except on collards.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A for CL and DBM, 0.75 to 3 pt/A for ICW on broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, 1.5 to 3 pt/A for ICW on Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, mustard greens; PHI 1d cabbage, 3d broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower, 10d Chinese cabbage, collards, kale, mustard greens, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Not for ICW or DBM on Chinese cabbage. Add wetting agent to improve coverage. 
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A ICW and CL; 12 to 16 oz/A DBM; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Suppression only for DBM. Use lower rates when plants are small and infestations are light for CL and ICW.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 6 to 12 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Not labeled for collards or kale. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 6.4 oz/A Brussels sprouts, cauliflower, cabbage, broccoli and kohlrabi, 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A for broccoli, Chinese broccoli, cabbage, and Chinese cabbage; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. CL only. 
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A CL & ICW, 1.5 to 4 oz/A DBM; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. See label for resistance management restrictions for DBM.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use low rate for early-season applications to young, small plants. Use of an adjuvant is recommended. ICW and CL only.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1 d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. ICW and DBM only. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A DBM, ICW, 3.2 to 4 CL; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cabbage Maggot (Delia radicum)

Cabbage root maggot is a pest of all types of brassicas, but is particularly damaging in cabbage, broccoli, Chinese cabbage, radish, turnips, and rutabaga. The first flight in April and May damages early spring brassicas, and the third flight from mid-August into September primarily injures fall root crops. Flies overwinter as pupae near roots of fall brassica crops and weeds. Adult flies become active at about 288 growing degrees days (GDD, base temperature 40°F), which occurs 1-2 weeks after forsythia starts to bloom and when yellow rocket (winter cress, Barbarea vulgaris) blooms. Fifty percent emergence (peak flight) occurs at about 450 GDD. Adult flies are delicate, hump-backed, gray-brown flies with long legs, about 5-7 mm long. Small (1.1 mm), white, bullet-shaped eggs are laid singly or in clumps in the top 1-3 inches of soil, near the stem. Wet areas with heavy or rich soil are attractive for egg-laying. Maggots are white with black mouth hooks, feed on roots, and grow to 8 mm long. The oval, brown pupae are found close to the roots. There are 2-3 generations per year in New England. Root damage causes plants to wilt, turn yellow or purple, become stunted or delayed, or die. Early infestation and large pest populations increase plant losses. Eggs are killed by exposure to soil temperatures above 95°F for several days in a row, especially in dry soil. Often these conditions occur in late May or early June.

Incorporate and disk brassica crop residues after harvest to expose and kill pupae, especially in the fall. Rotate spring crops to fields that were not planted with brassicas the previous fall. Avoid spring applications of manure or compost, which increase attractiveness of the field for egg-laying. Avoid wet fields or sections of the field. Protect spring crops with spunbonded row covers, and use covers only on rotated fields, or else the flies will emerge under the covers. Place covers over the crop at the time of seeding or transplanting and seal the edges with soil. Time your seeding or transplanting to avoid exposing young plants to peak flight periods; delay spring crops until after peak flight and when soils warm up. 

Most labeled materials are labeled only for use pre-plant, at the time of planting or seeding—either in the seed furrow or as a transplant drench—or immediately after setting transplants. Use pre- or at-plant treatments only if damaging populations are expected, such as in fields with high organic matter or a history of infestations. Scout transplant trays before setting out plants in the field. Treat transplants if eggs are found in the tray by adding insecticide to transplant water, or as a post-plant drench, as labels allow. A pencil is a good tool to gently stir the soil at the base of the plant and look for eggs. Yellow sticky cards placed near brassicas capture adult flies, and along with GDD, are a good indicator of the onset of adult flight. Scout for eggs—in transplant trays and the field—as soon as flies are active. In the field, finding an average of 1egg per plant can indicate a damaging population. Again, control options are limited once plants are in the field, but scouting to understand infestation levels can help inform management decisions in future plantings. Resistance to organophosphate (Group 1B) insecticides has been documented; rotate among chemical classes where possible to slow development of resistance. 

  • bifenthrin (Capture LFR): 3.4 to 6.8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3. Apply as a 5- to 7-inch T-band over the open seed furrow, or in-furrow with the seed. Head and stem brassicas only. 
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May only be applied as transplant water treatment to soil at planting. For suppression only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting.
  • diazinon (Diazinon* AG500): 2 to 3 qt/A (pre-plant broadcast and incorporation applications), 4 to 8 oz/50 gal water (transplant water drench); PHI 7d, REI 4 days, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower only. Transplant water treatments may result in stand reduction due to plant stress at time of transplanting.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only. For direct-seeded crops, apply directly to base of plants and adjacent soil when crop has developed to the two true leaf stage, and make second application 2-3 weeks later. For transplanted crops, apply immediately after transplanting and make second application 2-3 weeks later. A third application may be needed under high pest pressure conditions, such as when there is a large amount of debris from a previous brassica crop or when adjacent brassica fields are being harvested. For optimum control, direct the spray in a narrow band at the base of the plants. Do not make more than 3 applications of Group 5 insecticides (spinetoram and spinosad) per crop cycle for cabbage root maggot suppression. For brassica leafy vegetables only (e.g., broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, kale). Not for brassica roots (e.g., radish, turnip). 
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only. For direct-seeded crops, apply directly to base of plants and adjacent soil when crop has developed to the two true leaf stage, and make second application 2-3 weeks later. For transplanted crops, apply immediately after transplanting and make second application 2-3 weeks later. A third application may be needed under high pest pressure conditions, such as when there is a large amount of debris from a previous brassica crop or when adjacent brassica fields are being harvested. For optimum control, direct the spray in a narrow band at the base of the plants. Do not make more than three applications of Group 5 insecticides (spinetoram and spinosad) per crop cycle for cabbage root maggot suppression. For brassica leafy vegetables only (e.g., broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, kale). Not for brassica roots (e.g., radish, turnip). 
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Cabbage Whitefly (Aleyrodes proletella)

An emerging pest in the Northeast United States, cabbage whitefly originates from Europe and is a pest in many areas of the world. Adults are small (1.5 mm) with white wings, and can be distinguished from greenhouse and sweet potato whitefly by 2 gray blotches on each forewing. Eggs are laid in a half-moon or circular pattern on the undersides of leaves. Immature stages are flat and scale-like. Both adults and nymphs feed on plant sap. Large populations will reduce plant vigor and quality, and adults and nymphs deposit honeydew on leaf surfaces on which sooty mold grows. Cabbage whitefly feeds and reproduces on brassicas, as well as other crops and weeds such as alfalfa, fava bean and dandelion. Preferred hosts are kale and Brussels sprouts.

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 3.2 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For suppression of adults only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • chlothianidin (Belay): 3 to 4 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Suppression only. Do not use on crops grown for seed. Must not be applied during bloom or when bees are foraging. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Allow 1-3 days for material to be translocated into aerial portions of the plant. When populations are high, use a foliar control during this period.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil for heading brassicas, 2 to 3 oz/acre for leafy brassicas; PHI 1d foliar, PHI 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only. Head and stem brassicas only. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, PHI 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection; an additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Suppression only. Apply when whiteflies first appear.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A, 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Knack): 8 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7C. Insect growth regulator, only effective on immature stages. Higher water volumes may provide improved control. 
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Most effective on egg and immature stages. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3.0 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 7d leafy brassica greens, 0d head and stem brassicas, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used in an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting operations or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment.

Cross-striped Cabbageworm (Evergestis rimosalis)

Formerly restricted to areas south of New England, this insect is now a significant pest of brassicas in CT, RI and MA. It has 2-3 generations per year and is most abundant on late-season plantings. Unlike the other major caterpillar pests on brassicas, the cross-striped cabbageworm (CSCW) lays its eggs in clusters of 3-25 rather than singly, infested plants have many caterpillars and are often completely skeletonized while adjacent plants may be left undamaged. Egg clusters are yellow, flattened, overlapping like fish scales, and attached to the lower leaf surfaces. Larvae grow to 3/4 in. long in 2-3 weeks. The caterpillars are light bluish-grey on top and green underneath, with numerous black bands across their backs and a yellow stripe down each side. Pupation takes place in soil, near the surface. Caterpillars produce small holes in leaves until only veins remain; they target terminal buds and sprouts and may burrow into heads. Plow under debris after harvest and control wild mustard and Shepherd's purse to help reduce pest populations. Scout weekly for caterpillars and damage. Spray if 5% of the plants are infested with CSCW. Use selective insecticides to preserve parasitic wasps.

  • azadirachtin & pyrethrins (AzeraOG): 16 to 56 oz/A foliar, drench, and greenhouse applications; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Groups UN & 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, and as a foliar spray.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (Grandevo OG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4 h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d head and stem brassicas, 14d leafy brassicas and turnip greens, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Rotate to another product after 2 applications.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. Head and stem brassicas only. May be combined at with Dipel DF for control of other caterpillars; see label for rates.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. Add a wetting agent to improve spray coverage.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 8 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use low rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Use of an adjuvant is recommended.

Cutworm

See cutworms in the Pepper and Outdoor Tomato sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 3d broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower and kohlrabi, 14d Chinese cabbage, collards, kale, mustard greens, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For broadcast treatment only. Use within 30 days of crop emergence or transplanting.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cryolite (Prokil Cryolite): 8 to 16 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee:L, Group UN. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, and cauliflower only. 
  • diazinon (Diazinon* AG500): 2 to 4 qt/A broadcast and incorporate before planting; REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, collards, kale, mustard greens, and cauliflower only.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana*XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, PHI 7d collards, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Chinese cabbage, and collards only.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Head and stem brassicas only. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d cabbage, 3d Brussels sprouts and cauliflower, 10d collards, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Variegated cutworm only.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Suppression only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Cabbage and Chinese cabbage only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A, 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Flea Beetles (Phyllotreta cruciferae and P. striolata)

In New England, 2 species of flea beetle are found on brassicas: the crucifer flea beetle (Phyllotreta cruciferae), which is uniformly black and shiny, and the striped flea beetle (P. striolata), which is black with 2 yellow stripes on its back. Both are about 2mm in length. Both species feed only on brassicas, and attack all types of brassica crops and weeds. Populations have increased over the past twenty-five years, so that on many farms flea beetle is a key pest of brassicas. Adult beetles overwinter outside cropped fields, in the soil surface and decaying plant residue of shrubby or woody borders. They search out host crops from early May into June and feed on leaves and stems, leaving small round pits and holes. Beetles hop quickly off the plant when disturbed. Eggs are laid in soil near the plant. Tiny white larvae feed on root hairs and pupate underground. New adults emerge from mid-July through early August and feed throughout August. Spring crops are damaged by over-wintered adults, while fall crops are damaged by summer adults, but it may be difficult to distinguish the generations when pressure is severe. Feeding generally declines in September, as adults leave fields for overwintering. There may be a small second generation of adults, which emerges in late September. Heavy feeding can kill seedlings, and moderate damage can stunt growth, delay maturity, reduce yield, and make crops unmarketable. Crops with more waxy leaves (Brassica oleracea crops such as cabbage, broccoli, and kale) are less attractive and feeding is more restricted to leaf margins, especially as crop matures. Crops with glossy leaves (B. rapa crops such bok choy and Napa cabbage or B. juncea crops such as mustard) are highly attractive; the whole leaf is damaged and the crop is susceptible until harvest.

Escape peak adult activity and avoid the buildup of high populations by rotating spring crops as far as possible from last season's fall brassica crops, and planting late-season crops far from early brassicas. Where feasible, avoiding all early brassicas (until July) can be used to break the reproductive cycle. Incorporate and till crops immediately after harvest to expose and kill larvae and pupae. Provide adequate water and nutrients for crop growth. Avoid soil compaction. Floating row covers provide excellent protection of the crop if well-secured with soil or sand bags around all edges immediately after seeding or transplanting. Remove and replace the same day for cultivation, as needed. Use attractive brassica types (B. rapa or B. juncea) on borders or within the field as a trap crop to draw beetles away from less attractive types. Spray the trap crop to suppress beetles in the whole field, and to protect the trap crop for harvest. Scout across the field by counting beetles from above, then under the leaves, and estimating % leaf damage. Because brassica crops differ greatly in susceptibility and attractiveness there is no fixed economic threshold that applies to all crops and crop stages. A working threshold of 1 beetle per plant or >10% average leaf damage on 50% of the plants has proved effective in leafy greens and early stages of heading brassicas. Repeated applications may be needed if pressure is high.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • azadirachtin & pyrethrins (AzeraOG): 16 to 56 oz/A foliar, drench, and greenhouse applications; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Groups UN & 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.4 to 3.2 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Cabbage flea beetle only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 3d cabbage, cauliflower, broccoli, Brussel sprouts, kohlrabi, 14d kale, collards, Chinese cabbage, mustard, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • cryolite (Prokil Cryolite): 8 to 16 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group UN. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, and cauliflower only. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4 h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A for foliar application to head and stem brassicas, 2 to 3 oz/A for foliar application to leafy brassicas; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d broccoli, cabbage, Chinese cabbage, and cauliflower, 7d collards, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Chinese cabbage, and collards only.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Head and stem brassicas only. Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates).
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Foliar applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. White residue is difficult to wash off leaves and heads; use only on very young leaves or leaves that will not be harvested.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Cabbage and Chinese cabbage only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Apply as needed. For beetle larvae only. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d leafy brassica greens, 0d head and stem brassicas, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Onion Thrips (Thrips tabaci)

Onion thrips can be a significant problem on cabbage, where thrips feed on inner leaves of the head which are difficult to target by spraying. Damage may also occur on leafy brassicas such as broccoli, kale and collards, especially fall crops that are planted near a maturing onion crop. Thrips cause rough, golden or brown scars to form on the underside of open leaves, or produce scars and discolored layers within cabbage heads. Inspection with a 10X lens shows wounds to the epidermis from the rasping mouthparts, and scars from wounds that healed over. Thrips damage can be confused with oedema, a physiological disorder. See onion thrips in the Onion section for more information on identification, life cycle and management. Damage is most severe in hot, dry weather.

Tolerant varieties are the most cost-effective means of controlling thrips in cabbage. Varietal resistance is generally not available in other brassicas. Consult your seed suppliers and search recent research trials regarding thrips tolerance on new varieties.

Avoid thrips by planting cabbage or fall brassica crops far from alliums, or field crops such as alfalfa, clover, wheat, or oats, as these crops may harbor large populations of thrips that may migrate to brassicas when these crops are cut or harvested. Scout young plants for thrips presence and feeding injury. Begin insecticide applications when damage is first noticed; in cabbage, apply foliar treatments before heads form. In fall brassicas, the need for thrips controls may coincide with sprays for flea beetle or caterpillars and some insecticides control both/all of these pests. Repeat applications at 7- to 10-day intervals, based on scouting. Use a shorter interval in hot, dry weather. Use spreader-sticker for better coverage. Apply in early evening, using high pressure and 100 gal water/A, for best results. Systemic insecticides applied as a side dress up to 4-6 weeks after transplanting may provide adequate control in long-season cabbage. Rotate between insecticide groups to prevent or delay resistance.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Applications during the "cupping" stage of cabbage may be especially helpful in preventing injury.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESO): 8 to 32 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after application to see control.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.32 dry oz/1,000 sq ft or 7 to 14 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cabbage, cauliflower, and kohlrabi transplants only while in greenhouse. Not for field use. Suppression only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only. Head and stem brassicas only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with companion labeled inseccticide.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head and stem brassicas only. Suppression only.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 12 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on immature stages. Not for collards and kale. 
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 6.4 oz/A Brussels sprouts and cauliflower, 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A broccoli and Chinese broccoli; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 5.75 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Suppression only.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 7d leafy brassica greens, 0d head and stem brassicas, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Slugs

There are several species of slugs that damage vegetable crops in New England, including grey garden, banded, marsh and spotted garden slugs. They may be dark gray, black, yellow or brown, covered with spots, and range from ¾ to nearly 4" long. Eggs may be laid several times per year, and slugs reach maturity in 3-6 months. They can become abundant in low- and no-till situations, in land that was recently fallow, along hedgerows, or wherever plant debris, mulches, stones, or boards provide cover and daytime hiding places. Slugs usually feed at night but may also feed during the day during prolonged periods of cloudy wet weather. They are attracted to succulent leaves in moist environments, such as cabbage, pak choi, and Chinese cabbage. They will also feed on fruiting crops such as tomato, pepper and eggplant. Damage appears as shredded foliage or shallow holes in fruit. They have a rasp-like tongue that wears a hole through the leaf instead of making a clean cut like a caterpillar or beetle. On some thick-leaved brassicas such as cabbage, the hole will appear larger on one leaf surface and taper to a smaller hole in the opposite surface. Scout by looking for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours, or scout plants after dusk. Slug populations can also be monitored with unbaited traps consisting of 6-inch deep holes covered with foil-covered shingles, which provide a cool hiding place during the day. To control slugs use habitat and cultural management supplemented by handpicking or trapping (on a small scale), repellents and toxic baits. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, and eliminate hiding places. Use trickle irrigation instead of overhead to reduce humidity and moist surfaces. On a small scale, handpick slugs after dusk using gloves and drop slugs in soapy water; repeat for several days. Baits should be applied to the ground near infested plants. It may be necessary to reapply after a rain, or make multiple applications when populations are high.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Snail and Slug BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.
  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 20 to 40 lb/A; REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting, or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants.

Swede Midge (Contarinia nasturtii)

A serious pest of crucifers in Europe. Recently introduced into North America, currently established in northwestern Vermont, with range expanding southward and eastward. Adults are tiny (1/16 in.), weak-flying, brown flies. Larvae are 1/8-inch long maggots that are translucent when small and turn yellow as they grow. They spend the winter as pupae in the top 2 in. of soil. Maggots infest the tissue near the growing tip and produce malformed plants with brown corky tissue, galls, no-heads, multi-heads, and twisted leaf petioles. Damage is most severe on broccoli, Chinese broccoli, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower and brassica greens. There may be 3-4 generations each year. Scout young plants near field borders and tree lines prior to heading or at the pre-cupping stage. Avoid importing infested plants by using New England-grown transplants. Use a 3-year crop rotation. Plant spring brassicas at least 1/2 mile from fall brassica fields. Deep plowing destroys pupae. Spring plantings may avoid peak populations later in the season. If possible, plant away from tree lines that shelter weak-flying adults. Report and confirm infestations to a state IPM specialist or to your state plant diagnostic lab.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • azadirachtin & pyrethrins (AzeraOG): 16 to 56 oz/A foliar, drench, and greenhouse applications; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Groups UN & 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Suppression only.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity; don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
Insect Control

Cabbage, Brassica Crops Weed Control

Cabbage, Brassica Crops Weed Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E): REI 12h, Group 0. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied before planting or after planting before crop has emerged. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil within 36 hours by shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Grass control only; should be supplemented with cultivation or another registered herbicide for broadleaf control.
  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT): REI 24h, Group 0. Apply up to 2 qt/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply in 10-100 gal/A of spray. Can be applied after direct seeding or transplanting. Incorporated 4-8” into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall within 24 to 72 hours of application.
  • oxyfluorfen (Goal 2 XL): REI 24h, Group 14. Transplanted broccoli, cabbage, and cauliflower only. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. The soil surface should be free of excessive plant residue before applying. Apply to the final seedbed before transplanting and minimize soil disturbance when transplanting. Rate based on soil texture and organic matter, use lower rates on sandy soils. Temporary crop injury may occur, especially if leaves come into contact with treated soil. Applications made to stressed transplants may lead to crop damage and reduced yields. To decrease the risk of injury, plant transplants that are hardened off, older, and grown in containers larger than 1 square inch.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 60d for broccoli, 70d for all others, REI 24h, Group 3. For broccoli, brussels sprouts, cabbage, and cauliflower only. Apply 1-2.1 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply as a directed spray to the soil beneath plants and between vegetative rows of brassica head and stem vegetables. Apply when crop is at the 2- to 4-leaf stage. For transplants this will be about 1-3 days after transplanting. Do not spray foliage or stems because crop injury will occur. If rainfall or irrigation does not occur, mechanically incorporate to activate the herbicide.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. MASSACHUSETTS and NEW HAMPSHIRE only: For broccoli, cabbage, and leafy brassica greens only. MAINE: cabbage only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. For head and stem and cabbage transplants apply 2.25-12 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 12 oz/A per year. For leafy greens apply 2.25-6.4 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.4 oz/A per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter and soil pH. Do not use on soils that contain less than 1% organic matter. Product is not to be incorporated any deeper than 2” into the soil. Do not apply to soils that are frozen or have an existing snow cover. For head and stem/leafy greens: Apply to stubble or the soil surface in the fall or in the spring up to 72 hours before transplanting. For cabbage transplants: Apply to stubble or the soil surface, in the fall, or in the spring from 60 days before planting or transplanting up to 72 hours after transplanting. Application can be broadcast or banded. Preemergence applications up to 72 hours after transplanting should be a banded treatment in the row middles. For all brassicas types, if applying in spring prior to transplanting, can shallowly incorporate up to 2” into the soil.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply before direct-seeding or transplanting and incorporate 2-3” into the soil of the final seedbed. Rate depends on soil texture, percent organic matter, rainfall, type of brassica, and whether they're grown for greens. Chinese cabbage and kohlrabi may be especially sensitive, so if applications are made when they are stressed, crop damage and yield reduction may occur.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before direct-seeding or immediately before transplanting. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d head and stem brassicas, 14d leafy greens, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • clomazone (Command 3ME): PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 13. For all brassicas (direct-seeded or transplanted) apply 10.7-21.3 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. For transplanted cabbage (not direct-seeded), apply up to 21.3 fl oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply within 72 hours for all transplanted brassicas, except broccoli and Chinese broccoli, which should be treated within 48 hours of transplanting. Apply after direct-seeding brassicas, prior to emergence. Use lower rates on coarse soil and higher rates on fine soils. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Place roots of transplants below the treated soil when planting. There is limited local data available for Clomazone, so crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • clopyralid (Stinger): PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 4. Apply 4-8 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 8 oz/A per year. Rate based on weed composition. Apply in 10-40 gal/A of spray. Spray additives are not recommended.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 15 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. May cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application. Up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 30d, 14d for mustard greens, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops Physiological Disorders

Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops Physiological Disorders Evonne Gong

Buttoning and Lack of Heads (Broccoli and Cauliflower)

Buttoning refers to premature formation of broccoli or cauliflower heads. It occurs when transplants do not have enough leaves to support a head of a marketable size. Buttoning is most common when young plants are transplanted prior to hardening off or into suboptimal field conditions. Early varieties and older transplants are most susceptible. Other stress factors such as low fertility, low moisture micronutrient deficiencies, or disease and insects can also be causes. Strong healthy plants lacking heads can occur due to periods of extremely warm weather (days over 86ºF and nights over 77ºF).

Bracts (Leaves) in Cauliflower or Broccoli Heads

High temperatures and/or low soil moisture can result in the formation of bracts, small leaves, between segments in the heads of cauliflower and broccoli. Choose heat-tolerant varieties to avoid bract formation in heads. Maintain uniform soil moisture.

Brown Bead (Broccoli)

Brown bead is caused by a combination of environmental and genetic factors. Reduced calcium uptake due to low transpiration rates under extended wet conditions followed by warm temperatures and rapid growth can result in this condition. Brown bead can also occur when individual flower buds abort under warm, dry conditions. Varieties vary in susceptibility. It is best to grow a mix of varieties with different maturation rates to reduce the risk of losing the entire crop due to adverse weather conditions.

Oedema (Cabbage)

Oedema (edema) is a physiological response of the plant to excessive soil moisture during periods of cool nights and warm, humid days. Many small scabby lesions form on the underside of the cabbage leaves. Avoid irrigation during times when day-night temperature variations are great. Oedema may be confused with thrips damage.

Ricing or Fuzziness of Heads (Cauliflower)

The development of cauliflower curds that appear fuzzy is called ricing. Ricing can be caused by exposure of the developing curds to high temperatures or direct exposure to sun, rapid growth after head formation, high humidity, and high nitrogen fertility.

Tipburn

Tipburn is a result of localized calcium deficiency in leaf tips, which can occur due to irregular soil moisture content or low plant transpiration rates even when soil calcium levels are high. Providing consistent irrigation and taking measures to prevent root-compromising disease can help reduce incidence of tipburn.

Yellow Beads in Broccoli

Yellowing of florets may be due to an over-mature head, high storage temperatures after harvest, or exposure to ethylene. 

Hollow Stem (Broccoli and Cauliflower)

This disease is typically associated with boron deficiency, but may also occur when excessive nitrogen encourages rapid growth. Tissue or soil testing can detect boron deficiency. Brown discoloration of heads may accompany this condition.

Physiological Disorders

Carrot and Parsnip

Carrot and Parsnip Evonne Gong

Introduction

Carrot (Daucus carota) and parsnip (Pastinaca sativa) both belong to the Umbelliferae (Apiaceae) family, along with several other crops including celery, fennel, dill, cilantro, and parsley. Best production of root crops in this family is obtained from deep, well-drained sandy loam soils. Raised beds tend to increase the depth of tilled soil and can encourage good root shape. Some growers chisel plow before forming beds to loosen the soil and enhance root development. Do not destroy soil structure by overworking soils or working them while wet. Some growers rototill to obtain a deep, friable soil. Hilling soil over the shoulders of the roots at the last cultivation can help reduce greening.

Types and Varieties

TYPES VARIETIES

Roadside Market Carrot

Bolero - nantes/imperator, A, C

Mokum - nantes, A

Napoli - nantes

Ya Ya - nantes, A

Wholesale Market Carrot

Maverick - imperator, A

Sugar Snax 54 - imperator, A, C

Specialty Carrot

Yellowstone - yellow

White Satin - white

Purple Haze - purple

Dragon - red

Atlas - small round parisian type

Parsnip

Harris Model

Javelin

Albion

Resistant or tolerant to: A: Alternaria, C: Cercospora

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test recommendation to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. Calcium levels should be maintained at a high level to avoid cavity spot. Calcium should be 60-85% base saturation.

Less nitrogen (N) fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7). Application of high amounts of N to parsnips can cause excessive top growth, increasing their susceptibility to diseases. Using urea as a source of N for sidedressing may increase the incidence of cavity spot. Fresh manure or urea as N source can result in branched roots. If large amounts of potassium are needed or if soils are highly leachable, some of the potassium can be applied with the first N sidedressing application. Carrots and parsnips have relatively high requirements for potassium, but excessive applications can inhibit calcium uptake and thus increase the incidence of cavity spot. 

Suggested rates of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium are based on high yield expectations of 20-25 tons per acre for carrots. If soil type or other factors limit potential to a lower yield, reduce fertilizer application accordingly.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Carrot and Parsnip

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N)* - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 50 150 100 50 0 300 200 75-100 0
Sidedress 4-6 weeks after planting 30-50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sidedress when roots are 1/2" in diameter* 30-50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 110-150 150 100 50 0 300 200 75-100 0
*If expected yields will be less than 20 tons/A, the 2nd sidedressing can be omitted.

Planting

Carrots should be planted to a stand of 15 plants per foot of row, which requires 2-3 lb of seed/A (about 0.0625 oz per 100 feet of single row). Parsnips should be planted to a stand at 8-10 plants per foot of row, which requires 4-5 lb of seed/A (about 0.5 oz per 100 feet of single row). Parsnip seeds have a short life and lose viability quickly during storage; parsnip seeds should be purchased new each year.

Sow 0.5-0.75 in. deep with row spacing 12-18 in. with 3 or 4 rows per bed. Seeds should be scattered uniformly in a 3-4 in. band when seeding with non-precision seeders. A more uniform stand may be obtained using pelleted seed and precision seeders to seed in bands of 3 rows, 1.5 in. apart.

These crops are slow to germinate; an adequate and constant moisture supply is necessary during this period. Parsnips require a long growing season (110-130 days) and should be seeded as early in the spring as practical. 

Harvest and Storage

Carrots can be harvested with or without tops, depending on market and quality of foliage. Parsnips are always topped. Avoid direct skin contact with parsnip leaves during topping since parsnip leaf sap can cause sun sensitivity to skin. For storage, both carrots and parsnips are topped. Smaller-scale growers can loosen roots in the soil using digging forks while larger-scale growers can use a tractor-mounted undercutting bar. Both carrots and parsnips will have improved flavor if exposed to low temperatures. Carrots can withstand 28°F and parsnips can be overwintered and harvested the following spring. If overwintered, harvest parsnips before new growth starts developing in the spring.

Mature roots can be kept in good condition for 4-5 months at temperatures near 32°F if not allowed to freeze. Avoid relative humidity higher than 95%, which cause condensation and dripping. Carrots that are not fully mature can be stored only 4-6 weeks. Exposure to ethylene will result in the development of bitter compounds in carrot skin; do not store carrots in the same building as apples, pears, or other ethylene-producing fruits.

Carrot and Parsnip Disease Control

Carrot and Parsnip Disease Control ashahane

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Leaf Blight/Spot (Cercospora, Septoria, or Alternaria)

Use certified, disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water or fungicides. Rotate fields. Irrigate early in the day to allow foliage to dry quickly. Use wider plant spacing and/or raised beds to improve air circulation. Plant resistant or tolerant varieties. Apply fungicides based upon a disease forecasting system.

  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. Carrot only.
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. Carrot only.
  • boscalid (Endura): 4.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Alternaria only. Do not make more than 2 applications per season. 
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. Carrot only.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d carrot, 10d parsnip, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. Carrot only.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Alternaria only. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 29. For Alternaria on carrot only. 
  • fluopyram plus difenoconazole (Luna Flex): 11.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. Carrot only. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before rotation with a non-Group 3 or 7 fungicide. 
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 4.0 to 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. 
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.0 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 2. For Alternaria on carrot only. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (HowlerOG): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Use preventatively. Labeled for greenhouse use. 
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 3. Labeled for Alternaria suppression. See label for application restrictions. 
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 6.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 12. See label for application restrictions.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 8.0 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • Swinglea glutinosa extract (EcoSwingOG): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM01. Carrot only. Use preventatively. Use minimum of 10 gal water/A. 
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 2.0 to 3.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not graze or feed leaves/foliage of treated crops. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides. 

Crater Rot (Rhizoctonia carotae)

Crater rot caused by the fungus Rhizoctonia carotae is a post-harvest disease of carrot that can occur during prolonged cold storage (greater than 30 days). The disease is characterized by long, dark, horizontal legions on stored roots. The pathogen is soilborne and initial infection occurs before harvest. Late-harvested carrots may have higher amounts of infection. The fungus then develops in cold storage (4-6°C), especially when there is a film of moisture or very high humidity. Under high disease pressure, carrots can be dipped in fungicides or inorganic salts prior to storage. Washing carrots in water can also reduce inoculum clinging to root surfaces. Disinfestation of crates and other equipment minimizes disease development. Proper cold storage that avoids temperature fluctuations and condensation reduces disease and prevents dehydration. Removal of carrots from cold storage early can prevent losses.

Parsnip Blight (Pseudomonas marginalis)

Causes browning through the interior of the root. Practice at least a 2-year rotation.

Root and Crown Rot (Rhizoctonia solani)

Symptoms include dieback of foliage and brown sunken lesions on crowns. The pathogen has a wide host range, making crop rotation as a disease management tactic unsuccessful. Problems with this disease are more severe in organic soils and whenever undecomposed crop residue is present. Avoid crops such as alfalfa and legume cover crops which can increase disease risk. Wide spacing, weed control, and clean cultivation help reduce field infection by allowing soil to dry quickly. Avoid harvesting late in the season. 

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): See label for in-furrow and drench rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Rate varies for leaves and root/tuber vegetables. See label. 
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain F727 (StargusOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for application methods. Apply preventatively in a minimum of 50 gallons of water/A.
  • Bacillus subtilis Strain QST 713 (Minuet): 6.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Soil-applied. See label for restrictions. 
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (ICC 080), (Bio-tam 2.0OG): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; REI 4h, Group BM02.

Sore Head (Itersonilia perplexans)

Occurs on parsnip only. Cankers form primarily on the crown and shoulders. Plant on raised beds in well-drained soil. The varieties 'Gladiator' and 'Andover' are somewhat resistant. Rotate parsnip with non-susceptible hosts and control wild Apiaceae plant hosts. Start with certified, disease-free seed. Protect roots by covering crowns and exposed upper roots with soil. Deep plow plant residue to reduce soilborne inoculum. Rarely occurs on young plants. Monitor fields near maturity and harvest affected fields early. Fungicide sprays are not effective.

White Mold (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)

Fluffy white mycelium and black sclerotia distinguish this disease from other crown and root rots of carrots. The sclerotia can survive for many years on the soil. Rotate with small grains. Handle carrots carefully at harvest and washing. Use a post-harvest sanitizer and change wash water frequently to reduce spread of pathogens. Clean and disinfect storage containers and harvesting equipment between batches. Cool carrots quickly to remove field heat. Inspect and dispose of infested carrots. Maintain storage and shipping temperatures of 32°F and 95% relative humidity.

  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • thiabendazole (Mertect 340F): 41.0 fl oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Group 1. Dip carrots before storage. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 29.
  • fluopyram plus difenoconazole (Luna Flex): 11.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. Carrot only. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before rotation with non- Group 3 or 7 fungicide. 
  • laminarim (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • Ulocladium oudemansii (U3 strain) (BotryStop WPOG): 2.0 to 4.0 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Carrot only. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development. 

Aster Yellows

Remove inoculum sources by controlling Apiaceae weeds. Avoid fields near pastures or riverbanks that harbor susceptible vegetation. Destroy residues from susceptible crops immediately after harvest. Control the six-spotted leafhopper that carries the phytoplasma (see Carrot and Parsnip Insect Control).

Root-Knot Nematode (Meloidogyne spp.)

Low densities of root-knot nematodes before planting means susceptible crops will suffer damage. Monitor soils for nematode populations. Rotate with non-hosts such as cereals. Practice soil solarization or field fumigation in the fall. See Soil Fumigation Outdoors.

  • Purpureocillium lilacinum strain 251 (Melocon (LC and WG)): See label for application rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Treat just prior to planting.
Disease Control

Carrot and Parsnip Insect Control

Carrot and Parsnip Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

  • The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.
  • The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.
  • The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aster Leafhopper (Macrosteles quadralineatis)

Aster leafhopper is a minor pest in New England but a major pest in the Midwest. Although it inflicts very little direct feeding injury to carrots or parsnips, it is important because it vectors aster yellows. This mycoplasma-like pathogen causes distortion and discoloration of leaves and stunted, hairy, and bitter roots in both carrots and parsnips. Lettuce, celery, celeriac, parsley, corn, and potato are also susceptible. Aster leafhoppers also feed on cereal grains, especially oats, wheat, and barley, clover, and various weeds. The adults are small, less than 4 mm long, light green with grey wings, and have 6 pairs of black spots on the top and front of the head. Among vegetables, lettuce is the primary crop that is suitable for leafhopper reproduction. Eggs are laid in plant tissues, and the yellowish nymphs feed and develop into adults in 3-4 weeks. There are 3 generations per year in northern states. Aster leafhoppers migrate north annually from the southern US, and can arrive as early as May, sometimes already infected with the aster yellows pathogen. In northern states, they can also overwinter in the egg stage, on weeds or winter grains.

Unlike many insect-vectored viruses, adults or nymphs must feed for at least 2 hours to become infected with the aster yellows mycoplasma. This could occur on infected crops in a southern state before migration or on a local crop or weed. Weeds that may be infected include thistle, fleabane, wild lettuce, sow thistle, chicory, wild carrot, galinsoga, dandelion, plantain, and cinquefoil. There is an incubation period of 2-3 weeks inside the leafhopper; thereafter, it can transmit the pathogen for its lifetime. Transmission from the leafhopper to a non-infected plant also requires at least 2 hours of feeding. It takes 10-15 days for infected plants to show symptoms.

If aster yellows disease becomes a problem on your farm, plant tolerant or resistant varieties, which are available for carrot and lettuce. Control weed hosts and avoid growing susceptible crops in fields close to winter grains. Reflective or light-colored straw mulch effectively reduces aster yellows infection, and row cover prevents infection by keeping out leafhoppers. Cool, wet weather limits leafhopper activity and disease transmission. Monitor nearby grain fields or carrot crops in July and August using sweep nets. Thresholds widely used in the Midwest are based on the aster yellows index, which is the product of the percent infection of the leafhopper population (determined by testing) and the number of leafhoppers per 100 sweeps. At 2% infection, the threshold in carrots is 25 leafhoppers per 100 sweeps in susceptible varieties and 37 leafhoppers per 100 sweeps in tolerant varieties. In the absence of test results for % infection, assume 2%. It is important to control leafhoppers before infection takes place. Because several hours of feeding are required for the aster leafhopper to transmit aster yellows to a plant, disease suppression can be achieved by killing the vector before inoculation occurs.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid*XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Carrot only. 
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply to crops in bloom. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Carrot only.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 0.31 to 0.74 oz/1,000 row ft or 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Carrot only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Carrot only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 1.5 to 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bees: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 12 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used at seeding or within 24 hours of seeding as an in-furrow or narrow surface band with sufficient water for incorporation, or in drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.76 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Carrot Rust Fly (Psila rosae)

Carrot rust fly feeds on many umbelliferous crops and weeds. Though it is considered principally a pest of carrots, it can also damage parsnips, celery, celeriac, parsley, and dill. Adults are slender flies, 4-5 mm long, with slightly iridescent wings, yellowish-brown head and legs, dark red eyes, and shiny black thorax and abdomen. Adult flies enter fields to oviposit and return to field edges daily. Clusters of 1-3 eggs are laid in the soil near the base of food plants. Larvae are milky-white to yellowish, without legs, tapered at the head with dark mouth hooks, and 6-9 mm when fully grown. Root feeding of hatching larvae may kill young plants or cause forked, stunted, or fibrous roots. Larvae burrow into the main root as they grow larger, then leave the root to form an oval brown pupa up to 10 cm deep in the soil. Sometimes larvae overwinter in fall carrot roots, but mainly pupa overwinter in the soil, and adults emerge in May and June. Cool, moist conditions favor adult emergence. Early-season carrots are susceptible to attack by this first flight, especially the earliest successions, as flies tend to select larger carrots to lay eggs. The summer generation of adult flies emerges in August and is active through September, causing damage to late or long-season carrots. Fall damage may increase in later harvests. The larva mines the root's surface, leaving trails and blotchy areas that develop a rusty color and render the root unmarketable. Wounds provide entry to plant pathogens. The foliage may become red or yellow. In carrots, the larval mines are mostly in the lower portion of the root, but in parsnips, they are in the upper portion. In celery, the larva may tunnel upward into the crown and stalks. Damage is often worst near sheltered field edges, with damage decreasing toward the center of the field.

Avoid leaving crops in the field over the winter, where they support overwintering larvae or attract spring egg-laying. Because adults are weak fliers and are limited to one crop family, crop rotation to a separate field is effective—plant carrots in open fields where wind protects them from adult flights if possible. The crop is most vulnerable around the edge of sheltered fields surrounded by woods. Row covers protect the crop from egg-laying. Intercropping with onion has been shown to reduce damage by carrot rust flies. Some varieties show partial resistance to rust flies. Stagger plantings to distribute risk, or if possible, time plantings to avoid the first and second flight periods. In the fall, harvest edges first, as these may have the most damage. Monitor flight with yellow sticky traps placed upright on a stake just above the canopy and several feet into the field; count flies twice weekly. Use multiple traps per field, especially along field edges that are sheltered from wind. Traps reflect population levels and indicate the beginning, peak and end of flight periods, and are used to time insecticides or determine when it is safe to remove row cover. In Quebec and Ontario, insecticides are recommended at thresholds of 0.1-0.2 flies per trap per day, although no registered products are available in New England. Where active periods coincide, sprays for carrot weevil may help control carrot rust flies.

Carrot Weevil (Listronotus oregonensis)

Carrot weevil attacks crops and weeds in the Umbelliferae family and can cause severe damage to parsley, dill, carrot, celery, and parsnip. Adult beetles are brown, less than 6 mm long, with the typical weevil ‘snout-like’ mouthparts. They overwinter in soil or plant debris near previous host crops. Although able to fly, they travel and invade fields mostly by walking. In spring, females lay eggs into holes that they gouge in petioles or tops of roots but only oviposit in plants that are older than the 4-leaf stage. Egg-laying starts at 234 growing degree days (GDD), using a base temperature of 44.6°F. Young larvae tunnel in stalks or roots and may kill young plants. Larvae tunnel downward as they grow. Tunnels are very pronounced and may be invaded by fungi. Unlike carrot rust fly, feeding damage by weevil larvae is limited to the upper third of the root. Pupation occurs in the soil, and new adults emerge after 1-2 weeks. There is generally 1 generation per year in New England. Weevils tend to be worse in organic soils. To prevent damage, rotate carrot and parsnip crops to new fields to escape overwintering adults. Delay planting until after eggs have been deposited (90% of oviposition is expected to be completed by 820 GDD). Carrot-baited traps (Mason jar, Boivin, or modified Boivin traps) deployed at field edges can detect incoming adults. Sampling roots is an effective way to estimate the population of larvae. Insecticide must be applied before egg-laying begins, so timing is important; GDD can be useful. Sprays targeting the adult beetles should be applied once or twice, 10-14 days apart, from the 1- to 3-leaf stage.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid*XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Carrot only. 
  • esfenvalerate (Asana*XL): 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Begin treatment when weevils become active, and provide thorough spray coverage of crowns. Carrot only.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Soil drench.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1 to 2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Parsnips only.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Use as a soil-directed spray in 20 gal water/A. Must be incorporated into soil by water or mechanical means to a depth of at least 2". Carrot only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Cutworms

In carrots, cutworms feed on petioles, cutting them near the ground. One cutworm can destroy several plants in a single night. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms. Use spot treatments in affected areas.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.3 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Carrot only. 
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Most effective on species that feed on upper portions of the plant.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Carrot only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 0.75 to 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For variegated cutworm on carrot only.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group 18. Suppression only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
Insect Control

Carrot and Parsnip Weed Control

Carrot and Parsnip Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • linuron (Lorox DF): PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 5. Parsnip only. Apply 1.5-3 lbs/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply after planting but prior to crop emergence. Seed should be planted at least 1/2 inch deep. Lorox activity is higher on both weeds and parsnips if it has been cloudy for 3 or more days, so reduce the application under these conditions.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 60d, REI 24h, Group 3. Carrot only. Apply up to 2.1 pt/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Can be applied to the soil surface within 2 days of seeding, before emergence of the crop or weeds, or at layby as a directed spray between the rows. Do not allow contact with the carrot plants or injury will occur. Do not apply over the top of emerged carrots.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. MA, ME, and NH only. Carrot only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed. 
  • trifluaralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Carrot only. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application. Apply and incorporate before planting. Incorporated 2-3” into the final seedbed within 24 hours of application. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and rainfall.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • prometryn (Caparol 4L): PHI 30d, REI 12h or 48h, Group 5. Carrot only. Apply 2-4 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 8 pt/A per crop cycle or 16 pt/A per year. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of spray. Do not exceed 1 application before carrots emerge (up to 4 pt/A) plus 1 (up to 4 pt/A) or 2 applications after carrots emerge. Can be applied before carrots have emerged; activate with water through rainfall or irrigation. Can also be applied over the top of carrot, until the 6-leaf stage. Include a nonionic surfactant (0.5% v:v, 2 qt/100 gal of spray) or crop oil concentrate (1% v:v, 1 gallon/100 gal of spray). Do not apply when temperatures exceed 85°F.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Apply to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX): PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 1. Carrot only. Apply up to 24 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses (see product label for susceptible stage). Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal/100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt/100 gal of spray). 
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. May cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting. Can also be applied with the wiper method using a 33% solution by volume. A maximum of 2 wiper applications allowed per year. The first application must be a minimum of 60 days before harvest and the second application must be a minimum of 7 days before harvest.
  • linuron (Lorox DF): PHI 14d, REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. For carrots: Apply 1.5-3 lbs/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 4 lbs/A per year. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Apply after carrots are at least 3” and before annual grasses exceed 2" tall and broadleaf weeds exceed 6" tall. Do not apply when the temperature exceeds 85°F as crop injury may result. Lorox activity is higher on both weeds and parsnips if it has been cloudy for 3 or more days, so reduce the application rate under these conditions. Do not apply Lorox as a tank mix with surfactant, nitrogen solution, or other pesticides.
  • metribuzin (Metribuzin 75): PHI 60d, REI 12h, Group 5. Carrot only. Apply 0.3 lb/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 3 weeks apart. Do not exceed 0.6 lb/A per year. Apply as a broadcast spray when carrots have 5-6 true leaves and weeds are less than 1" tall and 1" in diameter. Do not apply within 3 days of cool or wet weather or within 3 days of other sprays. Yellowing and burning of leaf tissue may occur. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Fair on grasses.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 3.0*): REI 12h or 24h (application type), Group 22. Carrot only. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. Apply before, during, or after planting, but before emergence, as a banded or broadcast application. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or as a harvest aid and desiccant to remove crop leaves or ease harvest. 
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 30d carrots, 14d parsnips, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 5 pt/A per year for carrots or 2.5 pt/A per year for parsnips. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Celery and Celeriac

Celery and Celeriac otank

Introduction

Celery (Apium graveolens var. dulce) is a long-season crop that grows best under cool, consistent conditions (60-75°F). Deep, loamy, fertile soils with ample and uniform soil moisture is ideal for celery. Muck soils are also used for celery production. Even though most of the celery root system is within the top 6" of soil, many roots penetrate as deep as 2 feet; thus, heavy clay soils are unsuitable for celery culture. Hardpans should be avoided or disrupted before planting to allow for adequate drainage.

Celeriac (Apium graveolens var. rapaceum), also called celery root, is a smaller plant that looks like celery, but that is grown for its swollen tuberous base, which has a celery-like flavor. The petioles, or stalks, are less vigorous than those of celery and are not palatable. Celeriac can be used much like any root vegetable: roasted, in stews and soups, or eaten fresh in salads when grated or thinly sliced. The plant is ready for harvest about 100-110 days from seeding or 80-90 days from transplanting. Celeriac may be blanched by covering with soil a few weeks prior to harvest, although plants with crowns sitting higher on the ground will have fewer roots to trim. Cultural requirements are similar to celery. 

Types and Varieties

TYPE VARIETY
Celery

Balada (F)

Command (F)

Hudson (F)

Kelvin

Merengo (F)

Tall Utah 52/70R Improved (F)

Tango

TZ 6200 (F)

Victoria

Celeriac

Balena (F)

Brilliant (F)

Cisko RZ

Diamant (F)

Mars

Rowena

Resistant or tolerant to: F - Fusarium yellows

Soil Fertility

Celery and celeriac are heavy feeders and require adequate fertility to produce a quality crop. Apply lime according to soil test to maintain soil pH at 6.0-6.8. Use a liquid starter fertilizer at transplanting, especially with cool soil conditions. Use a high phosphorus starter fertilizer mixed at a rate of 3 lb/50 gals of water. Apply 8 fl oz (1 cup) per transplant. Sidedress 40 lb N/A 3-4 weeks after transplanting. On light soils, a second sidedressing may be necessary. The second sidedressing application of nitrogen can be reduced or eliminated if legume biomass was incorporated ahead of planting, or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7). 

Celery is very susceptible to magnesium (Mg) and calcium (Ca) deficiencies. Interveinal yellowing of older leaves is a good indication of Mg deficiency. Magnesium requirements can be partially met by using dolomitic (high Mg) limestone. Any further need of Mg can be met by spraying or fertigating the plants with Epsom salts (magnesium sulfate) at 8 lb/A per week until green color is restored. Calcium deficiency can result in a physiological disorder known as blackheart (equivalent to tipburn in other crops), where the growing tips of the heart die and turn black. However, this is typically a result of inconsistent water supply rather than inadequate soil Ca. Provide a steady water supply to maintain even plant growth and Ca uptake, and provide foliar applications of calcium nitrate or calcium chloride during prolonged dry periods. High soil potassium can result in decreased Mg and Ca uptake; maintain high levels of these nutrients relative to potassium to facilitate their uptake.

Boron, manganese, and copper are also critical in the growth and development of celery. Plants grown on organic soils with low levels of boron and high levels of potassium often have brown, cross-checked cracks and russeting on the inside of the petiole (“brown checking”). Add boron to fertilizer at planting and provide foliar applications during dry periods. Tissue analysis is the best method of determining the sufficiency of these elements.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Celery and Celeriac

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) -LBS PER ACRE

PHOSPHOROUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE

POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 100 180 120 30-60 0 240 180 45-90 0
Sidedress 3-4 weeks after transplanting 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sidedress 7-8 weeks after setting 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 180 180 120 30-60 0 240 180 45-90 0

Planting

Celery should be seeded 10-12 weeks before transplanting into the field. This is often done in open flats in order to maximize heating mat space. Seedlings are transplanted into cell trays once they have 2-3 true leaves. Keep greenhouse temperatures above 55ºF to prevent bolting and ensure continuous development. Ideal temperatures for germinating celery are 70-75ºF, and temperatures can be lowered to 65-70ºF thereafter. Heating mats can be used to augment soil temperature if necessary. Seeds may become dormant if temperatures exceed 80ºF. Do not lower temperature to harden off plants. Pelletized seed is generally used because of the small size of raw seed. Mature seed and ample moisture are critical for germination. Use 2- or 3-year old seed that has all matured and maintain planting media near field capacity. Priming seed improves germination. One ounce of seed produces about 15,000 plants. Use 2-4 oz to produce enough plants for one acre (20,000-58,000 plants). 

Transplant into the field in June when the risk of frost is past. Although this crop will withstand light frosts, bolting (premature flowering) will occur if plants are exposed to temperatures below 55ºF for more than 7 days, depending on variety. Plants that have begun to bolt will often have petiole splits at harvest, necessitating more trimming. Space rows 18-36" apart and 6-12" between plants in rows (100-200 plants per 100 feet of row). Double rows on plastic-lined beds are common. Flat culture is used on muck soils. 

Celeriac seedling production and transplanting is similar to that of celery. Celeriac, however, tends to be more sensitive to the warm temperatures under plastic mulch so bare ground or white plastic mulch may improve the crop compared to black plastic mulch.

Field Culture

Celery and celeriac are long-season crops that grow best under cool conditions (60-75°F) with an ample and uniform supply of water. It may be necessary to irrigate when transplanting and once or twice each week thereafter. Drip irrigation is recommended to mitigate the spread of pathogens. Avoid working fields when plants are wet.

Harvest and Storage

To harvest, cut the whole celery plant at the soil level. Older, stringy, or cracked outer petioles may need to be removed to provide a fresh, tender crop. Celery is commonly topped at 14" for retail and wholesale markets but healthy tops may be appealing to some direct-market customers. If marketing without plastic sleeves, rubber-banding petioles at 3/4 height can improve appearance. Freshly harvested celery may have a bitter flavor, which can be improved by storing at 32-34°F for a few days. Chilling injury can result if the storage temperature falls below 32°F. If storing for longer than 1-2 weeks, keep plants upright so they maintain straight petioles. Celery typically holds in the field only 1-2 weeks, depending on variety and environmental conditions. Plants left in the field beyond their peak will continue to mature and deteriorate in quality, becoming pithy, cracked, and developing an off-flavor. In storage, celery imparts its flavor to other crops.

Celeriac holds fairly well in the field, although timely harvest may prevent development of internal hollowing and rot in wet conditions. Frost will improve flavor of celeriac. It is harvested and trimmed of roots and stalks when tubers reach 3-4" in diameter. Celeriac may be stored for 3-6 months if kept at 32-34°F and 95% relative humidity, but internal quality over long storage periods is affected by both variety and exposure to disease before harvest. 

Celery and Celeriac Disease Control

Celery and Celeriac Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Anthracnose Leaf Curl (Colletotrichum fioriniae and C. nymphaeae)

Celery anthracnose is caused by Colletotrichum fioriniae and C. nymphaeae (formerly C. acutatum)C. fioriniae also causes bitter rot in apples while C. nymphaeae causes anthracnose of strawberries and garlic scapes. Symptoms on celery include curled leaves, occasional discoloration of leaf margins, twisted petioles, and lesions on petioles. Leaves remain green but often appear fan-like and curl downward. Leaf curl is often the most prominent symptom observed and can resemble injury from growth regulator type herbicides (e.g., 2, 4-D). In advanced stages, the disease can resemble blackheart, the physiological disorder caused by low calcium assimilation. These pathogens thrive under warm, wet conditions. Rapid pathogen growth occurs when temperatures are 77-86°F, with substantially more disease development at 86ºF. Temperatures as cool as 60°F will support fungal growth and spread, but field progression will be slow. This disease may be seedborne. Start with clean seed, flats, and growing media. Plant tolerant varieties. Avoid planting in fields with a history of strawberry or garlic anthracnose. Scout plants twice a week for symptoms; remove and destroy affected plants. Manage weeds, as several common species harbor celery anthracnose without clearly expressing symptoms. Remove or till under crop debris after harvest. A 3- to 4-year crop rotation with non-host plants should be followed. Avoid working the fields when the plants are wet, work in fields with a history of the disease last, and power wash equipment between fields. Research has shown that the strobilurin (Group 11) fungicides are most effective; however, be careful to rotate as resistance can develop quickly in this group.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not apply more than once before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply preventatively when conditions are favorable for disease development.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12 to 16 oz /A; PHI 0d, REI 12h , Group 11. Do not apply more than once before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide. Apply no more than 64 oz per year.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 10.0 to 15.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Maximum of 2 applications per year.
  • pyraclostrobin plus fluxapyroxad (Merivon Xemium): 4.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Maximum of 3 applications per year.

Early Blight (Cercospora apii) and Late Blight (Septoria apicola)

The primary symptom of early blight (Cercospora apii) is the occurrence of small yellow spots that are visible from both sides of the leaf. These spots may develop into larger lesions that become papery and often tear. Gray, fuzzy fungal growth may be visible in well-developed lesions. Favorable temperatures for early blight range from 60-86ºF. This pathogen can be seedborne, can survive on celery crop residue, and spores can spread via wind and water splashing.

Small, yellow, circular spots on leaves are also symptoms of late blight (Septoria apicola) in celery, which has similar symptoms to early blight in celery overall. One difference is that the small, round, and dark reproductive bodies of late blight, called pycnidia, can be seen in the center of lesions. This pathogen develops when temperatures are greater than 55ºF, and particularly in wet conditions when temperatures exceed 70ºF.

Use certified, disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water or fungicides. Practice careful sanitation in transplant greenhouses or rotate seedbeds. Irrigate early in the day to allow foliage to dry quickly. Use wider plant spacing and/or raised beds to improve air circulation. Plant resistant or tolerant varieties where available. Apply fungicides based upon a disease forecasting system.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not apply more than once before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 to 3.7 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for specific instructions.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000OG): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon): 4.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 3.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 10.0 to 15.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Maximum 2 applications per year. 
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 12. 
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 2.0 to 3.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than once before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.

Fusarium Yellows (Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. apii)

Fusarium yellows causes yellowing of outer leaves, stunting, and eventually death. This pathogen spreads through plants’ vasculature. Infection may be spotty within fields, as symptoms are commensurate with the degree of infection. While this pathogen only infects celery, its spores can remain in soil almost indefinitely, surviving on celery crop residues, non-host crops, and many weed species. Once a field is infected, only resistant varieties can be grown. Rotating an infected field to onion or lettuce production for 2 years, before the pathogen becomes seriously problematic, is recommended to allow for spore decline. Good equipment and worker sanitation can reduce spread. Source resistant varieties and disease-free transplants. As with other fungal pathogens, avoid working fields when wet.

Basal Stalk Rot (Rhizoctonia solani)

Rhizoctonia in celery is sometimes called crater rot, or simply stalk rot. This pathogen causes symptoms on petioles when they are in contact with the soil. Symptoms include reddish brown lesions on either side of the petiole, and can become sunken. This pathogen is soilborne and infects many plant species, including many vegetable crops. It is favored by warm, humid/wet conditions, and can survive in soil as sclerotia for a long time.

A 2-year rotation is recommended. Avoid crops such as alfalfa and legume cover crops which can increase disease risk. Avoid cultivating late in the season. Maintain storage conditions at 50°F.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/1,000 row feet; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Apply in a 7" band in-furrow or shortly after emergence. After emergence, apply directly to stem. See label for specific instructions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 to 3.7 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M5. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply preventatively in a minimum of 50.0 gal/A. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.

Pink Rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)

Pink rot in celery is caused by the same pathogen that causes white mold in beans and peas. This pathogen can infect celery at any developmental stage, but is most commonly seen near harvest. The most characteristic symptoms are lesions on the lower portion of petioles that are initially brown and then turn water-logged, slimy, and pink. Lesions can contain white mycelia and/or hardened black sclerotia. Severely infected plants may totally collapse. Infections can go unnoticed, especially on inner petioles. Symptoms can also appear during storage. Do not plant seed contaminated with sclerotia or plant into severely infested fields. Irrigate in the morning or with subsurface drip systems to promote drier soil. Rotate with non-hosts. Soil sterilization with chemicals, heat, or steam can reduce the number of viable sclerotia in the soil.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens F727 (StargusOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply preventatively in a minimum of 50.0 gal of water/A.
  • boscalid (Endura): 8.0 to 9.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 3.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05. For disease suppression.
  • Coniothyrium minitans (Contans WGOG): 1.0 to 4.0 lb/A in 20.0-50.0 gal water; REI 4h, Group BM02. Spray on soil surface and incorporate into top 2" soil. Apply in fall or 3-4 months prior to planting.
  • cyprodonil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Make first application at thinning and once more 2 weeks later.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 25.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Maximum 2 applications per year. 
  • Ulocladium oudemansii (BotryStopOG): 2.0 to 4.0 lbs/A; REI 4h, Group BM02. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development.
Disease Control

Celery and Celeriac Insect Control

Celery and Celeriac Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids

See Pepper section for more information about green peach aphid.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Green peach aphid only. Tops must be removed before use; do not use tops for food or feed. Celery only.
  •  
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Celery only.
  • afidopyropen (Versys): 1.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12 h, Bee: L, Group 9D. Celery only. 
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Cotton and green peach aphid only for celeriac. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For control of green peach aphid and suppression of potato aphid only. Celery only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Suppression of green peach and potato aphids. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Celery only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d celery, 3d celeriac, REI 12, Bee: L, Group 9C. 
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A green peach aphid, 7 to 14 oz/A other aphids; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.2 oz/A foliar celeriac; PHI 45d soil, 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Foliar applications allowed for celeriac only.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications and/or use a companion insecticide.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Celery only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Celery only.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Celery only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A, 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. Celery only. 
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity; don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility. Celery only.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A; PHI 3d celery, 7d celeriac, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Application to celeriac foliage and celery only. Do not apply any time between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. 
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 0.75 to 1.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Celeriac only. Do not apply any time between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platimum): 5 to 11 oz/A celery, 5 to 12 oz/A celeriac; PHI 30d celery, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations (celery and celeriac), or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment (celery only). 
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. Celery only. 

Cabbage Looper and Imported Cabbageworm

See Cabbage and Other Brassica Crops for more information on cabbage looper (CL) and imported cabbageworm (ICW).

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 1 lb/A; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Tops must be removed before use; do not use tops for food or feed. CL on celery only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A for ICW, 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A for CL on celery and 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A for CL on celeriac; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A CL, 0.25 to 1 lb/A ICW; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Celery only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. ICW only.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through chemigation, and as a foliar spray. For drip application, must be applied uniformly in the root zone. For foliar application, an adjuvant may be used. CL only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. CL only. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 10 to 17 oz/A CL on celery, 10 to 20.5 CL on celeriac; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. CL only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. CL on celery only.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. CL on celery only.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. CL on celery only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 3 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. CL on celery only.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A celery, 8 to 16 oz/A celeriac (root); PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. CL on celery only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. CL on celery only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. CL on celery only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A celery, 6 to 8 oz/A celeriac; PHI 1d celery, 3d celeriac, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. CL only on celeriac. 
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d celery, 3d celeriac, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to celery seedlings intended for transplant. Not for ICW on celeriac. 
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rate for early-season applications to young, small plants. Use of an adjuvant is recommended. Celery only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A for ICW on celeriac and CL on celery, 2.24 to 4 oz/A for ICW on celery, 1.76 to 4 oz/A for CL on celeriac; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Leafminers (Liriomyza spp.)

There are several species of leafminers in the genus Liriomyza, including the serpentine leafminer (L. trifolii), the vegetable leafminer (L. sativae), pea leafminer (L. huidobrensis), and cabbage leafminer (L. brassicae). Most of these species feed on a broad range of vegetables, weeds, flowers, and wild plants. Cabbage leafminer is most often found on brassicas, and rarely on other crop groups. In southern regions of the US, Liriomyza leafminers can be pests of basil, beans, cabbage and other brassicas, celery, lettuce, pepper, eggplant, tomato, and cucurbits. In New England, especially with greater use of selective insecticides that conserve natural enemies, these leafminers rarely reach pest status.

Adults in this group are small (2.0-2.5 mm), hump-backed, clear-winged flies with black and yellow markings. Females lay eggs within the leaf, and larvae feed between the upper and lower surfaces of the leaf, creating winding mines. When fully grown, larvae emerge and form a brown pupa about the size of a rice grain on the leaf or in the soil. The life cycle takes 3-4 weeks, depending on temperature. Mines render the leaf unmarketable, reduce photosynthetic capacity, and provide entry for pathogens. Leafminers are generally controlled by naturally occurring parasites unless parasites are disrupted by broad-spectrum insecticide applications. There is also a commercially available biological control, the tiny wasp parasitoid, Diglyphus isaea, used against Liriomyza leafminers in many crops; this works best in warm weather. 

In the southern and western US, pesticide resistance has become a problem. Avoid obtaining transplants from outside the Northeast, which could carry resistant strains. Control broadleaf weeds in and around the crop. Incorporate infested crop residues after harvest to prevent emergence and movement to new plantings. Most importantly, use selective insecticides on other pests to conserve natural enemies. Scouting methods include catching adults on yellow sticky traps placed in the mid or lower canopy or trapping pupae in trays underneath the plants. Counting mines is a good index of past activity, but mines may be vacant and searching for larvae in mines is time-consuming. Treatment may be warranted if damage is delaying growth, if marketable parts of the plant are being damaged, or if adult fly populations are increasing. 

See the beets and chard section for leafminers that occur in the Amaranthaceae crop group (spinach, beets, chard).

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant; do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. Celery only.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, and as a foliar spray. For foliar application an adjuvant may be used. Larvae only. Celery only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Celery only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Celery only.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 17. Celery only.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 1 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Celery only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Celery only.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Suppression only. Celery only.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications and/or use a companion insecticide. Apply this product only in a tank mix combination with a labeled companion insecticide. 
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Celery only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Celery only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A celery, 6 to 8 oz/A celeriac; PHI 1d celery, 3d celeriac, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Control may be improved with the addition of an adjuvant to the spray mixture.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A celeriac, 6 to 10 oz/A celery; PHI 1d celery, 3d celeriac, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Control may be improved with the addition of an adjuvant. Do not apply to celery seedlings intended for transplant.

Mites

See Eggplant for more information about mites.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant; do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. Use high rate on celeriac.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, 4h REI, Bee: M, Group UN. Celery only. 
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Celery only.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal soil, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Celery only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Celery only.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 4 to 6 lb/A; REI 24h, Bee: L, No IRAC classification. Celery only.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand-pick/crush slugs, or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage section for more information on slugs.

  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 25 lb/A; REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting, or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants. Celery only.

Tarnished Plant Bug (Lygus lineolaris)

See Lettuce for information about tarnished plant bugs. Bugs may feed on leaf petioles or produce lesions or small sunken cavities on stalks. Injury to the inner growing tip can cause foliar discoloration and tissue destruction similar to the physiological condition known as blackheart. If your crop is near weedy fallow fields or alfalfa, scout weekly from when celery is 4" tall until 3 weeks before harvest to detect TPB and injury, as the economic injury level is low. Treat if there are 2-4 bugs/20 plants. Control weeds in and around the field. Do not plant near legume crops that may be harvested during the season, or TPB may migrate to celery. 

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.4 to 3.2 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Celery only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Celeriac only. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d celery, 3d celeriac, REI 12, Bee: L, Group 9C
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications and/or use a companion insecticide.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Celery only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A, 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
Insect Control

Celery and Celeriac Weed Control

Celery and Celeriac Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): REI 12h, Group 14.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 9.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E): REI 12h, Group 0. Celery only. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application. Do not exceed 6 quarts per year. Can be applied before planting or after planting before crop has emerged. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil within 36 hours by shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Grass control only; should be supplemented with cultivation or another registered herbicide for broadleaf control.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Celery only. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Can be applied to direct-seeded or transplanted celery before planting, at planting, or immediately after planting. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and rainfall. Incorporate 2-3” into the soil within 24 hours of application and a second time in the opposite direction for best results. Take care not to bring untreated soil to the soil surface during re-incorporation.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • linuron (Lorox DF): PHI 45d celery, 60d celeriac, REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. Apply 1.5-3 lb/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply after the celery or celeriac has been transplanted and established, but before the crop is 8” tall. Only use on celery grown on muck soils. Do not exceed 40 psi spray nozzle pressure. Do not apply when temperatures exceed 85°F or as a tank mixture with surfactants, nitrogen or fertilizer solution, or other pesticides, as injury to the crop may result.
  • prometryn (Caparol 4L): PHI 40d celery, 60d celeriac, REI 12h or 48h, Group 5. For celery, apply 2.4-3.2 pts/A before the crop emerges or 1.6-2 pts/A after the crop has emerged. Only 1 application per year. For celery seedbeds, direct-seeded, and transplanted celery, apply broadcast after 2-5 celery leaves are present or 2-6 weeks after transplanting, before weeds are 2 inches tall. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A for direct seeded and transplanted celery. Apply in minimum 15 gal/A for seedbed, only after seedbed covers have been removed for a week. Do not apply if crop is under water stress. For celeriac, apply 1.6-4 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. Apply over the top of the crop after it has 6-8 true leaves. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of spray. Only 1 application per crop cycle and only 2 crop cycles on the same acre per year. Always apply before the weeds are 2” tall. Rate based on soil texture; do not use on sand or loamy sand. Do not apply if crop is under water stress. Do not apply within 2 weeks after an application of an herbicidal oil, such as “carrot” oil.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Apply to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, REI 24hr, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year or 4 applications per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Celery only. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Rate is based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can apply before planting, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 1. Celery only. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days between applications. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Rate is determined by weed species. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Note that crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Celery and Celeriac Physiological Disorders

Celery and Celeriac Physiological Disorders ghiggins

Blackheart

Blackheart is a physiological disorder akin to tipburn in other crops. It is associated with poor calcium assimilation as a result of inconsistent water uptake. Blackheart can be identified by the death of the growing points of the innermost petioles, or heart. Blackheart occurs in most celery growing regions, and significant losses have been reported in Florida, California, Texas, Utah, and Wisconsin. If conditions favorable for the development of blackheart persist, the entire crown may be destroyed in a few days. In minor cases, the plants may recover or seem to recover, although symptoms can return. Symptom development is much more severe as plants approach maturity. The appearance of symptoms is closely linked to fluctuating water levels and available calcium. Environmental conditions that favor rapid growth, such as heavy rain or irrigation subsequent to drought, favor symptom development. High nitrogen, potassium, and sodium levels may also play a role. Certain celery cultivars are more susceptible to blackheart. Blackheart is prevented by ensuring steady plant growth, avoiding wide fluctuations in moisture and nutrients. Drench applications of soluble calcium can lessen or prevent the development of blackheart. Plant celery cultivars that are not prone to the syndrome. Drip irrigation, which provides more even moisture levels, can help reduce risk.

Physiological Disorders

Corn, Ornamental and Popcorn

Corn, Ornamental and Popcorn ashahane

Introduction

Ornamental corn varieties are mostly flint type corns (Zea mays indurata) with hard, variously-colored kernels. While originally grown for milling, today they are grown primarily for ornamental purposes. Popcorn (Zea mays everta) is a variant of flint corn that can be popped. Broom corn (Sorghum vulgare), which is commonly grown as an ornamental, is not actually corn, but rather a relative of the sorghum grown for syrup and seed.

All of these ornamental corns will grow in any sunny, well-drained, fertilized soil that will grow field or sweet corn, but may require significantly more frost-free days to properly mature. Adequate moisture, especially after the ears form, is necessary. Isolation from other types of corn is suggested. Bird and insect damage is often a concern. Use nutrient and pest management recommendations for sweet corn.

Types and Varieties

Hybrids are available, but most ornamental corn varieties are open-pollinated. Seed can be saved if it is isolated from other types of corn including sweet corn and dent corns. Ornamental popcorn should be considered for miniature decorative ears and the dual purpose of popping.

TYPES VARIETIES
Full-sized Ornamental

Autumn Splendor

Bloody Butcher

Earth Tones Dent

Fiesta F1

Indian Art 104

Indian Art Cranberry

Painted Mountain

Rainbow

Miniature Ornamental

Carousel

Indian Fingers

Little Jewels

Broom Corn

Colored Uprights

Red Broom Corn

Texas Black

Popcorn

Cherry Berry

Red Strawberry Corn

White Cloud

Mini Blue

Robust 997 (R997)

Soil Fertility

See Sweet corn Soil Fertility and Nutrient Recommendations in the next section.

Planting

Because of its hard seed coat, ornamental corn should be planted early to allow for full maturity on the stalks. Plant at a spacing of 9-10" within rows and 30-36" between rows at 1-1.5" deep. Keep ornamental corn away from sweet corn or popcorn that pollinates at the same time as ornamental corn.

Harvest

Harvest ears when the plants and husks are dry but before a hard frost. The kernels should be hard and bright (popcorn kernels should be 13-14.4% moisture) and the husks should be brown. Peel the husks back and hang ears in a barn or high tunnel to dry. Do not box or bag ears when they are first harvested, or they may mold. Mold may occur on the husk and the ear if proper handling and storage techniques are not used.

Corn, Ornamental and Popcorn

Corn, Sweet

Corn, Sweet Evonne Gong

Introduction

Sweet corn (Zea mays convar. saccharata var. rugosa) is a warm-season crop and one of the major vegetables grown in New England. It is an extremely popular crop for roadside stand and farmers' market sales as well as for wholesale markets.

Sweet corn grows on a wide range of soil types. Early planting should be on light, well-drained soil in a warm, sheltered location. Heavier soils are best for the main crop. Plowing under corn stalks and cover crops to maintain high levels of organic matter in soils is recommended for best crop production. Irrigation may only be necessary in dry weather, particularly on light soils, and especially as silking starts.

Types and Varieties

Sweet corn varieties are categorized by their genotype. The most common types are normal/sugary (su), sugar enhanced (se), and supersweet/shrunken (sh2). Other newer varieties include sweet breeds, synergistic, sweet genes, augmented, or improved supersweets which have various combinations of these genes.

su           "Normal" or "Sugary"

This is the original standard hybrid sweet corn, which differs from field or dent corn by a mutation at the sugary (su) locus. This type accumulates about twice as much sugar as field corn. Because of its short shelf life compared to newer genotypes, it is no longer widely grown commercially, and very few varieties are still available through seed companies.

se          Heterozygous Sugary Enhanced or "Modified Sugar" or "Everlasting Heritage (EH)"

se+        Homozygous Sugary Enhanced

There are two distinct groups within the cultivars containing the "se" gene, which increases sugar levels above those found in "su" varieties. The "homozygous se" or se+ cultivars have higher sugar levels in 100% of their kernels. Cultivars that are "heterozygous se" have higher sugar levels in 25% of their kernels; the other 75% contain the normal "su" gene with lower sugar levels. Thus, "se+" cultivars are usually sweeter than "se" cultivars.

  • Sugar conversion to starch (shelf life) is about the same rate as standard (su) sweet corn. Refrigeration is essential to maintain quality.
  • Isolation not required, but desirable. Note directions on seed tag label.
  • Kernels tender and creamy
  • Tip cover weak on some varieties

sh2           "Super Sweet" or "Extra Sweet" 

  • Sugar content twice as high as standard sweet corn.
  • Slow sugar conversion to starch so quality will hold 7-10 days. Refrigeration suggested to extend quality.
  • Isolation is required from all other types of corn. If pollinated by other genotypes, the kernels will be starchy, not sweet. Note directions on label.
  • Kernels can be somewhat tough or crunchy due to a thicker outer layer (pericarp).
  • Does not germinate well in cold, wet soil. Plant after soil temperatures exceed 65° F and be sure there is adequate soil moisture. Adjust planting depth for soil conditions and soil type. Seed of the "sh2" type is light-weight, wrinkled, and fragile. It is easily broken by some mechanical planters and should be handled gently to prevent damage.

syn          "Synergistic"

These include synergistic or improved supersweets such as Sweet Breed and Sweet Genes. These varieties have combinations of su, se, se+, or sh2 genes. Synergistic varieties having the sh2 gene may be grown with other "Super Sweet" varieties, but must be isolated from "se" and "su" types to achieve best quality.

aug          "Augumented Shrunkens"

Augmented shrunken sweet corns contain the "sh2" gene, but kernels of the augmented shrunken type are more tender, like "se" varieties. Augmented shrunken varieties should be hand-harvested because their tender kernels will likely be damaged by machine picking. These varieties need to be isolated from normal, "se" and synergistic hybrids. Additionally, they have the same seed vigor problems as supersweet varieties and should only be planted under optimal conditions.

MiraiTM

MiraiTM sweet corn varieties carry two copies of all three sweet corn genes: su, se, and sh2. They have all tender supersweet kernels and, like the augmented shrunken varieties, need to be hand-harvested. Mirai varieties also need optimal soil conditions for seedling establishment. Mirai types do not require isolation to avoid starchy kernels, but isolation from other sweet corn types will assure best quality.

Bt Hybrids (AttributeTM, PerformanceTM, etc.)

These are genetically-modified (GM) varieties that protect plants from corn rootworm, European corn borer, and to a lesser extent, fall armyworm and corn earworm caterpillars because they express the protein exotoxin of the bacteria Bacillus thuringiensis. They are currently available as super sweet (sh2) or as synergistic "TripleSweet" varieties, composed of 75% "se" and 25% "sh2" kernels. In the synergistic varieties, the Bt toxin is expressed in the "se" kernels, the stalks, leaves, tassels, and fresh silk. Bt varieties are still susceptible to attack from flea beetles, cutworms, aphids, sap beetles, high levels of corn earworm and soil-dwelling insects. Bt seed costs more than the seed of other sweet corn varieties and currently comes with a list of resistance management strategies with which to comply. These varieties may reduce the time, energy, and expense associated with insect control and may simplify sweet corn pest management. There are many other less obvious potential risks and benefits that may be associated with the use of this technology. GM sweet corn varieties, including all Bt varieties, are not allowed in organic production. Growers in Maine must be certified to grow Bt corn; contact the Maine Board of Pesticide Control for more information. 

Sweet Corn Varieties

Variety1 Type2 Color3 Disease Resistance4
Stewart's Wilt Common Rust Maize Dwarf Mosaic Virus
Sweet Chorus (67) syn Bi L M M
Sweetness (68) syn Bi - - -
Latte (68) syn Bi M M -
Vitality (68) se Bi - - -
Espresso (70) syn Bi M M -
Mirai 308BC (70) mirai Bi - - -
Harris 1001 (72) se Bi M - -
Temptation (72) se+ Bi - - -
Reflection (72) syn Bi - M -
Cuppa Joe (73) syn Bi M M -
XTH 2170 (73) sh2 Bi M - -
Mirai 336BC (73) mirai Bi - M M
Sweet Rhythym (73) syn Bi M L -
Anthem XR (73) sh2 Bi L H -
Charisma (74) se Bi M M -
Fanstastic (74) sh2 Bi - - -
XTH 274A (74) sh2 Bi M - -
Sweet Ice (74) syn W M L L
Kristine (74) syn Bi M M -
Mystique (75) se+ Bi H M L
SC1102 (75) syn Bi - - -
Sparkler (75) syn Bi - - -
Mirai 301BC (76) sh2 Bi M M -
Awesome (76) sh2 Bi M - -
Luscious (77) se Bi - - -
Accord (78) se Bi - - -
Legion (78) sh2 Bi M M M
Pow Pow (78) syn Bi - - -
Essence (78) syn Bi M M -
Providence (79) syn Bi - M -
Montauk (79) syn Bi M - -
Delectable (80) se+ Bi M H L
Precious Gem (80) se+ Bi M M L
Primus (81) sh2 Bi M M -
Obsession II (82)* sh2 Bi M M -
BC 805 (82)* se Bi - H -
Jackpot (82) se+ Bi M M -
Silver King (82) se+ W M M -
Argent (83) se W H M L
Incredible (85) se+ Y H - -
Cameo (84) se Bi M M -
Silver Queen (94) su W H L L

1The number in parentheses is the approximate number of days to maturity from seeding.

2Types: mirai: mirai, su: normal sugary, se: sugar enhanced, se+: sugar enhanced homozygous, sh2: supersweet/shrunken, syn: has some combination of su, se, and sh2 genes; *: Bt hybrid

3Color: Y: yellow kernels, W: white kernels, Bi: bicolor, 

4H, M, L indicates high, medium, or low resistance or tolerance

 

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test to maintain soil pH between 6.5 and 6.8.

Less nitrogen (N) fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7). Banding starter fertilizer (usually 1-3-1 or 1-3-3) 2" to the side and 2" below the seed with 30-80 lbs N/A depending on field history (cover crop, manure, etc.). Higher amounts of N and potash applied as a concentrated band may damage corn seed and young plants. Side dress at late whorl stage with 50-80 lbs N/A (see table below). If broadcasting and incorporating fertilizer preplant, apply 0-50 lbs N/A, depending on the N status of the soil.

Plant Nutrient Recommendation According to Soil Test Results for Sweet Corn

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE

PHOSPHOROUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE

POTASSIUM (K) -
K2O PER ACRE

VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 0 100 40 0 0 150 90 0 0
Band placement at planting 40 40 40 40 0-40* 30 30 0-30 0
Sidedress 60-90** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 100-130 140 80 40 0-40* 180 120 0-30 0
*Phosphorus applications are recommended only for early-season corn sown in cold soils.
**Before sidedressing use a nitrate test to determine the need for additional N

Planting

Effective isolation is required in some cases with the present types of sweet corn on the market. Isolation is affected by distance, wind direction, time of pollen shed and silking, and blocking. From a practical standpoint, the same methods are needed as when separating white and yellow varieties. Field experience indicates isolation can be managed more easily than initially expected.

Plant early varieties 8-10" apart within rows with 30-36" between rows. Plant main season varieties 10-12" apart within rows with 36" between rows. This requires 10-15 lb of seed/A (1-2 oz per 100 feet of row) or 17,500-26,000 seeds/A for early and 14,500-17,500 for main season varieties. Match seed size to seed plate. Read seed container or contact the company regarding appropriate plate sizes. 

First plantings are made in early April in southern New England and in May in northern New England. Growers planting in cold soils run the risk of erratic germination and poor stands. Avoid planting while soil temperature is lower than 55°F. If soil temperature is below 60°F, it is advisable to plant treated seed. If you are planting untreated seed, wait until the soil temperature is at least 65°F. Most seed companies perform cold germination tests of their seed. If in doubt about the suitability of a corn variety for early planting, ask your seed dealer about the low temperature germination and vigor of the seed. 

Clear plastic mulch raises soil temperature and can be used for the earliest plantings. This can allow for earlier planting and provide corn 7-10 days earlier than non-mulched corn. Apply fertilizer and herbicides, and plant seed before laying the plastic over seeded rows. Two rows 18-24" apart are usually planted under each strip of 5 ft-wide plastic. To avoid plant injury, do not let temperatures beneath the plastic exceed 90°F. When such conditions occur, or when the plants reach 4" in height, cut slits in the plastic to allow heat to escape and plants to grow through. Remove the plastic completely by the time the corn is knee high to facilitate removal and permit cultivation.

Spunbonded row covers offer a potential three-way benefit for early sweet corn production. Maturity is increased by 5-10 days, yields are generally increased by 15-20%, and the first generation European corn borer can be controlled if the covers are left on until after peak flight. They can also be used to pre-warm the soil before planting. They can be removed to allow planting and then replaced. Weight cover edges with soil or sand bags to prevent damage by gusty winds, but leave adequate slack for plant growth to the tassel stage.

Transplanting Sweet Corn

Transplanting sweet corn offers some advantages to growers over direct-seeding, including better stands, earlier harvest, and less dependence on pre-emergent herbicides. However, transplanting is more labor intensive and costly and requires attention to detail in order to be successful.

Corn can be seeded by hand, or a simple, inexpensive drop seeder can be built to fit the size of tray to be used; 98- 128-cell trays work best (a 128-cell tray requires 82 trays per acre). The smaller plug trays require less media but are more easily root-bound. Fill trays with a peat-based potting mix, and plant 1 or 2 seeds per cell. Place trays on tables or benches to prevent plants from rooting in the ground. Greenhouse temperatures should be set for 65°F days and 60°F night temperatures. Transplants should be ready in about 14-18 days and should be hardened off before planting in the field, by placing the trays outdoors and limiting water for a few days. Fertilizer should be banded prior to planting, or applied as a liquid at planting. The plants should have good, cohesive roots that come out of the tray with relative ease. Do not allow transplants to become pot-bound; the roots should just be touching the sides of the cell at transplanting. Plant seedlings once the soil temperature reaches 60-65ºF. They may be planted by hand or machine. Plants can be spaced 12-16 inches apart within rows, with about 3 feet between rows. Floating row covers should be placed over the corn for the first 2-3 weeks after planting. These can be pulled back to allow cultivation. Transplanting and row covers should bring corn to maturity about 2 weeks earlier than direct-seeding. Not all varieties perform well in this system. Test your favorite early to mid-maturity varieties in small trials before committing large amounts of trays and greenhouse space to them. 

Harvesting and Storage

The sweetness and tenderness of sweet corn will deteriorate rapidly after harvest. Sweet corn should be cooled immediately after harvest and kept at 32-34ºF and 90-95% humidity to retain optimum freshness. The crop is best harvested early in the morning when there is less field heat. Harvesting at the proper stage (milk stage) is critical in maintaining quality. Under warm summer growing conditions, mature sweet corn will only remain at the optimum harvest stage for 1-2 days. It will approach maturity 16-22 days after silking and should be picked daily. As the kernel passes the prime harvest time, sugars convert to starch and the pericarp becomes tough. Supersweet varieties retain their sweetness longer than su and se varieties; extra tender varieties maintain eating quality even longer.

Corn, Sweet Disease Control

Corn, Sweet Disease Control otank

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Leaf Spots (Helminthosporium, Cochiliobolus, Cercospora)

Symptoms and the appearance of lesions can differ by pathogen. Lesions will appear on leaves, leaf sheaths, and husks. Plant resistant varieties. Improve air circulation by increasing plant spacing and choosing sites with good air flow. Plow under crop debris promptly after harvest to speed decomposition. Fungicide rotation is critical for prevention of resistance development; do not make back-to-back applications of products in the same FRAC Group.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F aka Abound F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for restrictions. 
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 7.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik aka Bravo 720): 0.75 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M05. Do not apply to sweet corn to be processed. Sweet corn only.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d sweet corn, 21d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.5 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 2.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 24h, Group 3.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • pyraclostrobin plus metconazole (Headline AMP aka BAS 556 SC): 8.0 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 7-20d (see label), REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • trifloxystrobin plus propiconazole (Stratego): 10.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.

Northern Corn Leaf Blight (Exserohilum [Helminthosporium] turcicum)

Northern corn leaf blight is an emerging problem on farms up and down the Connecticut River Valley. Northern corn leaf blight can develop very rapidly resulting in a complete blighting of leaves. E. turcicum overwinters in and on leaf debris and conidia (spores) can be spread long distances by wind. Under the right conditions (prolonged leaf wetness, extended rainy and humid weather, moderate temperatures), conidia are produced abundantly and disease spread is rapid. Reduce primary inoculum by crop rotation and tilling under of crop residue. Evidence suggests more severe disease in reduced-till systems; 1-year rotations are suggested for conventional practices and 2-year rotations for reduced-till. Resistant hybrids of all maturity groups are available. Lesions may vary in morphology when certain genes for resistance to this disease are present. The presence of these genes results in long, yellow, linear streaks that resemble the symptoms of Stewart's Wilt. Growing susceptible varieties will cause the resistance of nearby resistant varieties to break down. Fungicide rotation is critical for prevention of resistance development; do not make back-to-back applications of products in the same FRAC Group.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F aka Abound F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for restrictions.
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 7.0 to 14 .0fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik aka Bravo 720): 0.75 to 2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M05. Do not apply to sweet corn to be processed. Sweet corn only.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d sweet corn, 21d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.5 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03. 
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 2.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 24h, Group 3.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • pyraclostrobin plus metconazole (Headline AMP aka BAS 556 SC): 8.0 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 7-20d (see label), REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • trifloxystrobin plus propiconazole (Stratego): 10.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 11 &3.

Rust (Puccinia spp.)

The common rust fungus that occurs on sweet corn does not overwinter in the Northeastern United States; each year it is blown up from the south. Rust can appear as blister-like pustules called uredinia on the leaf epidermis. Rust can cause significant reduction in ear weight and yield on susceptible varieties. Corn is more susceptible to infection prior to tasseling so later maturing plantings may have higher losses. Fungicides will control this disease but should be applied before tasseling. Apply fungicides when 80% of the plants show 1 or more pustules per leaf. Resistant varieties are available. Fungicide rotation is critical for prevention of resistance development- do not make back; to-back applications of products from the same FRAC Group.

  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 10.5 to 14 fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • benzovindiflupyr (Trivapro A): 13.7 fl oz/A (see label); PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 3, 7 & 11.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik aka Bravo 720): 0.75 to 2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M5. Do not apply to sweet corn to be processed. Sweet corn only.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d sweet corn, 21d popcorn, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45 ): 1.5 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d sweet corn, 30d popcorn, REI 24h, Group 3. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • pyraclostrobin plus metconazole (Headline AMP): 8.0 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 7-20d (see label), REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • trifloxystrobin plus propiconazole (Stratego): 10.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 &3.

Seed Decay

Buy treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed or oil purposes.

Common Smut (Ustilago maydis)

Smut occurs sporadically but usually less than 2% of the plants are affected. The disease is favored by dry conditions when temperatures are between 80° F and 90° F and nitrogen fertility is high. Injury due to cultivation, hail, or wind-blown sand can increase the incidence of disease when environmental conditions are favorable. Symptoms will appear as galls on the ears or stalks and contain black teliospores. Fungicides will not provide effective control of common smut.

Stalk Rots (Gibberella, Stenocarpella, Macrophomina, Colletotrichum & Fusarium spp.)

Fungal stalk rots continue to be serious diseases of corn. Their occurrence and severity vary from year to year. Early on, plants may wilt, and later symptoms may be leaf discoloration, browning of lower stalk, and the pith becoming hollow. Stalk rots cause losses by causing premature plant death, difficulties with mechanical harvesting, and ear rot due to contact of ears with the soil. Factors that influence stalk rot include varietal susceptibility, weather conditions, the presence of foliar diseases, plant densities, insect damage, moisture availability, soil fertility, and tillage practices. Soil fertility, tillage, and plant density can be adjusted to provide control. Stalk rot is more severe and more common where soil fertility is high. Nitrogen (N) levels can both increase and decease stalk rot; an excess of N in relation to potassium (K) increases stalk rot. A balanced and continuous supply of N reduces the occurrence of stalk rot. Adequate K reduces stalk rot severity by strengthening cell walls. In general, corn debris left on the surface of the soil harbors many foliar diseases that increase stalk rot by reducing photosynthesis. As the population of plants increases, the incidence and severity of stalk rot also increase, especially in susceptible hybrids. Control is most successfully achieved through the use of resistant hybrids. Cultural practices such as balanced fertility, proper plant spacing, and reduction of other plant stresses, such as insect damage, can also reduce stalk rot.

Stewart's Wilt (Pantoae [Erwinia] stewartii)

This bacterial disease is spread by the corn flea beetle and is particularly damaging when susceptible varieties are planted following mild winters. P. stewartii overwinters in the alimentary tract of adult corn flea beetles, not in the soil or in plant debris. Severity of Stewart's wilt depends on three factors: the winter temperatures prior to planting, the amount of disease the previous season, and cultivar susceptibility. If cold winter temperatures occur, fewer flea beetles survive to transmit the disease. The amount of disease in the previous season determines the percentage of emerging beetles carrying the bacterium. Symptoms will include narrow lesions, 5 cm or greater, that will have wavy margins. Hybrids with greater levels of resistance can tolerate more infection with less yield loss. Resistance restricts the movement of the bacteria in the plant. Grow varieties that are resistant to the disease. Use insecticides to control flea beetles, particularly on susceptible varieties in the seedling stage. This is not as effective as resistant varieties, but reduces losses where susceptible hybrids must be planted. Scout frequently for flea beetles as rapid growth of leaf tissue makes untreated surfaces available.

Maize Dwarf Mosaic Virus (MDMV)

There are several strains of MDMV which are spread by more than 20 species of aphids. The virus can be seedborne in maize and probably in some annual grasses. The virus is nonpersistent but is retained by the aphid for up to 18 hours. This allows time for the vector to be transported from southern states where MDMV is more prevalent and many weed hosts occur. Johnson grass is an important perennial weed host for MDMV occurring in southern New England and it should be eradicated. Early symptoms are chlorotic spots and streaks; leaves will later develop a mosaic pattern. Plant resistant or tolerant corn varieties. Golden Gleam, Sundance, Spring Gold, Seneca Star, Early Fortune, Sugar Loaf, Dandy, and Capitan have some tolerance. Enforcer, Biguard, Silver Red, and Seneca 258 are resistant. MDMV is more likely to be a problem for later plantings. Plant late plantings away from peach trees, as peach is an overwintering host of the green peach aphid.

Disease Control

Corn, Sweet Insect Control

Corn, Sweet Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Caution: Insecticides should not be applied when bees are active in the field. Avoid products with high bee toxicity during pollen shed. If application of an insecticide is necessary while the crop is blooming, select products with low bee toxicity or with short residual period; apply in the evening after the bees have left the field. See Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators in the Insect Management section for more suggestions on how to avoid harmful effects on pollinators.

Sprayer Type and Configuration

In sweet corn, the best coverage is achieved with a boom-type sprayer with drop nozzles. The nozzles should be arranged so that one nozzle is over the row and a double-drop system is used between rows, with the lower nozzle directed up toward the ear and upper nozzle directed down, to bracket the ear zone. For whorl and pretassel stages, one nozzle over the row or with a single drop nozzle is adequate. Use hollow-cone nozzles at 75-100 psi to achieve good penetration, droplet size, and coverage. Mist blowers do not provide as effective coverage of the ear zone and may result in poorer coverage in the center of the block because each row of corn acts as a filter. However, on hilly land or for other reasons, a mist blower may be the most feasible sprayer option. If a mist blower is used, plant fewer rows per block for later corn when insect pressure is typically higher. Direct some spray over the canopy, so it can settle into the corn from above, as well as through the corn rows. Spray only in very calm conditions. For all sprayers, assess sprayer coverage by clipping water-sensitive cards on ears at the edge and center of the block and on both sides of the plant, then spraying water at the pressure and speed normally used.

Armyworm, Fall (Spodoptora frugiperda) and Common (Pseudaletia unipunctata)

The fall armyworm (FAW) does not overwinter in New England. Infestations result from moths carried northward on storm fronts from mid-July into September. Flights are heavier near the coast but occur inland as well. FAW flights are sporadic and unpredictable and do not necessarily correspond with corn earworm flights, so monitoring with pheromone traps in whorl-stage corn is very useful. Male adult moths are ¾" long and have mottled brown forewings with a slanting white bar across the wing and plain light tan hindwings. Female moths lay clusters of eggs on the leaves of various host plants, preferring whorl-stage corn to older corn. Eggs hatch in 2-10 days, depending upon temperature. Caterpillars are smooth (unlike CEW) and dark green or brown with lengthwise stripes and dark spots. Full-grown larvae reach 1.5 inches. The head capsule is dark with a distinctive light-colored marking in the form of an upside-down Y.

Feeding damage from caterpillars occurs first in whorl-stage corn, deep within the whorl, on leaves, and in the newly forming green tassel. In whorl stage corn, caterpillars produce ragged feeding damage to leaves and masses of sawdust-like excrement. As corn matures, larvae burrow into the side of corn ears, leaving behind frass and a large hole, and into the tip, making a mess of the kernels and rendering the ear unmarketable. When full grown, larvae drop to the ground and pupate in the soil. The most effective way to prevent ear damage is to apply controls during whorl and tassel stage. If flights remain high throughout ear development, silk sprays may be needed.

Monitor fall armyworm moth flight with a bucket trap (e.g., Universal Moth Trap or Multipher traps) with a lure clipped under the lid (Scentry 4-component lure is recommended) and a vapor strip placed inside the trap. Hang the trap on a stake at plant height in whorl-stage corn. Identify and count FAW moths at least weekly. Flag the location well and move the trap to younger corn at tasseling. Replace the lure every 2-4 weeks and the vapor strip every 6-8 weeks.

Scout whorl and emerging tassel stage corn by checking 100 plants in groups of 10 or 20 in a V or X pattern across the field. Avoid checking only field edges and select plants randomly, not only where you can see damage. A plant is ‘infested’ if at least one caterpillar is found. If feeding damage is old and no larva is found, the caterpillar may have left the plant to pupate in the soil. A control is needed if 15% or more of plants are infested with FAW.
In emerging tassels, combine counts for ECB and FAW. For example, if 10% of plants have FAW and 12% have ECB, the combined infestation is 22%, above the 15% threshold.

Common armyworm, also known as armyworm or true armyworm, migrates from southern areas anytime from March to September. Eggs are laid on grasses and grains in preference to corn and other crops. Larvae feed at night and are grayish-green with a broad stripe on each side and a yellow-brown head. Damage is similar to fall armyworm and is often spotty and insufficient for treatment. Outbreaks are not common in New England but do occur occasionally and can cause significant damage.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Use alone to control light populations or 1st and 2nd instar larvae. Add a contact insecticide to control more mature larvae and higher populations. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Use alone to control light populations or first and second instar larvae. Add a contact insecticide to control more mature larvae and higher populations. Must be ingested; apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For 1st and 2nd instar only.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d ears, REI 24h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Hand harvesting is prohibited. Highly toxic to bees. Avoid use in corn that is shedding pollen. May encourage buildup of aphids by killing natural enemies. FAW only.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/APHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. For foliar applications.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply to early instar larvae prior to boring into ear or stalk.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For fall armyworm, target 1st and 2nd instar only. Direct the application to the ear zone to obtain thorough coverage of the corn silk.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use higher rate for large larvae. 
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h for mechanically harvested and 14 days for hand harvested, Bee: H, Group 22. Whorl through tassel emergence (prior to silking) application only. FAW only.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use high rate for large larvae.
  • methomyl (Lannate* SP): 0.25 to 0.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Some sweet corn varieties may be damaged by methomyl. More severe damage may occur with the Lannate* LV formulation than with the Lannate* SP (Soluble Powder) formulation.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Apply as directed spray into leaf whorls or as broadcast spray.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 1.5 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Apply as directed spray into leaf whorls or as broadcast spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Brown Marmorated Stink Bug (Halyomorpha halys)

See stink bugs in the insect control section of Tomato, Outdoor for information on brown marmorated stink bugs.  

  • acetamiprid (Assail): 5.3 oz./A; PHI 7d, REI 12 h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Suppression only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12 hr, Bee: H, Group 3A. Do not make aerial or ground applications to corn if heavy rainfall is imminent.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.

Corn Earworm (Helicoverpa zea)

Corn earworm (CEW) moths migrate annually into the Northeast, traveling north on storm fronts, and may arrive anytime from late June through September. There are pockets of overwintering populations in eastern NY and southern New England. The heaviest numbers are found in coastal areas and up the major river valleys. The severity of infestations varies yearly and may change suddenly during the season. CEW feeds in a wide range of crops; among vegetables, its favorite crops are corn and tomato (hence, it is also known as ‘tomato fruitworm’). 

Adult moths are light tan with a distinctive dark spot on each forewing, a dark band near the margin of the hind wing, and a 1.2-1.5" wingspan. Live and newly dead moths have bright green eyes. Moths are active at night. Fresh silk is highly attractive for egg-laying. When migratory flights arrive, females are ready to lay eggs. Single, globe-shaped eggs are laid directly on fresh silk and hatch in 2.5-6 days, depending on temperature. Newly hatched caterpillars crawl down the silk channel and feed on the kernels at the tip, leaving unsightly frass. In the tip, they are protected from insecticide sprays. CEW larvae may be brown, tan, green, or pink, with light and dark longitudinal stripes, and reach 1.5-2" when fully grown. CEW can be distinguished from FAW and ECB by the plain, golden brown head capsule and small bumps and spines that give the body a rough texture.

Monitoring moth flight with pheromone traps is key to successful season-long control because it enables farms to respond quickly to flight changes and avoid unnecessary sprays. Reports of moth trap captures at selected locations are provided in most New England states. The most accurate and timely flight information will be obtained by monitoring your own fields. Heliothis net traps baited with Hercon Heliothis zea pheromone lures are commercially available and widely used in the region. Place traps in blocks with fresh silk and count moths twice weekly to monitor the average nightly catch. Replace lures every 2 weeks and move traps to a block with fresh silk as soon as silk dries.

Sprays or other control measures must be timed to prevent larvae from entering the ear. Control depends upon maintaining insecticide coverage on the silks when eggs are being laid and hatching. Directed sprays to the ear zone provide the best control. Repeat applications to silk every 3-6 days, depending on trap captures, according to the chart below. If the maximum daily temperature is below 85º F for 2-3 days, spray intervals may be extended by 1 day. Continue treatments until 5-7 days before final harvest or until the silk is completely dry and brown. Use selective materials to conserve natural enemies of aphids and other pests.

Spray Intervals for Corn Earworm

Based on moth captures in Heliothis net traps

MOTHS/NIGHT MOTHS/WEEK SPRAY INTERVAL
0 - 0.2 0 - 1.4 no spray
0.2 -0.5 1.4 - 3.5 6 days
0.5 - 1 3.5 – 7 5 days
1 - 13 7 – 91 4 days
Over 13 Over 91 3 days

Bt hybrids that express the insect toxin found in Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) in leaves, husks, and kernels offer protection against CEW, but may require additional insecticide applications to control this pest. Hybrids containing the Viptera trait are currently very effective at controlling CEW.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Use alone to control light populations and add a contact insecticide to control moderate to heavy populations. Maintain frequent spray intervals.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d ears, REI 24h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Hand harvesting is prohibited. Highly toxic to bees. Avoid use in corn that is shedding pollen. May encourage buildup of aphids by killing natural enemies.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/APHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. For foliar applications.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply to early instar larvae prior to boring into ear or stalk.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For control before larvae bore into plant stalk or ear. 
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* SP): 0.25 to 0.5 lb/A, 0.33 to 0.5 lb/A for whorl as needed; PHI 21d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group A. Some corn varieties may be damaged by methomyl. More severe damage may occur with the Lannate* LV formulation than with the Lannate* SP formulation. May not provide effective control under high corn earworm pressure. Effective as ovicide and larvicide.
  • methoxyfenozide plus spinetoram (Intrepid Edge): 8 to 12 fl oz/A; PHI 3d ears, REI 4h, Bee: M, Groups 5 & 18. Apply as broadcast or direct spray to ear zone. Ensure thorough wetting of the silks. A 2-day re-treatment schedule may be necessary at silking. 
  • nuclear polyhedrosis virus of Helicoverpa zea (GemstarOG): 4 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Do not tank mix with Bt products. Frequent application at low rates is usually more effective than infrequent application at high rates.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • soybean oil (Golden Pest Spray OilOG): 2 gal/A applied when insects first appear (repeat weekly for additional control), 0.5 ml applied by hand directly to silk within 6 to 7 days after 50% of the ears are silking; PHI 0d; REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 25. Apply at least 5 days after silk initiation to avoid tip injury, and before 7 days after silk initiation to gain optimum control. Mix with Bacillus thuringiensis, spinosad, or neem for improved control. One application per field. Commercial oil applicators (i.e., Zea-later) are available.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Apply as broadcast or directed spray into ear zone.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Apply as directed spray to ear zone or as broadcast spray. Ensure thorough wetting of silks. Effective for low to moderate CEW pressure. May be less effective when CEW pressure is high (13 or more moths/night in pheromone trap) or when a 3-day spray schedule is warranted. A 1- to 2-day re-treatment schedule may be necessary at silking.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Corn Leaf Aphid (Rhopalosiphum maidis)

The corn leaf aphid (CLA) is blue-green or black, with black legs. These aphids overwinter as eggs or females on grass weeds and grains, including barley and wheat. When these cereals mature, winged aphids develop and migrate to corn and wild grasses. Both winged and wingless female aphids occur together. Females produce live young (nymphs), which mature in as little as 6 days, resulting in many generations per year. In corn, CLA first colonizes whorl leaves and the immature tassel. Populations may become numerous enough to interfere with pollen shed, stunt plants, and infest layers of the husk with aphids. Maize dwarf mosaic virus may be spread by the corn leaf aphid, though the most important vector for this disease is the green peach aphid. In addition, aphids excrete a sugary liquid called honeydew, which coats leaves and husks and encourages the growth of sooty mold fungus. The presence of aphids and honeydew on corn husks reduces their marketability. Varieties with purple or green tassels seem less susceptible to aphid build-up than those with yellow tassels. Ample rainfall or irrigation during the silk stage can reduce or eliminate aphid populations. Natural enemies reduce aphid numbers but may not provide adequate control, especially in dry seasons. Whenever possible, conserve predators and parasites by using selective insecticides to control caterpillars. Sweet corn plantings that are seeded before June 10 are generally not bothered by CLA. Monitor for aphids while scouting whorl or pre-tassel stage corn for ECB or FAW in July and August. Pre-tassel stage sprays may be needed when 50% of the plants are infested or if 25% have heavy infestations. Sprays applied before 50% of the tassels emerge are more effective than later sprays.

  • acetamiprid (Assail): 2.1 to 2.9 oz./A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac EC*): 2.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For optimum results, direct spray at the aphid population to achieve maximum coverage of the exposed insects. Aphids not contacted by the spray, such as in whorls and leaf axils, may not be adequately controlled. 
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* SP): 0.25 to 0.5 lb/A; PHI 0d for ears, 3d if used for forage, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Some sweet corn varieties may be damaged by methomyl. 
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 to 5.1 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment to ensure uniform coverage of kernels. For early season protection from corn leaf aphid.

Cutworms, including Black Cutworm (Agrotis ipsilon)

Black cutworm is the most common of the many cutworm species that damage corn in New England. Adults are night-flying tan and black moths, while the caterpillars are dark grey to black and up to 2" long. Moths from the South arrive between March and June. Eggs are laid mostly on grasses and winter annual weeds, usually near field areas prone to flooding. Certain fields tend to have a history of repeated cutworm damage. The larvae feed after dark and hide under the soil surface during the day. There are 2-3 generations per year, but usually only the first generation, which produces larvae in May and June, damages corn. Small larvae feed on leaves; larger larvae occasionally cut seedlings off near the soil line. Adults can be monitored with a yellow and white Unitrap from March through May. A catch of over 40 moths before June indicates that frequent spring and early summer scouting is prudent. Scout problem fields weekly, checking at least 100 plants for leaf feeding and cut stems, especially near field margins. Spot spray heavily hit areas or edges of the field if 5% of the plants have been cut down. For best results, apply insecticides between midnight and dawn while cutworms feed aboveground. Foliar-applied rescue treatments are recommended over preventative soil-applied insecticides. Ground beetles, parasitic flies and wasps, and other general predators help reduce populations. When corn follows sod/hay in rotation, fall-plowing may lower cutworm populations by reducing spring egg-laying sites. Weedy and reduced-till fields tend to suffer the most damage.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin plus tebuprimphos (Aztec* 2.1G): 6.7 oz/1000 row ft; REI 48h, Bee: H, Groups 3A & 1B. Must be incorporated into soil to at least 1" depth. Apply at planting as band or in-furrow. 
  • bifenthrin (Capture* LFR): 3.4 to 13.6 oz/A for at-plant applications, 4 to 5.3 oz/A for pre-plant incorporation applications, 3.4 oz/A for pre-emergence applications; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply as T-band over open furrow or over the row on soil surface, in-furrow with the seed, or incorporated pre-planting to seed planting depth. Black cutworm only for PPI and PRE applications. 
  • bifenthrin plus Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Ethos XB): 3.4 to 17 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Groups 3A & BM02. Apply as a 5-7 inch band (T-band) over an open furrow, or in-furrow with the seed mixing. Can be mixed directly with liquid fertilizer. Biofungicide suppresses pathogens responsible for damping off. 
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 10 lb/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Ground broadcast equipment applications only. Hand harvesting prohibited.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 1.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply to early instar larvae prior to boring into ear or stalk.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • ethoprop (Mocap* 15%G): 20 lb/A; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply as broadcast from 3 days before planting to at-planting time. Immediately incorporate immediately into top 2" of soil.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.10 to 0.18 oz/1000 row ft for at-plant soil application in T-band or band only, 0.26 oz/1000 row ft permitted for at-plant soil application in New Hampshire only, 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.33 fl oz/1,000 ft. as T-band or furrow application at planting, 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • methomyl (Lannate* SP): 0.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Some sweet corn varieties may be damaged by methomyl. More severe damage may occur with the Lannate* LV formulation than with the Lannate* SP formulation. Variegated cutworm only. 
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants. Reapply after heavy rain or at least every 2-4 weeks but not more than 3 times per 30 days.
  • tefluthrin (Force* CS): 0.46 to 0.57 oz/1000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For T-banded or in-furrow applications at planting.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 to 5.1 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment to ensure uniform coverage of kernels. For early season protection from black cutworm.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

European Corn Borer (Ostrinia nubilalis)

European corn borer (ECB) is a resident pest with 2 generations per year in southern and central New England and 1 generation in northern New England. Sweet corn is one of over 200 crop and weed host plants of this pest; other vegetable crops affected include beans, peppers, and potatoes. Larvae overwinter in stalks of corn and other host plants and pupate in the spring. Adult moths emerge in late May or early June and mate in weedy or grassy areas. Growing degree days (GDD) with a base temperature of 50°F may be used to predict the beginning of moth flight (374 GDD), first eggs (450 GDD), and peak flight (631 GDD). The moths are about ¾" long, light brown in color, with lighter bands on the wings. Three to 7 days after emergence, depending on temperature, females begin to lay flat, white egg masses on the underside of leaves in early corn. Eggs hatch in about 5 to 7 days (100 GDD). ECB larvae are light-colored, with a pattern of small dark spots on each segment. The head capsule is flattened and black or dark brown. Newly hatched larvae are 1/8" long, and full-grown larvae are 3/4" to 1" long. Larvae feed in the whorl, leaving pinhole damage, and in the succulent emerging tassel, creating brown frass in the florets. As the corn matures, these larvae move downward, bore into the stalk, and tunnel into ears through the side or tip. Pupae form inside larval tunnels in the stalk. A second flight begins in mid-July to mid-August, depending on location and the seasonal growing degree day accumulation (beginning of second flight 1400 GDD; first eggs 1450 GDD; egg hatch 1550 GDD). When moths are active during silking, eggs are laid on leaves near the ear, and larvae move directly into the ear by tunneling through the husk or down the silk channel.

Since the ECB overwinters as a mature larva in corn stalks and stubble, plowing under corn residue in the fall or early spring will help control this pest. Fields that have been in sweet corn or field corn for a long time tend to have higher pressure from ECB. Weedy fields also have higher pressure. Natural enemies include the twelve-spotted ladybeetle, which preys on eggs and small larvae. Releases of Trichogramma striae, a tiny parasitic wasp that attacks ECB eggs, can reduce the need for insecticide applications. See Table 23, Biological Controls for Insect Pests for more information.

ECB flight can be monitored with 2 Scentry Heliothis net traps baited with either a New York E (II) or Iowa Z (I) lure placed at least 50' apart in weedy borders of corn fields with the bottom at weed height. Both types of lures are needed in New England because both E and Z strains are present. Check traps once or twice per week and replace lures every 2 weeks. Once flight is detected, corn with newly emerging tassels should be scouted weekly for the presence of ECB larvae by inspecting the tassels of 50-100 plants in groups of 5-20 plants throughout the field. Treat if more than 15% of the plants have one or more larvae present. Timing sprays for tassel emergence reaches larvae in the whorl and the young tassel. A sprayer configuration with one nozzle directed into the tassel and a single drop nozzle to the upper parts of the plant gives the best control. At high infestation levels, 2 applications may be needed to provide control. The use of selective products to control ECB will conserve natural enemies of aphids and ECB.

Corn started under plastic or row cover often reaches the silk stage during the first flight of ECB, such that the first eggs laid hatch during ear development. As a result, ears can be heavily infested by this pest even though scouting in early tassel stage did not show any feeding damage or larvae. If plants are in silk and moths are active, it is important to protect developing ears. This is also true for late-season corn during the second ECB flight, especially when other caterpillar pests are absent.

Genetically modified Bt hybrids that express the insect toxin found in Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) generally provide adequate defense against ECB and may not require additional insecticide applications, but scouting is still recommended to assess ECB and other pests.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. See the general recommendations for Bt kurstaki below. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply when larvae are actively feeding. Ensure good coverage and use a spreader sticker. Use a shorter spray interval (4-5 days) and high rates under high ECB pressure. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai (XenTari).
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group un.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Applications must be made prior to larva boring into the plant.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1.5 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d ears, REI 24h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Hand harvesting is prohibited. Highly toxic to bees. Avoid use in corn that is shedding pollen. May encourage buildup of aphids by killing natural enemies.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/APHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. For foliar applications.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply to early instar larvae prior to boring into ear or stalk.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h for mechanically harvested and 14 days for hand harvested, Bee: H, Group 22. Whorl through tassel emergence (prior to silking) application only.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use higher rates for large larvae.
  • methomyl (Lannate* SP): 0.25 to 0.5 lb/A on ears 1 to 3 days or as needed; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Treat a small area of the field to determine cultivar sensitivity before spraying entire field. Phytotoxicity may occur on some varieties. More severe damage may occur with the Lannate* LV formulation than with the Lannate* SP formulation.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 16 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Direct application at the whorl for early season infestations. Broadcast over row for mid- to late-season infestations.
  • methoxyfenozide plus spinetoram (Intrepid Edge): 4 to 12 fl. oz./A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Groups 5 & 18. Direct application at the whorl for early-season infestations.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Apply as directed spray into leaf whorls or as broadcast spray.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 1.5 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Apply as directed spray into leaf whorls or as broadcast spray. Time applications to coincide with peak egg hatch of each generation. Frequent treatments may be necessary when the crop is growing rapidly, during silking, or under heavy pest pressure.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Flea Beetle, Corn (Chaetocnema pulicaria)

Corn flea beetles are black, tinged with bronze or bluish-green, and overwinter in plant residue around the fields. They move to corn seedlings in early spring, feeding and laying eggs in the soil. Direct feeding damage is not significant, but economic damage can be caused by the bacterial disease Stewart’s wilt, which is vectored by the beetles. Cold winters reduce the risk of this disease, while mild winters improve beetle survival and, hence, transmission of wilt. A Winter Temperature Index uses the sum of the average monthly temperatures of December, January, and February (in ºF) to forecast the Stewart’s wilt severity for the season: wilt is predicted to be absent if the Index is <90ºF, intermediate if 90-100º F, and destructive if >100ºF. The disease may appear on the earliest plantings and grow worse on succession plantings of susceptible varieties. Use resistant or tolerant varieties where possible, especially in early plantings (see Sweet Corn Varieties Section). Spunbonded row covers protect plants against this pest. Scout on sunny, calm days when beetles are active. Start applications when plants are in the spike stage if beetles are present and causing damage, especially on susceptible varieties. Apply additional treatments as needed.

  • acetamiprid (Assail): 4 to 5.3 oz./A; PHI 7d, REI 12 h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d ears, REI 24h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Hand harvesting is prohibited. Highly toxic to bees. Avoid use in corn that is shedding pollen. May encourage buildup of aphids by killing natural enemies.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 1.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* SP): 0.25 to 0.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Phytotoxicity may occur on some varieties.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20-G): 4.5 to 6 oz/1,000 row feet; PHI 30d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply in a 7" band over the row at planting and lightly incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into the soil. DO NOT use in-furrow.
  • terbufos (Counter* 20G): 4.5 to 6 oz/1,000 row feet for any row spacing; REI 48h, Bee: M, Group 1B. Place granules in seed furrow behind planter shoe or in a 4-5" band over the row, and lightly incorporate.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 to 5.1 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment to ensure uniform coverage of kernels. For early season protection from corn flea beetles.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Japanese Beetle (Popillia japonica)

These beetles feed on corn silk but are usually controlled by sprays directed at controlling ECB and CEW.

  • acetamiprid (Assail): 5.3 oz./A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d ears, REI 24h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Hand harvesting is prohibited. Highly toxic to bees. Avoid use in corn that is shedding pollen. May encourage buildup of aphids by killing natural enemies.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A. Adults only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • lamba-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.

Sap Beetles, Fourspotted (Glischrochilus quadrisignatus) and Dusky (Carpophilus lugubris)

Sap beetle problems are more likely to occur on farms producing various fruit and vegetable crops. Adult beetles are 3/16" long and are black (dusky sap beetle) or black with orange spots (fourspotted sap beetle, also known as ‘picnic beetle’). They survive the winter as pupae or adult beetles under soil or plant debris in fields or under leaf litter along hedgerows and field margins. Eggs may be deposited in rotting fruit or discarded vegetable debris (cull piles), in wounds created by European corn borer or birds, and on silk or in kernels at the tip of the ear. Eggs are milky white and resemble tiny grains of rice, about 1/16" long. The larva is a white or light yellow grub that resembles a tiny, thin caterpillar or maggot. Larvae hollow out developing kernels, and damage may be found in the tip and scattered through the upper half of the ear. Full-grown larvae drop to the ground to pupate in the soil. The marketability of ears declines when damage, larvae, or adults are present on or in kernels. Adults feed on pollen, sap, silk, and injured or rotting fruit. Males have an aggregation pheromone that attracts other beetles, both male and female. Adults move to corn at full tassel to feed on pollen and build up as corn matures and silk turns brown. There are 2-4 generations per year, with peak infestations in July (larvae) and late July and August (adults).

Cultural controls are essential to managing sap beetles. Ears with exposed tips, especially super sweet and Bt varieties, are more susceptible to infestation. Research has shown that the tip cover's length and tightness are important to reduce infestations. Some varieties with long, tight tip covers include Accord, Argent, Avalon, Awesome, Bon Jour, Cuppa-Joe, Easy Money, Fantasia, Ka-Ching, Precious Gem, Prime Plus, Profit, Providence, and Renaissance. To prevent or reduce damage, select varieties with good tip cover, use clean cultivation, and control birds and ear-infesting caterpillars. Eliminate or bury deeply any cull piles or other areas with decaying vegetables or fruit, including infested ears. Do not leave infested blocks standing; mow aggressively to chop ears as soon as the block is finished. Deep plowing may be necessary after harvest to bury ears at least 4" deep if infestations are high.

Scout blocks at full tassel and early silk to determine if beetles are present. Unfortunately, there are no specific thresholds based on scouting. Insecticides may be warranted in fields with a previous history of 10% ear damage. Research in Maryland showed that ear infestation begins just after silk emerges and that 1 or 2 applications made 3 and 6-7 days after silking begins is more effective than later or more applications. Insecticides will reduce the number of damaged kernels and ears but will not completely control heavy infestations. Sap beetle adults and larvae are not susceptible to the Bt toxin that is present in Bt corn. Efficacy trials have shown that carbaryl (Sevin), lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior II), bifenthrin (Bifenture), and methomyl (Lannate) are more effective than most other insecticides. However, carbaryl cannot be used during the early silk period while corn is shedding pollen and does not allow for hand harvesting after use.

  • acetamiprid (Assail): 4-5.3 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  •  
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 1A. 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 2d ears, REI 24h or 21 days for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1A. Hand harvesting is prohibited. Highly toxic to bees. Avoid use in corn that is shedding pollen. May encourage buildup of aphids by killing natural enemies. 
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A. Adults only. 
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 5d, REI 12h or 72h for workers detasseling corn, Bee: H, Group 1B. Begin treatment when 10% of ears show silk. Apply when nymphs are young. Injury may occur in the whorl and silk stages using this type of malathion product.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.

Seedcorn Maggot (Delia platura)

See seedcorn maggot in the insect control section of Beans for more information about biology and management.

  • beta-cyfluthrin plus tebuprimphos (Aztec* 2.1G): 6.7 oz/1000 row ft; REI 48h, Bee: H, Groups 3A & 1B. Must be incorporated into soil to at least 1" depth. Apply at planting as band or in-furrow. 
  • bifenthrin (Capture* LFR): 3.4 to 6.8 oz/A for at-plant applications; 4 to 5.3 oz/A for pre-plant incorporation applications; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply as T-band over open furrow, in-furrow with the seed, or incorporated pre-planting to seed planting depth.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.041 oz/1000 row ft for at-plant soil application; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.33 fl oz/1,000 ft as T-band or furrow application at planting; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20-G): 4.5 to 6 oz/1,000 row ft; PHI 30d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply in a 7" band over the row at planting and lightly incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into the soil. DO NOT use in-furrow.
  • tefluthrin (Force* CS): 0.46 to 0.57 oz/1000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For T-banded or in-furrow applications at planting.
  • terbufos (Counter* 20G): 4.5 to 6 oz/1,000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: M, Group 1B. Place granules in seed furrow behind planter shoe or in a 4-5" band over the row, and lightly incorporate.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 to 5.1 fl oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment to ensure uniform coverage of kernels. For early-season protection from seedcorn maggot.

Stalk Borer (Papaipema nebris)

Stalk borer (also known as common stalk borer) is an occasional pest of corn and of other vegetable crops. This pest overwinters as eggs on grassy weeds where adult moths deposited them in the fall. Upon hatching in the spring, the caterpillars feed on grasses by boring into and along the stalk. When the caterpillars become too large to feed within the grass, they migrate to nearby thicker-stemmed wild and cultivated plants. In corn, infestations are heaviest in border rows and in fields with grass weeds. Borers feed in the stalk or deep in the whorl, which may kill the growing tip. Larvae are brown to purplish brown with a broad white stripe on the back and each side. These stripes are interrupted by a distinctive, large brown spot around the whole body. Pupation occurs in the soil in late summer, with adult emergence and activity from August to October. There is 1 generation per year. Reduced tillage fields, which may have higher levels of grassy and broadleaf weeds, may result in increased levels of stalk borer. To reduce overwintering eggs, prevent or eliminate grassy weeds, especially after July. Destroy weeds and grasses at field margins to reduce invasions at field borders. Scout for injury soon after the corn emerges in the spring and treat infested corn as needed. Apply insecticides to outer rows at the first sign of damage by this pest. Treat small larvae before they bore into stalks.

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Application must be made prior to larva boring into the plant.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply to early instar larvae prior to boring into ear or stalk.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For control before larvae bore into plant stalk or ear. 
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Western Bean Cutworm (Striacosta albicosta)

Western bean cutworm (WBC) is a late-season pest of corn that causes direct physical damage to corn and leaves plants more susceptible to pathogens. WBC is native to the US corn belt and has been moving eastward since the early 2000s. WBC has 1 generation per year. Adults begin emerging in June, with peak flight occurring from July through early August. Egg-laying and plant damage occurs August-October.

Adults look similar to other cutworm moths and corn pests but can be distinguished by a long white stripe that runs along the edge of the forewings. Other diagnostic characteristics include a small white dot in the middle of the forewing and a larger U-shaped brown spot further back on the forewing. Adults also have long antennae (⅓-½ length of the body). Adult moths are active at night.

Larvae also look similar to other caterpillar corn pests, but the most prominent difference is 2 dark brown rectangles directly behind the brown head capsule and a lack of black netting on head capsule.

Females lay about 50 white eggs in masses on upper surfaces of corn leaves prior to tasseling. The eggs turn purple about 24 hours before hatching. The caterpillars are very mobile and undergo 6 instars in a month before dropping to the soil to overwinter in a prepupal stage and then pupate in the spring. The 1st-3rd instars of WBC feed on leaf axils, pollen, and corn silks, then bore into the ear during the 4th instar where they continue feeding on kernels.

Pheromone traps can be used to monitor adult activity. It’s best to scout corn tassels prior to pollen shed and upper leaf surfaces of new leaves for egg masses. Emergence holes from larvae that bored into ears can be seen in dry husks after harvest. There is also a NEWA model for WBC to help with timing of insecticide applications around moth activity and when to scout for egg masses and newly hatched larvae. Sprays will be ineffective once larvae bore into ears. Treatment is usually recommended when 95% of corn has tassels and 70-90% of egg masses have hatched

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • Burkholderia spp. Strain A396 cells and spent fermentation media (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group UN. 
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Beseige*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 28 & 3A. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 16 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Apply at first sign of feeding damage. 
  • methoxyfenozide plus spinetoram (Intrepid Edge): 4 to 12 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Groups 18 & 5. Apply at first sign of feeding damage. 

Wireworms and White Grub

See wireworms in the insect control section of Potato for more information. To avoid wireworm problems, corn should not be grown in rotation with sod or grass crops. Delay planting susceptible crops, such as corn or potatoes, on such land for at least 2 years after the sod has been broken. Summer fallow is recommended for at least 1 season.

Land that was in sod or pasture should be planted to legumes, such as alfalfa or clover, for a year or more before planting corn or other vegetables to reduce the number of white grubs in the soil. Plow or harrow in mid-summer, after harvesting early corn, to reduce grub numbers.

  • beta-cyfluthrin plus tebuprimphos (Aztec* 2.1G): 6.7 oz/1000 row ft; REI 48h, Bee: H, Groups 3A & 1B. Must be incorporated into soil to at least 1" depth. Apply at planting as band or in-furrow. 
  •  
  • bifenthrin (Capture* LFR): 3.4 to 13.6 oz/A for at-plant applications, 4 to 5.3 oz/A for pre-plant incorporation applications; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply as T-band over open furrow, in-furrow with the seed, or incorporated pre-planting to seed planting depth.
  • ethoprop (Mocap* 15%G): 8 oz/1,000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply as 6-7" band over closed seed furrow at-planting, then incorporate immediately into top 0.5" of soil. Suppression only for white grubs. Extremely toxic to birds. Do not leave granules on soil surface.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.041 to 0.82 oz/1000 row ft for at-plant soil application, 0.26 oz/1000 row ft permitted for at-plant soil application in New Hampshire only; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only for wireworms. For white grub control in CT, ME, MA, RI, and VT: use for reducing damage when used as T-band or in-furrow on light to moderate infestations. Use 0.14 to 0.18 oz/1000 row ft for moderate infestations. For high infestations, use a premium soil insecticide. 
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.33 fl oz/1,000 ft. as T-band or furrow application at planting; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20-G): 4.5 to 6 oz/1,000 row feet; PHI 30d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply in a 7" band over the row at planting and lightly incorporate. granules must be incorporated into the soil. DO NOT use in-furrow.
  • tefluthrin (Force* CS): 0.46 to 0.57 oz/1000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For T-banded or in-furrow applications. Use high rate for heavy infestations. For best control, apply as in-furrow.
  • terbufos (Counter* 20G): 4.5 to 6 oz/1,000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: M, Group 1B. Place granules in seed furrow behind planter shoe or in a 4-5" band over the row, and lightly incorporate.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 to 5.1 fl oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment to ensure uniform coverage of kernels. For early-season protection from wireworms and white grub (including Japanese beetle, European chafer, and May/June beetle larvae, and true white and annual white grub).
Insect Control

Corn, Sweet Weed Control

Corn, Sweet Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Delayed Herbicide Applications

Growers using atrazine (Aatrex) and or mesotrione (Callisto) for broadleaf weed control and either metolachlor (Dual) or pyroxasulfone (Zidua) for grass control in corn should consider delayed applications in their earliest plantings. Reasons for delaying herbicide applications in the earliest sweet corn plantings include:

  1. Corn is most tolerant to both Dual and Zidua after emergence. Supersweet varieties and some "se" sweet corns are easily injured by these herbicides when the soil is below 60°F. Both Dual and Zidua as well as atrazine and Callisto can be applied at any time as long as the corn is less than 5" high. Bicep Lite II, a very commonly used prepack of atrazine and Dual, can also be used this way as can Lumax, a prepack of metolachlor, atrazine, and mesotrione.
  2. If the first few plantings of sweet corn are sprayed on the same day, the amount of cleaning and rinsing of the spray tank is reduced since it does not need to be cleaned between applications when the same herbicide is used.
  3. Delaying herbicide applications on the earliest plantings will also extend the activity of the herbicide later into the season. This is important in maintaining good weed control throughout the season to minimize weed seed production. Growers often rely on sweet corn rotations to reduce weed seed populations in the soil.

Growers should consider waiting until their first planting of sweet corn is 3-5" high to apply herbicide. At this time all fields of sweet corn planted to-date can be treated. Each field sprayed will be at a different stage of growth. After that, each field should be sprayed soon after it is planted, since soils will be warmer and grasses are more likely to emerge soon after seeding the crop.

A possible problem with delayed applications involves the potential for poor control of grasses. Dual, Zidua, Bicep (atrazine + Dual), or Lumax (atrazine + Dual + Callisto) must be applied before grasses emerge. If grasses are not controlled in corn, yield reductions will likely occur. Also, as the soil warms up, grasses are likely to emerge soon after seeding.

Reduced Herbicide Rates for Corn Weed Management 

Be sure to follow the herbicide rates recommended in this guide. Only 1 lb active ingredient of atrazine is recommended for sweet corn in New England. This is well below the rate on the label and constitutes best management practices for groundwater protection. This rate could be reduced further, although the grower should be prepared to make a second application of atrazine if any weeds escape. Rates for Dual and Lasso should be selected based on soil type. Follow the label to determine the correct rate. Reducing the rate of Dual or Zidua is risky since it is very difficult to control grasses in sweet corn once they emerge.

Special Atrazine Precautions

The Environmental Protection Agency and Syngenta have revised the label uses of all atrazine products to reflect the potential for surface and groundwater contamination. Be sure to read and follow all directions and restrictions listed on the label. The preceding section on Reduced Herbicide Rates for Corn Weed Management reflects these concerns. All of the rates listed in this guide for atrazine are within the guidelines of the label. These include uses for single applications (applied before crop emergence or early postemergence) and sequential applications (applied both at planting and postemergence). Please read all labels carefully.

Herbicide Options

Stale Seedbed

The following herbicides are nonselective and are used to control weeds which are present in a field prior to planting the sweet corn or before the sweet corn emerges (see Stale Seedbed Technique in the Weed Management section). If a grower is using a minimum- or no-till system, these herbicides are also used to kill the cover crop that may be present in the field.

  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): REI 12h, Group 9. Apply to emerged annual or perennial weeds prior to crop emergence. Do not feed crop residue to livestock for 8 weeks following treatment. Consult the manufacturer's label for specific weeds and rates. May be tank mixed with atrazine, simazine, or alachlor.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): 2 to 4 pts/A. REI 12h, Group 22. Apply in 20 to 60 gallons spray mix to emerged weeds. Field should be prepared several days ahead of treatment to allow maximum weed emergence. Use a nonionic surfactant at a rate of 16 to 32 oz per 100 gal spray mix. May be tank mixed with atrazine or simazine preemergence. Can also be applied as a preemergence. Check label for directions. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 17. Use a 3 -10% solution (3 to 10 gal/100 gal).

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • acetochlor (Surpass)REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 1.5-3.17 pt/A per application. Do not exceed 1.5-3.17 pt/A per year. Rates based on soil texture and tillage system used (conventional or reduced- or no-till). Do not apply to sandy soils or within 50’ of any well where the depth to groundwater is 30’ or less. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Can be applied to the soil surface up to 30 days before planting, but for best results, apply as close as possible to planting and prior to weed emergence. Do not apply after sweet corn has emerged. Cultivation should be delayed as long as possible after applying or the herbicide may be diluted. Can also be applied to the soil surface and incorporated into the top 2” of soil anytime up to 14 days before planting. Poor soil tilth or excessive crop residue may reduce control. Do not move soil after incorporation. Can also incorporate into the soil with 0.25” of water within 7 days of application before or after planting corn, as long as corn has not emerged.
  • dimethenamid (Outlook)PHI 50d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 8-24 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 24 oz/A per year. If applying a split application, use 8-16 oz/A for the first application and the remaining 8-16 oz/A for the second application. Rate based on soil texture and percent organic matter. Can be applied before up to 45 days before planting, after planting but before emergence, or after crop emergence until corn is 12” tall. If applying 15-45 days before planting, use a higher rate and apply as part of a split-application program where the second application is made after planting. If applying 2 weeks before planting or after planting but before crop emergence, incorporate 1-2" into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 2-4 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture. Can be applied after planting but before weeds and crop emerges, or after corn emerges until it is 20-24” tall or at the V8 growth stage. Use drop nozzles to direct spray to the soil surface if applying after crop emergence. When applying after planting but before emergence, there is potential for crop injury if herbicide is moved into the seed zone. Minimize the potential for crop injury by preparing a firm seedbed and planting corn seed at least 1.5" deep and covered with soil. May cause crop injury if heavy rains follow an application to dry soil.
  • pyroxasulfone (Zidua)PHI 37d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 1-4 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2.75-5 oz/A per year. Rate based on soil texture. Can be applied before planting, after planting but before corn emerges, or early after corn has emerged. Plant corn seed at least 1" into the soil. If applying from 14 days before planting until the V4 stage, apply broadcast and do not incorporate. Do not apply earlier than 14 days before planting for sweet corn. For popcorn, can be applied in the fall or winter to manage winter annual weeds, up until 14 days before planting, and in that case, incorporate less than 2” into the soil with shallow tillage.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): PHI 30d, REI 24h, Group 15. Apply 1.33-2.6 pts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3.9 pts/A per year. Rate based on application timing, soil texture, and percent organic matter. Can be applied before planting, after planting but before crop emergence, or at lay-by. To target glyphosate resistant Italian ryegrass, apply to the soil surface after harvest from September 1- December 1. Do not apply to frozen ground. The combined applications in the fall plus spring must not exceed the maximum allowed annual rate. Only 1 fall application per crop cycle. Can apply in the early spring between 14 and 30 days before planting, or after planting but before crop emerges. Do not till deeper than 2-3” after application. If applying within 14 days of planting, only incorporate 2” into the soil. Incorporate if dry weather is expected. Reduce soil movement after application for improved weed control. Apply and incorporate after bed formation if planting into beds. Can also be applied after corn has emerged until it is 40” tall. For best results, direct towards the base of corn plants, when they are more than 5” tall.
  • simazine (Princep)PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply up to 2 qt/A preplant incorporated or to the soil surface immediately after planting before corn emerges. Use alone only if annual grasses are not a problem. Do not apply on highly erodible soils unless there is at least 30% plant residue cover.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • 2,4-D (Amine 4)PHI 45d, REI 48h, Group 4. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 21 days apart. Do not exceed 3.15 pts/A per year. Can make 1 application before planting or before corn emergence. Can make 1 application after corn emergence. Do not till for at least 7-10 days after application. Do not use on sandy soil or unacceptable crop injury may occur. Plant corn a minimum of 7 days after application at 1 pt/A and a minimum of 14 days after application at 2 pts/A. In reduced-till systems, apply after corn is planted but before it has emerged. The seed furrow must be completely closed at application. Can also apply when corn is less than 8” tall, as long as leaves have not just unfolded. Use drop nozzles to direct spray toward base of corn if it is over 8" tall. Do not apply from 7-10 days before tasseling through dough stage. Do not apply to open whorls. Reduce rate if temperature is hot and soil is wet. Use only the amine formulation of 2,4-D. Do not use any ester or low-volatile ester formulations. Use all precautions to avoid spray drift to desirable broadleaf crops.
  • atrazine (Aatrex 4L)REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 2.4-4 pts/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, 1 before corn emergence and 1 after. Do not exceed 5 pt/A per year. Can be applied before planting and incorporated into the soil less than 2 weeks before planting, or applied to the soil surface immediately after planting, or after corn emergence until it is 12” high. Do not move treated soil out of the row or move untreated soil to the soil surface or weed control will be diminished. If applying after corn and weeds have emerged, add either 1 qt/A of crop oil concentrate or 1 gal/A of spray oil. Apply when weeds are 1-1.5" high. This treatment can be used as the primary broadleaf herbicide treatment instead of an application at planting or it can be used as an emergency treatment if the soil-applied broadleaf herbicide treatment failed. If applied correctly, this application will control the emerged weeds and will continue to provide residual control for later-emerging broadleaf weeds. On highly erodible soils with less than 30% residue cover at planting, use a maximum of 3.2 pts/A. It is recommended to only use 2 pts/A in all of Massachusetts.
  • halosulfuron-methyl (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.67-1 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Can be applied over the top of corn, or with drop nozzles from the spike through layby stage of the corn. If making sequential applications, the second application should be at 0.67 oz/A, applied only with drop nozzles semi-directed or directed to avoid application into the corn plant whorl. Do not use on “Jubilee” sweet corn. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. The use of non-ionic surfactant is recommended for use on emerged weeds (1 to 2 qt/100 gal spray). Works on germinating broadleaf weed seeds, as well as emerged broadleaf weeds.
  • saflufenacil (Sharpen)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 6 oz/A per year. Can be applied as a burndown herbicide, up to 14 days before planting, or after planting before crop has emerged. Do not apply after corn emergence or severe crop injury will occur. Can incorporate 1-2’’ into the soil if applying before planting. Apply at 1 oz/A before corn has emerged. No residual weed control will occur. If applying as a burndown, apply 1 oz/A with an appropriate adjuvant. Not for sweet corn grown for fresh market—processing sweet corn varieties only. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not apply to course-texture soils with less than 3% organic matter. Plant corn at least 0.5” deep and ensure the seed row is closed to reduce risk of crop injury. May result in delayed crop emergence and stunting in cool wet conditions after application.
  • mesotrione (Callisto)PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 27. Apply 3-7.7 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 7.7 oz/A per application. Can make 1 application before corn emergence and 1 after emergence, or 2 applications after corn emergence. If applying before corn has emerged, apply 6-7.7 oz/A to the soil surface after seeding, with 10-30 gal/A of spray. If applying after crop emergence, apply when corn is less than 30” tall or at the 8-leaf stage. Apply up to 3 oz/A per application (if making 2 post-emergence applications, the maximum rate is 6 oz/A per year). Applying after crop emergence may cause crop bleaching in some sweet corn varieties, but typically has no effect on final yield. Adjuvant restrictions apply to sweet corn applications. Severe corn injury resulting in yield loss may occur if any organophosphate or carbamate insecticide is applied foliar postemergence within 7 days before or 7 days after Callisto application.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • bentazon (Basagran): REI 48h, Group 6. Apply 0.8-1.6 pts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 3.2 pts/A per year. Rate based on weed composition. Apply to actively growing weeds when corn has 1-5 leaves and weeds are small. Do not apply to crops subjected to stress conditions such as insufficient moisture or hot or cold temperature, or crop injury may result. Do not graze corn for at least 12 days after treating. An effective treatment in an emergency situation to control certain broadleaf weeds and fairly effective against yellow nutsedge when 4-6" tall. There is less chance of adjacent crop injury from spray drift than with 2,4-D.
  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Can be applied as a preplant burndown 1 day after planting by seed up until corn is at the 14 leaf-collar stage. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across. Use drop nozzles to avoid spraying into the whorl and on the corn foliage. Expect to see speckling of the crop foliage after application. Initially, the injury appears to be substantial, but it is not systemic and the corn outgrows the injury rapidly. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Weather conditions may also affect the degree of injury observed. Injury may be more severe during periods of warm, cloudy weather with high humidity and plentiful soil moisture when corn growth is rapid and soft.
  • clopyralid (Stinger)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 4. Apply 5-11 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 21 days apart. Do not exceed 11 oz/A per year. Apply anytime between corn emergence until it is 18” tall in 10-20 gal/A of spray. Rate based on weed composition. Do not cultivate before or after application, if cultivation is necessary, wait 14-20 days after application. Spray additives are not recommended.
  • clopyralid (Clean Slate)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 4. Apply 0.33-0.67 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply 0.25-0.5 pts/A of this product from weed emergence up to the 5-leaf stage of weed growth. To target Canada thistle, apply up to 0.67 pts/A as a broadcast treatment to the entire infested area when the majority of thistle plants have emerged (rosette to 8") and thistles are at least 6-8" in diameter or height up to bud stage. Cultivation can disrupt translocation to the roots of Canada thistle, so for best control, do not cultivate before or after application for 14-20 days.
  • fluthiacet-methyl (Cadet): PHI 40d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.6-0.9 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 1.25 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown or after corn emerges until corn is 48” tall or until tasseling occurs. Do not cultivate within 2 days before or after applying. Do not irrigate or apply within 4 hours before a rainfall as it will wash off the Cadet. Does not control grasses, but can be tank mixed with many other herbicides. See label for details. Do not apply to severely stressed or wet crop.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max)PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9. Apply 15 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied after crop emergence as a broadcast spray in Roundup Ready varieties or with a completely enclosed hooded sprayer after the corn is 12” tall in non-Roundup Ready varieties. If applying in non-roundup-ready corn varieties, avoid any contact of herbicide with crop or crop death could result. Can be applied as a spot treatment before silking of corn. Do not treat more than 10% of the total field area to be harvested. Any crop plants receiving spray in the treated area will be killed. Can also be applied after corn harvest to actively growing quackgrass 6-8" tall. Wait at least 5 days after application before plowing. Can be used after harvesting corn but the application must be made a minimum of 30 days prior to planting any crop not listed on the label. Glyphosate is the only postemergent herbicide that can provide excellent control of perennial weed species commonly found in corn, including quackgrass, bindweed, and milkweed. Most effective on bindweed and milkweed at or after bloom.
  • nicosulfuron (Accent Q): PHI 70d, REI 4h, Group 2. Not for use in NH. Apply 0.45-1.8 oz/A, only 1 application per year. Do not exceed 1.8 oz/A per year. Best results are obtained when broadcast-applied before corn is 12” tall to young, actively growing grasses. If corn is 12-18" tall, applications should be made with drop nozzles. Do not apply if corn is greater than 18". Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. If organophosphate insecticide (IRAC Group 1B) has been applied to corn, crop injury may occur. Do not use if the crop exhibits herbicide injury from previous applications. Applications must include either a non-ionic surfactant, crop oil concentrate, or an ammonium nitrate nitrogen fertilizer.
  • paraquat (Gramozone SL 3.0*)REI 12h or 24h based on application type, Group 22. Apply 0.7-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 application before planting or corn emergence and 3 applications after corn emergence are allowed, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A (preplant/preemergence), 4 pts/A (after corn emergence), or 1.3 pts/A (harvest aid). Apply in a banded over-row or broadcast application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray before corn emergence. Seed with a minimum amount of soil disturbance. After corn emergence, apply with a directed spray (hooded or shielded) or without a directed sprayer when corn is at least 10" tall and nozzles spray no higher than 3" of corn stalk or 1/3 of the corn stalk if corn is over 20" tall. Rate is dependent on weed composition and application use. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal per 100 gal). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 45d for grain and fodder, 30d for fresh, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum 10 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pt/A per year. Use only with Poast Protected sweet corn hybrids. Apply until the onset of pollen shed. Do not apply after pollination. Use with crop oil concentrate (2.0 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Note that crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • tembotrione (Laudis): REI 12h, Group 27. Apply 3 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year for sweet corn, up to 2 applications allowed per year for popcorn, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 3 oz/A per year for sweet corn or 6 oz/A per year for popcorn. Can be applied after corn emergence until the V7 stage for sweet corn and V8 stage for popcorn. Can also be used as a burndown application after corn harvest, but maximum use rates still apply. Add oil methylated seed oil or concentrate to be 1% of the spray solution (1 gal/100 gal of spray solution). In addition, the label requires the addition of nitrogen liquid fertilizer (1.5 qt/A) or AMS (1.5 lb/A). Do not apply tank-mixes of Laudis and atrazine to corn greater than 12" tall. Do not use if Callisto, Lumax, or Lexar was used preemergence, due to herbicide resistance concerns. Most broadleaf weeds should be treated before they are 6" tall and grass weeds before they are 2" tall. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not use on Merit or Shogun corn varieties.
  • tolpyralate (ShieldEx 400 SC)PHI 35d, REI 12h, Group 27. Apply up to 1.35 oz/A per application, up to 2 application allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 2.7 fl oz/A per year. Apply when corn is emerged up to the V6 stage or up to 20” tall, whichever is more restrictive. Use an adjuvant for optimum activity. Rainfast within 1 hour after application.
  • topramezone (Impact)PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 27. Apply 0.75-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Apply when weeds are actively growing, after corn has emerged up until the V8 stage. Crops under stress may show transient bleaching. These symptoms are temporary and occur infrequently. Do not use postemergence if Callisto, Lumax, or Lexar was used preemergence due to herbicide resistance concerns. Most broadleaf weeds should be treated before they are 6" tall and grass weeds before they are 2" tall. May not control species when larger than the recommended size for treatment. Rainfast within 1 hour after application.

Mixing Herbicides for Weed Control in Sweet Corn

Many corn herbicides can be tank mixed with one or more other herbicides to extend the spectrum of weed control. Labels will have detailed instruction about compatible tank mixing partners and instructions on selecting rates, etc. when tank mixing.

Formulated Mixes (Prepackaged Tank Mixes)

In recent years, many products have come on the market as prepackaged combinations of herbicides which were often recommended in the past as tank-mix combinations of products purchased separately. They are designed to expand the spectrum of control (e.g., grass herbicide mixed with broadleaf herbicide). 

There are 3 questions that a grower or pesticide applicator should ask when deciding whether to use a formulated mix or the individual herbicide.

  1. Which is less expensive on a per acre basis?
  2. Which formulation is easier to apply? Most pesticide applicators prefer to avoid wettable powders, for example.
  3. Is the ratio of the 2 herbicides in the formulated mix appropriate for the given field situation? For example, Bicep Lite contains 2/3 as much atrazine as Bicep and should allow growers a better opportunity to obtain good grass control without using more atrazine than is needed.

Following are some examples of formulated mixes registered for use on sweet corn. There are many others in addition to those listed.

Formulated Mix Individual Herbicides Contained in Mix
Acuron atrazine (Aatrex, Group 5) + s-metolachlor (Dual, Group 15) +mesotrione (Callisto, Group 27) + bicyclopyrone
Anthem fluthiacet-methyl (Cadet, Group 14) + pyroxasulfone (Zidua, Group 15)
Armezon Pro topramezone (Armezon, group 27) + dimethenamid (Outlook, Group 15)
Bicep Magnum
Bicep Lite Magnum
metolachlor (Dual, Group 15) + atrazine (Aatrex, Group 5)
Laddock bentazon (Basagran, Group 6) + atrazine (Aatrex, Group 5)
Lexar and Lumax atrazine (Aatrex, Group 5) + metolachlor (Dual, Group 15) + mesotrione (Callisto, Group 27)
Weed Control

Cucumber, Muskmelon, and Watermelon

Cucumber, Muskmelon, and Watermelon otank

Introduction

Cucumbers and muskmelons (genus Cucumis) and watermelons (genus Citrullus) are related crops that have similar cultural requirements. All 3 are tender, warm season vegetables that will not tolerate chilling or soil temperatures below 55°F. 

Types and Varieties

Cucumber types include pickling (short, with spines), slicing (long, with spines), Asian and European (long, slender, and seedless), and beit alpha (tender, mild tasing, and spineless). Muskmelons (aka cantaloupes) have orange, musky flesh, and are the most common type of melon grown in New England. Specialty melons with white or green flesh include casaba, galia, crenshaw, Asian, and honeydew types. Watermelons exhibit a range of flesh colors (red, yellow, orange) and both seeded and seedless varieties are available.

Type Varieties
Pickling Cucumber

Avenger (48) - A, CMV, DM, WMV, ZYMV, S

Chaperon (52) - A, ALS, CMV, DM, PM, S

Citadel (52) - A, ALS, CMV, DM, PM, S

Diamondback (54) - A, DM, PM, CMV

Eureka (57) - A, ALS, CMV, PM, PV

Gershwin (49) - PM, S, P

Supremo (56) - A, ALS, CMV, PM, PV, S

Slicing Cucumber

Bristol (54) -A, ALS, CMV, DM, PM, S

Dasher II (58) - A, ALS, CMV, PM, S

General Lee (66) - CMV, PM, S

Intimidator (61) - A, ALS, CMV, PM, S

Marketmore 76 (58) - CMV, PM, S, OP

Speedway (56) - A, ALS, CMV, PM, S

SVC0025 (60) - CMV, DM, PM, S

Protected Culture/High Tunnel Cucumber

Corinto (slicing - 48) - CMV, PM, P

Excelsior (pickling - 50) - ALS, CMV, PM, S, P

Katrina (beit alpha - 49) - CMV, PM, S, P

Lisboa (slicing - 45) - CMV, PM, S, P

Picolini (beit alpha - 50) - CMV, PM, S, P

Poniente (European - 56) - CMV, CVYV, PM, S, P

Qwerty (beit alpha - 50) - CMV, PM, S, P

Sashimi (Asian - 50) - PM, P

Socrates (beit alpha - 52) - PM, S, P

Tyria (beit alpha - 56) - PM, S, P

Unistars (pickling - 42) - PM, S, P

Specialty Melon

Brilliant (canary - 75)

Charlotte (honeydew - 90) - FW

Diplomat (galia - 71) - PM

Lilly (crenshaw - 78)

Passport (galia - 70)

Summerdew (honeydew - 88) - FW

Torpedo (Asian - 65) - PM

Muskmelon

Athena (79) - FW, PM

Caribbean Gold RZ (LSL/Harper - 80 to 110) - FW, PM

Divergent (75) - FW, PM

Goddess (68) - FW, PM

Halona (73) - FW, PM

Sarah's Choice (76) - FW, PM

Sugar Cube (80) - FW, PM, PV

Watermelon - Seeded

Crimson Sweet (85) - A, FW, OP

Sangria (87) - FW, A

Sugar Baby (80) - OP

Watermelon - Seedless Gypsy (82) - A

The number in parentheses is the approximate number of days to maturity from seeding.

Resistant or tolerant to: A: Anthracnose; ALS: Angular leaf spot, DM: Downy mildew, CMV: Cucumber mosaic virus, FW: Fusarium wilt, PM: Powdery mildew, PV: Potyviruses, S: Scab, WMV: Watermelon mosaic virus, ZYMV: Zucchini yellow mosaic virus

OP: open-pollinated, P: parthenocarpic (sets fruit without pollination)

 

Soil Fertility

Soils that warm up quickly in the spring are preferred over heavier soils that remain cool. Muskmelon should be grown on very well-drained soil for optimum quality. Raised beds provide additional benefits. The soil should be fertile and high in organic matter. On sandy soils, irrigation is necessary. In non-irrigated fields, apply the lower rates of fertilizer recommended.

Apply lime according to soil test to maintain soil pH at 6.0-6.8. Watermelon can tolerate pH as low as 5.5. If the fertilizer cannot be banded at planting, add the band fertilizer amount to preplant broadcast application. If growing plants on plastic mulch, nitrogen can be applied through trickle or overhead irrigation or sidedressed along the edge of the plastic mulch. Nitrogen under the plastic mulch is protected from leaching. Foliar feeding rate is 8-10 lb actual N (4-5 lb urea) per acre. Wet foliage is conducive to disease development, so avoid foliar feeding after the 5-leaf stage.

If using transplants, use of a liquid starter fertilizer at planting time is beneficial. This is especially true with cool soil conditions because phosphorous (P) uptake by plants is slow in colder soils. Although the specific analysis of the product is not critical, starter fertilizers usually contain higher amounts of P. Follow the recommended mixing rates on the product.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Cantaloupe and Watermelon

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBs P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBs K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate (transplants) 50 110 60 0 0 150 90 0-40 0
Band-place when direct-seeding* 20-40 40 40 25-50 0 30 30 30 0
Sidedress when vines start to run** 20-40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 80-130** 150 100 25-50 0 180 120 30-70 0
* For direct-seeded cucumbers. For melon transplants, add the band fertilizer amount to pre-plant broadcast application. Total N and K2O in the band should not exceed 5.5 lb/1000' of row. Banded P2O5 may not be of benefit in warm soils.
** Sidedressing may not be necessary when using plastic mulch, or if organic matter can supply sufficient N; repeat sidedress in 2-3 weeks.
*** Watermelon requires a maximum of 100 lb/A of N; excessive N may cause hollow heart in seedless varieties.
 

Planting

Cucumbers may be direct-seeded or transplanted. Because of the long season required for muskmelon and watermelon, transplants are used. Transplants are preferred for early crops. The plants should be about 3 weeks old, with just 1-2 true leaves, at transplanting time. Older transplants that have begun to run are difficult to handle and suffer greater transplant shock.

Recommended spacing for slicing cucumbers, muskmelons, and watermelons is 2' between plants and 6' between rows. Pickling cucumbers should be direct-seeded at 6-8" between plants and 3-6' between rows, depending on the cultivar. Most cultivars should be planted at 3' between rows.

Seedless watermelons require special growing conditions. Seedless cultivars are sterile because they are triploid, and this negatively affects their germination ability. They require high temperatures (85-95°F) during germination, and excess soil moisture should be avoided. To ensure fruit set, a diploid (seeded) variety or a “pollenizer” variety must be planted among seedless watermelons in a ratio of at least 1 for every 3 seedless plants. Growers have moved to using “pollenizer” instead of diploid varieties because they are bred to produce a large number of male flowers with viable pollen, are less competitive, and take up less field space than diploid varieties. Different pollinizer configurations can be used successfully; however, placing pollenizers in-row with seedless varieties at like spacing or interplanting pollinizers between every 3rd and 4th seedless plant tends to promote better yields compared to dedicating separate rows to pollinizers. The latter strategy is preferred if growing triploid (seedless) and diploid (seeded) varieties within the same field. 

In some growing seasons, vine crops that have recently been transplanted or have just germinated suddenly wilt and die. Most often, this situation occurs just following a period of 4-5 days of rainy or cloudy weather. Without sunshine, soil temperatures drop below 55-60°F. At these soil temperatures the plant roots cannot absorb water from the soil. Consequently, when the sun does reappear, water transpires from the leaves much more rapidly than the roots absorb water, resulting in sudden wilting and death. There is no control for this problem, except to attempt to manipulate planting around weather forecasts. Earlier planting dates increase the likelihood of this problem. Transplants can also be injured by excessive heat, especially when planted into black plastic mulch when temperatures are high and air pockets under the mulch get superheated, and/or when stems touch black plastic and are scorched. White-on-black plastic, which does not absorb as much heat, can be used for late-season cucurbits to avoid this outcome.

Field Culture

Early and total yields are increased with black plastic mulch. For summer plantings when daytime temperatures are 85°F or greater, more growers are using white-on-black plastic mulch to avoid high soil temperatures that develop under black plastic. Before the plastic is laid, be sure the soil is fertilized and the soil surface is smooth. The plastic should fit snugly against the surface. Do not lay plastic on dry soil; either irrigate or wait for rain to ensure the soil is moist prior to laying the mulch. In conjunction with plastic mulching, using hoops and spunbonded row covers early in the season will provide earlier and higher yields, while also helping to control insects such as striped cucumber beetle. Apply the covers at the time of planting and leave on until flowers are present to allow for pollination by bees. These crops can withstand high temperatures under the covers. A sufficient number of pollinating insects should be present to ensure adequate fruit set in cucumber and melons. If honeybees are to be used, one strong hive of honeybees per acre as flowers just begin to open is recommended.

Cucumber Protected Culture

For greenhouse or high tunnel production, growers may choose to use varieties that are parthenocarpic, meaning that they set fruit without pollination. Other types can be grown, but will require pollination which could be prevented or limited by the structure and other exclusion techniques employed for pest management. However, if parthenocarpic varieties are pollinated, fruit quality is reduced. In more open high tunnel structures where pollinators are likely to visit, it may be better to avoid parthenocarpic varieties and use gynoecious varieties, which produce mostly female flowers. 
 
Cucumbers are vigorous plants and often exceed the height of the trellis system. In protected systems, cucumbers are best trellised to use space efficiently, promote an easier harvest, and encourage airflow. This can be done by using netting (commonly used with unpruned field types) or by wrapping or clipping to strings (similar to high tunnel tomato production). Cucumbers can be pruned back to 1 or 2 leaders in these systems and subsequent pruning is needed on a regular basis to remove future lateral branches, known as suckers.

Growers have managed this by heading the top of the plant above a node and allowing two lateral branches to develop and grow down in an “umbrella” system. Other growers simply allow the single or double leaders to hang and grow back down. A third system involves lowering and leaning cucumbers just like indoor tomato plants.

Protected culture cucumbers have been grown successfully with various spacings. A common spacing is 18-24” in-row spacing on beds with single rows. However, single rows using 12” in-row spacing and double rows using staggered 24” spacing are both used. Between-row spacing should be 4-6'. Match spacing with needs, varieties, pruning, and management systems. 

Harvest and Storage

Cucumber. Harvest 3-4 times per week to obtain the maximum number of fruits. Cucumbers are sensitive to chilling injury; optimum storage temperature is 50-55°F.

Muskmelon. Melons change color as they ripen, generally taking on a yellow hue. Harvest cantaloupe and galia-types from half- to full-slip, when the melon receptacle becomes corky and a slight push of the stem will cause the melon to separate from the vine. At half-slip they are less ripe and shelf life is increased, but some flavor may be compromised. 

Only well-netted cantaloupes should be harvested; fruits with poor netting have generally been stunted in growth and lack good flavor. Other muskmelon types require different harvesting techniques which can be specific to individual varieties. Generally, honeydews lose their fuzzy feel and must be cut from the vine at peak ripeness. Canary and crenshaw melons are harvested at forced-slip. Hold muskmelons for 1-2 days at 70°F for final ripening; for longer periods of storage, maintain a temperature of 50-55°F. Long shelf life (LSL) or ‘harper’ style melons have been bred to hold for controlled pick harvests. 

Watermelon. Varieties vary in maturity indicators. The proper time to harvest must be learned by experience (and perhaps by wasting a few fruits). Dried (brown) tendrils and ground spots are two generally reliable indicators of ripeness. When the tendril on the vine at the juncture of the fruit stem turns brown, the watermelon is close to maturity. A bright yellow ground spot on the underside of the fruit also indicates maturity. The thumping method to identify ripe melons can work, after some experience is developed. Store watermelons at 50-55°F.

Cucumber, Muskmelon and Watermelon Disease Control

Cucumber, Muskmelon and Watermelon Disease Control otank

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

PESTICIDE USE IN GREENHOUSES AND HIGH TUNNELS:

Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if: 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically says it can be used in the greenhouse; OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is ‘silent’ about use in the greenhouse in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

Angular Leaf Spot (Pseudomonas syringae pv. lachrymans)

The symptoms of angular leaf spot appear as small, angular brown spots with a yellow halo on the foliage. Leaf spots eventually dry out and fall through leaving holes in the leaves. Spots are typically confined to the veins of the leaves, giving infected plants the characteristic angular spots. On fruit, lesions are small, tan, and appear water-soaked. Fruit is later affected by soft rot that can consume the entire fruit as the disease progresses. Avoid working in the fields when the foliage is wet. Plow crop residue under promptly after harvest to aid decomposition. Rotate out of cucurbits for 2 years. Plant resistant varieties when possible. Use pathogen-free seed or treat with hot-water to kill the bacterium in the seed. Sprays may not be effective if applied too late or if environmental conditions are conducive to spread of the disease.

  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000OG): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum), Alternaria Leaf Spot, and Black Rot (Didymella)

Anthracnose symptoms appear on cucurbits as circular, water-soaked leaf spots. These eventually turn yellow/tan and can become brown and necrotic. Alternaria symptoms first appear on older leaves near the crown. Lesions are small, yellow-brown, and have a characteristic yellow halo around the infected spots. Black rot symptoms usually appear after harvest as small dark watery lesions on the fruit surface. Black fruiting bodies from the fungus can typically be seen on the fruit and appear as black specks. Plant only certified disease-free seed. Rotate out of cucurbits for at least 2 years. Control all weeds, especially volunteer cucurbits. Collect and burn or plow down deeply all infected crop debris after harvest. Grow cultivars with resistance if available. Avoid wounding fruit during harvesting. Immerse fruit in clean and fresh water containing a post-harvest sanitizer. Chemical control can be obtained through a regular spray program of targeted and protective fungicides. Coverage of leaf undersides and fruit is crucial to success.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 11.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 3.2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 10.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Black rot and Alternaria only.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05. Bravo WS can cause injury to watermelon fruit; see label.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000OG): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide with a different mode of action. Anthracnose and Alternaria only.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. Alternaria only.
  • fluopyram plus tebuconazole (Luna Experience): 6.0 to 17.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 3. Watermelon only.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.6 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03. Some cantaloupe varieties are sensitive.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 12.0 to 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 7. Black rot and Alternaria only.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStopOG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/100 gal/A; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. See label for small volume application rates.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 12.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 &7. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • thiophanate methyl (Topsin M 70WP): 0.5 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Group 1. Repeated exclusive use may lead to buildup of resistant strains of fungi and loss of disease control. Anthracnose and black rot only.

Bacterial Wilt (Erwinia tracheiphila)

Bacterial wilt is transmitted by cucumber beetles. Symptoms of this disease cause foliage to become a dull green and wilt during the day, recovering at night. As the disease progresses, leaves eventually turn yellow and brown at the margins and die back. Cucumber and muskmelon are highly susceptible to wilt; watermelon is not. Seedlings at the cotyledon and 1- to 3-leaf stage are more susceptible to infection with bacterial wilt than older plants. Thus, it is especially important to keep beetle numbers low before the 5-leaf stage. Cucumber beetles must be controlled by appropriate insecticide programs. Please refer to the information on cucumber beetle for management recommendations. Use crop rotation to reduce beetle numbers. Because this bacterium is transmitted systemically by cucumber beetles, bactericide sprays are not effective. 

Cucumber Mosaic Virus (CMV)

Many different strains of this virus occur and the host range includes plants in more than 31 different families. Many weed species also serve as hosts and the virus is seedborne in chickweed. Symptoms of infection include stunting, yellow leaf spots, vein yellowing, malformation of leaves, and a mosaic pattern of light and dark green on leaves. On fruit, the viral symptoms appear as ring-spots or line patterns. The virus is spread by more than 40 species of aphids and 2 beetles. Seed transmission is possible but unlikely in commercial cucumber seed. The abundance of other host plants, their proximity to crops, and the presence of vectors govern the incidence and severity of disease. The use of resistant varieties is the most effective means of control. Reduce weeds, especially chickweed, pokeweed and milkweed, as much as practical. Practice rotation and plant away from previously contaminated fields. Insecticides are not effective.

Downy Mildew (Pseudoperonospora cubensis)

Pseudoperonospora cubensis only infects members of the cucurbit family and is an obligate parasite. Its survival depends on the presence of living cucurbit hosts, either in climates that permit their growth year round or in greenhouse culture. The source of primary inoculum in cold climates is windblown sporangia from areas where plants survive the cold season. Generally, downy mildew of cucurbits does not arrive in southern New England until August. However, in some seasons it can move up the eastern seaboard early and arrive in July. The progress of downy mildew is tracked by the North American Plant Disease Forecast Center (http://cdm.ipmpipe.org/). Symptoms of downy mildew include small angular lesions on the leaves which stay confined to the veins. These lesions later develop into darker necrotic spots and usually develop grey fuzzy fungal growth under leaves. Physiological specialization occurs in P. cubensis and at least 5 pathotypes have been described. Cucumber and melon are susceptible to all pathotypes, while squash and pumpkin cultivars vary in their reactions. Spread of downy mildew can occur over long distances by air currents and moves within a field via wind-dispersed sporangia. The main means of control are fungicide applications, the use of resistant cultivars, and cultural practices. Maximum control can be achieved only with a combination of these measures.

Some commercial cultivars of cucumber have good levels of resistance to downy mildew. Watermelon and melon cultivars are available with low levels of resistance. Squash and pumpkin cultivars are resistant to some pathotypes and outbreaks of non-resistant pathotypes do not usually occur in New ENgland until very late in the season, typically causing minimal yield losses.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 3.2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickelOG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000OG): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Alternate sprays of Ranman with a fungicide with a different mode of action.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 3.2 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 27. Use only in combination of a labeled rate of a protectant fungicide (copper, chlorothalonil, mancozeb).
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Apply only in combination with a labeled rate of another non-Group 40 fungicide. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications of Forum before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide with a different mode of action.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 12.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d and 30d (see label), REI 12h, Group 29. See label for restrictions. 
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. A tank mix with another labeled fungicide with a different mode of action must be used for resistance management.
  • fosetyl-Al (Aliette WDG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 12d, REI 24h, Group P7. Do not tank mix with copper products or apply in a spray solution with a pH less than 6.0.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.6 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & 22. Apply preventively. Do not tank mix with other fungicides if downy mildew is the only target pest.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl.oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. Begin foliar application prior to disease development. Use higher rate when disease is present.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/20.0 gal (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Do not apply directly plants treated with copper within 20-day interval to avoid plant injury. See label for other application methods and additional restrictions.
  • propamocarb HCl (Previcur Flex): 1.2 pt/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 28. Alternate with a contact fungicide (copper, chlorothalonil, sulfur).
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RegaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P5. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application methods and restrictions.
  • zoxamide + chlorothalonil (Zing!): 30.0 to 36.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05.

Phytophthora Blight and Fruit Rot (Phytophthora capsici)

Symptoms of this disease can occur at any stage of development. In seedlings symptoms are characteristic of damping off. On vines it appears as water-soaked lesions that become dark and later girdle the stems causing collapse and foliage death. On the foliage, symptoms include chlorosis, water-soaked lesions, and leaf death. Lesions will usually begin as small spots and quickly become necrotic with an olive green border around the spots. P. capsici cannot be managed by fungicide applications alone; successful disease control is achieved only by a season-long effort to manage water and other cultural practices. The single most effective way to control this disease is to prevent its movement into clean fields by equipment, humans, or infested water. Plant susceptible crops (tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, all cucurbit species, and beans) in fields that have no history of this disease and are well-drained. Plant non-vining crops on raised beds, avoid planting in low areas where water puddles, and improve drainage by sub-soiling. Promptly disk under small areas where the disease appears, along with a border of healthy-appearing plants. Avoid working in wet fields and minimize compaction.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Addition of a surfactant improves effectiveness when disease pressure is severe. Alternate sprays of Ranman with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Observe a 30-day plant back interval for crops not on label.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Apply only in combination with a labeled rate of another non-Group 40 fungicide. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide with a different mode of action.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Suppression only. Foliar or fruit phase only. Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 12.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d & 30d (see label), REI 12h, Group 29. See label for restrictions. 
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. A tank mix with another labeled fungicide with a different mode of action is required.
  • fosetyl Al (Aliette WDG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 12d, REI 24h, Group P7. Do not tank mix with copper compounds. Mixing Aliette with surfactants or foliar fertilizers is not recommended. Use the high rate when Phytophthora blight is active.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl.oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. Begin foliar application prior to disease development.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/20.0 gal (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P7. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Do not apply directly to plants treated with copper within 20-day interval to avoid plant injury. See label for other application methods and additional restrictions. 
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RegaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P5. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific application methods and restrictions.

Powdery Mildew (Podosphaera xanthii)

Powdery mildew infections are very characteristic to its name. Symptoms of this disease first appear as pale yellow leaf spots. As the disease progresses these spots develop into powdery, white patches across the bottom and top of the leaf surface. Unlike downy mildew, the symptoms of this disease are not confined to the veins of the foliage and can spread over any part of the plant. Older plants are typically affected first. Fungicides should be applied at the first sign of disease (or earlier with some products). Begin scouting for powdery mildew at fruit initiation. On cucurbits, powdery mildew fungi attack both the top and bottom of the leaf, and this makes the disease more difficult to control with non-systemic fungicides. However, powdery mildew fungi tend to become resistant to systemic fungicides such as Topsin-M (Group 1) and Cabrio, Flint Extra, Quadris, and Sovran (Group 11). Resistance to Group 1 and Group 11 fungicides have resulted in the removal of these classes of fungicides from recommendations, with the exception of Pristine which is a combination product. Resistance to the DMI fungicides (Group 3, e.g. Rally, Procure) is also widespread; use these products at the high labeled rate only. The most effective contact fungicides are sulfur, mineral oil, and chlorothalonil. Begin applying fungicides when powdery mildew is at a low level (less than 1 of 50 old leaves with symptoms on either leaf surface); do not begin using mobile fungicides when disease is widespread. A 7-day interval is recommended once disease is observed.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickelOG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Suppression only.
  • botanical extract (EcoswingOG): 1.5 to 5.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM01. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05. Use caution when applying to watermelon. See label for restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000OG): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.55 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • cyflufenamid (Torino): 1.7 to 3.4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group U6. 
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9.
  • fluopyram plus tebuconazole (Luna Experience): 6.0 to 17.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 3. Watermelon only.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme 2.08 SC): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • mineral oil (JMS Stylet-oilOG): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100.0 gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC.
  • metrafenone (Vivando): 10.3 to 15.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 50.
  • potasium dihydrogen phosphate (Nutrol): 10.0 to 20.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P7.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40 WSP): 2.5 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 3.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 12.0 to 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium bicarbonate (KaligreenOG): 2.5 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group NC. Not labeled for muskmelon. See label. 
  • quinoxyfen (Quintec): 4.0 to 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 13. Melon only. Alternate with other effective fungicides at their recommended rates and spray intervals.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 2.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. Sulfur can injure plants, especially at temperatures above 90° F. Do not apply to sulfur-sensitive varieties.
  • triflumizole (Procure 480SC): 4.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Alternate with a protectant fungicide (copper, chlorothalonil, mancozeb, sulfur).
  • triflumizole (Trionic 4 SC): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/100 gal.; PHI 1d, REI 12, Group 3. Apply only as foliar spray. See label for surfactant recommendation. Labeled for greenhouse use.

Scab (Cladosporium cucumerinum)

Scab is a significant problem for summer and winter squash, pumpkin, melon, and watermelon. Symptoms of this disease appear on both the foliage and fruit. On foliage, symptoms are greyish-brown lesions with a yellow halo. Depending on the severity of infection, the disease can also cause leaf deformation. Fruit symptoms appear small at first and can grow into larger, dark pockmarks. As the disease progresses, lesions on fruit can grow together and become entry points for secondary infections. Resistant cultivars of cucumber are widely available. The pathogen can live on infected crop debris on or in the soil and may be seedborne. Rotate with non-cucurbit crops for 2-3 years. Select sites with well-drained soil and good air movement for rapid drying of foliage and fruit. Avoid overhead irrigation and dense plant canopies. Fungicide sprays may not be effective during extended cool, wet weather due to the short disease cycle of this pathogen.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50 WG): 0.5 to 2.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group P1. For surpression only. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05. Use caution when applying to watermelon. See label for restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.6 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. 
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.

Seed Decay

Buy fungicide-treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed or oil purposes.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickelOG): 0.01 to 0.4 fl oz/100,000 seeds; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. 
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4 FS): 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seed and soil-borne fungi.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL SC): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4. For Pythium damping-off protection.
  • thiram (Thiram SC): 4.5 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Group M03.

Watermelon Mosaic Virus (WMV) and Papaya Ringspot Virus (PRSV-W)

Several aphid species transmit these 2 viruses. PRSV-W is only known to occur in the cucurbit family but WMV has been reported from alfalfa, vetch, crimson clover, sour clover, snow-on-the-mountain, and mallow. Seed transmission is considered a possibility but remains unproven. Symptoms of this virus include stunted growth, leaf malformation, mottling and marginal chlorosis. On fruit, symptoms appear as mottling and bumpy warts or blister-like areas. 

Zucchini Yellow Mosaic Virus (ZYMV)

ZYMV was first discovered in the United States in the early 1980s. Two strains, Connecticut and Florida, are currently recognized. The Connecticut strain produces more severe symptoms than the Florida strain. Symptoms include severe malformation, blisters, necrosis, and severe plant stunting. On the fruit, the virus causes knobby areas and prominent deformation. The virus is transmitted in a non-persistent manner by aphids. At this time, no weed hosts have been identified. Resistant varieties are now available.

Disease Control

Cucumber, Muskmelon and Watermelon Insect Control

Cucumber, Muskmelon and Watermelon Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Caution: Insecticides should not be applied when bees are active in the field. Avoid products with high or moderate bee toxicity during bloom. If application of an insecticide is necessary while the crop is blooming, select products with low bee toxicity or with short residual period; apply in the evening after the bees have left the field. See Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators in the Insect Management section for more suggestions on how to avoid harmful effects on pollinators.

Aphids, Green Peach (Myzus persicae) and Melon (Aphis gossypii)

Aphids found in cucurbits include green peach aphid and melon aphid. See Peppers for more information about green peach aphids. The melon aphid has a wide host range; vegetable crops attacked include cucurbits, asparagus, pepper, eggplant, and okra. Among cucurbits, it is more serious on cucumber, muskmelon, and watermelon than in squash and pumpkins. Varieties differ in susceptibility. Melon aphids overwinter in the north on woody plants, including catalpa and rose of Sharon; more southerly (and in high tunnels with winter production), adults survive on cold tolerant plants, including spinach and dock. The life cycle is similar to the green peach aphid; winged females colonize crops in early summer, and wingless females produce live young for about 15 days (70-80 offspring per female), resulting in multiple generations.

The time from birth to reproductive adult can be 1 week. Wingless females are 1-2 mm long. Color varies from light green mottled with dark green (most common) to white, yellowish, or dark green. The cornicles at the tip of the abdomen are always black, a key diagnostic feature. Melon aphid outbreaks are more common in hot, dry weather.

Infestations occur on the undersides of leaves where aphids extract plant sap with their piecing-sucking mouthparts. Feeding causes yellowing, puckering, leaf curling, and leaf death at high numbers, along with shiny honeydew deposits and the buildup of sooty mold. Viruses transmitted by melon aphids include cucumber mosaic virus, watermelon mosaic virus, and zucchini yellow mosaic virus. Because transmission occurs within 15 seconds of feeding, insecticides may not prevent initial virus infection but may reduce its spread in the crop. Oils may reduce virus transmission but test for phytotoxicity.

Using reflective mulch or row covers may prevent early infestation and virus transmission. Reflective mulch confuses aphid orientation and reduces their ability to locate and infest plants. Direct-seeding is recommended in reflective mulch for maximum effectiveness. When using row cover, apply immediately after setting transplants or seeding, and be sure transplants were not infested while in the greenhouse. Cultivars differ in susceptibility to aphid buildup and to viruses; plant resistant varieties, if available. Separate early and late plantings.

Scout for aphids beginning in mid-June by searching the undersides of leaves on runners. Treatment may be needed if 20% of runners or more have live aphids. Good coverage of the undersides of leaves is needed with materials that require direct contact with the pests; translaminar products help to reach aphid feeding sites. Use selective insecticides for other pests to conserve natural enemies.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 3 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A cotton/melon aphid and 10 to 13.5 oz/A green peach aphid at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A cotton/melon aphid and 10 oz/A greean peach aphid chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applicationes at planting, or drip chemigation during first half of crop growing cycle.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best results, use with an effective adjuvant. Melon aphid only. 
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 1 pt/A for watermelon; 1 pt/A for other melons; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Melons only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.32 oz/1,000 sq ft; 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal; 7 to 14 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Cucumber and melon transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed. Suppression only. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A, 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A or 0.065 to 0.1 oz/1000 sq ft for greenhouse cucumbers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 12 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, PHI 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; 0.44 fl oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Greenhouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection. Not for foliar applications.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. Apply with a labeled companion insecticide on green peach aphids. On other aphids, use of a companion insecticide is recommended for enhanced and residual control.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h cucumber, 12h melons, Bee: H, Group 1B. Do not apply unless plants are dry.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d for 1.5 pt/A; PHI 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Melon aphid only.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Selective control of aphids including melon and green peach aphid. Translaminar. Apply before populations build up.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Cucumber Beetle, Striped (Acalymma vittatum) and Spotted (Diabrotica undecimpunctata)

The striped cucumber beetle is a key pest of all cucurbit crops in New England, one that requires cultural and often chemical controls to prevent direct feeding damage and transmission of bacterial wilt. Adult beetles are 7 mm long, are yellow with 3 black stripes that reach the end of the forewings, and have a yellow thorax and black head. Adults overwinter primarily in field edges near last year's crop, with a small proportion remaining in the field. With the onset of warm days (> 50°F), beetles feed on pollen in early-blooming wild plants. High tunnel and greenhouse cucumbers draw beetles first, followed by early field crops. After mating, eggs are laid in soil at the base of the stem, and larvae feed on roots. After pupation in the soil, 'summer adults' emerge, generally in late July and August. Summer adults feed until early fall when they move to overwintering sites. Some may produce a second generation, which emerges in the fall. There is one generation per year in northern New England and a partial second generation in southern New England.

Beetles can colonize a field very rapidly. Adults cause direct feeding damage to cotyledons (often as gouges on the underside), leaves (ragged holes), and the base of the stem (wounds and scars). Wounds on the stem allow entry of soil-borne pathogens. Once flowering begins, beetles congregate in flowers. Adults may feed directly on fruit in high numbers, causing pits and scars. Larval root feeding, hidden but important, reduces plant vigor and yield. The striped cucumber beetle also vectors Erwinia tracheiphila, the causal agent of bacterial wilt. The pathogen overwinters in the beetle gut and is transmitted through fecal material deposited in feeding wounds. The bacteria then invade the vascular system of the plant. Non-infected beetles can become infected by feeding on infected plants. Cucumber and muskmelon are highly susceptible to wilt; watermelon is not. Seedlings at the cotyledon and 1- to 3-leaf stage are more susceptible to infection with bacterial wilt than older plants. Thus, keeping beetle numbers low before the 5-leaf stage is especially important.

Use crop rotation, moving spring crops from last year’s fields and overwintering areas as far as possible. Exclude beetles using row covers supported by hoops to prevent abrasion; remove at flowering to allow pollination. Use transplants so that plants reach at least the 3- to 4-leaf stage before beetles arrive. Some repellents or systemic insecticides may be applied to transplants outside the greenhouse before setting in the field, and some may be applied through drip irrigation. See cucumber beetle in the insect control section of Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds for information on using trap crops to protect a main crop of cucumbers and melons from beetle damage.

Scout twice per week from emergence to 3-leaf stage, then weekly. Count beetles per plant and note damage to leaves and stems. The economic threshold depends on the crop. To prevent bacterial wilt in highly susceptible crops such as cucumber, muskmelons, summer squash, and zucchini, treat when there is 1 beetle for every 2 plants. Less wilt-susceptible crops (butternut, watermelon, most pumpkins) will tolerate 1 or 2 beetles per plant without yield losses. Spray within 24 hours after the threshold is reached. Timely and effective early control will prevent the need for sprays during flowering when bees are active in the crop. There are minimal options for bee-friendly insecticides to use during flowering; if sprays are needed, apply in the evening after bees have stopped foraging. 

Spotted cucumber beetle does not overwinter here but disperses from more southern areas, reaching New England in mid to late summer. Also known as southern corn rootworm, it feeds on a very wide range of crops and weeds and is often found in flowers. Adults are yellowish green with 12 black spots and a black head. Immature stages are in the soil. This pest rarely builds up to damaging levels in New England.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.0 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.4 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2 EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply when foliage is wet. Do not apply to crops or weeds in bloom.
  • cryolite (Prokil Cryolite): 8 to 16 lb/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group UN. Melons only.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Striped cucumber beetle only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Control may be improved by the addition of a non-ionic surfactant. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal for backpack sprayer; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied after fruit set. White residue may be minimized if applications stop when fruit is 25% of its expected harvest size. Follow label instructions for mixing. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 2 pt/A watermelons, 1.6 pt/A all other melons; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Melons only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d for 1.5 pt/A, PHI 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Suppression only. 
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Do not apply as a foliar spray. Suppression only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 

Cutworms

See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.4 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Seedling spray only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For variegated cutworm.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft; PHI 1d cucumber, 3d melons, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants. Reapply after heavy rain or at least every 2-4 weeks but not more than 3 times per 30 days.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Seedcorn Maggot (Delia platura)

See seedcorn maggot in the Beans insect control section for more information.

  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Apply as in-furrow spray or transplant tray drench no earlier than 72 hours prior to planting in field, or as transplant water treatment, hill drench, or surface band.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 1 pt/A watermelon; 1 pt/A other melons; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Melons only.

Squash Bug (Anasa tristis)

See squash bugs in the insect control section of Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds for more on life cycle, monitoring, and management.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 5.3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Most effective on newly laid eggs and nymphs.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.0 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply when foliage is wet. Apply sufficient spray volume for thorough coverage. Time sprays for early morning or late afternoon. Repeated application may cause plant injury.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Control may be improved by the addition of a non-ionic surfactant. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D. Foliar applications only. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Two-spotted Spider Mite (Tetranychus urticae)

Also known as red spider mite. Two-spotted spider mite (TSSM) outbreaks are often caused by the use of broad-spectrum insecticides that kill beneficial insects that normally keep populations in check, especially in field production. Watch for white speckling on the upper surface of leaves or webbing on the undersurface around leaf veins. Avoid early-season, broad-spectrum insecticide applications for other pests. Use selective products whenever possible. With most miticides (not bifenazate), use 2 applications, approximately 5-7 days apart, to help control immature mites that were in the egg stage and protected during the first application. TSSM are prone to developing pesticide resistance, so be sure to alternate between products after 2 applications to help prevent or delay resistance. For more information on TSSM, see the Eggplant section.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2 EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • etoxazole (Zeal): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 10B. Do not apply more than once per season.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Control may be improved by the addition of a non-ionic surfactant.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d cucumber, 3d melons, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A. A selective contact miticide. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only. 
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. Use of a companion labeled insecticide is recommended for enhanced and residual control.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Melons only.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal (drench), 8 to 64 oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: , Group UN.
  • neem oil (TrilogyOG): 1 to 2% solution in 25 to 100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 18. Avoid midday applications and ensure good coverage.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages.

Whiteflies

See whiteflies in insect control section of Tomato for more information.

  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Apply before pests reach damaging levels.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting or drip chemigation during first half of crop growing cycle. Allow 1-3 days for control to be translocated into the aerial portions and to fully protect transplants following an at-plant application. Allow 2-5 days following chemigation. 
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.32 oz/1,000 sq ft; 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal; 7 to 14 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Cucumber and melon transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d cucumber, 3d melons, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A. Suppression only. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 dry oz/A, 4.28 oz/A or 0.1 oz/1000 sq ft for greenhouse cucumbers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Suppression of greenhouse whitefly only.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, PHI 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; 0.44 fl oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Greenhouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection. Not for foliar applications.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. Use of a companion labeled insecticide is recommended for enhanced and residual control.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal (drench), 8 to 64 oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Knack): 8 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7. Does not control adults. Apply when whiteflies reach economic threshold. Higher water volumes may provide improved control. 
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary; an adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and nymphal stages.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
Insect Control

Cucumber, Muskmelon and Watermelon Weed Control

Cucumber, Muskmelon and Watermelon Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Growing on Plastic Mulch

Many growers choose to grow cucumber, muskmelon, and/or watermelon on plastic mulch. Herbicides can be applied before laying down plastic to help control weeds that may grow underneath the plastic or in planting holes. Herbicides can also be used between beds of plastic. Some herbicides cannot be used under plastic, even if they are registered for use in the crop. Read labels carefully! See notes on specific herbicides in the following section for more information on use and timing.

Labeled for preemergence weed control under plastic:

  • bensulide (Prefar)
  • halosulfuron (Sandea) (cucumber and watermelon only)

Labeled for preemergence weed control between plastic beds(directed and shielded band applications):

  • bensulide (Prefar)
  • clomazone (Command)
  • ethalfluralin (Curbit)
  • halosulfuron (Sandea) (cucumber and watermelon only)
  • pendamthalin (Prowl) (melons only)

Labeled for postemergence application between plastic beds:

  • halosulfuron (Sandea) (cucumber and watermelon only)
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*)
  • clethodim (Select Max)
  • sethoxydim (Poast)

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E): REI 12h, Group 0. May be used under plastic. Apply 5-6 qts/A per application. Can be applied to flat planted or bedded crops. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil within 36 hours by shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Grass control only; should be supplemented with cultivation or another registered herbicide for broadleaf control.
  • clomazone (Command 3ME): PHI 30d cucumbers, REI 12h, Group 13. For melons, apply 6.4-10.7 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. For cucumbers, apply 6.4-16.2 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. For all cucurbits can be applied after seeding but before emergence or before transplanting. Be sure to place the roots of transplants below the treated soil. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • ethalfluralin (Curbit EC): REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 3-4.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Can be applied up to 2 days after seeding but before the crop emerges, or as a banded spray between rows after crop emergence. Activate with a minimum of 0.5" of water through irrigation (within 2 days after application) or rainfall (within 5 days of application) or a shallow cultivation. Rate based on soil texture. Do not use during cold, wet weather or crop injury or stunting may occur.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 35d, REI 24h, Group 3. Melon only. Apply up to 2.1 pt/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 21 days apart. Do not exceed 4.2 pts/A per year. Can be applied as a shielded application between rows with 6” on either side of row middles (before melon transplanting or before a seeded crop has emerged), or between beds covered with plastic mulch (before holes are punched in plastic for melon planting). Avoid spray contact with melon foliage or running vines because crop injury will occur. If applying a 2nd time, maintain a minimum of 6” on either side of stem or vines or apply before melon vine running.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. MA and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 3-8 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and soil pH. Citron melon, muskmelon, and watermelon only. Apply from 48 hours before planting up to just before seedling emergence. If seedlings are close to soil surface or have emerged, do not apply solution directly to melons. Do not use on soils that contain less than 1% organic matter.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides 

  • halosulfuron (Sandea): PHI 14d cucumber, 57d watermelon REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application, up to 2 application allowed per year, a minimum of 21 days apart. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Apply in a minimum of 15 gal/A of spray or 20 gal/A of spray for watermelon. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.

    Can be applied after planting seeds but prior to soil cracking, or before transplanting. Transplant into treated area no sooner than 7 days after application and take care to limit movement of treated soil. If using with plastic mulch, apply after the final bed shaping but before plastic installation. Crop may be seeded or planted no sooner than 7 days after application. Can also apply to row middles.

    Can also be applied after the crop has reached at least 3-5 true leaves but before 1st female flowers appear and at least 14 days after transplanting crops if applicable. May be applied as an over-the-top application, or a directed spray application with shields to minimize contact of the herbicide with the crop. Can be applied to row middles of direct-seeded or transplanted. If plastic is used on the planted row, adjust equipment to keep the application off the plastic (over-the-top applications not allowed on plastic mulch).

    Split applications will help with control of nutsedge (although not allowed in watermelon). Either apply before the crop emerges and gain after the crop emerges, or twice after the crop emerges. Use a spot treatment to target emerged nutsedge and do not exceed 1.0 oz per treated acre.

    Can cause temporary stunting. Heavy rains following application or organophosphate use will increase the potential for crop injury.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Apply to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. Can also be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before seeding with 15-30 gal/A of spray with a methylated seed oil. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Allow a minimum of 3 days between application and seeding and do not apply after seeding for many varieties. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 2-4 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 3d cucumber and muskmelon, 14d other melons, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Apply with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): PHI 60d watermelon, 30d cucumber and muskmelon, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply up 1-2 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture and rainfall. Apply after crop has emerged when plants have 3-4 true leaves as a directed spray between the rows avoiding contact with foliage or crop injury may occur.
Weed Control

Eggplant

Eggplant ashahane

Introduction

Eggplant (family Solanaceae; Solanum melongena) is thought to have originated in southern to southeastern Asia. Eggplant is closely related to pepper, tomato, tobacco, and potato, and shares diseases with some of these crops. Cultivation methods are similar to those for pepper, but it is more heat tolerant and cold sensitive. Deep, well-drained sandy loam soils are ideal for eggplant. Southern slopes that warm early in the spring may yield better.

Types and Varieties

Eggplants come in a diverse array of shapes, colors, and sizes, and preferences vary widely among markets. The most common type is large, oblong, and deep purple with a green calyx. Asian types are long and slender, often deep purple with purple calyxes. Specialty varieties include finger-sized eggplants, small round eggplants, and different colors in all shapes and sizes. Some varieties are marketed specifically for tunnel or greenhouse production.

Type Varieties
Oblong Large-fruited

Angela (striped) - GH

Aretussa (white) - GH

Black Bell

Black Beauty

Classic

Clara (white)

Dancer (pink)

Dusky

Jaylo - GH

Michal - GH

Nadia

Nubia (striped)

Traviata

White Lightning (white)

Slender Long Asian

Orient Express

Millionaire

Slender Finger

Diamond

Hansel 

Gretel (white)

Fairy Tale (striped)

GH: developed for tunnel or greenhouse production

 

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8.

Use a liquid starter fertilizer at transplanting, especially with cool soil conditions. Use a high phosphorus starter fertilizer mixed according to label directions (typically 3 lb/50 gal of water). Apply 8 fl oz (1 cup) per transplant. If plants are to be grown on plastic mulch, the amount of nitrogen (N) fertilizer to be sidedressed can be reduced, since leaching is minimized. Nitrogen can be applied through drip/trickle or overhead irrigation. Drip fertigation is especially advantageous with plastic mulch. Too much N fertilization will lead to plants that are bushy, leafy and slow to bear fruit. See the Plastic Mulch and Row Covers and High Tunnels sections for more information.

Less N fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Plant Nutrition Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Eggplant

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 50 150 100 25-50 0 150 100 50 0
Sidedress 3-4 weeks after planting 30-50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 80-100 150 100 25-50 0 150 100 50 0

Planting

Eggplant is normally grown from transplants. Between 2 and 4 ounces of seed are required to produce plants for one acre. Germinate seeds in flats at 70-75ºF. Move to 50-cell trays after emergence. Sowing directly into 50-cell trays will shorten the time needed to produce transplants by approximately 1 week. Good transplants are 6-8 weeks old, fairly large and slightly hardened. Transplant in the field with 18" (small plant types) to 30" (large plant types) between plants. This requires from 40 and 66 plants per 100' of row, respectively. Allow 36-42" between rows. Eggplants are much less cold hardy than tomatoes. Plant eggplants out after overnight low temperatures are consistently above 50ºF.

Field Culture

The use of black plastic mulch will usually result in increased early growth and yield with less damage from Verticillium wilt, perhaps because the plant is more healthy and vigorous at the time of infection. Eggplant benefits from irrigation during the period of flowering and fruit set. If soil moisture is limited at this time, yields will be reduced. Large plants may benefit from being staked. Use one 4.5' stake per plant. Temperatures above 90ºF and night temperatures below 60ºF or above 70ºF can cause poor flowering and flower drop. Fruits are also vulnerable to sunburn so enough leaf coverage is critical. 

When growing eggplant in a high tunnel or greenhouse, consider trellising to prevent plants from toppling and to improve ease of harvesting later in the season. Pruning to a 2- or 4-leader system may improve yields, although labor cost tradeoffs should be considered for your farm.

Harvest and Storage

Fruit should be harvested by clipping them off with sharp shears when the outside color is a glossy purple, the fruit is firm, and before the seed changes color. Soft fruit, loss of glossy color, and dark-colored seed are signs of over-maturity. Harvest fruit as they mature to ensure continued fruit set. Fruit can be stored up to 10 days at 50-54ºF and 90-95% relative humidity. Eggplants are susceptible to chilling injury if held in temperatures that are too cold. 

Eggplant Disease Control

Eggplant Disease Control ashahane

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum coccodes)

Anthracnose symptoms appear on fruit as small, light-brown irregularly shaped spots. Eventually these spots darken and enlarge, forming large brown patches, often with concentric rings. Start with certified, disease-free seed, fungicide treated seed, or treat seed with hot water to disinfest. Rotate with non-solanaceous crops for at least 3 years to allow infested crop residues to decompose completely. Keep fields free or solanaceous weeds and volunteers.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not apply more than once before rotating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group M5.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M1. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SC)OG: 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. Suppression only.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not apply more than once before rotating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0, REI 12, Group 3. Apply no more than twice before alternating to a fungicide with a non-Group 3 fungicide.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 3.0 to 4.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not apply more than once before rotating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.

Damping-Off

Buy treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed or oil purposes.

  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soil-borne fungi. Does not control Pythium and Phytophthora.
  • thiram (Thiram SC 44%): 6.5 fl oz./100.0 lb seed; REI 24h, Group M3

Phytophthora Crown and Fruit Rot (Phytophthora capsici)

Phytophthora capsici is a water mold (oomycete) that causes fruit rot, rapid wilting, and death to many types of vegetables. On eggplants, symptoms first appear as wilting in water-filled or flooded areas. The crown of the plant may also begin to shrivel. Infected fruit can develop soft rotting spots that later spread to consume the entire fruit. In high humidity, the pathogen will produce spores all over the infected fruits that appear fuzzy and gray. P. capsici cannot be managed by fungicide applications alone; successful disease control is achieved only by a season-long effort to manage water and other cultural practices. The single most effective way to control this disease is to prevent its movement into clean fields by equipment, humans, or infested water. Plant susceptible crops (tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, and all cucurbit species) in fields that have no history of this disease and are well-drained. Plant into raised beds, avoid planting in low areas where water puddles, and improve drainage by sub-soiling after heavy rain events. Promptly disk under small areas where the disease appears along with a border of healthy appearing plants. Avoid working in wet fields and compacting the soil.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40. Make no more than 3 applications per year or make no more than 2 applications before alternating to a non-Grou 40 or 45 fungicide.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Must be applied in a tank mix with a fungicide with a different mode of action.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12, Group 11. Suppression only.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16 to 24 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12, Group 29. First application can be made as a soil drench at transplanting.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be applied in a tank mix with a fungicide with a different mode of action.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 1.0 pt/A preplant or at planting; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group 4. For crown rot phase only. Apply as a drench at planting or as a banded application. Must be moved into soil mechanically or by irrigation. Use as a preventative; will not cure infected plants.
  • phosphorus acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qts/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 33. Best efficacy when tank mixed with fungicides with a different mode of action.

Verticillium Wilt (Verticillium spp.)

Initial symptoms of Verticillium wilt include yellowing of the lower leaves, wilting, and stunted growth. V-shaped lesions can also begin to form on the foliage. As the disease progresses these lesions will turn brown and become necrotic. Symptoms of wilting typically only occur late in the season or if the infection has become advanced. Infected plants may wilt late in the day and appear to “recover” in the morning, only to wilt again as the day progresses. Vascular streaking can be observed in the leaves and stems and is characteristic of this disease. Verticillium species can persist in the soil for many years in the absence of susceptible plants. Follow a 4- to 5-year crop rotation with non-solanaceous crops to reduce inoculum levels in fields. Include grain crops in the rotation. Control weeds as many weeds are susceptible to Verticillium. Remove and destroy infected plant material after harvest. Resistance to Verticillium species in pepper and eggplant is poor. Fumigate in fall with Vapam as directed on the label. Mulching plants with black plastic may reduce disease severity. See Soil Fumigation Outdoors in the Disease Management section.

  • Trichoderma asperellum, T. gamsii (Bio-tam 2.0OG): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; REI 4h, Group NC.
Disease Control

Eggplant Insect Control

Eggplant Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Floating row covers can exclude beetles, increase yield and produce earlier harvests. Plants should be free of aphids and whiteflies before setting in the field. Apply covers immediately after setting transplants. Completely seal edge of the material with soil, leaving enough slack to allow for plant growth. Use wire hoops to prevent damage to growing tips. Use in conjunction with crop rotation to prevent Colorado potato beetles from emerging underneath. Remove row covers at bloom to prevent plants from becoming leggy and lodging. See Plastic Mulch and Row Covers, and High Tunnels for more information.

Aphids, Green Peach (Myzus persicae) and Melon (Aphis gossypii)

See melon aphid in the insect control section of Cucumber and green peach aphid in the insect control section of Pepper for more information on each of these aphid species.

Aphids generally colonize eggplant during the first 2 weeks of July, and good control at this time with a selective insecticide will prevent the need for sprays later in the season. Good coverage of the underside of leaves is important. Treat when 1-2 aphids per leaf are observed. Be aware that broad-spectrum insecticide applications can cause aphid and mite outbreaks by reducing the populations of beneficial organisms.

Reflective mulch, where 50% of the surface area is reflective, will repel colonizing aphids. Even black plastic mulch has been shown to reduce aphid infestations to some extent compared with bare-ground culture.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 3 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Suppression only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.32 oz/1,000 sq ft; 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal; 7 to 14 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. For transplants while in greenhouse. Not for use on greenhouse or field grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For green peach and potato aphids only. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build, and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A green peach aphid and 7 to 14 oz/A for other aphids foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Greenhouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with companion labeled aphicide.
  • methomyl (Lannate LV*): 0.75 to 3 pt/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For green peach aphid.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For foliar treatment by ground equipment when insects first appear.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Green peach and potato aphids only. Translaminar. Apply when aphids first appear, before populations build up.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply any time between 3 days prior to bloom until after petal fall. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting operations. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Blister Beetles (Epicauta funebris and E. vittata)

See Blister Beetles in the Beets and Swiss Chard section for more information on these two species of blister beetles. Both species feed on flowers and foliage in eggplant. A single spot spray with a broad-spectrum insecticide that is registered for blister beetles or flea beetles on this crop will control blister beetles.

  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. For beetle larvae only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Colorado Potato Beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata)

See Potato for more details on the Colorado potato beetle (CPB), including cultural controls and resistance management. In eggplant, CPB feeding may occur in June on young transplants or later in the season when plants are fully grown and fruit is developing. Watch for the emergence of summer adults in late July and August, as they can damage leaves, flowers, and petioles, including clipping flower buds. This reduces fruit formation and marketable yield. Scout to determine the number of adults, egg masses, and small and large larvae and to assess feeding damage. The following action thresholds have been established from seedling to fruiting stage: 2 small larvae or 1 large larva per plant (if the plant is 6 inches). Avoid using insecticides from the same resistance group more than once per year.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 1.5 to 2.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 0.5 qt to 1 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. See label for application rates when used through drip chemigation or soil injection applications. For foliar applications, may be combined with a labeled adjuvant for improved leaf adhesion or control in dense foliage. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 7 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. See label for application rates when used through drip chemigation or soil injection applications.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 7 to 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. May be combined at with Belay for control of other pests (see label for rates an increased PHI).
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D. Foliar applications only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For foliar treatment by ground equipment when insects first appear.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. For beetle larvae only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply Group 5 insecticides to consecutive generations of CPB, and do not make more than 2 applications to a single generation.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting operations. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 14 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cutworms

Black cutworm is the most common of the many cutworm species that damage eggplants in New England. The dark-grey or black caterpillars hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day and feed after dark. On rare occasions, large larvae switch from leaf feeding to cutting stems of seedlings. Certain fields tend to have a history of repeated cutworm damage. Scout fields weekly through June after transplanting. Check at least 100 plants for cut stems, especially near field margins. Spot spray damaged areas or edges of the field if 1-2% of the plants have been cut down. For best results, apply between midnight and dawn while cutworms feed aboveground. Hardening off seedlings before transplanting toughens stems and reduces damage. See cutworms in the Pepper section for more information on this pest.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN. Variegated cutworm only. 
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply evenly to the soil surface.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN. Variegated cutworm only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Must be ingested. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of a spreader-binder adjuvant is recommended. Black cutworm only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Flea Beetle, Potato (Epitrix cucumeris)

Potato flea beetle feeds primarily on solanaceous crops (eggplant, tomato, pepper, and potato), solanaceous weeds (jimsonweed, ground cherry, black nightshade), and other weeds, including redroot pigweed and lambsquarters. It does not feed in brassica crops. Adults are 1.5 to 2.0 mm, dull black, short and broad, with a pitted and hairy body. Adult beetles spend the winter protected under leaf litter in field edges near the crop where they feed in late summer and search out weed and crop hosts in the spring. Eggs are laid in the soil, larvae feed on roots, and after the pupal stage in the soil, a new generation of adult beetles will emerge. These ‘summer adults’ feed heavily and then move to a protected spot for the winter. Thus, there are 2 major flushes of adults – one in late May and early June and the second from mid-July to mid-August. Leaves that are heavily damaged may be riddled with small round ‘shot holes’ that stunt or kill plants. Potatoes, once well established, can withstand considerable feeding damage. Eggplants are vulnerable even at later stages, especially when summer adults emerge and fruit is forming.

Management practices include clean cultivation, crop rotation, removing or avoiding spring weed hosts, using row covers, and applying spot treatments targeting eggplants along the field edges. Scout to observe beetles and damage. Treat newly set transplants if they have 2 flea beetles per plant, seedlings 3-6" tall if they have greater than 4 beetles per plant, and plants over 6" tall if they have 8 beetles per plant. Most insecticides registered to control Colorado potato beetle, including spinosad, will control flea beetles. Systemics applied to the soil at transplanting may control flea beetles and Colorado potato beetles; avoid using the same chemical group for both soil and foliar treatments.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply to plants in bloom. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI).
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 12.5 to 50 lb/A or 0.125 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied after fruit set. White residue may be minimized if applications stop when fruit is 25% of its expected harvest size. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. For beetle larvae only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting operations.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Pepper Maggot (Zonosemata electa)

Some farms with a high population of pepper maggots experience damage to eggplant, especially when peppers are rotated out of the field. Perimeter trap cropping can help limit damage to eggplant. Plant 1 or 2 rows of cherry peppers around the perimeter of the eggplant and spot spray the trap crop (only) when the first stings (egg-laying scars) occur on the peppers or adult flies are captured on traps. See pepper maggot in Pepper section for more details and effective insecticides for peppers.

Potato Leafhopper (Empoasca fabae)

Potato leafhopper feeding is toxic to eggplant. Leaf margins and tips turn yellow and curl up. Feeding can reduce yield before damage is visible. Damage is often confused with Verticillium wilt, where leaves turn yellow and droop down. Treatment is recommended if there is an average of more than 1-1.5 leafhoppers per leaf. See potato leafhopper in the Potato section for more information.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply to plants in bloom. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A.; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). 
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 10.5 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 12.5 to 50 lb/A or 0.125 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied after fruit set. White residue may be minimized if applications stop when fruit is 25% of its expected harvest size. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Stink Bugs

See Tomato section for information on stink bugs, including brown marmorated stink bug.

  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use higher rate for control of brown marmorated stink bug.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Foliar applications only. For brown, consperse, green, and Southern green stink bugs only. Coverage is essential for adequate control.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. Can be combined with Belay to control brown stink bugs only (see label for rates and increased PHI), but this combination should not be applied during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on immature stages.

Tarnished Plant Bug (Lygus lineolaris)

See Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole insect control section for information about tarnished plant bug.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.1 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build, and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 2.75 to 4.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply any time between 3 days prior to bloom until after petal fall. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Tomato Fruitworm (Helicoverpa zea)

This is another common name for the corn earworm. Caterpillars may attack tomatoes and other solanaceous crops late in the season, especially if moth numbers are high and fresh corn silk is relatively scarce. Use selective insecticides to avoid disrupting natural enemies that control secondary pests, such as mites and aphids. For more information, see corn earworm in the Sweet Corn section.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. See label for application rates when used through drip chemigation, or soil injection applications. For foliar applications, may be combined with a labeled adjuvant for improved leaf adhesion or control in dense foliage. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 7 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Apply when larvae are first observed.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. Control may be improved by the addition of a non-ionic surfactant. May be combined with Dipel DF (see label for rates). 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate LV*): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 10 to 16 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Suppression only. Apply at first sign of feeding damage, or when threshold levels are reached.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Two-spotted Spider Mite (Tetranychus urticae)

Two-spotted spider mite (TSSM) is the most common mite species that attacks vegetable crops in New England. It feeds on tomatoes, eggplant, potatoes, beans, vine crops such as melons and cucumbers, and other crops. In eggplant, TSSM is a key insect pest. Adult females are approximately 1/2 mm long, slightly orange or pale green in color with 2 dark spots on their body, and lay up to 100 eggs over their 3- to 4-week lifespan. Eggs are globular and amber-red when viewed with a 10X hand lens. Eggs hatch in about 3 days and immediately begin feeding. Following two brief nymphal stages, they become adults and lay eggs in 1-3 days. Depending on temperature, the life cycle can be completed in 7-14 days.

Foliar damage results from piercing plant tissue with mouth-parts and removing plant fluids. Feeding injury often gives the top leaf surfaces a mottled or speckled, dull or bronzed appearance. Mites cover the leaves with fine webbing. Other symptoms include distorted leaves, stunting, overall loss of plant vigor (despite adequate moisture and nutrition), whitening or spotting of leaves, yellowing of the plant or some of the leaves, and in some cases, loss of foliage and death. Spider mites favor hot, dry, dusty conditions, which also aggravates injury by stressing the plant, and excess nitrogen fostering succulent growth. Damage is often underestimated or goes unnoticed since the wounds and the pests are not easy to see without close inspection.

Overhead irrigation or prolonged periods of rain can help reduce populations. Do not over-fertilize. Avoid weedy fields, and do not plant eggplant adjacent to legume forage crops. Avoid planting eggplant near dusty, high-traffic farm roads. Scout by searching leaves for symptoms and webbing and using a 10X or 15X hand lens to identify mites. Use selective products and avoid broad-spectrum insecticides that interfere with the numerous natural enemies that help to manage mite populations. With most miticides (except those with a long residual such as bifenazate), use 2 applications, approximately 5-7 days apart, to help control immature mites that were in the egg stage and protected during the first application. Alternate between products after 2 applications to prevent or delay resistance. Preventative releases of the predatory mite Phytoseiulus persimilis may suppress TSSM populations, as they do in strawberry fields. Releases must be made when TSSM numbers are low. Amblyseius fallicis is a predatory mite that is widely used in greenhouses. See Vegetable Transplant section on insect and mite management, scouting guidelines, and biological control for information.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • acequinocyl (Kanemite 15SC): 31 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20B. Do not use less than 100 gal water/A. Use of an adjuvant or surfactant is prohibited.
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Long residual. Not systemic; ensure complete coverage of upper and lower leaf surfaces and fruit.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • etoxazole (Zeal): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 10B. Do not apply more than once per season.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • neem oil (TrilogyOG): 1 to 2% solution in 25 to 100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 18. Avoid midday applications and ensure good coverage.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For foliar treatment by ground equipment when insects first appear.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • soybean oil (Golden Pest Spray OilOG): 2 gal/10 to 80 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 25. Apply once a week beginning when mites first appear.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against eggs and immature stages.

Whiteflies, Greenhouse (Trialeurodes vaporariorum) and Sweet Potato (Bemisia tabaci)

Transplant clean plants to the field. Because whiteflies can go from egg to adult in a few days, making 2-3 applications 4-5 days apart is important. Alternate IRAC groups to prevent the development of resistance. See whiteflies in the Outdoor Tomato section for more information. 

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For suppression of adults only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 2 to 4 qts/A; PHI 0d, 4h REI, Bee: L, Group UN. Apply before pests reach damaging levels. 
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Allow 1-3 days for control to be translocated into the aerial portions and to fully protect transplants following an at-plant application. Allow 2-5 days for chemigation. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.32 oz/1,000 sq ft; 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal; 7 to 14 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. For transplants while in greenhouse. Not for use on greenhouse or field grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Whiteflies only. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build, and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage. For greenhouse whitefly suppression only.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Greenhouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Suppression only. Apply when whiteflies first appear.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Knack): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7. Higher water volumes provide improved control. Apply when whiteflies reach economic thresholds. 
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages. 
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 4.25 to 4.5 oz/A.; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply any time between 3 days prior to bloom until after petal fall. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3.0 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used in an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting operations.
Insect Control

Eggplant Weed Control

Eggplant Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E)REI 12h, Group 0. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application. Can be applied before or after planting, but before crops emerge. Incorporate weed growth and crop stubble thoroughly into the soil prior to application. Within 36 hours of application, incorporate 1-2” with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall.
  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT)REI 24h, Group 0. Apply 2-4 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can only be applied to transplants before planting. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Incorporate 2-4” into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall within 24 hours of application. If using plastic mulch irrigate with sufficient water to wet to a depth of 2-4” if soil is dry, incorporate into the soil, and then lay mulch on the same day as application.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)PHI 70d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1-3 pt/A per application. Rate based on soil texture. Can be applied broadcast before transplanting or as a directed spray after transplanting. Do not apply before direct-seeding. Can be applied to transplanted raised beds just before laying plastic. May also be applied in a band to previously untreated row middles between the transplanted beds but be sure not to overlap row and row-middle spray. Incorporate into the soil or leave on the soil surface. Treated soil falling into the transplant hole may delay crop growth. Can be used under plastic mulch. Can also be applied after transplanting once the roots are established as a directed spray on the soil at the base of the plant, beneath plants, and between rows. Avoid direct contact with foliage or stems or injury will occur. Mechanically incorporate at blocking, thinning, or layby if sufficient rainfall or irrigation has not occurred.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2.25-12 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and soil pH. Apply banded or broadcast before transplanting.
  • trifluaralin (Treflan 4E)REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-1.5 pts/A per application. Apply to transplanted eggplant only. Can be applied and incorporated before or after transplanting, using a directed sprayer between rows and beneath plants. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and rainfall. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply up to 2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before seeding. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 20d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Allow a minimum of 3 days between application and seeding and do not apply after seeding. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Can be applied to row middles/furrows of direct seeded and transplanted eggplant as a banded shielded application while avoiding contact with the crop. If plastic is used on the planted row, adjust equipment to keep the application off the plastic. It is recommended to add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray) to the spray solution for applications where susceptible weeds are present.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. Can be applied before, during, or after planting but before emergence. Can also be applied after the crop has emerged with a directed spray. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 20d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Garlic

Garlic aspiezio

Introduction

Garlic (Allium sativum) is in the onion family. For thousands of years, it has been grown for culinary and medicinal uses. Garlic grows in a wide range of conditions. While most production is in mild areas, such as California, some varieties grow well and often develop better flavor in cold climates. 

Types and Varieties

There are two main types of garlic: hardneck and softneck. Hardneck (or topset) garlic produces false flower stalks called scapes, which are also edible. It typically has about 6 cloves per bulb. Softneck garlic typically has more than twice as many cloves and generally has a longer storage life than hardneck varieties. Softneck garlic dominates commodity production, but many growers in New England prefer hardneck types for retail sales due to their flavor and appearance. Hardneck varieties often have a reddish-purple clove covering versus the white color common in softneck types. Elephant, or great headed garlic (A. ampeloprasum) is grown like other garlic but has a milder flavor and is not widely grown in New England.

After centuries of cultivation, garlic has lost the ability to produce seeds. Therefore, it is vegetatively propagated by saving bulbs and planting individual cloves from which new bulbs form. The small bulbils produced on hardneck scapes can be used for propagation, but it takes several years of planting and selection to achieve marketable size bulbs.

Although many different variety names are used in garlic commerce, recent genetic research suggests there are only about 10 major varieties of garlic. These express different characteristics from one location to another, complicating variety identification. Since there is no standardization of varieties, as with potatoes, one must take garlic variety names with a grain of salt. As with other vegetatively propagated crop plants, diseases and mites can be carried over from one generation to the next. It's a good idea to start out with several different varieties and/or seed-sources produced by reputable producers in your area, selecting and saving seed from varieties and individual plants that perform best and appear to be free of pests.

Soil Fertility

A well-drained soil with good tilth and plenty of organic matter is ideal for garlic. Garlic has a shallow root system; excess moisture, compaction, or droughty conditions will reduce yields. The optimum soil pH is between 6 and 6.8. Since garlic commences growth very early in the season, it is important to have soil nutrients available at that time. The table below gives timing guidelines for use of quick-release sources, particularly for nitrogen. Adjust timing if using a slower release material. Since garlic has such an early start, avoid fields that are slow to drain in the spring. Sidedressing with 20-40 pounds of N every 3 weeks until 4-6 weeks before harvest will produce optimal yields.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Garlic

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
BS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate in fall 40 150 100 25-50 0 150 100 50 0
Sidedress in spring when shoots are 6" high 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sidedress 3-4 weeks later 

40

0

0

0

0

0

0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 120 150 100 25-50 0 150 100 50 0

Planting

Garlic is planted in the fall since it requires cold temperatures to induce bulb formation. Planting typically occurs from October in northern New England to early November in southern New England. The goal is to time planting for good development of roots, but not enough time for the shoots to emerge from soil before winter (6-8 weeks before the ground freezes). Many different planting arrangements are used by growers depending on irrigation, mulching, and weed control systems. Planting cloves too densely can reduce bulb size, while spacing too far apart reduces yield per acre. Common planting arrangements include 2-row beds 30" apart on center with 6" spacing in- and between-rows, 3- or 4-row beds with 6-8" in- and between-rows, single rows spaced 24-30" with 6" in-row spacing. Wide row spacing between rows allows for easy mechanical cultivation for weed control; planting multiple rows per bed allows for use of plastic mulch to control weeds.

Garlic varieties differ in size and weight of cloves; generally, there are about 50 cloves in a pound. Large cloves tend to produce the most vigorous plants and largest bulbs; therefore, small cloves are often not planted. Bulbs should be separated no more than a day or two before planting so they do not dry out. Cloves should always be planted with the root side down, 3-4" deep, and so the top of the clove is 1" below the soil surface. Plant only healthy-looking cloves to avoid disease and pest problems.

Field Culture 

A layer of clean straw mulch is typically applied to garlic at planting to avoid drastic soil temperature fluctuations and heaving in the winter and early spring. The garlic will grow through the mulch in the spring. Alternatively, garlic can be planted into plastic mulch. Either will conserve soil moisture and suppress weeds. It may be advisable to remove straw mulches in very wet springs to allow soil to dry out and thus reduce the threat of soilborne diseases. In very cold growing areas, removing mulch can also speed soil warming and garlic growth in the spring. Because garlic is shallow-rooted, irrigation is very beneficial during dry periods. 

Clipping scapes from hardneck garlic once fully curled, just below the curl, has been found to improve bulb size. Scapes are edible, and can be sold and used as a garlic-flavored fresh vegetable similar to scallions.

Harvest and Storage

Although variable depending on variety and growing conditions, 1 lb of garlic 'seed' bulbs will usually yield 4-8 lb at harvest. Garlic may be ready to harvest over several weeks during July. When the lower third of leaves turn brown, it is advisable to pull several bulbs to check for maturity. Cut the bulbs in half width-wise, and check whether cloves have fully filled out within the skins or if there are gaps indicating they still have some room to grow. When no gaps remain and the cloves have filled their skins, they are ready to harvest. Gently pull, dig, and/or undercut the bulbs to remove them. Unless a lot of soil is adhered to the bulbs, they do not need to be washed at harvest (although some markets may demand it). Place the harvested plants on wire racks or tie in bundles for hanging and cure for several weeks in a dry area with good ventilation. Curing takes 10-14 days. Stems may be cut before or after curing. Curing is complete when the outer skins are dry and crispy, the neck is constricted, and the center of the cut stem is hard. After curing, tops can be cut to leave about 1" remaining, and roots should be trimmed closely. If necessary, bulbs may be brushed or the outer skin gently rubbed off to clean them.

For long-term storage, garlic is best maintained at temperatures of 30-32°F with relative humidity of 60-70%. Good airflow throughout storage containers is necessary to prevent any moisture accumulation. Under these conditions, well-cured garlic can be stored for 6-7 months. Storage at higher temperatures (60°F) may be adequate for the short term, but it is important to select a place with low relative humidity and good air flow. As with onions, relative humidity needs to be lower than for most vegetables because high humidity causes root and mold growth; on the other hand, if it is too dry the bulbs will dry out.

Seed. Garlic bulbs that are to be used as seed for fall planting of next years’ crop should be stored at 5°F and at relative humidity of 65-70%. Garlic cloves break dormancy most rapidly between 40 and 50°F; hence, prolonged storage at this temperature range should be avoided. Storage of planting stock at temperatures below 40°F results in rough bulbs, side-shoot sprouting (witches brooms) and early maturity, while storage above 65°F results in delayed sprouting and late maturity.

Garlic cloves used for seed should be of the highest quality, with no disease infections, as these can be spread to new fields and to next years’ crop. Be on the lookout for garlic bloat nematode which may have been distributed around New England on infested seed garlic. This nematode, which is also known as a bulb and stem nematode, causes bloated, twisted, swollen leaves, and distorted and cracked bulbs with dark rings. Infestation with this nematode can weaken plants, causing them to be susceptible to secondary infections.

Garlic Disease Control

Garlic Disease Control otank

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

The most common controls for garlic diseases include the use of disease-resistant cultivars and pathogen-free seed and bulbs, as well as cultural practices including crop rotation and crop residue management that restrict the pathogens. 

Blue Mold (Penicillium spp.)

Blue mold is typically most problematic as a storage disease, although it can infect seed cloves as well, and cause poor stands. Several Penicillium species cause blue mold, and these species are common in soil, on plant and animal debris, and in senescing plant tissues. Some species may be carried on infected cloves or seed. The mold presents as a mass of blue-gray fungal growth on the bulb, and in the field, yellowed and stunted plants may be observed. These pathogens typically invade bulbs through wounds, mechanical bruises, or freezing injury. Control other diseases and pests in the field to prevent avenues for infection. Harvest bulbs with a minimum of bruising and wounding, and dry promptly. Store bulbs at 40°F with low relative humidity. Some countries recommend treating with fungicides before storage.

  • thiophanate methyl (Topsin M 70WP): 1.0 lb/100 gal; REI 72h, Group 1. Pre-plant treatment by immersion of garlic cloves in suspension for at least 5 minutes.

Damping-off and Seed Rot (Pythium and Rhizoctonia spp.)

Damping- off and seed rot are commonly caused by Pythium spp. from poor soil draining conditions. Seeds and roots of infected seedlings will appear water- soaked, then will decompose. Symptoms of plants infected after the seedling stage will show foliar damage, leaves yellowing from tip to base. Avoid excessive soil moisture by improving soil drainage or planting on raised beds. Seed and soil treatments with fungicides are a recommended practice.

  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lbs seed; REI 48h, Group 4. Not effective for Rhizoctonia.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi. Does not control Pythium or Phytophthora.

Downy Mildew (Peronospora destructor)

During extended periods of cool, humid weather, this disease can be highly destructive, causing losses in both yield and bulb quality. Symptoms can be seen as a grayish violet furry growth on the surface of the leaf or seed stem. Affected leaves will become pale-green to yellow. Practice a 3- to 4-year rotation. Plant on well-drained soil and orient rows in the same direction as prevailing winds. Avoid overhead irrigation. A regular program of fungicide spraying based on climatic conditions and disease forecasts should be followed.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 9.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 to 3.6 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 17.5 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel LCOG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group 44. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M1. Can cause phytotoxicity to leaves.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Forum must be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Apply in adequate water.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 29. Use sufficient water for thorough coverage, but not less than 5 gal/A. 
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 2.4 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M3.
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 40.
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M5.
  • mefenoxam and mancozeb (Ridomil Gold MZ): 2.5 lbs/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M3. Use sufficient water to obtain thorough coverage. Do not apply more than 4 times per season.
  • oxathiapiprolin & mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/in a minimum of 20 gal/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 33. Do not apply to plants that heat- or moisture-stressed. Do not apply directly to copper-treated plants within 20-day interval to avoid plant injury.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.

Bulb and Basal Plate Rot (Fusarium spp.)

Bulb and basal plate rot of garlic is caused by Fusarium culmorum and F. roseum. Symptoms include pre-emergence decay of cloves and seedlings, decay of the stem plate and storage leaves during the growing season, and postharvest decay of cloves in stored bulbs. Infected cloves will have sunken, circular brown lesions on their outer surface and/or basal plate. Foliar symptoms include curving, yellowing and necrosis of leaves beginning at tips, and wilt. Infection occurs mainly from the soil through the stem plate. Incidence of the disease increases with injury by onion maggot or other insects. Cloves may remain infected but non-symptomatic. The pathogen is disseminated in seed, soil, infected debris, and irrigation water. Hot water seed treatment has reduced garlic clove infection by 50%, but is not enough to provide commercially-acceptable control when clove infection is severe and is a logistically difficult process. Excess soil N favors Fusarium infection; take care to account for soil organic matter and cover crop N credits and not to over-fertilize. Long (4-year) rotations to non-susceptible crops may minimize losses. Storage at 40°F also helps.

Purple Blotch (Alternaria porri)

Alternaria porri is most likely to become problematic when temperatures are warm (77-85°F) with high humidity. Small lesions will form on stems or leaves, eventually enlarging and becoming tan or purple. Purple blotch is easily confused with Stemphylium leaf blight, which tends to produce darker lesions. While laboratory diagnoses are needed for proper identification, these two pathogens can be managed in the same way. Practice long rotations with non-Allium crops, and use practices that reduce hours of leaf wetness, e.g. increased plant spacing and good air movement. Plow under crop residues promptly after harvest. Rotate fungicides throughout the growing season.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 3.2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8 to 14 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 14.0 to 27.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel LCOG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group 44. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M5. When disease is present, use the higher rate.
  • chlorothalonil plus oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 49 & M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus zoxamide (Zing): 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Do not apply to exposed bulbs.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M1. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. 
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 10.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 plus 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides. 
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500DF): 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 29. Do not make more than 6 applications per acre per year. Do not use an adjuvant.
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 6.5 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 7. Note longer PHI. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 2.4 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M3.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SC): 3.75 to13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 3.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): 40.0 to 120.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 11.4 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 12 & 7. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 10.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Do not make more than 2 applications before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 18.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • pyrimethanil plus fluopyram (Luna Tranquility): 16.0 to 27.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 7.

Bloat Nematode (Ditylenchus dipsaci)

Ditylenchus dipsaci is a nematode species that infects germinating garlic seed and is primarily borne in seed cloves. The nematode itself has limited mobility, but can be easily spread in infested soil, on equipment, and in infected seed and plant material. D. dipsaci is common in all temperate regions. It is an obligate parasite of plants; populations of the nematode exhibit marked host preferences. The nematodes aggregate into a mass called nematode wool and with slow drying can persist in infested fields for long periods. Symptoms of infection include leaf yellowing, erratic stands, stunting, looping and bending of leaves, twisting, and growth deformities. Bulb damage can be mistaken for Fusarium basal plate rot with decay occurring both at the neck and the basal plate. Infected bulbs will lack roots. D. dipsaci can be controlled with long crop rotations including the elimination of volunteer onions, garlic, and host weeds. The primary method of controlling nematodes is hot water treatment of seed cloves but this process is difficult to do on-farm because of the large volume of water needed to be held at a specific temperature for treatment. The standard regime is 30-45 minutes at 100ºF, 20 minutes at 120ºF, and then 10-20 minutes at 64-72ºF. Hot water treatment must be performed carefully to prevent damage to cloves. Chemical, physical, and cultural methods have been used to restrict damage, but most chemical treatments are no longer registered for use.

White Rot (Sclerotium cepivorum)

White rot is caused by Sclerotium cepivorum, which persists for a long time in soil. It is “activated” by root exudates produced by allium crops. Affected plants will show yellowing older leaves and stunting, and small black sclerotia can be seen on the bulb. Disease development is favored by cool, moist soil conditions. There is little to be done once a field is infested with S. cepviorum, and crops should be rotated out of alliums for as long as possible. Some fungicides (Iprodione) provide protection for the establishment of garlic, but fungicide control is marginal for full-season crops. Soil fumigation may provide partial control. In general, neither fungicides nor fumigation have provided consistent, reliable, full-season control of white rot. Hot water treatment of garlic seed can reduce the potential to spread white rot sclerotia. Winter flooding and soil solarization can reduce the number of sclerotia.

  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 17.5 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.12 to 1.0 lb/A soil drench; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group 44.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7. Apply in-furrow at planting.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 7 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • fludioxonil (Cannonball WG): 0.5 oz/1000 ft.; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 12. Apply in-furrow at planting.
  • iprodione (Rovral): 4.0 pt/A; REI 24h, Group 2. Apply in-furrow at planting. Do not make more than 1 application per year.
  • tebuconazole (Orius 3.6F): 20.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply in-furrow at planting or over the top in a 4-6" band.
  • thiophanate methyl (Topsin M 70WP): 2.0 lb/A; REI 72h, Group 1. Apply in furrow.

Botrytis Neck Rot (Botrytis spp.)

Botrytis neck rot is limited to the allium family and also causes neck rot of onion, leeks, and shallots. The pathogen is soil- and seed-borne and is readily spread through planting of infected gloves or seed. Botrytis rot primarily appears after harvest in garlic that is not cured or stored correctly. Under moist conditions, a gray mold may develop on the surface of or between garlic scales and later distinct black sclerotia (overwintering, dense masses of fungal mycelia) appear around the rotting neck. These sclerotia germinate in spring and release thousands of spores, which can be wind-carried to susceptible host plants, starting new disease cycles. Initial symptoms of the disease may appear near the soil line on garlic necks as the pathogen penetrates the tissue directly or via a wound, it then moves along the neck causing water soaked lesions. Under warm and wet conditions, the disease progresses quickly. Plant disease-free cloves and minimize bruising or mechanical injury, especially during harvest and topping. Avoid excessive nitrogen application, which delays crop maturity and curing. Inspect plants for symptoms and signs of disease during the season as well as at harvest since plants may become infected in the field but will remain symptomless until they are in storage. Practice crop rotation and destroy and remove crop residue after harvest.

  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 12.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. 
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • chlorothalonil (Echo 720): 1.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M05. 
  • chlorothalonil & oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 49 & M05.
  • chlorothalonil & zoxamide (Zing): 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Do not apply to exposed bulbs.
  • copper octanoate (Cueva): 38.0 gal/A, 112 fl oz/1000 sq ft; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group M01. 
  • cyprodinil (Vangard WG): 10.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9. Thorough plant coverage is essential.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Suppression only.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage. 
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 10.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500DF): 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 29. Do not make more than 6 applications per acre per year. Do not use an adjuvant.
  • hydrogen peroxide plus peroxyacetic acid (Oxidate 2.0OG): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. 
  • laminarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): 40.0 to 120.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 11.4 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 12 & 7. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Suppression only.
  • pyraclostrobin plus fluxapyroxad (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Do not apply more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a non-Group 7 or 11 fungicide.
  • pyrimethanil plus fluopyram (Luna Tranquility): 16.0 to 27.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 7.
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC 108 (ActinovateOG): 3.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • tebuconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Experience): 8.0 to 12.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.

Stemphylium Leaf Blight (Stemphylium spp.)

The disease has a broad host range including garlic, leek, onion, shallot, asparagus, tomato, radish, sunflower, parsley, alfalfa, and soybean. Symptoms appear as small, tan to brown lesions on the leaves which rapidly progress to defoliate plants. A decrease in photosynthetic leaf area results in smaller and reduced quality of bulbs, and indirectly, poor shelf and storage life. The recent emergence of the pathogen has been associated with the development of resistance to single-site mode-of-action fungicides, including strobilurins (Group 11). Crop rotation to a non-host for at least one year may significantly reduce inoculum density. Additionally, post-harvest residue removal is an important means to promote degradation and overwintering of inoculum between seasons. Weed control and disease-free seed cloves for field establishment are essential.

  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 12.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. 
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. 
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 3. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage. 
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 10.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. 
  • laminarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): 40.0 to 120.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 10.3 to 11.4 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 12 & 7. Apply preventatively in sufficient volume to ensure good coverage.
  • pyraclostrobin plus fluxapyroxad (Merivon Xemium): 5.5 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Do not apply more than 2 consecutive applications before switching to a non-Group 7 or 11 fungicide.
  • pyrimethanil plus fluopyram (Luna Tranquility): 16.0 to 27.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 7.
  • tebuconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Experience): 12.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Group NC.
Disease Control

Garlic Insect Control

Garlic Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Allium Leafminer (Phytomyza gymnostoma)

For more information on this pest and for cultural and chemical controls, see Allium Leafminer in the Leek section.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Make 2 consecutive applications then rotate to a different mode of action. Make at least 2 consecutive applications of another mode of action before making additional Agri-Mek SC applications. Insect control can be reduced if used with a sticker or binder type product.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Use with an adjuvant to maximize efficacy. Spreading and penetrating adjuvants can cause negative crop response.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 17. Apply when leafminers first appear. Do not apply more than 6 times or 1 lb/A per calendar year.
  • dinotefuran (Scorpion 35SL): 5.25 to 7 fl oz/A foliar, 8.75 to 10.5 fl oz/A soil; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply more than a total of 10.5 fl oz/A per season.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 fl oz/A; PHI 14 days, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group M.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrins (Pyganic EC5.0IIOG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications of Group 5 insecticides. Do not make more than 5 applications per year per crop.

Bulb Mites (Aceria tulipae and Rhizoglyphus spp.)

Two types of mites are known to infect Allium species: a dry bulb mite, Aceria tulipae, and species in the genus Rhizoglyphus. Mites can survive in soil on decaying vegetation. Infected seeds may fail to germinate. Plants grown from infected seeds may lack vigor and produce stunted, deformed leaves. Plants may outgrow the damage if the infestation is not heavy, but mites may increase in number over the growing season and will remain in the harvested garlic. They are particularly troublesome in storage, causing desiccation and creating wounds that allow for entry of secondary pathogens.

Bulb mites are favored by mechanical injury, disease, cool soil temperatures, and soils with high organic matter content. Avoid adding manure and use fallow periods to eliminate crop residue. Removing culls from the field immediately after harvest in smaller plantings will reduce overwintering populations. Dark plastic mulch will increase soil temperatures and control mites. Plant clean seed and rotate out of alliums for at least 4years after an infestation. Avoid planting allium crops directly after brassicas, corn, grain, or grass cover crops.

Leek Moth (Acrolepiosis assectella)

For more information on this pest and for cultural and chemical controls, see Leek Moth in the Leek section.

Onion Maggot (Delia antiqua)

For more information on this pest and cultural and biological controls, see onion maggot in the Onion section.

  • diazinon (Diazinon* AG500): 2 to 4 qt/A; REI 3d, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broadcast and incorporate just before planting. Will not control organophosphate-resistant onion maggots. Do not make more than 1 application per year.

Onion Thrips (Thrips tabaci)

Thrips are favored by hot, dry weather. Thrips typically feed under leaf folds and in protected inner leaves, although they may feed on exposed leaf surfaces when populations are high. Feeding causes white scars on leaves that can reduce plant growth when severe, as well as provide entry points for foliar diseases. In severe infestations, the field may appear silvery in color. Both adults and nymphs cause damage. 

Heavy rain or overhead irrigation can lower populations quickly. Lacewing larvae, pirate bugs, and predatory thrips are important natural enemies. Reduce populations by cleaning up crop residue after harvest to limit overwintering sites. Do not plant garlic near other allium crops or alfalfa, clover, cucurbits, or brassicas, as these can harbor large thrips migrating to garlic when these crops are cut or harvested. Incorporate crop residues promptly after harvest and practice crop rotations out of allium crops.

Begin applications when damage is first noticed. Repeat applications at 7- to 10-day intervals. Use a shorter interval in hot, dry weather. Use spreader-sticker for better coverage. Apply in the early evening, using high pressure and 100 gal water/A for best results. See onion thrips in the Onion section for more information.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. 
  • abamectin plus cyantraniliprole (Minecto* Pro): 7 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Groups 6 & 28. Begin making applications when populations are low (1-3 thrips/plant). Repeat application as needed. If populations are high, use an effective thrips knockdown product before spraying Minecto Pro. For best control, use high rate. 
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 0.25 qt to 1 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 cells (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: MGroup UN. Suppression only.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 1.5 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Begin application as soon as thrips are seen. Thoroughly cover foliage.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression only. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 3 to 4 fl oz/A foliar, 5 to 6 fl oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 14 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Good coverage into plant crown is essential. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 to 2 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 9.6 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur or oils.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Thorough coverage is essential. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only. Use adjuvant for better control.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and systemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 24 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.88 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
Insect Control

Garlic Weed Control

Garlic Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Garlic is not very competitive, so good weed control is critical. Mulch will control weeds and conserve moisture. If the mulch is removed, cultivation will likely be needed. Cultivation should be shallow so as not to damage roots. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E)REI 12h, Group 0. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Can be applied before planting or after planting before crop has emerged. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil within 36 hours by shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Grass control only; should be supplemented with cultivation or another registered herbicide for broadleaf control.
  • dimethenamid (Outlook)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 8-21 oz/A, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 21 oz/A per year. If applying as a split application, apply 1/2 to 2/3 the rate at the first application and the remaining at the second application. Application rate depends on soil texture and organic matter content. Apply to garlic that have 2 fully expanded true leaves. Temporary leaf damage may occur and applying before the 2-leaf stage may cause significant crop injury.
  • flumioxazin (Chateau EZ): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply up to 6 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply within 3 days of planting garlic and before garlic has emerged. Incorporate into the soil with 0.5-0.75” of water through irrigation or rainfall.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)REI 1d, Group 15. MA and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)PHI 45d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1.5-3.2 pt/A per application. Do not exceed 3.2 pt/A. Rate based on soil texture. Can be applied after planting but before crop emergence, after crop emergence when garlic is in the 1- to 5-true leaf stage, or at both timings. If applying before emergence, do not irrigate more than 0.5” of water until after loop stage.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • bromoxynil (Broclean): PHI 112d, REI 24h or 48h, Group 24. Apply 1.5-2 pts/A per application. Apply to garlic after emergence before it is 12” tall and before susceptible weeds are at the 4-leaf stage, 2” tall, or 1” wide.
  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 30 days before planting by seed. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 45d, REI 1d, Group 1. Apply 6-32 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year (2 if using 32 oz/A), a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX)PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 24 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal/100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt/100 gal of spray).
  • glyphosate (Roundup PowerMax): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz-3.1 qts/A per application but do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate is dependent on target weed species. Avoid any contact of herbicide with foliage, green shoots, stems, or exposed roots or crop death could result. Could cause injury when applied prior to planting into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5’’ of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. For any crop not listed on the label, any application must be at least 30 days prior to planting.
  • oxyfluorfen (Goal 2 XL)PHI 60d, REI 48h, Group 14. Apply 2-4 oz/A to garlic that has at least 3 fully developed true leaves. Multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 32 oz/A per year. For optimum control, apply when susceptible weeds are in the 2- to 4-leaf stage and actively growing. Application to weeds at later than 4-leaf stage may result in reduced weed control. Adjust nozzles for minimum spray contact with garlic plants, directing the spray to the soil at the base of garlic plants and adjacent bed top and furrow area. May cause chlorotic leaf banding, especially in cool wet conditions, but garlic will typically outgrow this damage.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 3.0*): PHI 60d, REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.7–2.7 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Do not exceed 2.7 pts/A per year. Apply before crop has emerged as a broadcast application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 17. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 4.5 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Globe Artichoke

Globe Artichoke otank

Introduction

Globe artichoke (Cynara cardunculus var. scolymus) is a plant in the Asteraceae family native to the Mediterranean region. The harvested portion of artichokes is the immature inflorescence, or flower bud, of which the fleshy bract bases and the heart can be eaten. Globe artichoke is a domesticated variety of cardoon, which has edible stems instead of buds, and which is still eaten in many regions of the world. Unharvested artichoke buds will mature into stunning purple composite flowers, much like thistle, that make excellent bee forage or additions to fresh and dried flower arrangements.

Types and Varieties

In mild climates where temperatures do not remain below 50ºF for prolonged periods, globe artichoke is a perennial crop that is propagated vegetatively. In those settings, artichokes will produce in their first year but yields will greatly increase in following years. In New England, artichokes are not cold hardy enough to survive winter reliably and therefore must be grown annually from seed. While most if not all varieties can be grown as annuals, some varieties have been bred specifically to produce many buds in their first year, after a vernalization period (see Planting section).

Purple varieties will color best in cool temperatures, and may take on a bronze color in hot temperatures. Spininess of bracts and leaves is another important trait to consider when selecting varieties, as spines on some varieties can reach several millimeters in length. 

Type Variety
Green Green Globe Improved
Imperial Star (A)
Tavor (A)
Wonder
Purple Imperial Star Purple (A)
Violetto
A: bred for annual production

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH between 6.5 and 7.0. Artichokes can be grown on a wide range of soils but produce best on deep, fertile, well-drained soils. Lighter soils with poor water-holding capacity should be avoided. Artichokes are moderately salt-tolerant. 

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Globe Artichoke

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate in fall 100 75 50 0-25 0 150 100 50 0

Sidedress 3-4 weeks later 

0-50

0

0

0

0

0

0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 120 75 50 0-25 0 150 100 50  0

Planting

Artichokes should be seeded into 50-cell trays or 3-4” pots about 8-12 weeks before transplanting. Seeds take 8-12 days to emerge. Germinate at 70-80ºF, using heating mats if needed. If initially seeded into smaller cell trays, they can be potted up at the 2-leaf stage. Plants require vernalization, i.e. exposure to cold temperatures, to induce budding. The most foolproof way to vernalize plants is to move them to a cooler set to 35-50ºF for at least 10 days, although the amount of chilling required varies by variety. Research suggests that vernalizing for 500-550 hours (approximately 21-32 days) greatly increases the proportion of plants that will produce buds. Providing supplemental lighting during vernalization will improve transplant health but it is not strictly necessary; if lighting, be sure to also check seedlings for watering since lighting enables continued transpiration. Alternatively, transplanting can be timed so that transplants get their chilling time from ambient outdoor temperatures (use row cover if frost is expected). However, this is far less reliable than artificial vernalization and coolers should have ample space in spring for seedling trays. 

Field Culture

While the vernalization process is somewhat involved, this crop is mostly trouble-free in the field with few pests, and offers New England customers a unique Mediterranean treat. Artichokes are large plants and require ample space: 2-3' between plants in 4-6' rows. Straw mulch may reduce soil temperatures, which can benefit plants in hot weather. Recent research has shown that the benefits of plastic and reflective mulch (e.g., weed control, nutrient retention) can outweigh the effect of elevated temperatures. Plants need 1" of water per week, for which drip irrigation is useful. Overhead irrigation is discouraged since this can foster foliar disease. Artichoke buds should begin to develop in late July. If desired, healthy plants with multiple flowering stalks can be split at the end of the season, trimmed to several inches, and planted into unheated high tunnels under row cover for an early June harvest the following year. 

Perennial artichokes have been successfully overwintered in experimental settings (see Northeast SARE project FNE 14-809) in northern New England with a combination of straw mulch and low tunnels. While it is possible that refinement of this system could result in earlier harvests and higher yields, it is unlikely that the proportion of plants that survive winter would be large enough to warrant overwintering versus annual production at commercial scale. 

Harvest and Storage

Yields vary based on variety and cultural practices. Plants commonly produce 10-20 buds each, but only 2-3 of these will be primary buds (those at the tip of flowering stalks). Primary buds are typically large enough to market individually, greater than 3” in diameter. The remainder of the buds are “secondaries” and will form at plant axials further down in the plant. While these are smaller, they are equally delicious. These can be sold by weight, quart container, etc. Secondary buds can be eaten much like larger artichokes, but are often more tender, with fewer tough outer bracts, making a larger proportion of the bud edible. Artichokes are marketed in 22-lb cartons, and buds are graded in the following classes: 18s are larger than 4.5" in diameter; 24s are 4-4.5"; 36s are 3.5-4"; and 48s are 3-3.5". Average primary diameters in New England tend to fall between 3 and 4". 

Buds are ready to be harvested when they feel fairly compact for their size when squeezed. Bracts of overmature buds will begin to splay apart, and become bitter and tough. Clip buds with 2-3” of stem attached. Wearing gloves is recommended for guarding against spines, and because artichoke plant residue can be difficult to wash off. After harvest, buds should be cooled quickly and stored at temperatures close to 32ºF, but should not be allowed to freeze. Freeze damage will discolor bracts. Artichokes can last 2 weeks or longer in storage, after which the fleshy bracts begin to desiccate. Weekly or biweekly harvests are sufficient, depending on size classes of the buds being produced and the time in the growing season. Plants will continue producing (mostly secondary buds) up until a hard frost.

Globe Artichoke Disease Control

Globe Artichoke Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Gray Mold (Botrytis cinerea)

Botrytis cinerea is most problematic under wet conditions and as a secondary pathogen. Infected bracts will typically develop sunken brown lesions, with characteristic gray mold sometimes developing on the inside of bracts. Remove infected plant material and space plants further apart in future seasons to mitigate incidence of gray mold. Preventing insect feeding damage and other wounds can help mitigate the effect and spread of gray mold.

polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5% SC)OG: 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.

hydrogen peroxide plus peroxyacetic acid (Oxidate 2.0)OG: See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 1h; Group NC. Use preventatively or curatively.

pyraclostrobin plus boscalis (Pristine): 18.5 to 23.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h; Groups 11 & 7. Do not apply as a tank mix and do not make more than 3 applications per year.

Verticillium Wilt (Verticillium dahliae)

The same strain of Verticillium wilt that affects strawberries and lettuce can also infect artichoke. Because this disease spreads through plants’ vasculature, symptoms often appear on only a lengthwise fraction of the plants, and appear as wilting, yellowing, or stunting. Avoid rotating artichokes with strawberries and lettuce.

Disease Control

Globe Artichoke Insect Control

Globe Artichoke Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, primarily Green Peach (Myzus persicae)

For more information on this pest and for biological and cultural controls, see Green Peach Aphid in the Pepper Insect Control section.

Stink Bug

Stink bugs, similar to thrips and tarnished plant bugs, feed on the base of buds as they develop. This causes scarring that prevents normal development of the bud in the feeding region, resulting in unmarketable, claw-shaped artichokes.

Tarnished Plant Bug (Lygus lineolaris)

In artichoke, tarnished plant bugs may feed on leaves, leaving behind a shothole appearance. More significantly, they may feed at the base of buds and, in extreme cases, cause buds to turn black, rendering them unmarketable. See Lettuce for more information about tarnished plant bugs. 

Thrips

The piercing-sucking mouthparts of thrips cause twisting and curling of leaves. Occasionally, thrips may also feed on bracts of buds, which can become deformed and thus unmarketable.
 

Insect Control

Globe Artichoke Weed Control

Globe Artichoke Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • flumioxazin (Chateau SW)REI 12h, Group 14. For perennial artichokes, apply 6 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Must be applied within 2 days of planting crowns or cutback of mature plants, before crop emergence. For annual or newly established artichokes, apply 4 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Must be applied no later than 2 days before transplanting. Activate with water through irrigation or rainfall after transplanting.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)PHI 60d or 200d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply up to 3 pt/A (60 day PHI) or 3.1-8.2 pt/A (200 day PHI) per application. Do not exceed 8.2 pts/A per year. Apply to the soil surface at least 1-2 days before transplanting artichokes.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • oxyfluorfen (Goal 2 XL)PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group 14. Apply 4-6 pt/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, 8-10 weeks apart. Do not exceed 6 pts/A per year. Apply as a directed spray to the soil surface between the rows and at the base of artichoke plants in a minimum of 40 gal/A of spray. Can be applied after ditching operations until weeds reach the 8-leaf stage. Contact with spray or drift will cause injury to artichoke fronds or severe injury to buds or flowers.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone-ethyl (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Apply as a hooded application, as a preplant burndown no later than 1 day before transplanting.
  • diquat (Reglone): PHI 1yr, REI 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.5-2 pt/A per application. Only use during site preparation prior to planting. Spray weeds 1-6” tall, retreatment may be necessary to control established weeds. Apply in a minimum of 15 gal/A of spray. Do not allow spray to contact crop stems, foliage, or fruit.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qt/A per application. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate depends on target weeds; see label for rate selection. Avoid contact with any part of the artichoke or crop death could occur. May apply during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • halosulfuron (Sandea): PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 1-2 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Apply uniformly with a minimum of 15 gal/A of spray. Apply to the ground on either side of the row while avoiding crop foliage. May cause significant temporary stunting and delay maturity of artichokes; use only if you believe the utility outweighs the potential injury. Can also be applied in row middle, avoiding contact with plastic if planted in plastic. If targeting nutsedge, apply with the plants are in the 3- to 5-leaf stage. Weed control may be reduced without the use of a surfactant.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*)REI 12-24h, Group 22. Apply 1.7-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 5.3 pts/A per year. Apply between rows as a directed shielded spray after crop establishment, when weeds are less than 6” tall in 20-100 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use before planting, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, a minimum of 14 days between applications. Do not exceed 5 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Leek

Leek ashahane

Introduction

Leeks are in the Amaryllidaceae family, in the genus Allium, along with onions, scallions, and garlic. Their flavor is onion-like but much milder. Unlike onions, leeks don't form much of a bulb on the end of the stem. Instead, they remain cylindrical, with perhaps a slight bulge at the end. Historically many scientific names were used for leeks, which are now categorized as cultivars of Allium ampeloprasum.

Types and Varieties

Type Varieties
Summer/Fall

Comanche

King Richard (open-pollinated)

Lincoln (open-pollinated)

Surfer

Fall/Over-winter

Lancelot

Lexton

Oslo

Tadorna

Summer

Biker

Rally

Soil Fertility

See the Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Soil Fertility section.

Planting

For best results, leek seeds should be sown in the greenhouse about 2.5 months before field setting. About 2-3 lb of seed are needed to raise enough plants to set an acre at average spacing (0.25-0.5 oz per 100 feet of row). Plant seeds no more than ½” deep in 288 deep cell trays. Before transplanting, clip plants to a height of 3" to reduce wind damage in the field. Set plants in the field from late April to late May, depending on location and earliness desired. Plants can be set in early July for a late fall harvest or, in milder locations, growers may wish to try overwintering the more cold tolerant leek varieties using straw mulch or row covers. Rows can be from 15-30" apart depending on equipment; plants should be about 3-6" apart (200-400 plants per 100 feet of row).

Field Culture

To develop a long, white stem, leeks can be planted in a trench 3-4" deep. The trenches are gradually filled as the leeks grow and then soil is hilled around stems to a height of 3-4". Several hillings may be required per season. Self-blanching varieties are grown without trenching and hilling and require less cleaning.

Harvest and Storage

Leeks can be harvested once the base reaches at least 1" diameter. Soil often clings to freshly harvested leeks. A pressure washer or hose nozzle with a strong jet of water can be carefully used to sufficiently clean soil particles from leeks for storage or market. Optimum storage conditions are 32°F with 95-100% relative humidity to prevent wilting. Leeks typically maintain quality in storage for 2-3 weeks. Under ideal conditions, up to 8 weeks is possible. Store separately from ethylene-producing crops.

Leek Disease Control

Leek Disease Control ashahane

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

The most common controls for leek diseases include the use of disease-resistant cultivars and pathogen–free seed, and cultural practices such as crop rotation and crop residue management that restrict pathogens.

Damping-off and Seed Rot (Pythium and Rhizoctonia)

Avoid excessive soil moisture by improving soil drainage or by utilizing raised beds. Seed and soil treatments with fungicides are a recommended practice.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/1000 row ft; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for application methods and restrictions
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. Does not control Pythium and Phytophthora
  • Gliocladium virens strain GI-21 (Soilgard) OG: See label for rate. Labeled for Pythium damping-off as pre-plant or at planting.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 0.5 to 1.0 pt/A; REI 48h, Group 4. Labeled for Pythium damping-off as a pre-plant or at-planting application.
  • metalaxyl-m [mefenoxam] (Apron XL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lbs seed; REI 48h, Group 4. Seed treatment for Pythium damping-off. 
  • Psuedomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVO) OG: See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 0h. Group NC. See label for application methods. 

Downy Mildew (Peronospora destructor)

During extended periods of cool, humid weather, this disease can be highly destructive, causing losses in both yield and bulb quality. Practice a 3- to 4-year rotation. Plant in well-drained soil and orient rows in the same direction as prevailing winds. Avoid overhead irrigation. A regular program of fungicide spraying based on climatic conditions and disease forecasts should be followed.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 9.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 to 3.7 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Forum must be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides. 
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not rotate with Quadris or Cabrio.

Purple Blotch (Alternaria porri)

Practice long rotations with non-allium crops and use practices that reduce hours of leaf wetness however possible, e.g., with increased plant spacing. Promote good airflow and good drainage. Rotate between fungicides in different FRAC groups. Use of a single fungicide throughout the growing season is not recommended.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 3.2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 14 to 27.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide. 
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05. When disease is present, use the higher rate.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil (Vanguard): 5.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WDG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. No more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage. 
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides. 
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 4 to 11 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SC) OG: 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium phosphite plus chlorothalonil (Catamaran): 4.0 to 7.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12, Groups P07 & M05.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not exceed 6 applications or 72 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 10.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 9.0 to 18.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.

White Rot (Sclerotium cepivorum)

Avoid planting in infested fields. Destroy infected plants and spot treat the surrounding soil around the plants with fumigants. Warm season production of host crops may greatly reduce sclerotial inoculum. Practice crop rotation. Soil fumigation may provide partial control. In general, neither fungicides nor fumigation have provided consistent, reliable, full-season control of white rot. Hot water treatment of seed can reduce the potential to spread white rot sclerotia. Winter flooding and soil solarization can reduce the number of viable sclerotia. White rot symptoms are less severe on leeks compared with related plants.

Disease Control

Leek Insect Control

Leek Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Regulations for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Allium Leafminer (Phytomyza gymnostoma)

Allium leafminer (ALM) is a relatively new invasive pest species associated with many allium hosts. ALM is a true fly species. It was first detected in Lancaster County, PA in 2015. Currently the distribution of the fly is limited within New England. However, the northern expansion of the fly has been rapid.

In the Northeast, ALM populations exhibit 2 flights per season. These flights are separated by a summer aestivation (“summer hibernation”) period that often precludes the fly from causing significant damage in crops grown and harvested during the summer months (e.g., garlic and bulb onions). The first flight (overwintering population) begins in mid- to late April, ending in May. The second flight does not begin until September and typically extends into early October. Female flies will make multiple punctures on leaves with their ovipositor (apparatus for laying eggs) that leaves a distinct line of easily visible white dots. These oviposition “scars” are the primary diagnostic indicator for the presence of the pest. Eggs are laid singly inside of leaves where the oviposition marks are made. When ALM eggs hatch, larvae enter the leaves and actively “mine” the plant tissue. After several days, larvae move towards the center and base of the plant. After several weeks of active feeding, larvae typically pupate near the base of the plant within the foliage or may exit the plant and pupate in the soil. 

The most vulnerable allium host plants tend to be those harvested during the early spring and fall (primarily leeks and scallions). The removal of infected host plants and other allium residues from earlier harvested alliums is an important practice for reducing potential outbreaks in fall allium crops. Insect exclusion netting or other types of row covers can effectively exclude ALM flies if securely applied before the second flight begins and as long as covers are not applied over soil infested with ALM pupae. Foliar chemical applications have also been shown to be effective for reducing ALM damage. 

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Make 2 consecutive applications then rotate to a different mode of action. Make at least 2 consecutive applications of another mode of action before making additional Agri-Mek SC applications. Insect control can be reduced if used with a sticker or binder type product.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 6 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 6 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Use with an adjuvant to maximize efficacy. Spreading and penetrating adjuvants can cause negative crop response.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 17. Apply when leafminers first appear. Do not apply more than 6 times or 1 lb/A per calendar year.
  • dinotefuran (Scorpion 35SL): 5.25 to 7 fl oz/A foliar, 8.75 to 10.5 fl oz/A soil.; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply more than 10.5 fl oz/A per season. Higher water volume provides improved control. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed. 
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group M.
  • pyrethrins (Pyganic EC5.0IIOG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications of Group 5 insecticides. Do not make more than 5 applications per year per crop.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.

Leek Moth (Acroleopiosis assectella)

Though leek moths feed upon most cultivated alliums, leeks are the most preferred and susceptible host species. Because garlic and onions are generally harvested for their bulbs, leek moth feeding damage tends to be less of a concern in these crops, as even moderate damage to the above-ground foliage typically does not lead to significant reductions bulb size or yield.

There are 3 flight periods of leek moth per season. The first flight (the overwintering generation) begins in mid‐ to late April, ending in mid‐May. The second flight period (the first generation) begins in mid‐June, ending in early to mid‐July. The third flight period begins in late July, ending in mid‐ to late August. Although leek moth activity slows down after the last flight period, the damage can still develop on remaining allium vegetables, especially leeks, in the field. These larvae are considered to be the third generation and become the overwintering adults or pupae.

Eggs are laid singly on lower leaf surfaces whenever night temperatures are above 50-54°F. Females lay up to 100 eggs over a 3-4-week period. After hatching, larvae begin to burrow into the stem and move towards the center of the plant where young leaves are formed. In onions, leek moth larvae enter the hollow leaves and continue to feed on the inner cuticle of the leaf leading to the characteristic “window-paning” damage. After several weeks of active feeding, larvae exit the foliage and initiate pupation on the outside of leaves. Pupation lasts about 12 days, depending on weather conditions. 

Pre-harvest strategies: For smaller plots, insect exclusion netting can be an effective strategy for reducing leek moth damage by directly reducing exposure to egg-laying female moths. Chemical applications are typically well-suited for larger growing areas and are best applied 1-2 weeks following peak moth flights, which can be monitored using traps baited with pheromone lures. In addition, research has shown that the timely release of the parasitoid wasp, Trichogramma brassiceae, can significantly reduce leek moth damage in leeks and other alliums. 

Post-harvest strategies: The primary concern for garlic and onion growers is the potential damage that may occur during post-harvest curing and/or storage. Damage during curing and storage is generally the result of larvae being brought into the storage area following harvest. A simple low-risk strategy for reducing the prevalence of leek moth larvae in these areas is to remove as much of the foliage as possible prior to curing. This “topping” strategy leaves larvae in the field where they no longer can access the bulbs. Research has also shown that topping prior to curing or storage does not affect bulb quality or shelf life.

  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. Bt may be unlikely to provide adequate control by itself due to the mining behavior of leek moth larvae. 
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.60 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Thorough coverage is essential. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5

Onion Maggot (Delia antiqua)

For more information on this pest and for cultural and biological controls, see onion maggot in the Onio, Scallion, and Shallot section.

  • diazinon (Diazinon* AG500): 2 to 4 qt/A; REI 3d, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broadcast and incorporate just before planting. Will not control organophosphate-resistant onion maggots. Do not make more than one application per year.

Onion Thrips (Thrips tabaci)

For more information on this pest and for cultural and biological controls, see Onion Thrips in the Onion, Scallion, and Shallot section.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESO): 0.25 qt to 1 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Suppression only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 3 to 4 fl oz/A foliar, 5 to 6 fl oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 14 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Good coverage into plant crown is essential. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 to 2 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Thorough coverage is essential. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages, may also reduce adult fertility.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.88 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
Insect Control

Leek Weed Control

Leek Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

See section on Soil Fumigation Outdoors. Proper use of Vapam can provide control of most weed species.

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique.

  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • dimethenamid (Outlook)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 8-21 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 21 oz/A per year. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Apply to leeks that have at least 2 fully expanded true leaves or significant crop damage may occur. If applying to transplants, do not apply until transplants are in the group and have had several days to recover.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)PHI 30d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply up to 2 pt/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 30 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. Apply to the soil surface after planting but before crop emergence, or after crop emergence when leeks are at the 2- to 3-leaf stage, or at both timings. Emerged weeds will not be controlled.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone-ethyl (Aim EC)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 30 days before planting by seed. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max): PHI 14d, REI 1d, Group 1. Apply 6-32 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year (or 2 if using 32 oz/A), a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max)PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole ashahane

Introduction

Lettuce (Lactuca sativa), endive (Cichorium spp.), and escarole (Cichorium endivia) are members of the Asteraceae family, and all originated in the Mediterranean region. Their closest crop relatives are artichokes, chicories, and sunflowers. 

Lettuce grows best at cool temperatures, making spring and fall the major production seasons in New England. While endive and escarole are also cool-season crops, they are more tolerant of high temperatures than lettuce and therefore make a good substitute for lettuce during the warmer mid-summer weather. 

Types and Varieties

There are five common types of lettuce. Crisphead, or iceberg, is commonly found in produce markets. The leaves are thin and crisp, often with curled or serrated edges, and the head should be firm. Butterhead, or bibb, lettuce has a loose-leafed head with green or red outer leaves and cream or yellow inner leaves. Butterhead leaves are delicate and require careful handling as it bruises and tears easily. For this reason, it is best suited to local market sales. Cos, or romaine, is an upright plant with smooth outer leaves and whitish green inner leaves that have prominent midveins. Some think the leaves are crisper than other heading types. The fourth general type is variously called leaf lettuce, loose leaf, or loose head. Lettuce of this type does not form a head and the leaves may be serrated, deeply lobed, or crinkled. Leaf lettuce color varies from light green to red to green with red speckles, adding attractive color to salad mixes. The fifth type is “one-cut” lettuce. Several different proprietary lines of one-cut lettuces are sold through various seed distributors. This lettuce type has a high leaf count and narrow leaf attachment that enable both whole head harvesting (by cutting at the base) or loose-leaf (by cutting just above the base, sometimes for multiple harvests). These varieties tend to be miniature so that loose leaf cuttings integrate well into salad mixes and are suitable for dense plantings. Unlike most leaf lettuces, one-cut lettuces are usually transplanted, to allow for quicker bed turnover. One-cut lettuces can have variable leaf shapes (smooth, lobed, serrated), colors (green, red) and textures (tender/butter-like, crisp/romaine-like).

Endive encompasses many diverse types. Escarole and frisée are types of endive that form loose and leafy heads. Radicchio and Belgian endive are forms of chicory that form generally small, tight heads. Radicchio has many types unto itself with a wide array of leaf sizes, shapes, and colors. Italian (or "culinary") dandelion is also a member of Cichorium intybus which forms long leaves that are usually bunched. While these crops are mostly grown like lettuce, Belgian endive must be forced and is therefore grown in two stages. During spring/summer, the seedlings produce large dandelion-like leaves and a large taproot, similar to carrot. In the fall, the taproots are dug, and potted and placed in the dark. The new growth from the roots produces small, dense, and blanched heads called chicons. Because of the labor involved and the specificity of the product, Belgian endive is typically sold to fine dining markets.

Type Varieties
Lettuce - Butterhead

Adriana - DM, LMV

Buttercrunch

Cegolaine (mini) - DM, LMV, NR

Harmony - DM, TB

Milagro - DM, LMV, NR

Nancy - LMV

Newham (red mini) - DM, LMV, TB

Panisse - DM, LMV, NR

Rhapsody (mini) - DM, LMV, TB

Skyphos (red) - DM, LMV, NR

Lettuce - Cos/Romaine

Bluerock - DM, NR, TB

Breen (red mini) - DM

Chalupa

Coastal Star

Dragoon (mini) - DM, LMV, NR

Green Forest

Sparx - DM

Sunland

Tendita (mini) - DM, LMV

Thurinus (red) - DM, LMV, NR

Lettuce - Crisphead

AC Estival - TB

Crispino

Meridian - DM

Lettuce - Leaf

Bergam;s Green - DM, NR, TB

Muir - DM, NR, TB

New Red Fire (red)

Starfighter - DM, NR, TB

Tropicana

Two Star

Lettuce - One-cut

Eazyleaf series - DM, NR

Intercut - DM, LMV, NR

Prismatic mix - DM, LMV, NR

Salanova series - DM, NR

Belgian Endive Bingo
Dandelion

Catalogna Special

Clio

Punto

Escarole

Eliance

Eros

Full Heart 65

Frisée

Benefine - TB

Curlesi

Rhodos - TB

Radicchio

Bel Fiore (speckled lusia)

Fiero (red treviso)

Galileo (speckled chioggia)

Indigo (red treviso)

Leonardo (red chioggia)

Nettuno (sugarloaf) - TB

Perseo (red chioggia)

Rosalba (pink treviso)

Sile Precoce (red tardivo, needs forcing)

Verosa (pink verona)

Virtus (sugarloaf)

Resistant or tolerant to: DM: Downy mildew; LMV: Lettuce mosaic virus; NR: Lettuce aphid; TB: Tipburn

Soil Fertility

In general, lettuce, endive, and escarole require the same fertility. Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8 and maintain soil calcium levels. Low soil calcium levels may increase the incidence of tip burn, a disorder that causes the margins of leaves to turn black and decay. It is of particular concern with iceberg and romaine types where tipburn on internal leaves may not be immediately obvious. Over-application of nitrogen on fertile soil can result in very rapid growth which can also trigger tipburn. Banding preplant fertilizer at planting is preferable, but if not possible, then broadcast and incorporate the initial application. Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
 POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 50-75 180 120 30-60 0-30 180 120 30-60 0
Sidedress 3-4 weeks after planting 30-50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 80-125 180 120 30-60 0-30 180 120 30-60 0

Planting

Lettuce, endive, and escarole generally have the same spacing and seeding requirements. Final spacing on crisphead lettuce, endive, and escarole should be 12-18" between plants (67-100 plants per 100 feet of row) and 12-24" between rows. Other types of lettuce can be 10-16" apart (75-120 plants per 100 feet of row) in 10-18" rows. Spacings should allow good air movement around the plants to minimize disease development. Miniature types can be grown more densely. Many growers plant lettuce, endive, and escarole on 4' wide, 4" high raised beds with 3-4 rows per bed. Crop rotation within and between seasons is recommended for disease management. For direct seeding, 10-18 oz of seed are needed per acre (0.0625-0.125 oz per 100 feet of row).

Lettuce will germinate at soil temperatures of 32ºF, but the optimum and maximum soil temperature is 75ºF. Temperatures above 80ºF will inhibit seed germination and cause bolting in lettuce. Temperatures below 70ºF will promote bolting in endive and escarole. Lettuce seed requires light to germinate and should therefore be seeded shallowly. 

For once-over harvesting, uniformity at harvest is essential. Producers for direct retail markets and CSA might prefer variable maturity. Precision seeding with modern planters and coated/pelleted seed can enhance uniformity. Irrigation immediately after direct-seeding also promotes uniform emergence.

Since lettuce matures quickly (40-50 days), and temperature affects days to harvest, plant several successions for consistent production into the summer. 

Lettuce is often started from transplants, which can be planted mid-April to early August for field production, or in an extended season in high tunnels. Some growers use floating row covers over beds with early transplants for earlier crops. Hardened transplants should be set out when they are 3-4 weeks old. Hardening is accomplished by withholding water and gradually reducing temperatures for 10 days before the planned transplant date. Use of a liquid starter fertilizer at transplanting time can reduce shock and provide immediately available nitrogen and phosphorus in cold soil. Use a dilute solution to avoid injury to roots. In hot summer conditions, starting transplants in the greenhouse or shade house provides better germination than in the field.

Field Culture 

Hot temperatures cause lettuces and endives to develop a bitter flavor and promote bolting. White-on-black plastic mulch (white above, black below) can be used to cool soil temperatures and reduce these problems. Shade cloth can also be used to reduce heat stress. Choose heat-tolerant varieties for mid-season production. 

Harvest and Storage 

Head lettuces should be harvested when heads are well-formed and solid by cutting at the base. A few wrapper leaves should be left on each head for protection during packing. Leaf lettuces can be harvested by hand or mechanically; a single crop can be harvested multiple times.

Food safety issues from microbial contamination are often linked to leafy greens that are eaten raw. It is important to follow some basic practices that are in accord with the guidance outlined in the Food Safety section of this guide.

Lettuce, escarole, and endive are fragile and highly perishable. Heading lettuces, endive, and escarole are more easily stored than leaf lettuces. Cool to 32-34ºF as quickly as possible after harvest and store at 98-100% relative humidity. Temperatures below freezing will damage crops.

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Disease Control

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Disease Control ashahane

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

Aster Yellows

Do not plant lettuce or other sensitive crops in fields or areas having a history of this disease. Control weeds in the Asteraceae family. Control leafhoppers, which carry the disease-causing organism (phytoplasma). See more information in the Carrot and Parsnip section.

Bottom Rot (Rhizoctonia solani)

Rotate crops with unrelated non-host plants. Do not plant in fields with undecomposed crop residues. Plant in well-drained sites and avoid overhead irrigation. Cultivars with upright growth habits are less susceptible.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 0.40 to 0.80 fl oz/1000 row feet; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for tank mixing restrictions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.125 to 1.0 lb/A as a soil drench; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02.
  • boscalid (Endura): 8.0 to 11.0 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 7. Suppression only.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4 F): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 2. Lettuce only. Direct application to soil and plant base. Do not cultivate after application.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5% SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Bio-Tam 2.0OG): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for application instructions.

Downy Mildew (Bremia lactucae)

Lettuce downy mildew is favored by cool, rainy weather. Night temperatures of 43°F to 50°F and day temperatures of 55-70°F with 100% humidity are ideal for disease development. As temperatures increase, the disease disappears. Plant resistant cultivars. Use irrigation practices that reduce leaf wetness and humidity. Protect greenhouse grown transplants with fungicides to prevent the disease from being introduced to the field.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50 WG): 0.75 to 1.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group P01. Apply preventively on a 7-10 day schedule. See label for crop injury warnings and restrictions.
  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 12.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Proceed with caution with regard to tank mixes and adjuvants. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Rate and REI vary with product.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. Injury may occur to sensitive lettuce cultivars.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Should be tank mixed with a surfactant. See label for restrictions.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 3.2 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 3d (head), 1d (leafy), REI 12h, Group 27. Lettuce only. Must be applied as tank mix with a protectant fungicide.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Must be applied as tank mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Not labeled for use in ME.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Tank mix with appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than one application before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate with Quadris.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be tank mixed with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A. PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.2 to 1.6 qt/A; PHI 10d (head), 14d (leaf), REI 24h, Group M03. Lettuce only. See label for application restrictions. 
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.0 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 10d, REI 48 h, Groups M03 & M01. May cause injury to some varieties of lettuce. See label for restrictions.
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 8 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 40. Addition of a spreading/penetrating adjuvant is recommended.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Gold 200): 4.8 to 9.6 fl.oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 49. Begin foliar application prior to disease development.
  • propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex): 2.0 pt/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 28.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC 108 (Actinovate AGOG): 3.0 to 12.0 oz/A (soil); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply to soil. See label for instructions. 

Gray Mold (Botrytis cinerea)

Avoid close planting and orient rows in the direction of prevailing winds. Do not plant in poorly drained areas. Utilize raised beds when available. Minimize damage to lettuce incurred through cultural practices (e.g., scouting, weeding, etc.) or by other pathogens and pests. Avoid overhead irrigation. Do not plant where excessive plant residues are present. Transplanting mature plants results in more breakage. Romaine types are especially susceptible.

  • boscalid (Endura): 8.0 to 11.0 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 7. Apply at seeding or transplant. A protective fungicide barrier is needed to maximize control.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. 
  • Laminarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04. For preventive use. See label for restrictions. 
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5% SC): 3.75 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • Ulocladium oudemansii U3 strain (BotryStop WPOG): 2 to 4 lbs/A; REI 4h, Group NC. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development.

Lettuce Drop, White Mold (Sclerotinia minor and S. sclerotiorum)

Do not plant seed contaminated with sclerotia (small black hardened fungal survival structures). Avoid planting into severely infested fields. Rotate with unrelated, non-host plants like grasses. Avoid excessive nitrogen fertilization and irrigate in the morning or with sub-surface drip irrigation to provide dry soil. Deep plow after harvest to bury sclerotia. Soil sterilization with chemicals, steam, or heat (solarization) treatments can significantly reduce inoculum levels. Biofumigation with mustard crop may provide a suppressive effect.

  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (MinuetOG): 12.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. 
  • boscalid (Endura): 8.0 to 11.0 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 7. Apply at seeding or transplant. A protective fungicide barrier is needed to maximize control.
  • Coniothyrium minitans strain CON/M/91-08 (Contans WGOG): 1.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Spray on the soil surface and incorporate into the top 2" of soil. Fall application is best or 3-4 months before planting to allow for the biocontrol agent to infect the sclerotia of Sclerotinia. See label for application restrictions. May be used in greenhouse or covered structures.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Apply once at thinning and again 2 weeks later.
  • fludioxonil (Cannonball WG): 7.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 12. Not labeled for use in Maine.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A. PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.5 to 2 pts/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 2. Lettuce only. Direct application to lower stems and branches and adjacent soil surface. Do not cultivate after application.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO/OSO 5% SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC 108 (Actinovate AGOG): 3.0 to 12.0 oz/A (soil); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply to soil. See label for instructions. 
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (Bio-Tam 2.0OG): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; REI 4h, Group NC.
  • Ulocladium oudemansii U3 strain (BotryStop WPOG): 2.0-4.0 lbs/A; REI 4h, Group NC. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development.

Lettuce Mosaic Virus and Cucumber Mosaic Virus

Certified LMV- and CMV-free seed available. Plant certified disease-free seed away from old lettuce fields.

Powdery Mildew (Golovinomyces cichoracearum)

Lettuce powdery mildew is favored by warm weather and dry to mildly humid conditions. Unlike many other pathogens, growth of powdery mildew is inhibited by water on leaf surfaces. The fungus presents as powdery white growth on both upper and lower surfaces of leaves. Older leaves are affected first. Affected leaves eventually turn yellow (chlorotic), then die. Plants affected before maturity are often not marketable. Plant resistant varieties when available. Rotate between fungicides to minimize risk of resistance. 

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 12.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for instructions and precautions. Not for greenhouse use.
  • azoxystrobin plus flutriafol (TopGuard EQ): 6.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 11. See label for tank mixing restrictions. Not for greenhouse use.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard WGOG): 4.5 oz/100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06. See label for additional volumes and rates.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for precautions.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 0.75 to 1.5 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h field, 24h greenhouse, Group M1. May cause slight crop injury. See label for application restrictions.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. For suppression only. 
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 5.0 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. For suppression only. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to different FRAC Group.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply as preventatively. Not for greenhouse use.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 4.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating with fungicides from a different FRAC Group. Not for greenhouse use.
  • hydrogen peroxide plus peroxyacetic acid (ZeroTol 2.0OG): See label for application rates; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Use as a preventive or curative. See label for application instructions and specific dilution rates.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40WSP): 5.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Group 3. Lettuce only.
  • paraffinic oil (JMS Stylet-Oil): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Lettuce only. Spray for thorough coverage of upper leaf surface. An organic formulation is available. Not labeled for use in New Hampshire.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 24 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7. Not for greenhouse use.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. Apply as foliar spray in sufficient water to achieve thorough coverage. See label for restrictions.
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStop SP): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Thorough crop coverage is required. May be used in greenhouses. See label for application restrictions.
  • potassium salts of fatty acids (M-PedeOG): See label for application rates; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group NC. See label for precautions and application methods. 
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): 2.5 to 7.5 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for restrictions.
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/A, PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 12 & 7. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. See label for crop injury warnings. Not for greenhouse use.
  • quinoxyfen (Quintec): 4.0 to 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group13. Lettuce only. See label for application precautions. Not for greenhouse use.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 0.5 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. Ensure thorough coverage. See label for specific rates and application methods.
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC 108 (Actinovate AGOG): 3.0 to 12 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Apply to foliage with spreader-sticker for best results.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 4.0 to 10.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. See label varying rates and application timing. Thorough coverage is required. Start with lowest rate for greenhouse crops to avoid plant injury.
  • Swinglea glutinosa extract (EcoSwingOG): 1.5 to 2.0 pts/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM01. See label for application restrictions.
  • triflumizole (Procure 480 SC): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Do not make more than 2 applications per crop year. Not labeled for use in Maine.

Seed Decay

Use treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed or oil purposes.

  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lbs seed; REI 48h, Group 4. For Pythium damping-off protection. Not labeled for use in Maine.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lbs seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi. Does not control Pythium or Phytophthora.
  • thiram (Thiram SC): 8.0 fl oz/100 lbs seed; REI 24h, Group M03.
Disease Control

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Insect Control

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Regulations for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, Lettuce (Nasonovia ribisnigri)

The most common aphid present on lettuce is the lettuce aphid. This pest is of European origin. The lettuce aphid overwinters on Ribes species, which includes gooseberries and currants. Winged aphids that colonize lettuce are dark, while wingless females that reproduce on lettuce are pale yellow to green, sometimes reddish, with darker patches. Unlike other aphid species, they feed in the interior of the head, making them difficult to detect and to reach with insecticides. Scout plants at the seedling stage and before heads form. Check field margins, where infestations begin. If one planting becomes infested, use tillage to incorporate crop residue and prevent spread to later succession plantings. Potato aphid, green peach aphid, or lettuce root aphid may also occur. See Potato insect control section for more information on potato aphid, and Pepper insect control section for more information on green peach aphid.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Green peach aphid only. Crisphead/iceberg only.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Versys): 1.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 8 to 32 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head lettuce only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Green peach aphid only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For control of green peach and suppression of potato aphid only.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 oz/A; PHI 14d for escarole types and leaf lettuce, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not for head lettuce.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 0.16 to 0.25 oz/1,000 sq ft or 3.5 to 5.5 oz/100 gal or 7 to 11 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Transplants only while in greenhouse. Not for field use.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Suppression of green peach and potato aphid only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A for foliar application, 21 to 28 oz/A for soil application; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A foliar, 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For foliar applications, apply only to fully leafed-up canopies.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide. For green peach aphid, must use companion insecticide.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 to 2 pt/A endive, 2 pt/A lettuce; PHI 7d endive, 14d lettuce, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Lettuce and endive only.
  • methomyl (Lannate LV*): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 10d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Lettuce only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Lettuce only.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Translaminar. Apply when aphids first appear, before populations build up.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. Lettuce only.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages, may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations.

Aster Leafhopper (Macrosteles quadralineatis)

See Carrot and Parsnip insect control section for more information on aster leafhopper and the yellows mycoplasm that it vectors.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Crisphead/iceberg lettuce only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head lettuce only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Not for head lettuce.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A foliar, 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For foliar applications, apply only to fully leafed-up canopies.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Lettuce only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Lettuce only. 
  • methomyl (Lannate LV*): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 10d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Lettuce only.
  • permethrin (Pounce 25WP*): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Lettuce only. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 14 to 21 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cabbage Looper (ITrichoplusia ni)

An occasional pest of lettuce, especially in late season when migratory flights have brought high numbers of cabbage looper moths into New England. See Cabbage section for more information on cabbage looper.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 1 lb/A; PHI 21d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Crisphead/iceberg lettuce only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azazadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head lettuce only.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, and as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 10 to 17 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Apply when larvae are first observed.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22.
  • methomyl (Lannate LV*): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 10d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Lettuce only.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Lettuce and endive only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Lettuce only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. Lettuce only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use low rate for early-season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of an adjuvant is recommended.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cutworms

Cutworms are caterpillars that hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day and feed on stems after dark. For best results, make applications between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground. Synthetic pyrethroids (Group 3A) may work best during cool spring weather. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee:H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythoid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Head lettuce only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Lettuce only.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light. Suppression only. 
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 1d, REI 4 h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Tarnished Plant Bug (Lygus lineolaris)

The tarnished plant bug (TPB) is a small (1/4”) bronze-colored insect with a triangular marking on its back. TPB adults are highly mobile. The immature, or nymph stage is smaller and bright green, resembling an aphid, but much more active. Adults overwinter in weeds and crop residue and become active in early spring, laying eggs in plant tissue. Young tissue such as flower buds, immature fruit, and emerging leaves are preferred feeding sites compared to mature fruit, stems, or leaves. There are 2-3 generations per year. The sucking injury from adults and nymphs can cause dieback of the growing tip, death and drop of buds or flowers, brown scars on leaf ribs, and distorted or stunted growth of leaves, pods, seeds, or fruit. TPB injury in lettuce includes piercing of leaf ribs, which leaves a brown scar; this is especially noticeable on romaine. The range of vegetable and fruit crops affected by TPB is great; field crops such as alfalfa and many weeds are also favored hosts. In this guide, celery, lettuce, bean, and eggplant list TPB as a pest, but these are not the only crops that could be affected. In vegetables, TPB is generally not a seriously damaging pest unless the vegetation surrounding crop fields is serving as a source of large populations, and the crop offers more succulent feeding than the surrounding fields. Avoid planting lettuce near abandoned, weedy fields or alfalfa crops. While alfalfa may serve as a trap crop, mowing alfalfa may cause TPB to leave mowed fields for nearby vegetables, causing TPB damage to increase. Scout plants for signs of injury and for TPB adults or nymphs. Sweep nets can be used in crops that will not be damaged by sweeping. There are both native and imported predators and parasites of TPB. Insecticides are warranted if damage is increasing and the crop stage is such that significant crop injury can be prevented.

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.4 to 3.2 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Lettuce only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Lettuce only. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand pick/crush slugs, or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage section for more information on slugs.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Snail and Slug BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.
  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants.
Insect Control

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Physiological Disorders

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Physiological Disorders ashahane

Tipburn

This is a physiological condition caused by the plant's inability to obtain sufficient calcium. Calcium is taken up by the plants in soluble form, so the root cause of tipburn is usually insufficient or uneven water uptake, rather than insufficient soil calcium levels. This can be due to rapid plant growth, excessive fertilization rates, or uneven water availability. Resistant varieties are available. Avoid excess fertilization. Provide consistent irrigation via drip irrigation systems. Foliar calcium supplements may have some benefit.

Physiological Disorders

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Weed Control

Lettuce, Endive, and Escarole Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

See section on Soil Fumigation Outdoors in the Disease Management section. Proper use of Vapam can provide control of most weed species.

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E)REI 12h, Group 0. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Do not exceed 6 qt/A per year. Can be applied before planting or after planting before crop has emerged. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil within 36 hours by shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Grass control only; should be supplemented with cultivation or another registered herbicide for broadleaf control.
  • pronamide (Kerb SC)PHI 55d, REI 24h, Group 3. Head lettuce, endive, escarole, and radicchio greens only. Apply 2-4 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied either before or after planting, before crop emergence as a banded, bed-topped, or broadcast application in 20-50 gal/A of spray. If applied when air temperatures exceed 85°F, incorporate into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall within 1-2 days. There must be 1-2“ of irrigation immediately after application, or 0.5-1” of rainfall within 3 days. Rate based on soil texture, weed composition, incorporation method, and crop variety. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Endive and escarole only. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply in spring or early summer, before planting. Rate based on soil texture and crop. Incorporate 2-3’’ into the top of the final seedbed within 24 hours of application. Disc twice after spraying for satisfactory incorporation.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown or to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. If used as a preplant burndown, use up to 2.0 fl oz/A no later than 7 days before planting by seed or immediately before planting transplants. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX): PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 1. Leaf and head lettuce only. Apply up to 24 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses (see product label for susceptible stage). Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal/100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt/100 gal of spray).
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz-3.1 qt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qt/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Avoid any contact of herbicide with any part of the plant or crop death could result. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 30d head lettuce, 15d leaf lettuce, escarole, and endive, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Application rate is dependent on weed species composition and height. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • paraquat (Gramozone SL 3.0*)REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pt/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, at least 7 days apart. Apply before, during, or after planting, but before emergence as a banded or broadcast application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Minimize soil disturbance when seeding. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
Weed Control

Okra

Okra otank

Introduction

Okra is a tropical, heat-loving plant in the hibiscus family. Okra plants are drought- and heat-resistant. The immature pods are used in soups, stir fries, pickles, and stews. The mucilage in okra acts as a thickening agent in soups, such as gumbo. Pods may be round or star-shaped. Buyers for fresh market generally prefer star-shaped pods, while soup manufacturers prefer a round pod of the Emerald type. Both types are acceptable for the frozen food industry. Okra is high in fiber, both soluble, in the form of gums and pectins that lower serum cholesterol, and insoluble, which helps maintain a healthy digestive system. 

Okra requires warm weather and is frost-sensitive. The time to harvest for okra ranges from 50 to 60 days. Most varieties have hairs on all parts of the plant that can cause skin irritation, so gloves and long sleeves may be needed for harvest. There are also spineless varieties and red-fruited varieties. Though okra is often listed on pesticide labels as a fruiting crop (Crop Group 8) along with eggplants, peppers, and tomatoes, they are not a related species and share few pests.

Types and Varieties

  • Beck's Big Buck
  • Buffalo Bill 91
  • Carmine Splendor
  • Clemson Spineless
  • Cajun Jewel
  • Emerald Green
  • Jambalaya
  • Jambalaya 2.0
  • Long Green Pod
  • Red
  • Burgunday

Soil Fertility

A well-drained, fertile soil is best for growing okra. Avoid both soils that are poorly drained and soils that are very sandy and light. Apply lime according to soil test to maintain a soil pH at 6.0-6.8.

If plants are to be grown on plastic mulch, the amount of nitrogen fertilizer to be sidedressed can be reduced, since leaching is minimized. If using transplants, apply a liquid fertilizer at transplanting, especially with cool soil conditions. Use a high phosphorous starter fertilizer mixed at a rate of 3 lb/50 gal water. Apply 8 fl oz (1 cup) per transplant.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Okra

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 50 150 100 25-50 0 200 100 50 0
Sidedress 3-4 weeks after planting 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sidedress 6-8 weeks after planting 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 130 150 100 25-50 0 200 100 25-50 0

Planting

Seeds are sometimes soaked in water for 24 hours due to their hard seed coat to encourage germination. Transplants may be started in the greenhouse, preferably on a heat mat kept at 68-86ºF, and transplanted to larger pots 6 weeks before planting into the field at the 3- to 4-leaf stage. Okra is generally grown in locations where it will receive full sunlight throughout the day. Okra grows best at 75-90ºF and should not be planted outdoors before the soil temperature reaches 65-70ºF at 4" depth, usually in early June. Plastic mulch, row cover, and high tunnels can be used to help achieve the heat requirements. Black plastic mulch with drip irrigation will increase yields.

Plant populations range from 7,000-15,000 plants per acre, depending on the variety. Spacing ranges from 8-24" in the row (100-50 plants per 100 feet of row respectively) with 28-38" between rows.

Harvest and Storage

Flowering will occur as soon as 45 days after seeding, depending on the variety, and pods are ready for harvest 5-6 days after flowering. Okra will set fruit without honey bees but bee activity has been shown to increase yields. Pod tenderness (which is desirable) decreases as size increases. Most varieties will lose their tenderness when they exceed 3-4" in length. For this reason okra plantings must be picked every 2-3 days to maintain optimal market size and increase yield. Pods are harvested by twisting them off the plant or cutting with a knife. After harvest, use forced air or a cool room to bring the okra down to 50-55ºF at 85-90% relative humidity, where it may be stored for 7-10 days. Below 50°F, okra pods are subject to chilling injury.

Okra Disease Control

Okra Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

Cercospora Leaf Spots (Cercospora spp.)

Cercospora fungi survive on infected plant debris. Remove and destroy diseased plant material. Plow crop debris under after harvest to speed up decomposition.

  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8-14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double NickelOG): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus cymoxanil (Ariston Echo 459/Cymoxanil 61): 2.0-2.44 pints/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & 27.
  • chlorothalonil plus zoxamide (Zing): 34 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Begin application when seedlings emerge or transplants are set. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution with a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • copper octanoate (Cueva): 33 gal/A or 98 fl oz/ft2; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group M01.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 3.
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 8.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.
  • tebuconazole (Orius 3.6F): 4 to 6 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • tebuconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Experience): 12.8 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. See label for application restrictions. 
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 3.0 to 10.0 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02

Damping-off (Pythium spp. and Rhizoctonia solani)

Damping-off diseases are favored by flooding, cool, cloudy weather, wet soils, high humidity, compacted soils, and overcrowding. Sterilize used pots and trays to raise seedlings. Use a heating pad under trays to warm soil to 75-90°F for indoor plant production. Avoid excessive irrigation, improve soil drainage, and relieve soil compaction. Remove and destroy affected plants and avoid transplanting diseased plants into the field. Seed treatments with biological control agents or fungicides are useful.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 0.40 to 0.80 fl oz/1000 row feet; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel 55OG): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21.
  • ethaboxam (Elumin): 8 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 22. Do not apply more than once before rotating to a non-Group 22 fungicide. See label for restrictions. 
  • metalaxyl-m [mefenoxam] (Apron XL LS): 0.32 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lbs seed; REI 48h, Group 4. Seed treatment.
  • propamocarb HCL (Previcur Flex): See label for application rates. PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 28.
  • salts of phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/in a minimum of 20 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Copper phytotoxicity may occur if applied in alteration with copper.
  • thiram (Thiram 42 S): 6.0 lb/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Group M03.

Fusarium and Verticillium Wilts

Avoid planting in fields where these diseases are present. Rotate with non-solanaceous crops. Plant resistant varieties when available. Consider soil fumigation. Soil solarization, fallowing, flooding, and biofumigation with brassica green manures may reduce soil populations of these pathogens. See Soil Fumigation Outdoors in the Disease Management section.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel 55OG): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 5.0 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. See label for application restrictions.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): 40 to 120 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Group BM02. May be used in greenhouses. See label for additional rates, application methods, and restrictions.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Bio-tam 2.0OG): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for application instructions.

Fruit Rot (Choanephora spp.)

Choanephora is a soilborne pathogen that attacks senescent blossoms and grows into the fruit. No fungicides are currently labeled for control. Improve air circulation with increased plant spacing.

Powdery mildew (Erysiphe cichoracearum)

Maintain plant health with adequate fertilization as nutrient-stressed plants are more susceptible to infection. Rotate between fungicides to minimize risk of resistance.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. 
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel 55OG): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution with a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • copper octanoate (CuevaOG): 33.0 gal/A (or 98 fl oz/1000 sq ft); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group M01.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 0.75 to 2.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. 
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WDG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. 
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. See label for application restrictions. 
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. See label for application restrictions. 
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 8.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 5.0 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • flutriafol (Topguard): 14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40 WP): 2.5 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 3. Do not make more than 4 applications per season. 
  • paraffinic oil (JMS Stylet-Oil): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStop SPOG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. May be used in greenhouses. See label for additional rate info and application restrictions.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): See label for application rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. May be used in greenhouses. See label for additional rates, application methods, and restrictions.
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/A, PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 12. Do not apply in greenhouses.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (RegaliaOG): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 3.0 to 10.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Ensure thorough coverage. See label for restrictions. 
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rate; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Group NC. See label for application methods.
  • trifloxystrobin plus fluopyram (Luna Sensation): 5.0 to 7.6 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7.

Nematodes

Nematode control is very important for okra production. Fumigate fields in the fall. See Soil Fumigation Outdoors in the Disease Management Section. Rotate with corn.

  • azadirachtin (AzaGuardOG): 15 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group UN. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 5.0 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. See label for application restrictions.
  • Myrothecium verrucaria strain AARC-0255 (DiTera DF Nematicide): 0.31 to 2.4 lbs/1000 sq ft; REI 4h, Group NC. See label for application methods and rates.

Yellow Vein Mosaic Virus (YVMV)

YVMV is the most important virus disease of okra and it severely reduces growth and yield as well as causing fruit deformity. It is spread by whiteflies. There are no cures or chemical treatments for plant viruses. Remove and destroy affected plants. Plant resistant varieties. Control whiteflies to reduce disease incidence.

Disease Control

Okra Insect Control

Okra Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

  • The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.
  • The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.
  • The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, Green Peach (Myzus persicae) and Melon (Aphis gossypii)

See the Pepper and Cucumber, Muskmelon, and Watermelon sections for more information on green peach and melon aphids, respectively.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Do not exceeed 16 oz per season.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 3 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Green peach aphid and potato aphid only. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Suppression only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee:L, Group 9C. 
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A for green peach aphid foliar, 7 to 14 oz/A for other aphids foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 14 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Greenhouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages, may also reduce adult fertility.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Aphid control may be variable depending on species present and host-plant relationships. 

Corn Earworm, also known as Tomato Fruitworm (Helicoverpa zea)

See Sweet Corn section for more information.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved speader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel). 
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved speader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari). 
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 1.5 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, or as foliar spray. 
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 7 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Apply when larvae are first observed. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 10 to 16 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Suppression only. Apply at first sign of feeding damage, or when threshold levels are reached.
  • novaluron (Rimon* 0.83EC): 9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 15. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars. 
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Japanese Beetles (Popillia japonica)

Beetles migrate from turf or pastures starting in July and skeletonize leaves.

  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Soil applications only.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Two-spotted Spider Mite (Tetranychus urticae)

Outbreaks are often caused by the use of broad-spectrum insecticides. Two-spotted spider mites (TSSM) tend to be prone to pesticide resistance. Watch for white speckling on the upper surface of leaves or webbing on the undersurface around leaf veins. Avoid early-season, broad-spectrum insecticide applications for other pests. Use selective products whenever possible. With most miticides (not bifenazate), use 2 applications, approximately 5-7 days apart, to help control immature mites that were in the egg stage and protected during the first application. Alternate between products after 2 applications to help prevent or delay resistance. For more information on TSSM, see the Eggplant section.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. 
  • acequinocyl (Kanemite 15SC): 31 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20B. Do not use less than 100 gal water/A. Use of an adjuvant or surfactant is prohibited.
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Long residual. Not systemic; ensure complete coverage of upper and lower leaf surfaces and fruit.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A
  • fenproximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A. Not labelled for greenhouse use.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • hexythiazox (Onager Optek*): 12 to 24 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 10A. 
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 3 to 10 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Bee: L, No IRAC classification. 

Stink Bugs

See Tomato section for information on stink bugs, including brown marmorated stink bug.

  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 1.5 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply to crops in bloom. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A green stink bug, 3.2 to 4 oz/A brown stink bug; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
Insect Control

Okra Weed Control

Okra Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Growing on Plastic Mulch

Plasticulture is a common practice for okra since it is a warm season crop. Some hand weeding may be needed in the planting holes as okra grows slowly at first after transplanting. Apply the plastic at least 2-3 weeks prior to planting. Kill the weeds between the mulch prior to setting the okra plants on the plastic. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2.25-12 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter, and soil pH. Apply banded or broadcast before transplanting.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply and incorporate before or immediately after planting. Incorporate 2-3’’ into the soil of the final seedbed within 24 hours of application. If incorporating after planting, take care not to disturb the seed. Disc twice for satisfactory incorporation. Rate based on soil texture.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • mesotrione (Callisto)PHI 28d, REI 12h, Group 27. Apply 3-6 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied as a row middle OR a hooded post-direct treatment (but not both). Injury risk is greatest on sand, sandy loam, or loamy sand soils. If applying in row middles, apply 6 oz/A as a banded application prior to weed emergence. Leave one foot of untreated area over the okra row or 6" to each side of the planted row. Do not apply directly over the planted row. If applying as a directed spray, apply 3 oz/A to actively growing weeds using a hooded sprayer to minimize contact with okra foliage. Okra must be at least 3” tall.
  • prometryn (Caparol 4L): PHI 14d, REI 12h or 48h, Group 5. Apply 1.5-3 pts/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Can be applied after planting, before crop emerges or as a directed spray when the okra plants are at the 7- to 9-leaf stage and before weeds are 2” tall.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Apply to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across. Can also apply up to 2 oz/A as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before planting by seed or immediately before transplanting.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 3d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1.5 oz/A per application, up to 2 application allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Apply between rows of okra for control of broadleaf weeds. If plastic mulch is used, keep the herbicide off the plastic. Do not allow Sandea to contact the planted crop or crop injury will occur. 
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 5.3 pts/A per year. Only 1 application may be made before crop emergence, and 2 may be made after crop emergence. Use precision directed spray application equipment adjusted to prevent spray contact with crop plants. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5.5 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot ashahane

Introduction

Bulbing onion, scallion, and shallot, along with garlic and leek, are members of the genus Allium. The characteristic flavors of Allium family members come from sulfur-containing compounds produced by these plants.

The bulbing onion, Allium cepa, appears to have originated near the intersection of Europe and Asia, whereas the bunching onion or scallion, A. fistulosum may have originated in China. 

Types and Varieties

Bulbing onions form bulbs in response to day length. Only long-day and intermediate-day types are recommended for summer harvest in New England since these types require at least 13 hours of daylight. Short-day onions begin forming bulbs when days are 10-12 hours long and are typically grown in southern regions of the U.S. where they are planted in the winter. Recently, some researchers and farmers in New England have been planting onions in low tunnels in the fall for spring harvest. The University of New Hampshire research report on overwintering onions includes planting details and trialed varieties (see https://bit.ly/overwinteronions). Shallots form clusters of bulbs. While shallots have traditionally been propagated vegetatively, hybrid cultivars that can be grown from seed are now available. Scallions do not form a fully developed bulb. They are planted from seed and commonly sold in bunches.

Type Varieties
Scallion/Bunching Onion

Deep Purple (Red)

Evergreen Hardy White

Nebachen

Shallot

Ambition

Conservor

Onion - Sets

Ebenezer

Stuttgart

Onion - Sweet, non-storing

Alisa Craig (110)

Candy (85)

Onion - Sweet Spanish

Super Star (100)

Yellow Sweet Spanish (120)

Onion - Yellow Storage

Bridger (90)

New York Early (98)

Patterson (104)

Cortland (105)

Powell (108)

Crocket (114)

Onion - Red Storage

Red Bull (104)

Red Carpet (114)

Redwing (114)

Onion - Overwintering

Bridger

Hi-Keeper

Red Rock (red)

Red Spring (red)

T-448

The number in parentheses is the approximate number of days to maturity from seeding.

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. Onions do not tolerate acid soil, especially in early growth stages. If the magnesium level is high, a lime high in calcium (calcitic lime) should be used to maintain a high calcium level.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7). These sources may also result in high soil nitrogen levels late in the season. Excessive nitrogen late in the season from any source can delay maturity and reduce storability of onions.

Onion flavor is determined by cultivar type, temperature and irrigation, and sulfur fertility. Growers wishing to produce mild-flavored onions for retail sale should choose mild cultivar types, irrigate regularly up to harvest, and maintain soil sulfur levels between 35 and 55 lb/A. Excessive sulfur levels in soils or fertilizers will increase pungency. 

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Onion, Scallion, and Shallot

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 80-100 150 100 25-50 0 175 150 50 0
Sidedress 4-5 weeks after planting 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 130-150 150 100 25-50 0 175 150 50 0

Planting

Bulbing onion and shallot. Sow transplants in late February or early March, 10-12 weeks before setting in field. Direct-seed onions in spring as soon as soil can be worked. Seeding should be completed by late April or mid-May at the very latest to allow time for adequate plant growth before bulb initiation occurs. Plant 2-4 rows per bed, 9-18" between rows and 3-4" apart within rows for transplants. Spacing will affect bulb size. For direct seeding, aim for a stand of 6-9 plants per foot. This can be increased to 9-12 plants per foot if double shoe precision seeders are used. This requires 5-6 lb of seed per acre (about 0.5 oz per 100 feet of row). Instead of transplants, some growers use sets to plant all or some of their crop. Sets are small bulbs (about 1/2") raised the prior year and stored over the winter. This provides for an early harvest (mid-summer), but larger sets can be prone to bolting (premature flowering). Sets should be planted as soon as the soil has dried and can be worked. Spacing is the same as for transplants. Some growers are finding success using black or white-on-black plastic mulch on raised beds for sets or transplants.

Scallion. In addition to early spring planting, mid-summer plantings can be used to produce fall harvests. Even moisture must be maintained throughout germination for direct-sown scallions. Seed in rows 2-3” wide, spaced 4” apart. 

Harvest and Storage

Bulbing onion and shallot. Late, hard, pungent varieties with good skin retention are preferable for winter storage. Undercutting several days before harvesting can improve keeping quality. It is best to undercut when most of the plants have 2 leaves that are still partially green. Allowing leaves to completely dry down before undercutting can result in excessive loss of skin during harvest. To develop best skin color, onions should be cured for 2 weeks at 75-80ºF and 70-80% relative humidity. After curing, lower temperature gradually to as near to 32ºF as practical without freezing. Cooling too rapidly, followed by a few warm days, can cause moisture condensation, resulting in bulb staining, sprouting, and decay. Maintain storage relative humidity at 65-70%, and maintain sufficient air flow to keep cool air moving around bulbs.

Scallion. Scallions, or fresh bunching onions, can be harvested anytime after they are pencil-sized. To maintain good post-harvest quality, they should be cooled to 39ºF within 4-6 hours of harvest. Scallions can be stored for 7-10 days at 32ºF.

Sprout Inhibition

For long-term storage of bulbing onions or shallots, select storage varieties. Pungent dry onions can be stored for 6-9 months at 32ºF. For very long-term storage, a sprouting inhibitor, maleic hydrazide (2 gal of Royal MH-30/A in a minimum of 30 gal/A), may be applied when about 50% of the tops are down, the bulbs are mature, the necks are soft and 5-7 of the leaves are still green. See the label for details.

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Disease Control

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Disease Control ashahane

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 25 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

Botrytis Leaf Blight (Botrytis squamosa)

Avoid close planting and orient rows in the direction of prevailing winds. Do not plant on poorly-drained areas. Plow under crop debris after harvest. Remove cull piles and practice crop rotation. Avoid excessive nitrogen fertilization as this increases leaf canopies and disease susceptibility. Plant less susceptible cultivars when available. Irrigate early in the day to reduce leaf wetness periods. Incorporate crop residues after harvest. Apply fungicides based on a disease forecast system (e.g., BOTCAST). Disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu).

For dry bulb onions:

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 9.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 3.2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 14.0 to 27.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05. To suppress Botrytis neck rot in storage, a minimum of 3 weekly applications prior to lifting using 1.25 to 1.8 lb/A is recommended.
  • cyprodinil (Vanguard): 5.5 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h to 24h (24h for hand weeding), Group 29. 
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 16 to 27 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 9. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 or 9 fungicide.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.5 pt/A (alone) or 1.0 pt/A (if tank-mixed); PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group 2. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 2.4 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16 to 24 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium phosphite plus chlorothalonil (Catamaran): 4.0 to 7.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups P07 & M05.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12, Group 3.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. For suppression only. Do not exceed 6 applications per season or 72 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 14.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 18.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9. 

For green onions and shallots:

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 9.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 3.2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 14.0 to 27.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7. Use higher rate and shorter interval when disease pressure is high. Do not make more than 1 application of Endura before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group M05. When disease is present, use the higher rate.
  • cyprodinil (Vanguard): 5.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WDG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 16.0 to 27.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 9. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 or 9 fungicide.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group NC.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SCOG): 3.75 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium phosphite plus chlorothalonil (Catamaran): 4.0 to 7.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12, Groups P07 & M05.
  • propiconazole (Tilt): 4.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 3.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 14.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 18.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.

Botrytis Neck Rot (Botrytis alli)

Primarily a storage disease. Do not apply nitrogen late in the season and avoid high-density planting. Undercut bulbs to promote drying. Allow the tops to dry completely and have tight necks before topping. Avoid condensation on bulbs during storage. Maintain storage environment at 32-33°F and 70-75% relative humidity. Fungicides applied to control Botrytis leaf blight may also decrease neck rot.

  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 3.2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 14h, Groups 11 & M05. Suppression only. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Suppression only. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, 24h if hand weeding, Group 29. REI 24h for hand weeding 
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.5 pt/A (alone) or 1.0 pt/A (if tank-mixed); PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group 2. Dry bulb onion only. See label for application and restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane M45): 2.4 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SCOG): 3.75 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 14.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 18.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.

Downy Mildew (Peronospora destructor)

Downy mildew of allium crops is caused by a fungal-like pathogen that overwinters in infected bulbs or sets and on other host plants, in cull piles, and in fall-seeded onion. Only a few spores are needed to initiate an epidemic. Eliminate cull piles, volunteer onion plants, and wild Allium species. Practice a 3- to 4-year rotation. Plant only on well-drained land. Apply fungicides when mildew is present in the area and weather favors disease increase based upon a disease forecasting system (i.e., DOWNCAST). Disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu).

For dry bulb onions:

  • acibenzolar-s-methyl (Actigard 50 WG): 0.75 to 1.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group P01. Actigard acts as a plant activator and should be applied preventatively.
  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40. See label for application restriction.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 9.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 to 3.6 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Can cause phytotoxicity to leaves. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 2.75 to 3.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Forum can be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Minimum application interval is 5 days.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a non-Group 11 fungicide. Max application of 22 fl oz/ acre per year. Not for sale, distribution, or use in Nassau or Suffolk County, New York.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, 24h if hand weeding, Group 29.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset. For supression only.
  • mancozeb (Dithane M45): 2.4 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.5 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 40. A silicone-based adjuvant must be added at recommended rates. Max application limit varies for dry bulb and green onions. See label for details. 
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05.
  • mefenoxam plus copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold Copper): 2.0 lb/A; PHI 10d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M01.
  • mefenoxam plus mancozeb (Ridomil Gold MZ): 2.5 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M03.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 49 & M05.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Ultra A): 2.0 to 4.8 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups U15. Do not exceed more than 6 applications per acre per year.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. 
  • potassium phosphite plus chlorothalonil (Catamaran): 4.0 to 7.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups P07 & M05.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not exceed 6 applications per season or 72 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Suppression only. Rotate with a downy mildew fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • salts of phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to heat- or moisture-stressed plants or to plants recently treated with copper.
  • zoxamide plus chlorothalonil (Zing!): 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Do not make more than 8 applications or apply more than 1.33 lb zoxamide and 7.84 lb chlorothalonil per acre per year. 
  • zoxamide plus mancozeb (Gavel 75 DF): 1.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 22 & M03. Do not make more than 8 applications or apply more than 16 lbs. (10.67 lb mancozeb and 1.33 zoxamide) per acre per year.

Green or bunching onions:

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40. See label for application restrictions.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 9.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 2.4 to 3.7 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Can cause phytotoxicity to leaves. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 2.75 to 3.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. 
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Forum can be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide with a different mode of action. Minimun application interval is 5 days.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 8.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset. For supression only. 
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 40. A silicone-based adjuvant must be added at recommended rates. Max application limit varies for dry bulb and green onions. See label for details. 
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05.
  • mefenoxam plus copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold Copper): 2.0 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M4 & M01.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 49 & M05.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Ultra A): 2.0 to 4.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. Do not exceed more than 6 applications per acre per year.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium phosphite plus chlorothalonil (Catamaran): 4.0 to 7.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12, Groups P07 & M05.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not exceed 6 applications per season or 72 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. 
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Suppression only. Rotate with a downy mildew fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • zoxamide plus chlorothalonil (Zing!): 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Do not make more than 8 applications or apply more than 1.33 lb zoxamide and 7.84 lb chlorothalonil per acre per year. 
  • zoxamide plus mancozeb (Gavel 75 DF): 1.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 22 & M03. Do not make more than 8 applications or apply more than 16 lbs. (10.67 lb mancozeb and 1.33 zoxamide) per acre per year.

Purple Blotch (Alternaria porri)

The pathogen overwinters in allium crop residue. Disease development is favored by warm, moist conditions. Avoid Sweet Spanish onions because they are extremely susceptible. Plow under crop residues after harvest. Rotate with non-allium crops. Select sites and practice irrigation to enhance rapid drying of foliage. Apply fungicides as canopy becomes denser and leaf-wetness periods increase. Purple blotch disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu).

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 to 3.2 pt/A; PHI 7d (dry), 14d (green), REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 11. 
  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt): 14.0 to 27.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d (dry), 0d (green), REI 12h, Groups 11, 7 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel LC) OG: 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.0 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 7d (dry), 14d (green), REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75-1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil (Vanguard): 10.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WDG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. No more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d (dry bulb), 14d (green), REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage. 
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a non-Group 11 fungicide. Max application of 22 fl oz/acre per year. Not for sale, distribution or use in Nassau or Suffolk County, New York. 
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 16 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, 24h for hand weeding, Group 29. Dry bulb only.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 16.0 to 27.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 9. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 or 9 fungicide.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon): 4.0 to 11 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.5 pt/A (alone) or 1.0 pt/A (if tank-mixed); PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group 2. Dry bulb only. Do not make more than 5 applications per season. 
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 2.4 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03. Dry bulb onion only.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.5 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Dry bulb onion only.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VEGGIETURBO 5%SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium phosphite plus chlorothalonil (Catamaran): 4.0 to 7.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12, Groups P07 & M05.
  • propiconazole (PropiMax EC): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d bulb, PHI 0d green, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not exceed 6 applications per season or 72 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 10.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Do not rotate with another Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 18.0 fl oz/A (alone), 9.0 fl oz/A (tank-mixed); PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • tebuconazole (Orius 3.6F): 4.0 to 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3. Dry bulb onion only.

Stemphylium leaf blight (Stemphylium vesicarium)

Symptoms appear as target-like brown lesions, lacking the purple margins seen with purple blotch. The pathogen overwinters on allium crop residues. Disease development is favored by warm, moist conditions. Plow under crop residues after harvest. Rotate with non-allium crops. Select sites and practice irrigation to enhance rapid drying of foliage. Apply fungicides as canopy becomes denser and leaf wetness periods increase.

  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. No more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 14.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d (dry bulb); PHI 14d (green), REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 16 to 27 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 9. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 7 or 9 fungicide.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon): 4 to 11 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11. For best results, begin applications before disease onset.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1.5 pt/A (alone) or 1.0 pt/A (if tank-mixed); PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group 2. Dry bulb only. Do not make more than 5 applications per season. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not exceed 6 applications per season or 72 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 10.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Do not rotate with another Group 11 fungicide.

White Rot (Sclerotium cepivorum)

White rot is associated with soil-borne inoculum; repeated cropping of Allium species results in increased disease over time. The sclerotia can persist in the soil for up to 20 years in the absence of a host. Select fields with no history of this disease. Use only disease-free transplants. Soil fumigation may be useful. Stimulating the sclerotia to germinate with onion exudate mimics (diallyl disulphide) can reduce soil inoculum.

  • azoxystrobin plus propiconazole (Quilt Xcel): 17.5 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 11.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel LCOG): 0.12 to 1.0 lb/A as a soil drench; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7. Apply in-furrow.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 7.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Apply at planting as in-furrow spray.
  • fludioxonil (Cannonball WG): 7.0 oz/A (0.5 oz/1,000 ft row); PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 12. See label for application restrictions.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • tebuconazole (Orius 3.6F): 20.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply in a 4- to 6-inch band into/over each furrow. May also be applied by chemigation. Dry bulb onion only.
  • thiophanate methyl (Topsin 4.5 FL): 40 fl oz/A; REI 72h, Group 1. Apply in furrow. Do not apply more than once per year. 
Disease Control

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Insect Control

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Allium Leafminer (Phytomyza gymnostoma)

For more information on this pest and for cultural and chemical controls, see Allium Leafminer in the leek section.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 fl oz/A; PHI 7d for fresh or green onions and shallot leaves, 30d for onion and shallot bulbs, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Make 2 consecutive applications then rotate to a different mode of action. Make at least 2 consecutive applications of another mode of action before making additional Agri-Mek SC applications. Insect control can be reduced if used with a sticker or binder type product.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee:H, Group 28. Use with an adjuvant to maximize efficacy. Spreading and penetrating adjuvants can cause negative crop response.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 17. Apply when leafminers first appear. Do not apply more than 6 times or 1 lb/A per calendar year.
  • dinotefuran (Scorpion 35SL): 5.25 to 7 fl oz/A foliar, 8.75 to 10.5 fl oz/A soil.; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply more than a total of 10.5 fl oz/A per season.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 fl oz/A; PHI 14 days, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Bulb onion only. 
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group M.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Onion only.
  • mineral oil (SuffOil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 14d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group M. Onion only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 16.4 to 19.2 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Onion only.
  • pyrethrins (Pyganic EC5.0IIOG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications of Group 5 insecticides. Do not make more than 5 applications per year per crop.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Use adjuvant for better control. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications of Group 5 insecticides. Do not make more than 5 applications per year per crop.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 70 WS): 0.05 to 0.2 mg/seed; Bee: H, Group 4A. Dry bulb onions only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.4 to 4.3 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Bulb Mites

Two genera of mites are known to infect species of Allium. The dry bulb mite (Aceria tulipae) is an eriophyid mite that survives on cultivated Allium species. Bulb mite species in the genus Rhizoglyphus can also be troublesome on alliums. Bulb mites overwinter in soil on debris, stored onions and garlic, and in garlic seed pieces. They are moved from field to field with soil on equipment, boots, etc., and planting infested garlic They are particularly troublesome in storage, causing desiccation and creating wounds that allow for entry of pathogens.

Bulb mites are favored by mechanical injury, disease, cool soil temperatures, and soils with high organic matter content. Avoid adding manure and use fallow periods to eliminate crop residue. In smaller plantings, removing culls from the field immediately after harvest will reduce overwintering populations. Dark plastic mulch will increase soil temperatures and control mites. Plant clean seed and rotate out of alliums for at least 4 years after an infestation. Avoid planting alliums directly after brassicas, corn, grain, or grass cover crops.

Cutworms

Cutworms are caterpillars that hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant during the day and feed on leaves after dark. For best results, make application between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground. Synthetic pyrethroids may work best during cool spring weather. All synthetic pyrethroid restricted use (*) insecticides listed to control thrips on onions are also registered to control cutworm on this crop. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.60 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 3 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Add wetting agent to improve coverage. Black and variegated cutworm only. Dry and green onions only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Leek Moth (Acrolepiosis assectella)

For more information on this pest and for cultural and chemical controls, see Leek Moth in the leek section.

Onion Maggot (Delia antiqua)

Infestations may reduce young plant stands, cause plants to wilt and yellow, or damage bulbs. There are 3 generations each year. Effective control of the first generation (mid-May to June), which causes the most destruction, and minimizing mechanical and chemical damage to onions throughout the season, will reduce or eliminate damage by later generations. Rotate crops to keep maggot populations low; greater distances are more effective. Cumulative growing degree days (GDD) can be used to monitor the activity of onion maggot fly in your area: peak flight for the first generation is at 735 GDD, base 40°F. Delay planting until after first flight is finished and soil temperatures are high enough to kill eggs (95°F). Planting in late May is more likely to be safer than the first half of May. Cover recently seeded or transplanted crops with floating row covers as a barrier against onion maggot flies, placing the cover as soon as the transplants are set. Gathering culls into deep piles will limit reproduction to surface layers and reduce populations more than deep plowing or harrowing after harvest. Biological controls, including naturally occurring fungal pathogens, predaceous ground beetles, and soil applications of the entomopathogenic nematode Steinernema feltiae can all reduce onion maggot numbers. Nematodes can be applied to transplants, in transplant water, or as a post-transplant drench. Rates of 100,000-125,000 infective juveniles per transplant have been shown to be needed to achieve reduction in damage. Nematodes need a moist soil environment to survive. If using an insecticide, soil drench applications targeting the seed furrow or base of transplants, using at least 100-200 gal of water per acre to help the insecticide penetrate the root zone, are the most effective.

  • diazinon (Diazinon* AG500): 2 to 4 qt/A; REI 3d, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broadcast and incorporate just before planting. Will not control organophosphate-resistant onion maggots. Do not make more than one application per year. Bulb and green onion only.

Onion Thrips (Thrips tabaci)

Onion thrips range in color from yellow to black and are only 1/16" in length. They spend the winter as adults in crop remnants, alfalfa, wheat, greenhouses, and weeds along the border of crop fields. Thrips have rasping mouth parts which they use to tear open plant cells and feed on inner juices. Feeding occurs in protected areas between leaves. Damage may appear as silver lines, white patches, tip dieback and curling, slowed growth, reduced bulb size and yields, or result in plant death. Populations are favored by hot, dry weather. Plants are most sensitive when bulbs are forming and still small. Heavy rain or overhead irrigation can lower populations quickly. Lacewing larvae, pirate bugs, and predatory thrips are important natural enemies. Reduce populations by cleaning up crop residue after harvest to limit overwinter sites. Do not plant onions near alfalfa, clover, cucurbits or brassica crops that can harbor large populations of thrips, which may migrate to onions when these crops are cut or harvested.

Reflective mulch will repel colonizing thrips by confusing invading insects and preventing them from finding their host plants. 

Scout plants along field margins where infestations build early. Begin applications when damage is first noticed or when there are 3 or more thrips per leaf. Repeat applications at 7- to 10-day intervals. Three to 6 applications may be necessary, but rotate between insecticide groups after 2 applications to help prevent development of resistance. Use a shorter interval in hot weather. Use spreader-sticker for better coverage. Apply in early evening, using high pressure and 100 gal water/A for best results.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 0.25 qt to 1 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Suppression only.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 1.5 to 4 qts/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Begin application as soon as thrips are seen. Thoroughly cover foliage.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression only. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 14 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Good coverage into plant crown is essential. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.5 pt/A onion, 1.5 to 1 pt/A shallot; PHI 3d, REI 12h onion, 24h shallot, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal (drench), 8 to 64 oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 3 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Add wetting agent to improve coverage. Begin application before populations reach 3-5 thrips per plant. Green and dry bulb onions only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 9.6 to 19.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Dry bulb onions only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (AX Pyriproxyfen 0.86EC): 8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7D. Suppression only.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Thorough coverage is essential. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only. Use adjuvant for better control.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages, may also reduce adult fertility.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.88 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
Insect Control

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Weed Control

Onion, Scallion, and Shallot Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E)REI 12h, Group 0. Dry bulb onion and dry bulb shallot only. Apply 5-6 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall within 36 hours of application. Only apply to onions growing in fine textured soil with good water drainage where the soil salinity value is less than 4 EC and soil temperature is between 55-75°F.
  • dimethenamid (Outlook)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 8-21 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 21 oz/A per year. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Apply to onion that has at least 2 fully expanded leaves or significant crop damage may occur. If applying to transplants, do not apply until transplants are in the ground and have had several days to recover.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. MA, ME, and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 45d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1.5-3.2 pts/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 3.2 pts/A per year. Apply as a broadcast treatment when onions have 2-9 true leaves. May be applied to direct-seeded and transplanted dry bulb onions. May be applied in the fall or spring to furrow area of land bedded in the fall in preparation for planting. Band apply and keep Prowl away from the area where dry bulb onion seed will be planted. Harrow off tops of beds after Prowl furrow application before planting dry bulb onions. Can also apply as a banded application to flag-leaf dry bulb onions. Only apply once to the furrow area and once to the dry bulb onion row per season. Rate based on soil texture.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)PHI 60d, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 0.75-1 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply between rows at layby, after onions have emerged. Emerged weeds should be removed prior to application. Avoid applying directly to the tops or exposed bulbs of onions. Incorporate uniformly into the soil between the onion rows. Two incorporation passes are required, the first within 24 hours of application, the second at least 5 days after the first. Avoid covering onions with treated soil. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and weed composition. Applications made to stressed onions may lead to crop damage and reduced yields.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • bromoxynil (Broclean)PHI 30d, REI 24h or 48h, Group 24. Dry bulb onions only. Apply 1-1.5 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. On muck soils with >10% organic matter Broclean must be applied 3-4 days before crop emergence. Rainfall or irrigation 2 days after application or 3 days before crop emergence may result in crop damage. If not on muck soils, can be applied after crop emergence with at least 50-70 gal/A of spray because concentrated Broclean will kill onions. If the waxy coating on onion leaves is insufficient, Broclean can kill onions. Dry soil, dry onion foliage, high light intensity, low humidity, and high temperatures help develop a waxy coating. Do not add a surfactant.
  • oxyfluorfen (Goal 2 XL)PHI 45d, REI 48h, Group 14. Dry bulb onions only. Apply 2-4 oz/A per application multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 pts/A per year. For transplanted onions, may be applied to the soil before planting. The soil surface should be free of excessive plant residue before applying. For direct-seeded onions, may be applied when the onions have at least 3 fully developed true leaves and weeds are at the 2- to 4- leaf stage. A chlorotic band around some of the leaves may be observed, especially in cool wet conditions.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 30 days before planting by seed. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 45d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 6-32 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX)PHI 45d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 24 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses (see product label for susceptible stage). Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal/100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt/100 gal of spray).
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): PHI 60d, REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application. For bulb onions 1 application may be made before crop emergence, and 1 may be made after crop emergence a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. For seeded onion only 1 application allowed per year. Do not exceed 2.7 pts/A per year. Use precision directed spray application equipment adjusted to prevent spray contact with crop plants is applying after crop emergence. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or as a harvest aid and desiccant to remove crop leaves or ease harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 4.5 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Parsley and Cilantro

Parsley and Cilantro Evonne Gong

Introduction

Parsley (Petroselinum crispum) and cilantro (Coriandrum sativum) both belong to the Umbelliferae (Apiaceae) family, along with several other crops such as carrot, celery, fennel, dill, and parsnip. Curly leaf parsley is most often used as a garnish, whereas flat leaf parsley is more often used as an ingredient. The fresh leaves of cilantro are commonly used in Mexican, South Asian, Indian, and other cuisines; the dried seeds of the same plant are known as coriander. 

Types and Varieties

Type Variety
Cilantro Advanced Turbo II (BB)
Calypso
Caribe
Confetti
Cruiser (B)
Leisure
Longstanding
Marino
Pallas
Santo
Parsley - Curly Leaf Banquet
Darki
Double Curled
Forest Green
Grune Perle
Jade
Katinka
Krausa
Moss
Wega
Parsley - Flat Leaf Dark Green Italian Plain
Giant of Italy
Laika
Peione (DM)
B = bolting resistant, BB = bacterial blight resistant, DM = downy mildew resistant

Soil Fertility

Maintain soil pH near 6.5, and maintain P and K in the high/optimum range. These crops do best in rich, well-drained soils.

Planting 

Parsley and cilantro can be transplanted or direct-seeded. Transplants are recommended for parsley, which can take up to 3 weeks to germinate. For transplant production, seed into 72-cell trays. Transplant at 12-18” between and within rows. Cilantro germinates more rapidly, so direct-seeding is recommended. Be mindful of reduced germination rates when using seed older than one year; doing a germination test ahead of planting is recommended so that adjustments to seeding rates can be made if necessary. If direct seeding, do so after the last frost. Direct-seed 1/3’” deep at 20-40 lb/A (1-2 oz/100 row ft) into rows 12-18” apart. Cilantro grows well even when thickly sown and does not need to be thinned.

Cilantro seeds actually contain more than one seed each, similar to beets. Some varieties of cilantro are available as “split” or monogerm seed to improve planting precision. Split seeds tend to shed the seed coats more quickly as well, which can be helpful for cilantro microgreen production.

Culture and Harvest

Rotate away from Apiaceae crops to avoid soil-borne diseases. Parsley can be cut all at once or selectively. Selective cuttings of parsley can prolong harvests, and a well-maintained planting can be cut from 3-5 times in a season. Parsley can be overwintered in high tunnels. Cut leaves approximately 1" above the soil line to avoid damaging the growing point. Harvesting should begin in early July with a mid- to late April seeding date. Cilantro should be harvested before it begins to bolt, and only one harvest is possible. Sequential seedings can be made to ensure steady supply. 

Store cut parsley and cilantro at 32˚F with 95-100% relative humidity, and in coolers separate from ethylene-producing crops. Stored properly, both crops can keep for 2+ weeks.

Parsley and Cilantro Disease Control

Parsley and Cilantro Disease Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

Bacterial leaf spot of cilantro (Pseudomonas syringae pv. coriandricola)

The initial symptoms of bacterial leaf spot are dark, water-soaked, vein-delimited spots on leaves. The spots rapidly turn dark brown in color, remain angular in shape, and can be seen from both top and bottom sides of leaves. If disease symptoms are severe, the foliage can take on a blighted appearance when leaf spots coalesce. The disease progresses rapidly during wet weather. Cilantro crops with significant amounts of this disease will be unmarketable. The causal bacterium is host specific to cilantro and does not infect celery or parsley. The pathogen is seedborne in cilantro and infested seed is the primary means by which the pathogen gets into the cilantro production system. The bacterium can also survive many years in the soil as an opportunistic bacterium. If bacterial leaf spot has been a problem, rotate out of cilantro for several years. Use management practices that promote airflow and do not work in this crop when wet. 

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55)OG: 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group BM02. See label for application methods, rates, and restrictions. 
  • basic copper sulfate (Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss): 1.3lbs/A (cilantro); REI 48h, Group M01. See label for phytotoxicity restrictions. Do not apply more than once every 10 days. 

Powdery Mildew (Leveillula lanuginosa)

Disease development is favored by high humidity, moderate temperatures, and drought stress. Rain or overhead irrigation reduces disease severity. The pathogen can survive between crop cycles. Control wild and volunteer Apiaceous plants. Maintain adequate fertilizer and irrigation programs to ensure plant health. Drought stress may be lessened with mulching. Use resistant cultivars when available.

  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. See label for application rates and restrictions.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 4.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Parsley only.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia) OG: PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. See label for rates, application methods, and restrictions.
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC 108 (Actinovate AG) OG: PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for application rates. Apply to foliage with spreader-sticker for best results.
  • Swinglea glutinosa extract (EcoSwing) OG: PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. May be used in enclosed spaces. See label for application rates and restrictions.

Root rot (Pythium and Phytophthora spp.)

These pathogens are soil-borne and cause severe symptoms in cold, wet soils. Look for collapsed plants shortly after emergence. Provide good soil drainage and reduce soil compaction. Raised beds may be useful.

  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 1.0 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 21d, REI 48h, Group 4. May be used pre-plant or as soil spray.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Bio-Tam 2.0) OG: See label for application rates; REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast application instructions.

Septoria blight (Septoria petroselini)

Severe disease outbreaks can significantly reduce crop quality. Symptoms appear as small lesions with small black specks in the center. The pathogen is seedborne and highly favored by rain and overhead irrigation. Start with certified, disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water or fungicides. Inspect transplants before setting in the field and destroy infected plants. Rotate to crops outside of the Apiaceae family. Plant sequential plantings as far apart from one another as possible. Incorporate plant residues promptly after harvest.

  • cyprodinil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Cilantro only.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7. 
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/A, PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 12. See label for application restrictions.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Parsley only.

White Mold (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)

Start with certified seed that is free from sclerotia of the pathogen. Infected plants will wilt and a white, cottony fungal mass can often be observed near the soil line. Rotate with non-host plants. Irrigate in the morning to promote drying of soil and foliage. This pathogen thrives in 50-70˚C temperatures and cool, damp conditions. Ten or more days of wet soil promotes infection. Soil sterilization with heat, chemicals, steam, or by biofumigation with brassica crops can reduce, but not eliminate, sclerotia.

  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Bio-Tam 2.0) OG: See label for application rates; REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast application instructions.
     
Disease Control

Parsley and Cilantro Insect Control

Parsley and Cilantro Insect Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Cabbage Looper, Imported Cabbageworm, and Other Caterpillars

For more information, see cabbage looper and imported cabbageworm in the Cabbage section. Parsley worm, the larva of the black swallowtail butterfly (Papilio polyxenes), may invade small plantings but are not abundant enough to reach pest status on larger plantings. Hand picking or selective insecticides provide control.

  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Parsley only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Not for cabbage looper. Do not apply to crops in bloom. 
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 5 oz/A parsley, 3.5 to 5 oz/A cilantro; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, and as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone. On cilantro, foliar applications only. Not for imported cabbageworm. 
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 10 to 17 oz/A cabbage looper, 7 to 13.5 oz/A other caterpillars; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Cabbage looper only. Parsley only.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Cabbage looper only. Apply when larvae are first observed.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A for CL, 3.5 to 6.0 oz/A for beet armyworm and corn earworm; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. Cabbage looper, beet armyworm and corn earworm only. Parsley only. 
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Imported cabbageworm and cabbage looper only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 10d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Parsley only.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Not for imported cabbageworm. Parsley only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. Cabbage looper only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A parsley, 4 to 6 oz/A cilantro; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Armyworms and cabbage looper only on cilantro. 
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use low rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of an adjuvant is recommended. Parsley only.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 21 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. Suppression only. Not for cabbage looper. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A imported cabbageworm; 3.2 to 4 oz/A cabbage looper; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Carrot Weevil (Listronotus oregonensis)

Carrot weevil females lay eggs near the base of plants that have 4 or more true leaves, and larvae tunnel into root systems. Aboveground foliage will appear severely chlorotic. Symptoms are easily confused with those caused by Pythium; to distinguish, dig up yellowing or wilting plants. Carrot weevil larvae will cause orange gouges near the crown. Alternatively, if the roots appear shortened with reddish to orangish root tips, Pythium is the likely pathogen. See Carrot and Parsnip section for more information.

Cutworm 

Look for missing or cut-off plants. When this occurs, cutworms can often be found in nearby soil under clods, debris, or rocks. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

Root-Knot Nematode (Meloidogyne spp.)

Parasitized crops will appear less vigorous, stunted, or nutrient-deficient in circular patterns in the field. If suspected, carefully dig up the plant and look for galls; if present, send to diagnostic lab for confirmation. If confirmed, rotate with non-hosts such as cereals. Soil solarization or field fumigation in the fall may help reduce nematode populations.
 

Insect Control

Parsley and Cilantro Weed Control

Parsley and Cilantro Weed Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 7d, REI 4h, Group 9.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E): REI 12h, Group 0. Parsley only. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply before planting to soil relatively free of plant debris. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil within 36 hours by shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall. Grass control only; should be supplemented with cultivation or another registered herbicide for broadleaf control.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • linuron (Lorox DF)PHI 30d parsley, 21d cilantro, 155d coriander seed, REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. For parsley, apply 1-3 lbs/A per application. Can be applied as a single broadcast application of 1-3 lbs/A after planting, but before the crop emerges. Do not exceed 3 lb/A per year if applying before crop emerges. Can also be applied as a single application of 1 lb/A after parsley has a minimum of 3 true leaves or crop injury may result. Apply when weeds are in the 1-3 true leaf stage. Do not exceed 1 lbs/A per year if applying after the crop emerges. Only apply after the crop emerges if growing in muck soil.

    For cilantro, apply 1-2 lbs/A per application. Do not exceed a total of 4 lb/A per year. Can be applied as a single broadcast application of 1-2 lb/A after planting, but before the crop emerges. Plant seeds at least 0.5” deep. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Can also be applied after the crop emerges using of 1-2 lb/A per application. Up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed the seasonal maximum of 4 lbs/A per year in total (with applications before and after the crop emerges). Apply after cilantro has a minimum of 3 true leaves and weeds are in the 1-3 true leaf stage. Early crop injury can occur, however the effect should be transitory, with no yield losses attributable to crop injury.

    Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Moisture is needed to activate Lorox; best results are obtained when application is made to moist soil, i.e., applied after at least 0.5” of water through rain or irrigation. Do not exceed 40 psi spray nozzle pressure or apply when the temperature is over 85°F. Lorox activity is higher if it has been cloudy for 3 or more days, so reduce the application rate if these conditions are met.
  • prometryn (Caparol 4L): PHI 30d, REI 12h or 48h, Group 5. For cilantro, apply 2-3.2 pts/A per application. Do not exceed 3.2 lbs/A per crop cycle or 6.4 lbs/A per year. Apply as a broadcast application before planting or after seeding, but before crop has emerged.

    For parsley, apply 1 pt/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Can be applied as a broadcast application up to 14 days after planting. Can also be applied up to 30 days prior to harvest and again up to 30 days prior to the second cutting/harvest.

    Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. To avoid crop injury, do not use on sand or loamy sand soils, or if crop is under water stress.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone-ethyl (Aim EC): PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Apply as a hooded application, as a preplant burndown no later than 7 day before planting by seed or immediately before transplanting crops.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 20d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • clomazone (Command 3ME)PHI 50d, REI 12h, Group 13. Dried parsley and fresh cilantro only. Apply 10.7 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply after seeding but before crop has emerged to the soil in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Has not been tested extensively in our region; tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 7d cilantro and dried parsley, 14d fresh parsley, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 15d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Pea

Pea otank

Introduction

Pea (Pisum sativum) belongs to the legume family. It is a cool-season crop that may be planted as early in the spring as the soil becomes tillable. Field pea is commonly grown as a cover crop, or, in more arid regions, for its smooth dried seeds that are used as food or feed crops. Garden pea is more commonly grown in New England for fresh market use. Garden peas contain higher sugar and lower starch contents than field peas and have wrinkled mature seeds. 

Types and Varieties

Three types of garden peas are in demand, all of which come in dwarf and tall vining forms:

  • Shelling Pea - only the seed is eaten.
  • Snow or Edible-Podded Pea - the pod is eaten with undeveloped seeds.
  • Sugar Pea or Sugar Snap - both pod and seed are eaten.
  • Pea Shoots - tender shoots from all vegetable, cover crop, and seed pea varieties may be eaten.
Type Varieties
Shelling Pea

Strike (49) - F

PLS 534 (58, afila type) - F

Knight (62) - CW, PM, PEV

Progress #9 (62)

Maxigolt (62)

Green Arrow (65) - F

Lincoln (62) - CW

Snow Pea

Oregon Giant (60) - F

Avalanche (60) - F

Blizzard (61)

Oregon Sugar Pod II (60) - CW, F, PM, PEV

Sugar Snap Pea

Sugar Ann (52)

Sugar Sprint (62) - PM, PEV

Sugar Snap (62)

Super Sugar Snap (66) - PM, PLR

SL3123 (70)

The number in parentheses is the approximate number of days to maturity from seeding.

Resistant or tolerant to: CW: common wilt, DM: downy mildew, F: Fusarium wilt, PEV: pea enation virus, PLR: pea leaf roll virus, PM: powdery mildew

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8.

Most research suggests that 20-30 lb of nitrogen (N) per acre should be available at planting time, but that higher levels are not helpful. Peas can fix anywhere from 50-300 lbs of N per acre, depending on plant density and availability of the appropriate species of Rhizobium bacteria. These bacteria, if present, live in root nodules of legumes, including peas, and convert atmospheric N into forms available to plants, a process called nitrogen fixation. Nitrogen obtained in this manner is used more effectively than applied N. Therefore, plant vigor and production may be higher when the seed is inoculated with the appropriate species of Rhizobium bacterium. Inoculant can be purchased from most seed companies and should be listed in their catalogs. It is usually applied by mixing it with the seed at planting time. Pea inoculants are the same as those for vetches and lentils. Those used for alfalfa, beans, or clovers will not work with peas. If peas or vetch have recently been grown in the field, inoculation may not be necessary. Note that many seed treatments may be toxic to the bacteria.

Nitrogen fixing can be slow in a cool, wet spring, so there may not be adequate N for high yields through N fixing alone. In this case, additional N may help to increase yields. However, applying excess N may reduce bacterial N fixation. If Rhizobium is not present, if leaching has occurred, or for early peas, sidedressing with an additional 25 lbs of N per acre may be beneficial.

Less N fertilizer will be needed if legume sod or cover crop was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Pea

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) -LBS PER ACRE  PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5
PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O
PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast/Planter 50-75 150 100 25-50 0 150 100 50 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 50-75 150 100 25-50 0 150 100 50 0

Planting

Seeding rates for peas vary considerably depending on the size of the seed. For fresh market, peas should be spaced 1.5-2" between seeds and 24-36" between rows at a seeding rate of 90-150 lb/A (about 1 lb/100 feet of row).

For processing peas, seed 200-250 lb/A at 1" between plants and 7" between rows.

Field Culture

Pea seed will germinate well at soil temperatures as low as 50ºF, but germination is slow. Extended periods of cool, wet weather during the germination period may cause rotting of the seed. For this reason, fertile, well-drained, sandy soils are best for early plantings. Finer-textured soils with high moisture-holding capacities are preferred for late spring crops. The use of treated seed is helpful in overcoming the problem of seed decay.

Several root rot organisms that attack peas usually begin at the tips of the feeder roots and progress towards the main roots, or occasionally show on the stem slightly above ground level. Rotation can reduce problems with root rot in peas.

Peas that mature during hot, dry weather frequently show reduced yield and quality. If hot, dry conditions normally occur in your area, pea planting should be suspended in mid-May and resume in July for fall harvest. If hot, dry summer weather occurs for only short periods in your area, plantings can be made throughout the summer using heat-resistant varieties for mid-summer harvest.

Trellising

A trellis should be installed at the time of planting. Nylon mesh netting using twister bands to attach to 2"x 2" stakes makes a good trellis for tall varieties. At least a 6' high trellis is needed for all vining varieties. A double row can be planted for more efficient use of netting.

Harvest and Storage

Pods of shell peas should be rounded and still have a glossy sheen; if dull, they have passed their prime and will have lost their sweetness in exchange for a starchy flavor. Snap peas should also be glossy, and swelled, but not rounded. Pods of snow peas should be expanded to their fullest extent but still be flat. Peas should be stored at 32ºF with 95-98% relative humidity.

Pea Disease Control

Pea Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more detail.

Damping-Off, Seed Decay, Root Rot, and Stem Canker

Plant early in well-drained and well-fertilized soil. Use a 3- to 4-year rotation.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel LCOG): 0.5 to 4.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a labeled chemical fungicide.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.8 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.64 to 1.28 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4 . For protection against Pythium damping-off, early-season Phytophthora (0.64 fl oz/100 lb seed), and systemic downy mildew (1.28 fl oz/100 lb seed).\
  • pydiflumetofen (Trebuset): 0.31 to 0.77 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 7. For Fusarium root rot. See label for restrictions and plant-back intervals.
  • sedaxane (Vibrance): 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 7. Labeled for seed decay, seedling blights, and Rhizoctonia damping-off. See label for restrictions and plant-back intervals.
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC 108 (Actinovate AGOG): 1.0 to 12.0 oz/A; REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for application methods. Can be applied to seed.
  • Trichoderma harzianum Rifai strain T-22: (Root Shield GranulesOG): 5.0 to 12.0 lb/A; REI 4h, Group BM02. In-furrow at time of planting.

Rhizoctonia Root Rot and Stem Canker

Rhizoctonia root rots and stem canker are caused by strains of the soilborne fungus Rhizoctonia solani that are common throughout all soils. The pathogen survives between crop seasons as sclerotia (survival structures), mycelium in the soil, or on or in infected plant debris. It is spread in infested soil or plant debris by wind, rain, irrigation water, and machinery. When soil becomes infested, the problem will persist indefinitely. Seedlings and young plants are highly susceptible to infection and disease severity is increased by low soil temperatures and soil compaction. Seed decay and damping-off can be controlled by using high-quality seed with high germination and vigor, and by practices that encourage rapid germination and emergence. Seed treatments are not effective against infections later in the season. The disease may be reduced by sowing seed as shallowly as possible in warm, moist soil. Land preparation that minimizes soil compaction and structural damage will lessen disease severity. Rotate crops with a cereal or pasture crop (avoid beets, beans, brassicas, and potatoes which can increase inoculum). Cover crops and other practices that increase organic matter and improve soil structure are recommended. Some brassica crops (mustard, rape) used as green manure have been reported to suppress Rhizoctonia. Avoid incorporating green manure immediately before planting and damaging roots by shallow cultivation. Fungicides can manage Rhizoctonia root rot on young seedlings if applied as a seed treatment or soil drench.

Disease Control

Pea Insect Control

Pea Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Corn Earworm (Helicoverpa zea) and Fall Armyworm (Spodoptera frugiperda)

Generally, corn earworm (CEW) and fall armyworm (FAW) are late-season pests and are likely to only be a problem in fall peas. For more information, see Sweet Corn section.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.7 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. FAW only. Use alone to control light populations, or first and second instar larvae. Add a contact insecticide to control more mature FAW larvae and higher populations. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/APHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Use alone to control light populations, or first and second instar larvae. Add a contact insecticide to control more mature FAW larvae and higher populations. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 14d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1.5 qt/A CEW, 1 to 1.5 qt/A FAW; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Use on succulent or shelled peas prohibited.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 5-7.5 oz/A soil at planting, 3.5-7.5 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Not for FAW on dry peas.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use higher labeled rates for large FAW larvae. 
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. Dry Southern peas only. CEW only. 
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Use higher rates for large FAW larvae.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 16 oz/A FAW, 10 to 16 oz/A CEW; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates for FAW when plants are small or infestations are light. CEW suppression only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, PHI 21d dry, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 6 oz/A; PHI 3d succulent, 28d dried, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.72 to 4 oz/A CEW, 3.2 to 4 oz/A FAW; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cutworms

Cutworms are caterpillars that hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day and feed on stems after dark. For best results, make application between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground. Synthetic pyrethroids (Group 3A) may work best during cool spring weather. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.3 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d succulent shelled or edible-podded, 21d dried, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 14d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 1.5 qt/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Use on succulent or shelled peas prohibited.
  • chlorantraniliprole and lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. Climbing cutworm only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Variegated cutworm only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 3d succuent, 28d dried, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Pea Aphid (Acyrthosiphon pisum)

The pea aphid is light green with unusually long legs and cornicles (tailpipe-like projections). It is the primary aphid that attacks peas, fava beans, and lentils. This aphid overwinters as an egg on alfalfa, vetch, and clover and moves to peas in the spring. Live female nymphs are produced throughout most of the year. Females take 12 days to mature and produce up to 150 nymphs. There are 13-20 generations per year. Populations tend to be lower after cold, snowless winters or springs with persistent wet weather. Infestations during the bloom and early pod stages will reduce yield and crop quality by removing plant sap, impairing pod appearance, reducing seed fill, impairing nitrogen fixation, and by the presence of aphid honeydew. Start monitoring when plants begin to flower. Action thresholds include 1-2 aphids per leaf, 2-3 aphids per stem tip, or 9-13 per sweep, if a sweep net is being used. Harvest or spray nearby alfalfa, vetch, or clover before winged adults are formed in the spring. Varieties differ in their susceptibility to pea aphid damage. There are many natural enemies (lady beetles, lacewings, flower fly larvae, predatory midges, braconid wasps) that help reduce aphid numbers. Fungi will control high aphid populations during warm, humid, or wet weather. A single systemic insecticide application will control this pest.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Not for dry peas.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 14d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • chlorantraniliprole and lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d edible-podded and succulent shelled, 21d dried shelled, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.3 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Do not apply if bees are actively foraging or when crops or weeds are in bloom. 
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 2.9 to 5.8 oz/A; PHI 3d fresh, 21d dry, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.2 oz/A foliar, 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Repeated applications or the addition of another insecticide may be necessary.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d fresh, 21d dry, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.5 to 1.6 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 1.28 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic seed treatment. Use standard slurry seed treatment equipment which provides uniform coverage. For early-season protection.

Seedcorn Maggot (Delia platura)

See seedcorn maggot in the Bean section for more information.

Insect Control

Pea Weed Control

Pea Weed Control otank

NOTE: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): REI 12h, Group 9.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h, Group 22. Use 2 – 4 pts/A. Include a nonionic surfactant at 0.25% v/v, or crop oil concentrate/methylated seed oil at 1.0% v/v (1 gal/100 gal) of the finished spray volume for maximum efficacy. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 17.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • clomazone (Command 3ME): REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 21.3 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply to the soil surface after seeding but before crop emergence. Apply in a minimum 10 gal/A of spray. Place seed below the chemical barrier when planting. Some temporary crop injury (partial whitening of leaf or stem tissue) may be visible after crop emergence. Complete recovery will occur from minor early injury without affecting yield or earliness.

  • linuron (Lorox DF): REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. Apply 2 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply after planting but before crop emergence. Use the lower rate on sandy soils adn the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Do not apply to field peas used for livestock feed. Incorporate into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 60d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1.5-3 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply before planting and incorporate 2-3” into the soil. Do not bring untreated soil to the surface. Activate with water through rainfall or irrigation.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. Shelling peas and dry peas only. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 2 pt/A per year. Reduce soil movement after application for improved weed control. The combined applications in the fall plus spring must not exceed the maximum allowed annual rate. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Can be applied after planting but before crop emerges, or after the 1st trifoliate stage of bean growth, although leaf spotting may occur. Can also be applied within 14 days of planting and incorporates 2” into the soil. Apply and incorporate after bed formation if planting into beds. The risk of crop injury is greater on light-textured soils and under cool wet conditions, and may delay maturity and reduce yield. Rate based on soil texture and organic matter.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2.25-6 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply as a before crop has emerged in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Do not incorporate. Planting less than 1” into the soil, inadequate seed furrow closure, or poor growing conditions can cause adverse crop response. Wait a minimum of 7 days after application to plant in coarse-textured soils with less than 1.5% organic matter. Reduce rate on coarse-textured soil with organic matter less than 1.5% and pH of 7.8 or higher, or on highly eroded soils, or in areas of calcareous outcroppings to minimize adverse crop response.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Shelling peas. Apply 1-1.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply before planting and incorporate 2-3” into the soil of the final seedbed within 24 hours of application. Disc twice after spraying for satisfactory incorporation. Rate depends on soil texture.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • imazethapyr (Pursuit): PHI 30d, REI 4h, Group 2. Shelling peas and dry peas. Apply up to 3 oz/A per application. Apply within 1 week of planting or up to 3 days after planting. Incorporate into the soil if applying before planting. Can also be applied when peas are 3” tall but before 5 nodes or flowering. Nonionic surfactant must be added to the spray solution for postemergent use.
  • metribuzin (Metribuzin): PHI 50d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 0.25-0.5 lb/A per application. Do not exceed 0.6 lb/A per year. Can be applied in a single preemergent application 0.25-0.5 lb/A in at least 10 gal/A of spray. Apply before or after planting. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil with cultivation or water through rainfall irrigation. One post-emergent broadcast application may be made per season when weeds are less than 2’’ tall or wide and before crop is 6’’ tall. For spring peas, apply 0.16-0.3 lb/A and for winter peas, apply 0.25-0.3 lb/A. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of spray.
  • saflufenacil (Sharpen): PHI 3d, REI 12hr, Group 14. Apply 1-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 30 days apart. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Can be applied up to 3 days after planting but before cracking stage or emergence of peas. Ensure the seed row is closed, or severe crop injury will occur. Do not incorporate. Can also be applied 1 week before planting and incorporated less than 3” into the soil. Can also be applied post emergent in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May also be used as a harvest aid/desiccant for dried field peas. When used as a desiccant, the application does not contribute to the maximum cumulative seasonal use rate for a crop. Spray over the top of dry peas that have reached physiological maturity (peas with at least 80% yellow/brown pods and no more than 30% of leaves still green for vine-type peas, and no more than 40% of leaves still green for bush-type peas). Allow up to 10 days for optimum desiccation effect. Has not been tested on all varieties, crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not use for green lentils. Plant legumes at least 0.5” deep to reduce risk of crop injury. May result in delayed crop emergence and stunting in cool wet conditions after application.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • bentazon (Basagran): PHI 10d for succulent peas, 30d for dry peas, REI 48h, Group 6. Apply 0.8-1.6 pt/A per application. Do not exceed 3.2 pt/A per year. Rate based on weed composition. Apply to actively growing weeds.Apply after 3 pairs of leaves (or 4 nodes) are present. An effective treatment in an emergency situation to control certain broadleaf weeds and fairly effective against yellow nutsedge when 4-6" tall. Pea injury such as yellowing, bronzing, speckling, or burning of leaves may occur under certain conditions. Temporary injury is generally outgrown without delay of podset, maturity or reducing yields. Do not apply when peas are in bloom or under stress from root rot. Do not apply with a crop oil concentrate or injury and yield reductions may occur.
  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 1 day before planting. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max): PHI 21d, REI 24hr, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply before bloom. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44 to 0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup PowerMax): PHI 7d, REI 4hr, Group 9. Apply 15 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, before crop has emerged, or as a spot treatment. Only 1 spot treatment application allowed per year. Do not combine spot treatment and preharvest applications on the same crop. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • imazamox (Raptor): REI 4h, Group 2. Apply up to 3 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when peas are at least 3” tall but before 5 nodes or flowering. A nonionic surfactant must be added to the spray solution. Apply at least 1 hour before rainfall or overhead irrigation. Rate based on weed composition. For English peas, some varieties are more sensitive than others, and use may delay maturity or reduce crop growth, quality, or yield. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 3.0*): REI 12h or 24h (based on application type), Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. Apply before, during, or after planting, but before emergence as a banded or broadcast application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Minimize soil disturbance when seeding. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • quizalofop (Assure II): PHI 60d dry, 30d succulent, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 4-12 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 14 oz/A per year. Rate based on weed composition and growth stage. Apply with either crop oil concentrate or non-ionic surfactant. Do not apply when crop or weeds are under drought stress.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 30d dry, 15d succulent, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum 14 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pt/A per year. Use with crop oil concentrate (2.0 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be used as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Pepper

Pepper Evonne Gong

Introduction

Pepper (Capsicum annuum; Family Solanaceae) is a warm-season crop requiring 3-4 months of frost-free growing days. They are started from transplants. Bell peppers are the most commonly grown and are usually harvested green. Fruits left to mature on the plant turn red, orange, or yellow, and sugar content increases markedly. Other types of sweet and chili (hot or pungent) peppers are usually elongated and tapered. Varieties grown for green peppers take 55-60 days from transplanting to begin producing fruit; colored fruit takes approximately another 20 days to develop. Hot peppers generally become more pungent as they mature or if grown under stress. Check variety descriptions carefully to obtain the proper peppers for your markets.

Types and Varieties

Type Varieties
Field Sweet Bell - Green to Red

Aristotle - BLS(1,2,3), P, TM

Captain - BLS(0-10), P

Intruder - BLS(1,2,3), P, TEV, TMV

King Arthur - BLS(2), PVY, ToMV

Mercer - BLS(0,1,2,3)

New Ace - TMV

Nitro S-10 - BLS(0-10), TMV, P, TSWV

Olympus - BLS(1,2,3)

Paladin - BLS(1,2,3), P, TMV, TEV

Revolution - BLS(1,2,3,5), CMV, P

X3R Red Knight - BLS(1,2,3), PVY

Sailfish - BLS123, TMV, P

Shogun S-10 - BLS(0-10), TMV, TSMV

Tarpon - BLS(0-10), P, TMV

Turnpike - BLS(0-5,7-9), P, TMV

Field Sweet Bell - Specialty Colors

Delirio (orange) - TMV, TSWV

Early Susation (yellow) - BLS(0-3,7,8)

Flavorburst (yellow)

Islander (purple to red) - TMV

Greenhouse Sweet Bell

Abay (yellow) - BLS(1-5)

Yellow/Hot Wax

Brocanto (yellow) - TMV, TSWV

Milena (orange) - PVY, TMV, TSWV, TEV

Sprinter (red) - TMV

Sweet Frying Type

Aruba (light green) - P

Biscayne (light yellow)

Carmen (green-red)

Escamillo (orange)

Key West (light green/red) - BLS(1,2,3)

Hot - Ancho/Poblano

Bastan - TMV

Baron - BLS(1,2,3) 

Trident - TMV

Hot - Anaheim

Charger - TSWV

Numex Joe E. Parker

Hot - Jalapeño

Compadre

El Jefe - BLS(0-3,7,8) PVY, TEV

Evermand - BLS(1,2,3)

Jalafuego - BLS(1,2,3,7,8), PVY

Jedi - BLS(1,2,3)

Orizaba - BLS(1,2,3)

Rayo (processing) - BLS(1,2,3)

Non-hot Jalapeño

Felicity

Pace 105

Specialty Hot

Habanada (mild orange habanero)

Hungarian Yellow/Hot Wax

Inferno

Numex Suave Orange (mild orange habanero)

Banana Pepper

Doblon - TMV, TSWV

Pageant - BLS(1,2,3)

Sopron - BLS(1,2,3)

Sweet Savannah

Resistant or tolerant to: BLS: bacterial leaf spot (races indicated); CMV: Cucumber mosaic virus, P: Phytophthora crown rot, PVY: potato virus Y, TEV: tobacco etch virus, TMV: tobacco mosaic virus, ToMV: tomato mosaic virus.

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.0-6.8. Sidedressed nitrogen can also be applied through a drip irrigation system over the course of the remainder of the season. This is particularly advantageous in soils prone to leaching. See Fertigation for more information. Excess nitrogen has been shown to cause excessive vegetative growth and reduce yields. A pre-sidedress nitrate test (PSNT) can advise on the need for sidedress nitrogen. High P starter fertilizer can be used at transplanting, especially with cool soil conditions.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Pepper

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast/Planter
50
150
100
25-50
0
200
150
50
0
Sidedress 2-3 weeks after planting
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sidedress after first fruit set
40
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 140 150 100 25-50 0 200 150 50 0

Planting

Check with your seed company if the seed is hot water treated. Purchase hot water treated seed if possible or request hot water seed treatment. Growers should produce their own transplants or contract with a reputable local supplier to minimize the potential of importing severe disease and insect problems that are common in other regions. Sow seeds 8 weeks before field transplanting. Peppers are a slow-growing crop and need protection from soil-borne diseases, especially damping-off organisms. Use seed treated with a suitable fungicide or use a biofungicide soil drench (See Table 24, Microbial Disase Control Products). Avoid over-watering. Avoid contamination from the greenhouse floor by lining it with plastic, growing plants on benches, and hanging watering devices when not in use. Do not permit moisture to remain on seedlings for more than 2-3 hours after watering. This may require adjusting watering rates on cloudy days.

One ounce of seed will produce 3,000-5,000 plants. About 8,000-14,500 plants are required per acre, depending on your choice of spacing in the field. Seeds may be sown thickly in flats and later transferred to 72-cell trays. Peppers thrive under warm conditions; seeds germinate best at 85-90ºF, and seedlings develop well at 75ºF during the day and 65ºF at night. Peppers are susceptible to transplant shock. Reduce temperature and water and increase air movement around the plants to condition them for transplanting. A precaution: overly-hardened plants are slow to recover and yields may be reduced. Plants should be set in the field after the danger of frost is over, and the soil temperature is at least 60ºF. Poor fruit set and blossom drop can be expected when night temperatures drop below 60ºF or day temperatures rise above 85ºF.

Field Culture

Peppers are commonly grown on black plastic mulch with drip irrigation in the Northeast. Planting into raised beds, especially in heavy or poorly drained soils, can also help prevent root rot diseases. When transplanting into black plastic mulch, center the transplants in holes to avoid burning stems and damaging or killing seedlings as plastic heats up. For best results, 4-8" tall plants should be transplanted on a cloudy, calm day, preferably in the late afternoon.

Space transplants 12-18" apart within rows (67-100 plants per 100 feet of row) and 3' between rows. With double rows on plastic, space each row 15" or as far apart as the plastic permits, but remember that plants can tip outward (lodge), bringing fruits in contact with bare soil. This spacing requires 8,300-14,500 plants per acre. 

Some smaller pepper varieties produce spindly seedlings and plants that are not as sturdy as bell peppers and can lodge much more readily. Transplanting the seedling so that the cotyledons are at the soil surface (the root ball will be approximately 2" deep) will significantly decrease lodging without adversely affecting yield. 

Peppers may require staking to minimize lodging and sunscald. In each row of plants, drive half a tomato stake (18-24" long), 6" into the soil between every 4-10 plants. Tie polyethylene strings at 8-16" heights as plants grow. Run string from stake to stake; first down one side of the plants, looping and tightening it around each stake, and then back on the opposite side of the plants. Leave a 3-4' gap in the trellis system every 50-100' to facilitate harvesting. In windy locations, it may be helpful to erect temporary windbreaks such as snow fence. Some growers have found improved production with such windbreaks in place.

Research in the Northeast has shown that pruning peppers is not profitable.

High Tunnel Production

The production of peppers in high tunnels has gained popularity in recent years. High tunnel peppers can produce higher yields than field peppers, but they generally deliver less revenue than tomatoes. Quality of colored bell peppers is often higher in high tunnels than in field production. Similarly to field peppers, high tunnel peppers are grown on black plastic with drip irrigation and are planted in single or double rows, 12-18" apart. Some varieties are marketed as being for high tunnel production, but may only reach their full yield potentials with pruning, supplemental heat, and long seasons; field varieties have performed as well or better than high tunnel varieties in high tunnels in university trials. Trellising is a common practice in high tunnel peppers—in this protected environment, one string can be run along each side of a double-row bed, with stakes on either side of the bed (as opposed to running one string along both sides of each row as is common in tomatoes).

Harvest and Storage

Green bell peppers normally are harvested in the green (immature) stage after the fruits have reached full size and the walls are firm and have thickened. Colored bell peppers take several additional weeks to turn color. Harvest the crop twice a week to achieve maximum yields, or every 7-10 days for maximum size. Peppers are picked by a twisting, pulling motion with part of the stem adhering to the fruit. Branches can break easily during harvest. Teaching workers the proper harvest technique can help avoid plant breakage and lodging, and extensive losses due to sunscald.

Peppers can be brushed or washed before packing. If peppers are washed, wash water temperature should be as warm or slightly warmer than that of the peppers. Wash water more than 10ºF cooler than the pepper creates a partial vacuum inside the pepper, which draws some of the wash water (and any bacteria that may be in the water) into the fruit. There are commercial sanitizers registered for use in wash water to help prevent bacterial contamination through infiltration and control postharvest rots.

Containers used are wire-bound crates, cardboard boxes, and bushel baskets. Twenty-four pounds per container is an average weight. The wholesale market prefers large peppers (75 or less in a 1 1/9 bu. box).

Optimal storage conditions are 50-54°F and 85-95% relative humidity. Chilling injury will occur below 45°F, but may not become apparent until the fruit have been brought back to room temperature. Dried hot peppers are stored at 32-38ºF.

Pepper Disease Control

Pepper Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

PESTICIDE USE IN GREENHOUSES AND HIGH TUNNELS:

Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if: 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically say it can be used in the greenhouse; OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is ‘silent’ about use in the greenhouse in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

Management practices that will reduce disease in greenhouses and high tunnels are the use of resistant varieties, sanitation, fungicides and cultural practices that keep the humidity below 90%.

See also: Table 19: Fungicides and Bactericides Labeled for Vegetable Transplants.

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum coccodes and C. acutatum)

Anthracnose caused by Colletotrichum cocoodes is primarily a pathogen of ripe fruit; anthracnose occurs on fruit that is left on the plant for a long period of time. The disease is most common on red peppers that have a long ripening period. Latent infections can occur on immature fruit. Sunken circular fruit lesions that develop salmon to pink spores are the most common symptom of Colletotrichum infections. The pathogen can be seedborne and survives in the soil through the production of sclerotia. Rotate away from solanaceous plants for at least 2 years. Start with certified, disease-free seed and transplants. Plant in well-drained fields. Control solanaceous weeds. Some resistant cultivars are available. Apply fungicides preventively where anthracnose has been a problem.

Anthracnose caused by Colletotrichum acutatum is relatively new to the pepper industry in the U.S. It is fairly widespread in the southern U.S. and has occurred for consecutive years in several New England states. Unlike C. coccodes, this species attacks fruit of all ages and is very aggressive. During warm and wet weather conditions, significant losses can occur. Do not plant peppers in the same area following disease for at least 1 year. Remove all diseased plant material from the field. Most peppers are susceptible but North Star and Paladin were the least susceptible in one report. Cabrio has performed better than Quadris for this disease.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. 
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (Ariston): 2.0 to 2.44 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 27 & M05.
  • difenaconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 70d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11 & 27. Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M03.
  • fluxapyroxad plus propiconazole (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Groups 7 & 11.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.2 to 2.4 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 2.6 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Rotate to a non-Group 11 fungicide after 1 application.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Rotate to a non-Group 3 fungicide after 2 applications.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11.

Damping-Off and Seed Decay

Do not allow transplant growing medium to remain wet. Maintain ventilation. Do not use unpasteurized growing media. Keep tools and hose nozzles clean and off of the greenhouse floor. Do not use treated seed for food, feed, or oil purposes.

  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/00 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi. Does not control Pythium and Phytophthora.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4. Do not make a preplant or at-plant application of products containing mefenoxam.
  • propamocarb HCl (Previcur Flex): 1.2 pt/A; PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 28. Pythium and Phytophthora damping-off. For greenhouse or high tunnel use, see label: apply in evening to avoid intense sunlight after application. Phytotoxicity may occur if applied directly to dry growing media, especially in intense sunlight.

Phytophthora Crown Rot and Blight (Phytophthora capsici)

Symptoms include total collapse of plants and water-soaked lesions on fruit which produce a white yeasty growth under moist conditions. Avoid planting into soils that are known to be contaminated with Phytophthora capsiciP. capsici can survive in the soil for many years; a 3-year or longer rotation with plants other than pepper, tomato, eggplant, cucurbits, or legumes may help reduce losses. If planting into infested soils, subsoil to improve drainage, use resistant varieties, and plant on dome-shaped raised beds that will shed water. Break beds to allow water to leave field through lowest paths; do not let water pool or stand around plants. Avoid bringing Phytophthora-contaminated soil into clean or fumigated fields on farm equipment by working in clean fields first and cleaning equipment after working in contaminated fields. Avoid planting low, wet areas with susceptible crops. Do not throw rotting host crops purchased off-farm on fields or into compost piles for use on fields. Alternating between two or more soil-applied fungicides, beginning at planting, and continuing throughout the season, has been shown to be more effective than foliar applications. Several products are labeled for drench or trickle applications.

For crown and stem rot:

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40. Labeled for foliar, soil, and drip applications. Do not use in greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • Bacillus subtilis Strain Strain QST 713 (Serenade SoilOG): 2.0 to 6.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group BM02. Apply as an in-furrow spray in 5-15 gallons of water at planting.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Labeled for foliar, soil drench or overhead irrigation application.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Suppression only. Must be applied as a tank mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a non-Group 40 fungicide. Do not use in greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • ethaboxam (Elumin): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 22. For best results, begin applications at planting/transplanting. Do not make more than 2 applications per year.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be applied in a tank mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Labeled for foliar, soil, and drip applications. Do not use in greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 1.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group 4. Apply as banded spray after transplant. May cause yellowing of pepper leaves, especially if soil applications are made when the soil is dry. See label for plant back restrictions and precautions. Does not control foliar/fruit phase. Resistance is a common problem.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Gold 200): 2.4 to 19.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 49. Apply at planting in furrow, in transplant water, or by drip irrigation.
  • potassium phosphite (ProPhyt): 4.0 pt/100 gal to transplants prior to transplanting, or 5 fl oz/1000 row ft as in-furrow drench at planting; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group P07. 
  • Streptomyces lydicus strain WYEC (Actinovate AGOG): 3.0 to 12.0 oz/A (soil applied); PHI 0d, REI 3h, Group BM02. See label for application restrictions.

For foliar and fruit rot:

  • famoxaone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Disease suppression of foliar and fruit phase only. Rotate with an appropriate fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Must be tank-mixed with a contact fungicide.
  • Gliocladium virens strain GL-21 (Soilgard)OG:0.5 to 2lb/100 gal; 2.0 to 10 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI na, Group NC. See label for specific rates (before, at, and after transplanting).
  • mefenoxam plus copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold/Copper): 1.0 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M01. Recommended to be used in conjuction with Ridomil Gold SL. See label for rates and restrictions. Do not use in greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. Begin prio to disease development.
  • potassium phospite (ProPhyt): 6.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group P07.

Bacterial Canker (Clavibacter michiganense pv. michiganense)

Bacterial canker is primarily a disease of tomatoes, but can also infect pepper. This disease is seedborne. Damage appears as irregular-shaped brown leaf spots, black cankers, wilting, defoliation, and occasionally as tiny, round, brown fruit spots with a white center. Management is similar to methods listed below for bacterial spot.

Bacterial Leaf Spot (Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria)

Bacterial leaf spot causes small dark spots on foliage is one of the most destructive diseases of peppers in New England. There are 11 identified races (0-10). Chemical controls are often ineffective. Effective management requires rotating to fields where solanaceous crops and weeds have not existed for at least 2 years and growing resistant varieties. Success using resistant varieties requires growing a variety with resistance to the race present in your crop, which requires identifying the race(s) present with lab testing. X10R™ varieties provide intermediate resistance to all strains. Maintain proper nutrient levels and avoid using dolomitic (high magnesium) lime before planting peppers. Hot-water treat pepper seeds at 122°F for 25 minutes to eliminate seedborne inoculum. Grow your own transplants or contract to have them grown locally. Disinfect used flats, cell-packs, bench tops, machinery, etc. with a 1:9 mix of bleach and water; rinse well with fresh water. Scout fields weekly for plants with small brown leaf spots. Work infected fields last. Do not use high pressure, air-blast sprayers, which cause increased leaf infection in rows adjacent to spray alleys and spread bacterial diseases across rows. Destroy crop residue after harvest to encourage rapid decomposition.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50 WG): 0.33 to 0.75 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12 h, Group P01. Do not use on bell peppers. Actigard is a plant activator and should be applied preventatively before disease symptoms are observed.
  • Bacillus thurigiensis subsp. kurstaki strain ABTS-351 plus methyl salicylate (Leap ES): 0.5 to 2.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11A. Suppression only. See label for tank mix restrictions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel LCOG ): 0.5 to 6.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard LCOG ): 4.5 oz/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group P06.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • Lamarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 2.6 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • streptomycin sulfate (Agri-Mycin 17): 200 ppm (1 lb/100 gal); REI 12h, Group 25. Only for greenouse use on transplants; cannot be used in the field. Apply when the first true leaves appear and continue every 4-5 days until field transplanting.

Cucumber Mosaic Virus (CMV)

Many different strains of CMV occur and the host range includes plants in more than 31 different families. In pepper, the symptoms can be confused with tomato spotted wilt virus as well as other virus diseases and include mosiac, mottling, ring spots, stunting, and distortion. The disease is spread by several species of aphids in a nonpersistent manner, meaning that the virus does not remain in the aphids for a long period of time and insecticides are therefore not useful for CMV control. Reduce weeds, especially chickweed, pokeweed, and milkweeds as much as practical. Isolate pepper fields from cucurbits and Prunus spp. (e.g. cherry trees) which are the overwintering host of the green peach aphid, especially where there has been a history of CMV.

Potato Virus Y (PVY)

PVY has a worldwide distribution. Three main strains have been described that differ in distribution and symptomatology. Symptoms vary widely with cultivars and virus strain combinations, ranging from mild mosaic to severe foliar necrosis. One strain can cause a symptomless current season infection that leads to next-generation infection. Primary symptoms of PVY include mottling, yellowing, leaf drop, and premature plant death. Early infections can cause stunting and a decrease in fruit set. PVY is a member of the plant virus family Potyviridae, the largest and most significant virus group, and has caused significant losses in agricultural, forage, and horticultural crops. Hosts include solanaceous plants, legumes, and plants in the Chenopodiaceae family (e.g. spinach, chard, beets). PVY is transmitted in a non-persistent manner by more than 25 species of aphids and may also be transmitted mechanically by foliar contact. Long-distance transport is by winged aphids and on infected potato seed tubers. Insecticides may slow the spread of disease within a crop, but may actually increase insect probing and be counterproductive because only a few seconds of insect feeding is required for virus transmission. Minimize contact disease spread by minimizing mechanical damage during cultivation, spraying, and harvest. Remove virus-infected plants. Resistant cultivars are available.

Tobacco and Tomato Mosaic Virus (TMV, TomMV)

Several strains of TMV exist, including the closely related tomato (TomMV) strain. Symptoms on pepper can include yellow, chlorotic spotting, but can vary considerably as will the severity of disease and the effect on yield. Both strains can be seedborne or transferred from previously infected plant debris, weeds, transplants, other crops, or workers using tobacco products. Unlike other viruses, TMV and TomMV are easily spread from plant to plant by contact with hands and tools. Insects are not considered to be important vectors. Grow resistant varieties. Control weeds as much as practical. Do not plant susceptible peppers or tomatoes for at least two years on land that previously had TMV-infected crops. Handle plants as little as possible. Do not allow workers to use tobacco products while working with plants.

Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus (TSWV)

The host range for TSWV is one of the largest of any virus. Hundreds of plant species are susceptible including many commercial floriculture crops. Symptoms include chlorosis of leaves and blotching on green tissue. Do not raise tomato, pepper, eggplant, or cauliflower transplants in the same greenhouse as ornamentals. Monitor thrips in the greenhouse and control as necessary. Control greenhouse weeds, as many are hosts to TSWV. 

Disease Control

Pepper Insect Control

Pepper Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Green Peach Aphid (Myzus persicae)

Green peach aphid overwinters in the egg stage on woody plants in the Prunus species (peach, wild cherry, etc.), where nymphs feed in spring. Field vegetable crops are colonized in June by winged females who produce live young (nymphs), resulting in multiple generations of wingless females. Generation time from birth to reproductive adult is 1-2 weeks depending on temperature. Each female produces 30-80 live young. If food quality declines, winged females develop and leave in search of new plants. In fall, both male and female winged aphids develop and return to woody plants to mate and lay eggs.

Winged green peach aphids have a black head and thorax and yellow-green abdomen. Wingless adults and nymphs are usually pale yellow-green including the cornicles (a pair of tubes near the tip of the abdomen) but may be pink. Adults reach 2 mm long. Aphids feed on leaves and excrete a sugary, sticky substance called "honeydew" which coats fruit and fosters growth of black sooty mold fungus.

Numerous crop families (including solanaceous crops, cucurbits, brassicas, and crops in the spinach and carrot families), as well as broadleaf weeds, support green peach aphid. Feeding on young tissue causes curling, wilting, reduced growth, and contamination of harvested crop by the aphids themselves. The major damage caused by this aphid is the transmission of many different plant viruses. It is also a pest in greenhouses; see Vegetable Transplant Production and Greenhouse Tomato for greenhouse management.

Aphids are usually controlled on peppers by natural predators and parasites, such as lady beetles, lacewings, spiders, syrphid fly larvae, wasps, and beneficial fungi, unless the populations of these beneficials are disrupted by chemical sprays. Preserve natural enemies by using selective/microbial pesticides for other pests whenever possible. Occasionally green peach aphid or, less commonly, melon aphid and potato aphid, populations build up and require controls. Early-season, broad-spectrum sprays will kill beneficials and lead to aphid population buildup.

Begin to examine plants in early July for aphids and the presence of beneficial species. Spray only when aphids are increasing and building up to high numbers. Treat at 5- to 7-day intervals if aphid numbers exceed 10 per leaf before fruit set, and 5 per leaf after fruit set. Coverage of leaf underside is important. Add a spreader-sticker. Plant crops away from Prunus spp. Spray effectiveness may vary depending upon the species present. Reflective plastic mulch repels aphids as long as 50% of the surface area is reflective. Even black plastic mulch has been shown to reduce aphid numbers compared with bare-ground culture.

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 lb/A for non-bell types and 0.5 to 1 lb/A for bell types; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Green peach aphid only on bell types; all aphid species on non-bells. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 3 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Suppression only. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 0.66 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal; 7 to 14 oz/A; 0.16 to 0.32 oz/sq ft.; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For use on transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Suppression only. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3ASuppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 14 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled aphicide.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 1.25 to 1.5 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Green peach aphid only.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For foliar and drip chemigation or soil injection applications.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Green peach and potato aphids only. Translaminar. Apply when aphids first appear, before populations build up.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops, including seedlings grown for transplant.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations. Do not apply as a foliar spray. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Black Cutworm (Agrotis ipsilon)

Black cutworm is the most common of the many cutworm species that damage vegetables in New England. Adults are night-flying tan and black moths, while the caterpillars are dark-grey to black and up to 2" long. Moths from the South arrive between March and June. Eggs are laid mostly on grasses and winter annual weeds. Certain fields tend to have a history of repeated cutworm damage. The larvae feed after dark and hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day. There are 2-3 generations per year but only the first generation, which produces larvae in May and June, damages seedling peppers. Leaf feeding by small larvae is common and generally unimportant, as plants compensate for leaf area lost as they grow. On rare occasions, sometimes after the soil is saturated, larger larvae switch from leaf feeding to cutting stems off near the soil line.

Ground beetles, parasitic flies and wasps, and other general predators help reduce populations. When peppers follow sod/hay in rotation, fall-plowing may lower cutworm populations by reducing spring egg-laying sites. Plantings on plastic mulch experience less cutworm damage, while weedy or reduced-till fields tend to suffer greater damage. Hardening seedlings before transplanting toughens stems and reduces damage.

Adults can be monitored with a yellow and white Unitrap and pheromone lure from March through May. Trapping should begin with the earliest warm nights when daily average temperatures exceed 50ºF. A catch of over 40 moths before transplanting indicates that frequent June scouting is prudent. The first cutworm damage may be expected about 375 growing degree days (GDDs) base 50ºF after the first early peak of moth activity. GDDs can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu). Scout problem fields once or twice weekly, checking at least 100 plants for leaf feeding and cut stems, especially near field margins. Spot spray heavily damaged areas or edges of the field if 1-2% of the plants have been cut down. For best results, make application between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee:H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply evenly over soil surface.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Bell peppers only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Must be ingested. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of a spreader-binder adjuvant is recommended.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

European Corn Borer (Ostrinia nubilalis) and Other Caterpillars

In northern New England, European corn borer (ECB) has a single flight in mid- to late summer and sprays should coincide with this flight. In southern and central New England, ECB has two generations and generally does not become a pest in peppers until the appearance of the second generation in late July or August. Apply insecticides when second generation moths become active. Check state sweet corn IPM reports for flight activity, or use pheromone traps for monitoring adult flight activity. Insect development, based on temperatures near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu). Make first application 1 week after moth count equals or exceeds 7 moths per week and fruit are present on the plants. Discontinue sprays 1 week after moth counts drop below 21 moths per week. The spray interval depends on the residual period of the insecticide used as well as weather conditions and pest pressure. Use shorter spray intervals during peak flights and while pheromone trap catches exceed 150 moths per trap. Choose selective/microbial products whenever possible to preserve beneficials and reduce the chance of aphid outbreaks. Pyrethroids may cause aphid outbreaks by eliminating their natural enemies. See Sweet Corn for more details on ECB life cycle.

Foliage-feeding caterpillars such as armyworms and hornworms rarely reach pest status on peppers in New England. Tomato hornworms (Manduca quinquemaculata) or tobacco hornworms (Manduca sexta) occasionally feed in pepper, causing leaf damage and leaving bare stalks in the canopy. Fall armyworms occasionally infest pepper foliage and fruit in August and September when preferred stages of sweet corn (whorl and pre-tassel) are no longer available and pheromone traps capture more than 90 or 100 moths per week. Most products listed for ECB will also control these caterpillars. Orthene will not control fall armyworm. A few products are labeled for armyworms or hornworms only as noted below. 

  • acephate (Orthene 97): 0.5 to 1 lb/A for cabbage looper and hornworm, 3/4 to 1 lb/A for ECB; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Bell type only. Maintain a 7 to 14-day spray schedule during ECB flight. Will not control fall armyworm.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A hornworm and other caterpillars, 1 to 2 lb/A armyworm; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting (not for ECB), through chemigation and as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • cryolite (Prokil Cryolite): 8 to 12 lb/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group UN. For armyworm, cabbage looper, and hornworm.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 7 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): See label for rates based on application method and target pest; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Use high rate for ECB and only chemigation or soil injection for ECB. 
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • diflubenzuron (Dimilin* 25W): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 15. Apply when larvae are small.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Apply when larvae are first observed. Not for ECB. 
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For control of ECB and suppression of armyworms.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For control before larvae bore into the plant stalk or fruit. 
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A for hornworm, 3.5 oz/A for other caterpillars; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. Bell peppers only for ECB control.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A for hornworm and cabbage looper, 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A for ECB and other caterpillars; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For ECB, apply before larvae bore into plant stalk or fruit.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Use high rate for ECB. Short residual.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 16 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. For heavy infestations, maintain a 7-14 day schedule during moth flight to protect new growth. 
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instar larvae. 
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 8 oz/A for ECB, 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A for cabbage looper and corn earworm; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Bell peppers only. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A. Maintain a 3 to 4 day spray schedule. Not for ECB.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A, 4 to 8 oz/A armyworms; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Must be ingested. Maintain a 10- to 14-day schedule during ECB flight. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of a spreader-binder adjuvant is recommended.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A for ECB and hornworm; 3.2 to 4 oz/A for fall armyworm; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Pepper Maggot (Zonosemata electa)

Pepper maggots are found throughout southern New England, including southern NH. Flies have three yellow stripes on their back with banded wings. Eggs are laid within the flesh of the fruit, and maggots tunnel into the placenta (seed head) or sidewalls before exiting to drop to the soil to pupate. Exit holes, present in late August or early September, provide entry sites for soft rot bacteria. Monitor fruits of pepper plants adjacent to tree lines for oviposition (egg-laying) scars weekly during July. An oviposition scar appears as a pinpoint white scar in the middle of a shallow, indented area on the surface of the pepper fruit. Scars are particularly obvious on the high-gloss surface of cherry peppers, which can be used as indicator plants if located in outer rows along field margins. Yellow, sticky-traps baited with a vial of 28% ammonium hydroxide may be used to capture adult flies if hung in nearby trees. Traps are most reliable when hung about 20' high, within the canopy of maple trees bordering the field. Make 2-3 applications at 5- to 10-day intervals beginning 1 week after oviposition scars are detected or when the first fly is captured. Avoid sites with horse nettle, which serves as an alternate host. Perimeter trap cropping: spot sprays limited to cherry pepper plants in row(s) surrounding main pepper crop will control this pest and spare beneficials throughout most of the field. Note: Use of selective materials for managing ECB (IGRs, spinosad, or Bacillus thuringiensis) will not control pepper maggots. Use of Orthene at 8- to 10-day intervals for aphids or ECB during mid- to late July and early August will control pepper maggots. The solid spinosad bait, Seduce, has produced mixed results.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee:H, Group 3A. Adult control. 
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 0.66 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • spinosad (GF-120 NaturalyteOG): 10 to 20 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Begin applications as soon as monitoring indicates flies are present. Use large droplet size (4-6 mm) applied to lower leaf surfaces to optimize length of time bait is attractive. Use with perimeter trap cropping for best efficacy.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.

Stink Bugs

See Tomato section for information on stink bugs, including brown marmorated stink bug.

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythoid* 2): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Foliar applications only. For brown, consperse, green, and Southern green stink bugs only. Coverage is essential for adequate control. 
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A for all stink bugs except brown, 7 to 10.66 oz/A Danitol 2.4EC + 3 to 4 oz/A Belay for all stink bugs including brown, but this combination should not be applied during bloom or if bees are actively foraging; PHI 3d Danitol alone, PHI 21d Danitol + Belay, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 2 to 3 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. 
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on immature stages. 
  • oxamyl (Vydate L): 1.5 to 3 pints/A foliar; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply once when insect populations are at threshold and repeat at 5- to 7-day intervals as needed.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A green stink bug, 3.2 to 4 oz/A brown stink bug; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Green and brown stink bugs only. 

Thrips and Mites

Thrips and mites are most commonly pests of pepper in greenhouses and high tunnels. Refer to the Transplant Insect and Mite Management section for more information about greenhouse pests, including Table 19 for biological control guidelines and Table 21 about insecticides labeled for vegetable transplants in the greenhouse. Note that some of the products listed in these tables are only labeled for transplants, not crops to be sold such as greenhouse tomatoes.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • acequinocyl (Kanemite 15SC): 31 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20B. Two-spotted spider mite and broad mite only. Do not use less than 100 gal water/A. Use of an adjuvant or surfactant is prohibited. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Thrips only. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression of thrips only.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.1 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Thrips only.
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Long residual. Not systemic; ensure complete coverage of upper and lower leaf surfaces and fruit. Mites only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A thrips, 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A mites; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 2 to 4 qts/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Begin application as soon as thrips are seen in the crop. Thrips only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression of thrips only.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops. Suppression only. Thrips only. 
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops. Western flower thrips only. Suppression only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Thrips only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal; 7 to 14 oz/A; 0.16 to 0.32 oz/sq ft.; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For use on transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops. Thrips only. Suppression only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Thrips only.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Two-spotted spider mite only.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A. Mites only. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Not for Western flower thrips. Suppression only for mites.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Repeat applications may be needed. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 12.5 to 50 lb/A or 0.125 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied after fruit set. White residue may be minimized if applications stop when fruit is 25% of its expected harvest size. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides. For suppression and repellence of thrips only.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Not for Western flower thrips. Suppression only on mites.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal drench, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. For foliar and drip chemigation or soil injection applications. Thrips only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. Mites only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant. Thrips only. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant. Thrips only. See label for rotation information. 
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and systemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility. For control of tomato russet and broad mites. Suppression of two-spotted spider mite and thrips.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 4.25 to 4.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Mites only. Suppression of thrips only. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 3 to 10 lb/A; REI 24h, Bee: L, No IRAC classification. Mites only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression of thrips only.

Whiteflies

See whiteflies in the Tomato section for more information.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 2 to 4 qts/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. For silverleaf whitefly. Apply before pests reach damaging levels.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. In greenhouses or high tunnels, for use on pepper plants being grown to harvest only. Do not apply to plants grown for transplanting. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops. Allow 1-3 days for control to be translocated into the aerial portions and to fully protect transplants following an at-plant application. Allow 2-5 days for control to fully protect the plants following a drip application. 
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal, 7 to 14 oz/A; 0.16 to 0.32 oz/sq ft.; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For use on transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom ): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops. Suppression only. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build, and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage. For greenhouse whitefly suppression only.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 14 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal (drench), 8 to 64 oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Suppression only. Apply when whiteflies first appear.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Knack): 8 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: L, Group 7. For control of eggs and immature stages. Does not control adults, but hatching of eggs laid by treated adults may be suppressed. Apply when threshold levels are reached. Higher water volumes provide improved control. 
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages, may also reduce adult fertility. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 4.25 to 4.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations. Do not apply as a foliar spray. Do not use on greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
Insect Control

Pepper Physiological Disorders

Pepper Physiological Disorders ghiggins

Sunscald

Sunscald occurs when the pepper fruit receives too much sun. Wide plant spacing and defoliation by bacterial spot may result in sunscald. Breakage of stems by pickers will also open the plant and result in sunscald. Promote good foliage growth with proper fertilization and irrigation during prolonged periods of hot weather. Staking plants can reduce lodging and sunscald.

Blossom End Rot

Blossom end rot is caused by a localized calcium deficiency in the blossom end of fruit. This disorder is usually caused by fluctuating soil moisture and reduced movement of calcium in the plant, as opposed to calcium deficiency in the soil. Symptoms begin as a sunken spots on the sides and blossom end of pepper, which can become infected with secondary fungi.

Physiological Disorders

Pepper Weed Control

Pepper Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

For optimum growth and highest pepper yields, aim to keep production areas weed-free for the first 8-10 weeks after transplanting, until pepper plants are large enough to be competitive with weeds.

Hairy galinsoga can be an issue in pepper production fields because this weed is not controlled by most herbicides registered for use in pepper and because it resists cultivation. Stale seed beds can help by encouraging and then killing off the initial flush of germinating galinsoga seeds. If galinsoga is an issue, rotate to crops where the use of herbicides that are known to control galinsoga are permitted (such as beets where Stinger can be applied, or sweet corn where atrazine herbicides are registered for use) to help reduce the number of short-lived galinsoga seeds in the soil.

Eliminate small patches of solanaceous weeds, such as jimsonweed and horsenettle, prior to transplanting peppers, because they are in the same plant family as pepper and can serve as alternate hosts and sources for disease and insect pests.

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E)REI 12h, Group 0. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied before or after planting, before the crop has emerged. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil with shallow cultivation if applying before planting or with water through irrigation or rainfall within 36 hours of application if applying after planting.
  • clomazone (Command 3ME)REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 10.7-42.7 fl oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied to the soil surface before seeding or transplanting, or after seeding but before crop emergence. Place seed or roots of the transplants below the chemical barrier when planting. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Some temporary crop injury (partial whitening of leaf or stem tissue) may be visible after crop emergence. Complete recovery will occur from minor early injury without affecting yield or earliness. Do not use on banana peppers.
  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT)REI 24h, Group 0. Apply 2-4 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply to direct seeded or transplanted crops to a weed-free soil surface. Can be applied before under plastic mulch or between rows of plastic mulch. Incorporate no deeper than the seeding depth through shallow cultivation. If soil is dry, incorporate 2-4” into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall within 24-72 hours of application before covering with plastic. Apply plastic over treated soil the same day as incorporation. If applying between rows of plastic mulch, incorporate 1-2” into the soil with shallow cultivation or water through irrigation or rainfall within 24-72 hours of application. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O): PHI 70d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1-3 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied as a broadcast surface application before transplanting crops, before laying plastic for raised beds, or in a band to previously untreated row middles between beds. Be sure not to overlap row and row-middle spray. Do not apply before direct-seeding. Can also be applied as a directed spray after planting transplants but do not apply to foliage of transplanted vegetables or severe injury may occur. Roots of transplants must be established. If applying after transplanting, mechanically incorporate the Prowl at blocking, thinning, or layby if sufficient rainfall or irrigation has not occurred.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum): REI 24h, Group 15. MA, ME, and NH only. Transplanted bell pepper only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login(link is external) and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2.25-12 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter, and soil pH. Apply banded or broadcast before transplanting.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Transplants only. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply before transplanting. Incorporate 2-3’’ into the soil of the final seedbed within 24 hours of application. Disc twice after applying for satisfactory incorporation. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and rainfall. Poor weed control in soils that are wet or are subject to prolonged periods of flooding.

Pre- and Postemergence Herbicides

  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Apply to row middles only. Avoid contact of the herbicide and the planted crop. If plastic is used on the planted row, adjust equipment to keep the herbicide off the plastic.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before seeding. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 20d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Allow a minimum of 3 days between application and seeding and do not apply after seeding. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. Can be applied before, during, or after planting but before emergence. Can also be applied after the crop has emerged with a directed spray. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 20d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Potato

Potato Evonne Gong

Introduction

Potato (Solanum tuberosum) is a cool season crop that produces best yields when temperatures average slightly below 70ºF during the growing season. Potatoes will grow well on a wide range of soils and are especially well-suited for New England. The best soil for potatoes is well-drained and medium-textured. Potatoes produced on light, sandy, loam soils generally have a more desirable shape and a brighter skin color than those grown on heavier clay-type soils. Poorly drained soils favor disease development and may result in reduced plant stands, low yields, and poor quality.

Types and Varieties

In addition to the varieties listed below, there is a good list of varieties with resistance to particular diseases in the Cornell Organic Potato Production Guide

Type Variety Disease Resistance Disease Resistance
Early-Maturing Algonquin   Buff skin, white flesh
Caribe CS, PLRV Purple skin, white flesh
Cala Rosa HH Red skin, yellow flesh
Chieftan CS, LB Red skin, white flesh
Dark Red Norland CS, M Rich, dark red skin, white flesh. Tubers round to oblong. Stores well.
Natascha R, PVY Yellow skin, yellow flesh
Red Gold CS Pink skin, yellow flesh
Satina LB, CS-H Yellow skin, yellow flesh. Stores well.
Superior CS-M Buff-colored skin, white flesh. Oval.
Yukon Gem CS, LB Yellow skin, yellow flesh
Yukon Gold NN Yellow-/buff-colored skin, medium yellow flesh. High specific gravity. Excellent storability, long dormancy.
Mid-Season Adirondack Blue/Red   Deeply colored varieties
Caribou Russet CS-M, V Russet skin, white flesh
French Fingerling CS Pink skin, yellow flesh splashed with pink. Longer tubers than most fingerling varieties.
Gold Rush HH, V-M, CS-M Russet
Kennebec LB Smooth, buff-colored skin, white flesh
Norland CS-M, PVY, LRV Smooth red skin, white flesh. Sensitive to ozone air pollution.
Red LaSoda EB-M Bright, deep red skin, white flesh. Round to oval tubers. Heat- and drought-tolerant.
Red Pontiac   Red skin, oblong to round tuber. Fairly drought-tolerant.
Late-Maturing Coastal Russet   Long, slightly flattened tubers, moderately russeted skin.
Katahdin PVY, PLRV Round and white. High yield potential. Drought-tolerant.
Russet Burbank CS, BL Russeted, long-tuber. High specific gravity. Highly susceptible to PVY.
Russian Banana CS-M Light yellow skin, yellow flesh, banana-shaped tubers.

Resistant to: CS=common scab; PLRV=potato leafroll virus; HH=hollow heart; LB=late blight; R=Rhizoctonia; PVY=potato virus Y; V=Verticillium.

Resistance level: M=moderate, H=high

Soil Fertility

Lime and fertilizer should be applied according to soil test results and potato variety. If the variety is resistant to common scab, soil pH should be maintained at pH 6.0 to allow for rotation crops. If the variety is susceptible to common scab, then the soil pH should be maintained at pH 5.0-5.2. Growers should be aware that acid scab, a scab organism that is active at low soil pH, is found in some areas; in these situations, soil pH should be raised to pH 6.0 and a scab-resistant variety should be planted.

Nitrogen (N) is the most critical element from the standpoint of yield and quality. Excessive N can delay maturity, decrease quality and adversely affect fry color for processing crops. Too little N will reduce yields. For most varieties, the amount of N per acre is usually 140-150 pounds. Higher rates can be used for late-maturing varieties such as Russet Burbank and slightly less for early-maturing varieties such as Kennebec. Apply P and K according to soil test results.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Potato

Where All Fertilizer is Applied at Planting Time

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Band placement at planting

120-180

200

120

30-60

0-30

175

125

100

0-50

TOTAL RECOMMENDED 120-180 200 120 60 0-30 300* 250* 100 0-50
*Apply 125 lb K2O/A broadcast

 

Where Sidedressing is Used

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Band placement at planting
80-120
200
120
30-60
0-30
175
100
50
0-50
Sidedress before plants are 6" high
40-60
0
0
0
0
125
100
50
0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 120-180 200 120 30-60 0-30 300 200 100 0-50
*Apply 125 lb K2O/A broadcast

Planting 

Because potatoes are propagated vegetatively, diseases can be carried over between generations. Therefore it is important to plant only certified or foundation seed which has met specific conditions for production practices and disease tolerances. Planting good seed is an essential step to producing a high-quality crop.

Seed should be stored at 38-40ºF with relative humidity maintained at 95%. Seed taken from cold storage should not be planted or cut immediately; tubers should be warmed gradually to 50-55ºF, 7-14 days prior to cutting or planting. Good ventilation and 90% relative humidity should be maintained during this process. Cut seed pieces should be blocky, have at least one eye and weigh 1.5-2 oz.

Amount (hundredweight) of Seed Needed to Plant 1 Acre

34-Inch Rows 36-Inch Rows
Inches Between Seed in Row Wt. of Seed Pieces (oz) Inches Between Seed in Row Wt. of Seed Pieces (oz)
1.5 1.75 2 1.5 1.75 2
6 29 34 39 6 27 32 37
8 22 25 29 8 20 24 27
10 17 20 23 10 16 19 22
12 14 17 19 12 14 16 18
15 11 14 16 15 11 13 14

The more uniform in size and weight the seed being planted, the more accurate the planter will perform. The ideal soil conditions for planting potatoes are 50-60ºF and half field capacity for moisture content; these conditions encourage wound healing of seed pieces and rapid growth. A well-prepared seedbed is desirable and will facilitate accurate planting. Over-preparation of the seedbed should be avoided because of crusting and compaction problems. Do not plant cut seed in soil below 45ºF to avoid seed piece decay.

Suggested Seed Spacing

CULTIVAR SPACING IN THE ROW
Kennebec 6-8"
Katahdin, Superior, Russet Burbank 7-10"
Russet Burbank, GoldRush 12-16"

Close spacing in the row (e.g. 6-8") aids in reducing tuber size and increases the number of tubers set and can reduce the occurrence of hollow heart and growth cracks. Seed pieces should be planted 2-4" below the soil level; this will reduce problems with sunburned tubers. For rapid emergence, no more than 2" of soil should cover the seed piece after planting. Where seed is planted deeper than 2", drag-off (removal of the excess soil from the top of the hill) may be employed to encourage rapid emergence. Rapid emergence should be encouraged to reduce problems with soilborne pathogens such as Rhizoctonia.

Green Sprouting

The practice of pre-sprouting seed potatoes is called green sprouting or chitting. This accelerates plant emergence and speeds the development of marketable tubers, resulting in a gain of 7-10 days to marketable tubers. This practice is often combined with close plant spacing (about 6"). The tubers are harvested when small and often sold in quart baskets as new potatoes. 

About 6 weeks prior to planting, spread whole seed tubers in open-top crates, boxes, or flats, 1 layer deep with the eyes up. Egg cartons can be used for small seed lots. Keep them in a warm place (approximately 70ºF) in medium light intensity (bright shade). Direct sunlight is not recommended. The warmth stimulates the development of strong sprouts, which, in the presence of light, will remain short and stout and will not easily be broken off during the planting process. Cut the seed into pieces when the sprouts are about 1" in length. Cutting seed pieces prior to green sprouting will dry them out and reduce quality.

Cultivation and Hilling

Hilling allows the use of a shallow planting depth to speed plant emergence, while providing the soil depth necessary later in the season for proper tuber development and protection from sunlight, adverse temperatures, and swings in moisture level. Begin hilling and cultivation operations after the plants begin to emerge and complete prior to the plants filling half of the row, to minimize damage to foliage. Discs, rolling cultivators, hillers, or implements with winged cultivator teeth may be used. For best results, hills should be flat and broad rather than narrow and peaked. Cultivation during hilling aids in mechanical weed control and soil-applied herbicides can be incorporated at this time.

Sprout Inhibitors

Sprout inhibitors should be used only in conjunction with good storage management. Federal law requires that shipping containers carrying potatoes treated with postharvest sprout inhibitors be labeled with the chemical name of the inhibitor. When small bags are shipped in master containers, only the master container needs to be labeled. Do not treat seed potatoes.

  • Field Application: Apply 3 lb. a.i. maleic hydrazide/A to healthy, green, non-water-stressed potato vines at least 2 weeks before application of any vine killer. Apply when most of the tubers are 1.5-2" in diameter. If rain comes within 24 hours of application, effectiveness will be reduced. Do not apply at temperatures above 85ºF. See label for additional information.
  • Postharvest Custom Applications: Bulk storage equipped with good ventilation through the pile or pallet box storages can be treated with an aerosolized form of chloropropham (CIPC), sold under a variety of trade names, or Amplify (2,6-diispropylnaphtalene), applied to the storage area by licensed custom applicators. Application should be only after harvest cuts and bruises have healed (2-3 weeks after harvest). Low doses can increase internal sprouting. Seed potatoes should not be placed in treated storage at any time. These are also available as emulsifiable concentrates added to wash water for prevention of sprouting in marketing channels. Do not use the herbicide formulation for sprout control. 
  • Postharvest Application: Sprout Torch (clove oil) can be used as an aerosol or a spray to temporarily eliminate sprouts on potatoes in storage. Do not use on stored seed potatoes. Do not allow vapors to come in contact with storage areas used for seed potatoes within 60 days of storing seed potatoes. Do not apply in the field.

Vine Desiccation

Potato vines should be desiccated approximately 21 days prior to harvest to ensure good skin set on tubers that are to be stored. Rapid vine desiccation, whether from chemical or mechanical methods, can cause stem-end discoloration.

Mechanical desiccation practices, such as mowing or rotobeating, is not recommended for seed production. Care should also be taken not to rotobeat so vigorously as to promote a Fusarium infection at the stolon attachment on tubers.

Organic Methods of Vine-Killing: Potatoes need 2-3 weeks between vine kill and harvest to promote tuber maturity and adequate skin set. Mature skin protects tubers from disease, resists skinning and bruising during harvest and transport, and prolongs tuber storage life. Optimally, vine killing is accomplished mechanically using a flail mower. A flame weeder might be used several days after mowing to assure complete vine kill. Care should be taken to minimize damage to tubers by mowing equipment or by dislodged rocks that can also injure tubers. Vines can also be allowed to senesce naturally by reducing water applications in some cultivars. Another option is to allow frost to kill the vines. However, potatoes left to mature in the ground for 2- 3 weeks after a frost are susceptible to damage by additional frosts and disease.

Defoliants/Desiccants/Harvest Aids

With chemical desiccation, rates should be reduced if potato plants are stressed; refer to the label of the product being used. Thorough coverage is important for all these products, as they are contact herbicides. Field observations suggest the following ranking of desiccants in terms of speed of stem desiccation: paraquat (fastest) > diquat > glufosinate (slowest). This implies that the risk of stem end discoloration is greater with paraquat than with the other vine desiccants.

Potato plants are susceptible to diseases and should be protected from late blight as long as green plant material is visible.

NOTE: ALWAYS FOLLOW LABEL INSTRUCTIONS. The information provided here is based on product labels at the time of writing. If there is any discrepancy between the label and the information below, follow label instructions. The current label for any given product is "the law" regarding its application.

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC): PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 3.2 to 5.8 fl oz/A to potatoes in the later stages of senescence for desiccation of potato foliage and vines. AIM EC will also desiccate late-season susceptible broadleaf weeds to aid in tuber harvest. Adequate desiccation is achieved within 14 days of the initial treatment. If the potato crop is in the active vegetative growth stage when desiccation is initiated, 2 applications may be required to provide desiccation of leaf and stem tissue (not to exceed 11.6 fl oz/A per season). Dense potato canopy, large plant size, and environmental conditions not conducive to product absorption or activity will reduce initial application efficacy and increase the need for a second application. If a second application is necessary, apply at 7-14 days after the first application. Thorough coverage of the potato plant is essential. Use a sufficient volume of water to obtain thorough coverage of the potato leaves and vines.
  • diquat (Reglone): PHI 7d, REI 12h. Suitable for seed and storage. Apply 1 to 2 pt/A. Always use a spray adjuvant (0.1 to 0.5% v/v NIS). Rainfast in 30 minutes. A second application may be made depending on density of vine growth. A 5-day interval is recommended between applications. Not to exceed 4 pt/A per season. Minimum spray volume of 20 gal/A.
  • glufosinate-ammonium (Rely 280): PHI 9d, REI 12h. Apply 21 fl oz/A at the beginning of natural senescence of potato vines. Do not split this application or apply more than one application per harvest. Potato varieties with heavy or dense vines may require an application of another desiccation product to complete vine desiccation. Thorough coverage of the potato vines is essential. Use a sufficient volume of water (20-100 gpa) to obtain a thorough coverage of the potato vines. Vary the gallons of water per acre and the spray pressure as indicated by the density of the potato vines to assure thorough spray coverage. Increase the spray volume to at least 30 gallons of water per acre when the potato vine canopy is dense or under cool and dry conditions. Apply with the spray boom as low as possible to achieve thorough coverage of the potato vines for best control and to minimize drift potential. Do not make more than 1 application per year and do not exceed 21 fl oz/A per application. Not for use on potatoes grown for seed.
  • paraquat (Parazone 3SL): PHI 3d, REI 24h. ME and MA only. For fresh market potatoes only; not registered as a vine desiccant for storage or for seed potatoes. Potatoes must be harvested promptly after desiccation and immediately processed or consumed. Storage may result in tuber decomposition. Apply 0.7 to 1.3 pt/A in minimum spray volume 20 gal/A. Split applications may be made with a minimum of 5 days between applications. Do not apply more than 2.6 pt/A per season. Always use either NIS at 0.125% v/v (if NIS is less than 75% surface-active agent use 0.25% v/v), or COC at 1.0% v/v. Rainfast in 30 minutes. Do not apply to drought-stressed potatoes. Application to immature potato foliage will not give complete desiccation.
  • pelargonic acid (Scyth): REI 12 hr. Use 5-10% v/v solution in 75-200 gal/A. Repeat application as required to maintain desirable level of desiccation.
  • pyraflufen-ethyl (Vida): PHI 7d, REI 12h. Apply when the crop is in the early stages of senescence for best results. Apply up to 5.5 fl oz/A. The product may be tank-mixed or used in sequence with other desiccant products for improved desiccation. Minimum spray volume is 20 gal/A. A second application may be made after a 7-day interval. Do not exceed 11 fl oz/A per season. Label suggests that it may not be effective in burning down grassy weeds.

Harvest

Premature harvesting can result in reduced yields and lower specific gravity. On the other hand, if harvesting is delayed too long, frost and diseases can cause serious losses. Proper operation of harvesting equipment and careful handling can reduce the amount of damage from bruising. Potatoes should not be allowed to fall more than 4-6" and all equipment surfaces should be padded. The ideal temperature during harvest is 60-70ºF. If potatoes are harvested at temperatures below 55ºF, considerable bruising is likely to occur. If tubers are harvested during hot weather (above 80ºF) and they cool off slowly, the likelihood of storage rot is increased. Information on bruise testing is available from the University of Maine Cooperative Extension.

Storage

Healing of cuts and bruises is most rapid at high relative humidity (95%) with a tuber temperature of 50-60ºF and adequate through-the-pile ventilation. This temperature should be provided for 2-3 weeks at the beginning of the storage period. This process is called suberization. Effective suberization will reduce evaporative weight loss and prevent rot organisms from entering damaged tubers. After suberization, the temperature should be lowered gradually to 40ºF for tablestock or seed or maintained at 50ºF for chip stock varieties. When a rot potential such as field frost, late blight, or ring rot is present, the curing period should be eliminated, the temperature dropped and the ventilation increased. The crop should be utilized as soon as possible.

An important aspect of potato pest control is to provide a pathogen-free storage environment. All storage and potato handling equipment surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected prior to handling and placing the crop into storage. Surfaces should be well-moistened by the disinfectant spray. Spray bin walls until there is a slight runoff. Several disinfectant materials are available: sodium hypochlorite products (Agclor) and peracetic acid products, hydrogen peroxide, and hydrogen dioxide products (GreenClean Liquid 5.0, PeroxySan X15, Sanidate, Storox). Consult the labels for specific directions.

Temperature control is best achieved with forced air ventilation that is controlled thermostatically by an air proportioning system. Air flows should not exceed 1.0 cu ft/cwt/min. Storage relative humidity should be as high as possible without causing condensation on the storage walls and ceilings. Good insulation properly protected with a vapor barrier reduces danger of condensation.

Pre-storage Fungicide Treatment

Treatment of potatoes (seed and tablestock) with thiabendazole (Mertect 34ºF) as they go into storage has produced excellent control of Fusarium dry rot in storage. However, resistant isolates of Fusarium are now common. Preventing cuts and bruises is the best defense against this disease. Growers may consider, as an alternative, treatment of tubers going into storage with products containing mono-and di-potassium salts of phosphorus acid (Phostrol) to reduce the tuber-to-tuber spread of late blight and pink rot as the tubers enter storage. These chemicals should be applied uniformly in a fine mist or fog as tubers pass over a roller table or bin loader. The rolling motion will facilitate even coverage. Do not saturate the tubers.

Potato Disease Control

Potato Disease Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Seed Piece Fungicide Treatment

Potato seed treatment is one of the more overlooked portions of a whole-season disease control program. Properly suberized and properly treated seed will provide a better, more uniform stand of plants. Proper application of the appropriate material is necessary. Too much chemical may prove phytotoxic. Inadequate coverage may not totally protect the seed-piece. Dust formulations are preferable for cut seed. CAUTION: Dip treatments may spread bacteria to seed pieces which were previously not affected. NOTE: Many of these seed treatments are now formulated with Douglas fir or alder bark as a carrier. Improved healing of the cut surface has been reported with these products. Some seed treatments can be purchased combined with imidacloprid. Do not use treated seed potatoes for feed or food purposes.

  • azoxystrobin plus mefenoxam (Quadris Ridomil Gold SL): 0.82 fl oz/1000 row feet; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Groups 11 & 4.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain ENV503 (Companion MaxxOG): 2.0 fl oz/100 lb seed pieces; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. For seed cuttings dip. See label for additional application methods.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 0.25 oz/100 lb seed pieces; REI 12h, Group 27. For seedborne late blight. Must be applied in a tank mix with another registered product.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 0.15 fl oz/100 lb seed pieces; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. For seedborne late blight. See label for application restrictions.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim PSP): 0.5 lb/100 lb seed pieces; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 12. Apply to cover thoroughly. REI may be reduced; see label for details.
  • fludioxonil plus mancozeb (Maxim MZ): 0.5 lb/100 lb; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Groups 12 & M03.
  • fluopyram plus penflufen (Velum Prime): 13.0 fl oz/A; REI 12h, Group 7; Soil application. Apply only once per year. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45 Rainshield): 1.6 to 2.5 fl oz/100 lb; REI 24h, Group M03.
  • PCNB (Turfcide 4F, aka Blocker 4F or TerraClor 400): 5.2 to 10.4 fl oz/1000 row ft; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. For common scab and stem canker/black scurf. See label for other application methods and restrictions.
  • Trichoderma harzianum Rifai Strain T-22 (RootShield WPOG): 0.02 to 3 oz/100 lb seed pieces; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for additional application methods. May be applied with compatible chemical seed dusts; see label.
  • Trichoderma harzianum Rifai strain T-22 plus T. virens Strain G-41 (BW 240 WPOG): 3 lb/100 lb seed; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Labeled for plant root pathogens. Not effective in cool (below 50°F) and wet soils. See label for additional application methods.

Dickeya Soft Rot/Black Leg (Dickeya dianthicola)

Dickeya dianthicola is a bacterial pathogen within the blackleg complex. In general, Dickeya species are transmitted via seed pieces. Infected seed potatoes are usually non-symptomatic or have non-distinctive rot symptoms. Use sound sanitation practices when handling seed pieces to prevent contamination of other potato lots. The first symptom is poor emergence (skips in a production field) due to rotting seed pieces. Plants that emerge from contaminated seed often wilt and usually have blackened stems that extend upwards from the rotting seed piece. Some affected plants may only appear unthrifty. The internal stem tissue may be discolored. Rotations that include corn followed by brassicas should be avoided prior to planting potatoes. Growers should ensure that they purchase certified seed that has been inspected for Dickeya. Fields where Dickeya has been confirmed should be avoided for the following year. No pesticides are effective for managing Dickeya.

Early Blight (Alternaria solani)

Leafspots are brown with a bulls-eye appearance and crop losses can be heavy if serious defoliation occurs before or soon after flowering. Apply any of the following fungicides when plants are 4-6" tall. Begin applications earlier if late blight is found in your area, or if disease forecast systems recommend beginning a protection program. Repeat at 5-7 day intervals, depending on amount of moist weather or dew. Use shorter intervals under cool (60-70ºF) moist conditions. Incorporate diseased vines after harvest and avoid growing pepper, tomato, and potato in a continuous rotation. Allow tubers to mature fully before harvesting, avoid harvesting when the soil is wet, and prevent mechanical injury during harvest and handling. Proper fertilization and mineral balance will reduce susceptibility of plants to early blight. Disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu).

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not make more than one application before alternating with fungicides from a different FRAC Group. See label for restrictions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Disease suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide. See label for spray volume calculations.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard WPOG): 4.5 oz/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06. See label for rates required for different spray volumes.
  • boscalid (Endura): 3.5 to 4.5 oz/A; PHI 10d, REI 12h, Group 7. See label for restrictions.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 0.75 pt/A before vines close between rows, 1 to 1.5 pt/A after vines close between rows or when disease severity values are reached; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus potassium phosphite (Catamaran): 4.0 to 5.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & P07.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Under severe disease, may be tank mixed with other compatible fungicides. See label for instructions.
  • copper oxichloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 1.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Apply higher rate when disease is more severe. Under favorable disease conditions, can tank mix with other compatible fungicide. See label for instructions.
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (ECHO 459/Cymo Zanil, AKA Ariston): 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 27 & M05. See label for restrictions. Note longer PHI.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 6.0 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fluopyram plus penflufen (Velum prime): 13.0 fl oz/A; REI 12h, Group 7. Soil treatment. Apply only once per year. See label for application methods and restrictions. 
  • fluopyram plus prothioconazole (Luna PRO): 10.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 3. Do not make more than 2 applications per year.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 8.0 to 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 7 & 9.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. The use of additives or adjuvantes may improve fungicide performance in potatoes. See label for restrictions.
  • iprodione (Rovral 4F): 1. to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 2. See label for crop rotation restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45 Rainshield): 0.4 to 1.6 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Group M03. See label for application instructions and restrictions. Use of Latron surfactant is recommended.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.5 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & 22. Addition of a spreading/penetrating type of adjuvant is recommended. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 40 & 3.
  • metconazole (Quash SC): 2.5 to 4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 3.
  • metiram (Polyram 80 DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A/100 gal water; PHI 3d, REI 24 h, Group M03. See label for application methods, precautions, tank-mixing restrictions.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (VeggieTurbo 5S, AKA OSO 5% SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A foliar or chemigation; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. See label for application instructions.
  • propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex): 0.7 to 1.2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 28. Must be tank mixed with a contact fungicide. See label for rates and timing.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline SC): 6.0 to 9.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus metiram (Cabrio Plus): 2.0 to 2.9 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Group 11 & M03.
  • pyraclostrobin plus dimethomorph (Cabrio Team): 26.0 oz/A, PHI4d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 40.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • trifloxystrobin (GEM 500 SC): 3.0 to 3.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11.
  • trifenyltin hydroxide (Super Tin 80* WP): 2.5 to 3.75 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group 30. MA, ME, and VT only. See label for details.

Late Blight (Phytophthora infestans)

Late blight can occur from infected seed potatoes or infected tubers overwintered in the field. New strains of P. infestans introduced into the region are resistant to metalaxyl. Do not leave cull piles of potatoes in the field. The fungicides used for early blight have some protective ability against Phytophthora but cannot be relied on to provide significant control. If late blight is reported within 0.5 mile, begin applications of an appropriate fungicide. Disease progression throughout the US can also be monitored at www.usablight.org. Plants with significant disease should be plowed under. Check with your local extension specialist for the availability of special exemption fungicides. Disease development predictions based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored on-line (www.newa.cornell.edu).

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 11 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40. Do not make more than 2 applications before alternating to a labeled fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (CX 9030 aka DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; above ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide. See label for other application methods and rates.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard LCOG): 1.0 gal/100.0 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06. See label to determine concentration for different spray volumes. Apply in an alternating or tank mix program with labeled fungicides. See label for additional information.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 0.75 pt/A before vines close between rows, 1.0 to 1.5 pt/A after vines close between rows or when disease severity values are reached; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus potassium phosphite (Catamaran): 4.0 to 5.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & P07. Do not apply in a solution having a pH of less than 6.5. See label for tank mix restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000OG): 0.5 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. See label for tank mix restrictions.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge SC): 1.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Apply up to 4lb/A when disease is more severe. Under favorable disease conditions, can tank mix with other compatible fungicide.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 1.4 to 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 21. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Addition of an organosilicon surfactant may be desirable. See label for restrictions.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 3.2 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 27. Use only in combination with a labeled rate of a protectant such as manzate, chlorothalonil, or triphenyltin hydroxide.
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (ECHO 459/Cymoxanil 61 aka Ariston): 2.0 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 27 & M05. Must be applied in a tank mix with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group M5 fungicide.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 4.0 to 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Group 40. Must be applied in a tank mix with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group when using lower labeled rate. See label.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 6.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • fluazinam (Omega 500F): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 29. Must be applied in a tank mix with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a non-Group 40 fungicide.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45 Rainshield): 0.4 to 1.6 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.5 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. 
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Group M03 & 22. Increase the use rate according to vine development.
  • mandipropamid plus difenconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Groups 40 & 3. Addition of a spreading/penetrating type of adjuvant is recommended. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05. See label for details and restrictions.
  • mefenoxam plus copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold Copper): 2.0 lb/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M01. Do not plant any crop which is not registered for use with Ridomil Gold active ingredient in treated soil for a period of 12 months.
  • mefenoxam plus manzate (Ridomil Gold MZ): 2.5 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M03. Do not plant any crop which is not registered for use with Ridomil Gold active ingredient in treated soil for a period of 12 months.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 49 & M05. See label for product use restrictions.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. See label for product use restrictions.
  • phosphorus acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 5.0 qt/10 to 20 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to heat- or moisture-stressed plants. See label for application rate details and additional precautions.
  • propamocarb hydrochloride (Previcur Flex): 0.7 to 1.2 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 28. Must be tank mixed with a contact fungicide. See label for rates and timing.
  • pyraclostrobin (Headline SC): 6.0 to 12.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyraclostrobin plus metiram (Cabrio Plus): 2.9 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Groups 11 & M03.
  • pyraclostrobin plus dimethomorph (Cabrio Team): 26.0 oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 40. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to a fungicide with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group for at least 1 application.
  • trifloxystrobin (GEM 500 SC): 3.8 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12 h, Group 11. Must be tank mixed with a protectant.
  • triphenyltin hydroxide (Super Tin* 80 WP): 2.5 to 3.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group 30. MA, ME, and NH only. See label for details. Lower rate may be used in combination with another registered fungicide.
  • zoxamide plus chlorothalonil (Zing!): 30.0 to 34.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05.

Common Scab (Streptomyces spp.)

Scab is caused by the soilborne bacterium Streptomyces scabies. The disease tends to be prevalent when soil is dry during tuber initiation, soil pH is above 5.2, and unfinished manure is used as fertilizer. Continuous cropping of potato will also increase incidence of the disease. When planting susceptible varieties, avoid fields with a history of scab. When scab is present, rotate out of potatoes for at least 2 years. Beets, carrots, radish, and some weeds can also be hosts. Maintain soil pH at 5 to 5.2. Irrigation scheduling may have a direct affect on the incidence of common scab during tuberization. Maintaining soil at moisture levels near field capacity during the 2-6 weeks following tuber initiation will inhibit infection. However maintaining high soil moisture may be difficult in some soils, and it is possible that other disease problems may be aggravated by excessive irrigation.

Varieties with some resistance to scab include Nooksack, Russet Burbank, Dark Red, Norchip, Norland, Pike, Salem, and Superior. Allegany, Andover, Atlantic, Chieftain, Elba, Genesee, Monoma, Reba, and Redsen are moderately resistant. Several of the fingerling types also have some resistance. Katahdin, Kennebec, and Snowden are moderately susceptible. Chippewa, Kanona, Norwis, Shepody, Russet Norkotah, Defender, and Yukon Gold are some of the more susceptible lines.

Pythium Leak or Shell Rot (Pythium spp.)

Leak can be a problem in stored potatoes, especially bruised, immature potatoes harvested in hot weather. Symptoms include spongy, wet internal rot of tubers with diseased flesh separated from healthy tissue by a dark boundary line. In advanced infections, hollow cavities form and all that remains of some infected tubers are tuber shells with thin papery skins.

  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 0.42 oz/1,000 linear ft in-furrow; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group 4. Apply as a 6-8" band at planting in a minimum of 3 gal of water. See label for pre-plant incorporated application rates and restrictions. Can be supplemented with a phosphorous acid product. See label for details. Do not plant any crop which is not registered for use with Ridomil Gold active ingredient in treated soil for a period of 12 months. 
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • mefenoxam plus copper hydroxide (Ridomil Gold Copper): 2.0 lb/A; foliar applied. PHI 14d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M01. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • mefenoxam plus manzate (Ridomil Gold MZ WG): 2.5 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M03. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • phosphorus acid (Phostrol): 3.75 to 10.0 pt/A in-furrow, 2.5 to 10.0 pt/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. For suppression of leak, combine the in-furrow treatment of phosphorous acid with a mefenoxam fungicide (Group 4). Additional in-season foliar applications of a phosphorous acid-containing fungicide tank mixed with a mefenoxam-containing fungicide may be necessary to achieve adequate control. See labels for specific rates.

Verticillium and Fusarium Wilts

Verticillium and Fusarium are soil-borne fungi that cause vascular wilts of potato. They can be introduced into fields by contaminated seed or soil. Continual potato production tends to result in an increase in wilt disease. A combination of lesion nematodes and Verticillium results in early plant death. Rotation with non-susceptible crops such as grasses will reduce disease. Destruction of infected potato vines by tillage encourages rapid decomposition and lessens the build-up of soil inoculum. At this time, there are no varieties resistant to Fusarium wilt. Avoid highly susceptible cultivars and start with certified, disease-free seed pieces.

  • azoxystrobin plus benzovindiflupyr (Elatus): 0.5 fl oz/1000 linear row ft; REI 12h, Groups 11 &7. Suppression only; in-furrow use only. See label for restrictions.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (MinuetOG): 12.0 to 24.0 oz/A (soil); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • ethaboxam (Elumin): 8 fl oz/A; REI 12h. Group 22. Make in-furrow or sidedress applications. Do not make more than 2 applications per year. See label for restrictions. 
  • Trichoderma asperellum plus T. gamsii (Bio-tam 2.0OG): See label for rates; REI 4h, Group NC.

Potato Leaf Roll Virus (PLRV)

Potato leafroll virus is the most serious virus disease of potatoes in New England and can result in significant yield reductions. The virus is transmitted by aphids in a persistent manner (aphids remain viruliferous for extended periods). The virus can overwinter in unharvested tubers which may develop into virus-infected volunteer plants. Purchase certified seed to limit viruses. Consult seed producers to determine what the certification covers. Destroy cull piles and volunteer plants. Rogue plants with virus symptoms. When populations of aphids reach economic thresholds, treatment is warranted. Do not use any of last year's potato harvest for seed.

Potato Viruses S (PVS), A (PVA), and X (PVX)

These viruses may occur singly or in combination. PVY, PVS, and PVA are spread by aphids in a nonpersistent manner. PVX is not known to be spread by aphids but is easily spread by plant-to-plant contact, farm machinery, or cultural practices. Purchase certified seed to limit viruses. Consult seed producers to determine what the certification covers. Destroy cull piles and volunteer plants. Do not keep potatoes for seed. Plant early, use resistant varieties, and control aphid populations.

Potato Virus Y (PVY)

PVY has a worldwide distribution and is one of the most important viruses affecting potato. Three main strains have been described that differ in distribution and symptomatology. Symptoms vary widely with cultivars and virus strain combinations, ranging from mild mosaic to severe foliar necrosis. One strain can cause a symptomless current season infection that leads to next-generation infection. Primary symptoms of PVY include mottling, yellowing, leaf drop, and premature plant death. Potato with secondary infection exhibit stunting, mottling, stem necrosis, and crinkled leaves. Symptoms may be suppressed by low or high temperatures. Tuber symptoms generally correspond to leaf effects. PVY is the type member of the plant virus family Potyviridae, the largest and most significant virus group, and has caused significant losses in agricultural, forage, and horticultural crops. Hosts include solanaceous crops, legumes, and crops in the spinach/chard/beet family.

Infection is transmitted in a non-persistent manner (characterized by very short acquisition and inoculation times of seconds to minutes) by more than 25 species of aphids and may also occur mechanically by foliar or tuber contact. Long distance transport is by winged aphids and infected seed pieces. Use certified, disease-free seed tubers to reduce primary inoculum. Insecticides may slow the spread of disease within a crop, but may actually increase insect probing and be counterproductive because only a few seconds of insect feeding is sufficient for virus transmission. Minimize contact disease spread by minimizing mechanical damage during cultivation, spraying, and harvest. Sanitize seed cutting equipment between seed lots. Remove virus-infected plants. 

Plant resistant varieties: Villeta Rose, Eva, Rio, Grande Russet, and Premier Russet.

Disease Control

Potato Insect Control

Potato Insect Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, Potato (Macrosiphum euphorbiae), Green Peach (Myzus persicae), and others 

Green peach aphids (GPA) and potato aphids (PA) are the most common colonizing aphids in potato, while buckthorn (Aphis nasturtii), melon aphid (Aphis gossypii) and foxglove aphid (Aulacorthum solani) are occasional or localized pests. There are other species of aphids that do not colonize potatoes but may transmit virus as they probe potatoes in search of a host plant. 

Aphids vector potato leafroll virus (PLRV) in a persistent manner and PVY in a non-persistent manner. PLRV and some strains of PVY are capable of causing internal discoloration of tubers, and some strains of PVY can cause both internal and external defects on tubers of some varieties. Viruses reduce yield and quality in both seed and tablestock potatoes, and tolerance for virus is especially low in seed potato. GPA is the primary vector of PLRV and an efficient vector of PVY. Potato, buckthorn, and many non-colonizing aphids are also vectors of PVY. Buckthorn aphids are the smallest of potato-infesting aphids and are more common in northern Maine, where high populations can occur quite early in the season. See green peach aphid in the insect control section of Pepper and melon aphid in the insect control section of Cucumber for more information on these pests.

Potato aphid (PA) is the largest of the colonizing aphids, 3-4 mm long, elongated in shape, and may be pink or green. Its antennae are as long as the body, its cornicles are long with dark tips, and on the head between the antennae the tubercles turn outward. When disturbed, PA may drop off the plant. There are both winged and wingless forms of adult females who produce live nymphs without mating, about 50 nymphs/2 weeks. Nymphs are yellowish green or yellowish pink and become reproductive in 2 weeks. PA overwinters as eggs on plants in the rose family, feeds for several generations after hatching in spring, and colonizes a wide range of weeds, field crops, flowers, and vegetables from June through September. Vegetable crops most affected are potato, field and greenhouse tomato, lettuce, and spinach. PA feeds and builds up on young and growing plants, moving to new hosts as food quality declines. In fall they return to rose, male and female forms mate, and eggs are laid. As far north as Virginia, overwintering occurs on crops such as kale and spinach, without an egg stage; in New England, winter greens in tunnels may provide a suitable habitat bridge for PA from one season to the next.

PA feed first in young growing tips, spreading downward as they multiply. (By contrast, GPA feeds in lower leaves). Leaves become distorted, with the leaf edges curling downward, and dieback occurs from the tip downward. Potato plants may be killed at high numbers. Tomatoes show similar leaf symptoms, but blossoms are preferred, and PA colonies cause blossom drop and fruit deformities. See aphids in the insect control section of Greenhouse Tomato for more on biocontrol of PA.

Use disease-free certified seed to reduce the incidence of virus. Plant varieties that are less susceptible to viruses (See Varieties). As with other aphids, naturally occurring predators and parasitoids suppress aphid populations in the field. Use selective or systemic insecticides for Colorado potato beetle to conserve natural enemies of aphids. Spread of PLRV can be prevented when effective foliar sprays are used at threshold. However, insecticides (both systemic and foliar) offer little or no protection against PVY. Oil sprays have been shown to provide some protection from PVY transmission of non-persistent viruses, but must be reapplied regularly.

Fields should be scouted for aphids starting at 50% plant emergence in seed-producing areas, and starting in June where only fresh market or processing crops are grown. To scout, count all aphids on 25-50 fully expanded compound leaves (e.g., 5 per site, 10 sites across the field). The threshold for insecticide application depends on growth stage and the target market. Thresholds in fresh market and processing potato: before tuber initiation, average 2 aphids/leaf; tuber initiation to 2 weeks before vine kill, average 4 aphids per leaf; and within two weeks of vine kill, average 10 aphids per leaf. Because of the importance of seed production in Maine, the economic threshold for all types of potatoes is lower: when aphids are found on 50% of the plants or 1 winged green peach aphid is found within the field. Because aphids tend to infest the underside of leaves, good spray coverage is needed for foliar sprays.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • clothianidin (Belay): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar, 9 to 12 oz/A soil, 0.4 to 0.6 oz/100 lb seed for seed-piece application; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply treatment between 50% row closure and petal fall. Soil application may be at planting or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling (cover with at least 3" of soil).
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 13.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting. Suppression of green peach aphid only.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 1 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 0.3 lb/A foliar, 1.4 to 1.65 lbs/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be applied as a narrow band before planting, in-furrow at planting, or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling and immediately covered with soil. Green peach and potato aphid suppression only.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Buckthorn and potato aphids.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A green peach aphid, 7 to 14 oz/A other aphids; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A foliar, 5.7 to 8.7 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 125d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • imidacloprid plus mancozeb (TOPS-MZ-Gaucho): 0.75 lb/100 lb seed; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Seed piece treatment only. Do not make subsequent application of another neonicotinoid (Group 4A) insecticide following a seed piece treatment. Aids in control of aphids. Not registered in CT or VT.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with companion labeled aphicide.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 1.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 6d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* C-LV): 17 to 34 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. At-planting treatments of systemic aphicides followed by mid-season Vydate application, before previous treatment starts to break down, has provided best season-
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20G): 8.5 to 11.3 oz/1000 row ft for light or sandy soils at planting or post-emergence, 13 to 17.3 oz/1000 row ft in heavy or clay soils at planting; PHI 90d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. May be applied at planting in sandy or clay soils. Distribute granules evenly in-furrow or band on each side of the row and incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into the soil. May be applied post-emergence on sandy soils only. Place granules on each side of hill at seed-piece level before hilling, 4-6 weeks after planting.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Selective control of aphids including potato, melon, and green peach. Translaminar. Apply at threshold, before populations build up. The "sticker" in some fungicides may inhibit leaf uptake. Consult label for mixing partners.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A, 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and systemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 0.75 to 1.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bees: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 0.11 to 0.16 oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic seed treatment. Use only approved equipment for applying liquid seed treatment products to potatoes. See rates based on row spacing on label. For early-season protection.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer before or during planting, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Do not apply as a foliar spray.

Colorado Potato Beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata)

Colorado potato beetles (CPB) are 1/2" long by 3/8" wide, oval with a rounded back, and each forewing is yellow with five black stripes. CPB overwinters in the adult stage, primarily in soil (up to 12" deep) in the woods and brushy borders next to host crops, though some burrow into soil in the field. In spring, the beetles search for food plants by walking from the field edges. Heavy feeding may occur on edges on non-rotated fields. If beetles do not find host plants via walking they will fly in search of food.

In the Northeast, CPB survives on solanaceous crops and weeds, including horsenettle, nightshade, eggplant, potato, and tomato (primarily seedlings). Once host plants are found adults feed, mate and lay clumps of 30-35 bright yellow eggs on the undersides of leaves. Eggs hatch in 7-10 days, depending on temperature. The larva is hump-backed, rusty-red with 2 rows of black dots along each side of its body. Feeding damage and larvae are easily seen on leaves. Larvae grow through 4 stages (instars) and reach 5/8" long before they drop to the soil and pupate. Because the last instar does 85% of the feeding damage it is critical to control larvae while they are small. Adults emerge from pupae after 10-14 days. In southern New England, there is a second generation of eggs, larvae, and adults, while in northern New England there is 1 generation.

Cultural Controls. The single most important tactic for CPB management is to rotate potatoes, eggplant, and tomato to a field that is at least 200 yards from the previous year's fields. Barriers such as roads, rivers, woodlands, and fields with other crops are helpful. This single practice delays colonization and reduces population densities.

Mechanical barriers such as trench traps, trap crops, and straw mulch also delay and reduce infestation. Install plastic-lined trench traps next to overwintering sites at least 1 week before adults emerge. Trenches should be 1' to 2' deep and 6" to 24" wide at the top. They can be U- or V-shaped with side walls sloping at angles between 65° and 90°. Beetles walking from field borders fall into the trench and cannot fly out. Perimeter trap crops may be potatoes planted earlier than the main crop to attract beetles before the main crop emerges, or planted between overwintering sites and this season's crop. Flame, vacuum, or spray the border crop before beetles move into the main crop. Another approach is to plant 3-5 rows of potatoes treated with a systemic insecticide in a perimeter around the field; this treated border will kill up to 80% of the colonizing beetles. Straw mulch around the host crop has been shown to reduce beetle numbers. Late planting may cause beetles to leave the field before potatoes emerge, resulting in lower beetle numbers.

Natural enemies that attack CPB eggs or larvae include twelve-spotted ladybeetle, spined soldier bug, the carabid beetle Lebia grandis, and a parasitic tachinid fly. The entomopathogenic fungus Beauvaria bassiana has been shown to suppress beetle populations though it does not provide immediate control.

CPB rapidly develops resistance to insecticides. This can happen in as short a time as 1 year and is likely whenever a single class of insecticide is used multiple times against the same population in the same and succeeding years. The population on a single farm may develop resistance in response to management practices on that farm. Resistance to pyrethroids (IRAC Group 3A) and neonicotinoids (Group 4A) exists in parts of New England.

Wherever possible, growers should rotate classes of insecticides and avoid using the same chemistry more than once per year, or better, once every other year. Do not use the same chemical class on successive generations in the same year. There are enough different classes to allow this, if you plan carefully. Note the resistance group number of each insecticide and avoid using chemistries from the same group. Use newer chemistries first.

Do not try to kill every beetle in the field. Potato crops can withstand 15% defoliation without affecting yields. Avoid spraying CPB late in the season, as food reserves in the foliage 2 weeks prior to senescence add little to final tuber bulking.

Scout to determine whether or not a damaging population is present. When using products that control only larvae, scout for eggs, note egg hatch, and apply controls before larvae reach third instar. For materials that control all stages, you may wait and scout for adults and larvae to determine the need to apply insecticides.

To use the threshold table below, walk the field in a V-shaped pattern and select 50 potato stalks at intervals, e.g., every 10-20 paces, depending on field size. Count adults, large larvae (greater than half-grown), and small larvae (less than half-grown) separately. If the number of CPB is high, an insecticide should be applied; if the number is low, no insecticide is required for that week. If the number of CPB is between high and low, no insecticide should be applied, but the field should be checked in 3-5 days. Otherwise, the field should be checked weekly. These thresholds are for mid-season. Late in the season, potato plants can tolerate more defoliation without affecting yields.

Colorado Potato Beetle Action Thresholds

Life Stage No. of CPB per 50 stalks
Low High
Adults 15 or fewer 25 or more
Small Larvae 75 or fewer 200 or more
Large larvae 30 or fewer 75 or more
  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. Make first application at 50% egg hatch. If 2 applications are needed, limit to single application per CPB generation.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 1.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. For use on young larvae. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. Apply as a foliar spray. Do not apply more than twice to 1 generation or within a 30 day period. 
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • clothianidin (Belay): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar, 9 to 12 oz/A soil, 0.4 to 0.6 oz/100 lbs seed; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply treatment between 50% row closure and petal fall. Soil application may be at planting or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling (cover with at least 3" of soil). Will not control CPB in regions where insensitivity to neonicotinoid insecticides has been reported. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A soil, 0.46 to 0.75 oz/100lb seed; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting and potato seed piece treatment.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 to 5.32 oz/A; PHI 17d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group, 17. Insect growth regulator most effective on 1st or 2nd instar larvae. Does not control adult beetles.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 0.3 lb/A foliar or 1.4 to 1.65 lbs/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be applied as a narrow band before planting, in-furrow at planting, or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling and immediately covered with soil.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid plus mancozeb (TOPS-MZ-Gaucho): 0.75 lb/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Seed piece treatment only. Do not make subsequent application of another neonicotinoid (Group 4A) insecticide following a seed piece treatment. Aids in control of aphids. Not registered in CT or VT.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 3.5 to 6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. Efficacy may be improved by the addition of piperonyl butoxide (PBO).
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • ledprona (Calantha*): 12 to 16 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 35. Most effective on young larvae. 
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 6 to 12 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Do not apply to successive generations. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars. No activity against adult CPB or beneficials.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* C-LV): 8.5 to 34 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. NOTE: Vydate L is NOT labeled for potatoes.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20G): 13 to 17.3 oz/1000 row ft for heavy or clay soils in early season at-planting applications; 8.5 to 11.3 oz/1000 row ft for light or sandy soils in early season post-emergence applications; PHI 90d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply at planting in heavy soil. Distribute granules in-furrow or band on each side of the row and incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into the soil. Apply post-emergence on sandy soil. Place granules on each side of hill at seed-piece level before hilling, 4-6 weeks after planting.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 4.5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Controls adults and larvae.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 0.11 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb of seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. See label for rates based on row spacing. Systemic seed treatment. Use only approved equipment for applying liquid seed treatment products to potatoes. For early-season protection.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer before or during planting, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cutworms

Cutworms are caterpillars that hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day and feed after dark. Larvae may feed on leaves, cut stems, or even occasionally feed on tubers. For best results, make application between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground. Synthetic pyrethroids (Group 3A) may work best during cool spring weather. See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.3 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply evenly over soil surface.
  • chlorantraniliprole and lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 6d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Variegated cutworm only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

European Corn Borer (Ostrinia nubilalis)

Larvae infest potato stems but rarely cause yield reductions; however, larval infestations can exacerbate drought stress. Higher levels of stem infestations have been associated with a higher incidence of blackleg. For more information on ECB, see the Sweet Corn section. 

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. For use as an ovicide only.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. Apply as a foliar spray.
  • chlorantraniliprole and lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A soil, 0.46 to 0.75 oz/100 lb seed; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting and potato seed piece treatment.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 3.5 to 6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 6 to 12 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.76 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Flea Beetles, Potato (Epitrix cucumeris) and Eggplant (E. fuscula)

Flea beetles are shiny black beetles less than 1/8" long. Adults spend the winter under plant residue along tree lines or in the field. In the early spring, they feed on solanaceous weeds until they move to potato or other solanaceous crops. Numerous tiny feeding shot holes can injure leaves and stunt young plants. Management practices include clean cultivation, crop rotation, delayed plantings, removing or avoiding spring weed hosts, use of row covers, and applying spot treatments targeting young potato plants along the field edges. Full-size plants rarely require treatment for flea beetles. Most insecticides registered to control CPB, including spinosad, will control FB. Sweep young plants 25 times and spot treat potatoes along field edges if 50 beetles are found in the sweep net.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 1.5 to 2.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 3.2 to 9.6 oz/A at cultivation or lay-by, 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Sweet potato and black flea beetles only. Apply as foliar spray to control adults only.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • chlorantraniliprole and lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • clothianidin (Belay): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar, 9 to 12 oz/A soil, 0.4 to 0.6 oz/100 lbs seed; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply treatment between 50% row closure and petal fall. Soil application may be at planting or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling (cover with at least 3" of soil).
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A for soil applications at planting, 0.46 to 0.75 oz/100 lb seed; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression of potato flea beetle only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 0.3 lb/A foliar, 1.4 to 1.65 lbs/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be applied as a narrow band before planting, in-furrow at planting, or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling and immediately covered with soil.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply when temperature is less than 80°F and foliage is free from dew or other moisture.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A foliar, 5.7 to 8.7 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 125d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • imidacloprid plus mancozeb (TOPS-MZ-Gaucho): 0.75 lb/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Seed piece treatment only. Do not make subsequent application of another neonicotinoid (Group 4A) insecticide following a seed piece treatment. Aids in control of aphids. Not registered in CT or VT.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 6d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20G): 8.5 to 11.3 oz/1000 row ft for light or sandy soils, 13 to 17.3 oz/1000 row ft in heavy or clay soils; PHI 90d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. May only be applied at planting in sandy or clay soils. Distribute granules in-furrow or band on each side of the row and incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into soil. For control of larvae and reduction of adults.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 0.11 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. See rates based on row spacing on label. Systemic seed treatment. Use only approved equipment for applying liquid seed treatment products to potatoes. See label for rates based on row spacing. For early-season protection.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.76 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Potato Leafhopper (Empoasca fabae)

Potato leafhoppers overwinter in Louisiana and vicinity and move north on storm fronts into the central states and then into New England on winds from the west. Low levels of leafhopper feeding can severely damage plants and cause symptoms known as hopperburn. Leaves yellow, turn brown and die. Adults are light green, 1/8" long, and wedge-shaped, while nymphs are bright green, flatter and fatter than adults, and move sideways in a crab-like fashion. Sample with sweep net, or shake plants to see if adults fly up, and treat if more than 1 adult per sweep is found. Nymphs can be monitored by visually inspecting lower leaf surfaces on lower leaves. Treat if more than 15 nymphs are found per 50 leaves.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 1.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. Suppression of nymphs only.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • clothianidin (Belay): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar, 9 to 12 oz/A soil, 0.4 to 0.6 oz/100 lb seed; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply treatment between 50% row closure and petal fall. Soil application may be at planting or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling (cover with at least 3" of soil).
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 1 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 0.3 lb/A foliar, 1.4 to 1.65 lbs/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be applied as a narrow band before planting, in-furrow at planting, or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling and immediately covered with soil.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana * XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A foliar, 5.7 to 8.7 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 125d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • imidacloprid plus mancozeb (TOPS-MZ-Gaucho): 0.75 lb/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Seed piece treatment only. Do not make subsequent application of another neonicotinoid (Group 4A) insecticide following a seed piece treatment. Aids in control of aphids. Not registered in CT or VT.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with companion labeled insecticide.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 1.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 6d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* C-LV): 17 to 34 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. NOTE: Vydate L is NOT labeled for potatoes.
  • paraffinic oil (Organic JMS Stylet-OilOG): 3 to 6 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20G): 8.5 to 11.3 oz/1000 row ft for light or sandy soils, 13 to 17.3 oz/1000 row ft in heavy or clay soils; PHI 90d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. May be applied at planting in sandy or clay soils. Distribute granules in-furrow or band on each side of the row and incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into soil. May be applied post-emergence on sandy soils only. Place granules on each side of hill at seed-piece level before hilling, 4-6 weeks after planting.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 1.5 to 2.25 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bees: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 0.11 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. See rates based on row spacing on label. Systemic seed treatment. Use only approved equipment for applying liquid seed treatment products to potatoes. See label for rates based on row spacing. For early-season protection.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Wireworms, including Corn Wireworm (Melanotus communis)

Corn wireworm is reported to be the most common wireworm species in the Northeast, but others may also be present, including the tobacco wireworm (Conodoerus verspertinus). Corn wireworm causes damage to many vegetable crops including cabbage, corn, lettuce, pepper, potato, and sweet potato, as well as field crops including field corn, sorghum, soybean, tobacco, and wheat. Wireworms are attracted to germinating seeds and can be a seed pest in large-seeded crops such as beans, peas, and corn.

Wireworms are the underground larval stage of click beetles, which are elongated, brown beetles that snap their bodies to make a clicking sound. Adults emerge from the soil in May and June and tend to hide during the day and fly mostly at night. Egg-laying females prefer grassy or weedy fields. Eggs are deposited in the soil, often in batches. Larvae are slender, yellow-brown, hard-shelled, and shiny, with 3 pairs of legs. Wireworms spend multiple years in the soil, and completing their development from egg to adult may take 2-5 years depending on conditions. They feed on other insects, roots, seeds, tubers, and other plant tissue. Wireworms prefer wet soils and moderate temperatures (at least 70º F); they migrate up to reach warmer soils, but down to avoid excessive cold, heat, or drought. In agricultural fields, where other plants are eliminated, the crop itself is the primary available food source. Wireworms may injure potatoes by feeding on the seed piece, resulting in weak stands, but the majority of their damage is caused by tunneling into tubers which reduces yield quality. Wireworm tunnels also provide entry to tuber pathogens, increasing incidence of tuber rots.

Tuber damage may be worse under drought conditions, where the crop provides the only source of moisture in a dry field. Wireworms are more pronounced in soils that are wet, heavy, or high in organic matter. They may be worse in low areas of the field; however, they will move away from saturated soils that lack oxygen. Wireworm problems occur most often in fields that were recently in hay, pasture, or sod (within the past 3 years), had grassy weeds in previous years, or were in sorghum-sudangrass or grass cover crops or cereal grains. Forest soils may also harbor wireworms; thus recently cleared land can be infested. The most important method of wireworm control is to avoid planting potatoes or other susceptible crops in infested fields.

Baits using corn, wheat, or rolled oats placed 6-8" deep can be used to determine if wireworms are present, but these sampling methods are labor intensive, and potatoes are often planted in cold soils before such samples could be completed. A review of many insecticide trials over 2 decades indicated that organophosphate insecticides (IRAC Group 1B) applied as a preplant broadcast or in-furrow gave better control than carbamates (Group 1A), and that fipronil and bifenthrin were as effective as the organophosphates, but with less environmental impact and potential human safety concerns.

  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 9.6 to 19.2 oz/A at planting for corn and tobacco wireworm only, 3.2 to 9.6 oz/A at cultivation or lay-by, 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A foliar for southern potato wireworm only; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. May be applied as soil-incorporated broadcast, bed, or T-band spray into planting furrow or soil-directed and incorporated spray at cultivation or lay-by for wireworms. May be applied as foliar spray for click beetle (adult wireworm).
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (MajesteneOG): 4 to 16 qt/A at planting, 1 to 16 fl oz/100 lb seed; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Suppression only. 
  • ethoprop (Mocap* 15G): 1.4 lb/1000 row feet banded, 27 to 40 lb/A broadcast; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply before potato emergence only. Direct contact with seed pieces may contribute to delayed emergence. Extremely toxic to birds. Do not leave granules on soil surface. Apply only once during the growing season.
  • fipronil* (Regent 4SC): 3.2 oz/A; PHI 90d, REI 0d, Bee: H, Group 2. Make one in-furrow treatment at planting. Must be thoroughly incorporated and covered with soil immediately after application. Do not use as T-band over the top of closed furrow.
  • imidacloprid plus mancozeb (TOPS-MZ-Gaucho): 0.75 lb/100 lb seed; REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Seed piece treatment only. Do not make subsequent application of another neonicotinoid (Group 4A) insecticide following a seed piece treatment. Aids in control of aphids. Not registered in CT or VT. Suppression only.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A soil drench; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • phorate (Thimet* 20G): 8.5 to 11.3 oz/1000 row ft for light or sandy soils, 13 to 17.3 oz/1000 row ft in heavy or clay soils; PHI 90d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. May be applied at planting in sandy or clay soils. Distribute granules in-furrow or band on each side of the row and incorporate. Granules must be incorporated into soil. May be applied post-emergence for suppression only of wireworms on sandy soils only. Place granules on each side of hill at seed-piece level before hilling, 4-6 weeks after planting.
  • thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5FS): 0.11 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. See label for rates based on row spacing. Systemic seed treatment. Use only approved equipment for applying liquid seed treatment products to potatoes. For protection of seed pieces from wireworm.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer before or at planting, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Seed piece protection only; do not apply as a foliar spray.
Insect Control

Potato Weed Control

Potato Weed Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

A common strategy of potato growers is to combine one of the "grass" herbicides listed (EPTC, metolachlor, or pendimethalin) with one of the broadleaf herbicides (linuron or metribuzin). In northern New England, grasses are much less of a problem due to cooler soil temperatures, and often, only a broadleaf herbicide is necessary. If only a broadleaf herbicide is used, sethoxydim (Poast), described below, could be used during the growing season to provide emergency or spot treatment of any emerged annual or perennial grasses that were not anticipated.

Yellow Nutsedge. The herbicides that will provide the best control of yellow nutsedge, include a soil-incorporated treatment of EPTC (Eptam), a preemergence application of metolachlor (Dual), or a postemergence application of Metribuzin. The best strategy is to map the problem spots in a field and make an application of either Eptam or Dual before the nutsedge emerges. A postemergence application of Metribuzin can be used to clean any areas that escape the Eptam or Dual treatment. The best time to apply a postemergence treatment of Metribuzin is when the yellow nutsedge is 4-6" tall. Nutsedge is not a grass and will not be controlled by grass herbicides like Poast and Select Max.

Quackgrass. The best strategy for quackgrass control is an application of glyphosate (Roundup) to actively growing quackgrass in the fall prior to planting. An application of Roundup in the spring at least 3 days prior to soil preparation will suppress quackgrass but will not kill it. EPTC (Eptam) and sethoxydim (Poast) can also be used to suppress quackgrass during the growing season. Both of these herbicides will provide greater activity if the quackgrass rhizomes (underground storage roots) are cut thoroughly with a disc prior to planting the potatoes. Also, Poast will provide better suppression of quackgrass if the lower rate is used and repeated when the quackgrass regrows (about 2 weeks after the first application). Be sure to observe the preharvest interval for both Eptam and Poast.

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • dimethenamid (Outlook)PHI 40d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 12-21 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied after planting or after drag-off. Rate based on soil texture and organic matter content. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. In cold and wet growing conditions, Outlook application may result in delayed emergence or early-season stunting.
  • EPTC (Eptam 7E)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply and 3.5-9 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 14 pt/A per season. Can be applied to the soil surface before planting and immediately incorporated 2-3” into the soil, or as a band where beds will be formed and then covered with 3-4” of soil. Can also be applied after planting but before potatoes emerge, immediately after drag-off, at lay-by, or after a clean cultivation. Incorporate immediately on a wet soil surface or within 36 hours on a dry soil surface. Care should be taken not to fold in the band treatment. Rate based on soil texture, application timing, and weed composition. ‘Superior’ potatoes are sensitive to Eptam and early-season stunting may occur under stress conditions.
  • ethalfluralin (Sonalan HFP)REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1.33-2.67 pts/A per application. Do not exceed 2.67 pts/A per year. Apply broadcast, immediately after planting but prior to crop emergence. Rate based on soil texture. Must be incorporated for maximum effectiveness. Incorporate 0.5-1” into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall within 2 days of application or mechanically incorporate 2-3” into the soil. Ensure incorporation equipment does not damage seed pieces or unemereged shoots or expose untreated soil.
  • fomesafen (Reflex)PHI 70d, REI 24h, Group 14. Apply 1 pt/A per application, only 1 application every other year. Can be applied as a broadcast application after planting but before potato emergence. Take care not to expose untreated soil. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not apply to emerged potato plants or severe crop injury will occur.
  • linuron (Lorox DF)REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. Apply 1.5-3 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate is based on soil texture and weed composition. Apply after planting but prior to crop emergence. If beds are to be dragged and/or hilled, apply after the final dragging or hilling operation. Do not spray over top of emerged potatoes. Plant seeds at least 2" deep. Apply before grasses are 2” tall and before broadleaf weeds are 6” tall, preferably just before or when weed seedlings emerge. If emerged weeds are present, add 1 pt surfactant for each 25 gal of spray. Application should be made to moist soil, followed by 1-2” of water through irrigation or rainfall within 2 weeks of application.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 3-8 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter and soil pH. Apply after planting and dragoff but before potatoes emerge, with a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Incorporate into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall. If dry conditions persist within 7 days of application, incorporate no more than 2” into the soil to activate. Undesirable crop injury can result from irrigation with alkaline water of 7.5 pH or greater. You can increase the amount of available sulfentrazone in the soil by irrigating with highly alkaline water. Young or stressed crops and some varieties including Sangre, Shepody, and Snowden planted on coarse soil are susceptible to adverse effects. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not use on soils that contain less than 1% organic matter. Do not apply to emerged potatoes.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • metribuzin (Metribuzin 75)PHI 60d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 0.3-0.6 lb/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. This product may be applied once before and once after crop emergence. Do not exceed 1.3 lb/A per season. Can be applied after planting or immediately after drag-off but before crop emerges. Do not incorporate into the soil. Can also apply over the tops of potato plants, but not prior to rainfall or irrigation, on recently cultivated potatoes, or within 3 days after periods of cool wet weather. Apply with 20 gal/A of spray.

    Only make postemergence applications on russet or white-skinned potatoes that are not early maturing. Early maturing smooth-skinned white- and all red-skinned varieties may be injured with applications after crop emergence. The varieties Atlantic, Bellchip, Centennial, Chipbelle, and Shepody are sensitive to Metribuzin. Applications before crop emergence on these varieties may cause crop injury under adverse weather conditions, on coarse soils, under high soil pH, with high application rates, or with mechanical incorporation. May cause some chlorosis or minor necrosis. Crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1.5-3 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture and weed composition. Apply as a broadcast spray after planting or drag-off but before potatoes emerge. Do not apply to the variety White Rose. If rainfall does not occur within 7 days after application, incorporate 1-2" into the soil with shallow cultivation. Be careful not to damage seed pieces when incorporating. Can also be applied from crop emergence to the 6” growth stage. Do not apply after emergence if potatoes are under stress from cold/wet or hot/dry conditions or crop injury may occur.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)PHI 60d for applications at planting to drag-off, 40d for applications at lay-by, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 1.0-2.0 pt/A per application. This product may be applied once before and once after crop emergence. Do not exceed 3.6 pt/A per year. Can be applied before planting or after planting but before potatoes have emerged. If applying before planting, mechanically incorporate 3” into the soil. If applying after planting, you can incorporate 2” into the soil but take care not to damage seed pieces. Can also be applied after potatoes have emerged after hilling/lay-by at 1.67 pt/A.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied after planting either before potatoes emerge, immediately following dragoff, or after potato plants have fully emerged. Rate based on soil texture and variety. Set incorporation equipment so that the bed and furrow will be uniformly covered with a layer of treated soil. If the layer of treated soil is not uniform and the herbicide is concentrated over the bed, potato emergence may be delayed and stem brittleness can occur. When applying and incorporating Treflan HFP after potato plants have fully emerged, do not completely cover the foliage with treated soil.
  • rimsulfuron (Matrix SG)PHI 60d or 30d*, REI 4 hr, Group 2. Apply 1-1.5 oz/A per application, up to 2 application allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 2.5 oz/A per year. Can be applied after hilling, drag-off, or reservoir tillage, to a clean, newly prepared seedbed. Activate and incorporate 2-3” into the soil with 0.33-1" of water through irrigation or rainfall within 5 days of application. Can also be applied after crop emergence, when weeds are less than 1" tall or 1” in diameter. Activate with 0.33-1" of water through irrigation or rainfall no sooner than 4 hours, but not more than 5 days after application. Weed control may be less consistent in cold, dry conditions. *Some rimsulfuron products have a 60d PHI while others have a 30d PHI. Read label carefully and use correct interval for the product you are using.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 11.6 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 1 day after planting by seed. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across. Can use up to 5.8 fl oz/A as a harvest aid. Adequate desiccation is achieved within 14 days after application.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, 24hr REI, Group 1. Apply 6-32 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • diquat (Reglone): PHI 7d, REI 24h, Group 22. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 5 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pt/A per year. For use as a preharvest desiccant. Do not apply to drought-stressed potatoes. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of spray.
  • glyphosate (Roundup PowerMax): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 3.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 0.7-1.3 pts/A per application. Up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. Can be applied before, during, or after planting, but before emergence (up until ground cracking) as a banded or broadcast application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gallons per 100 gallons of spray). Rate based on target weed species. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray or with a spot sprayer until foliage is wet but not to the point of runoff. Repeat applications as necessary. Can apply for vegetative burndown during site preparation, prior to crop emergence from soil, as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth taking care to avoid contact with foliage and green tissue of crops, or after harvest.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications are allowed, a minimum of 14 days between applications. Do not exceed 5 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds

Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds otank

Introduction 

In the U.S., the cultivated members of the Cucurbita genus fall into three species: Cucurbita pepo (pumpkins, summer squashes, and some winter squashes), C. maxima (buttercup and hubbard squashes, and giant pumpkins), and C. moschata (butternut squashes). With the exception of C. maxima, whose center of origin is in South America, it is assumed that the other cultivated species were domesticated in Mesoamerica. The catch-all term "gourd" includes some members of the genus Cucurbita as well as some members of the genus Lagenaria.

Squash, pumpkins, and some gourds can be marketed for a variety of purposes: as a vegetable or for seeds; as an ingredient in pies, cakes, and pastries; and as a base for cold and warm soups. Many types, edible and inedible, are marketed for their ornamental value.

Types and Varieties

New varieties come on the market and older varieties fall out of favor or become unavailable over time. The information below is updated every 2 years, but with any questions, please contact your local Extension staff.

There are several types of summer squashes which vary in size and shape, including: zucchini, yellow and yellow crookneck, patty pan, cousa, as well as spherical types such as ‘Eight Ball’. These are harvested every 1-3 days, often from 2-3 sequential plantings throughout the season. Winter squash come in diverse shapes and sizes, from very large to very small, and are harvested once at the end of the season. Pumpkins also range from small to very large. They can have smooth, rough, or warty textures and come in white, orange, yellow, deep red, and various mottled colors. Note that the so-called giant pumpkins are actually C. maxima, unlike standard pumpkins, which are C. pepo. Of the cucurbits, gourds are most known for their colors and shapes. Many bear names that reflect their appearance: crook-necked, winged, crown-of-thorns.

Types and Varieties of Pumpkins

Types Varieties
Miniature Pumpkin

Baby Boo

Bumpkin - PMT

Wee-B-Little

Apprentice - P, FW

Small Pumpkin (2-6 lbs)

Baby Bear

Baby Pam

Cannon Ball 

Field Trip - PMR

Hybrid Pam

Mystic Plus - PMT

Neon

Hijinks

Prankster - PMT

Rockafellow

Medium Pumpkin (6-20 lbs)

Gladiator - PMT

Magic Lantern - PMT

Mystic Plus - PMT

Magician - PMR, ZYMV

Neon

Racer Plus

Large Pumpkin (>20 lbs)

Ares - PMT

Big Doris - PMT

Cargo - PMR

Cronos - PMT

Expert

Gladiator - PMT

Gold Medal

Howden

Kratos - PMT

Exhibit/Giant Pumpkin

Atlantic Giant

Prizewinner

Ornamental/Specialty Pumpkin

Knucklehead

Grizzly Bear - PMT

White Pumpkins - Small

Blanco - PMR

Casperita - PMR

White Pumpkins - Pie

Icicle - PMT

Moonshine 

Snowball

White Pumpkins - Large

Lumina

Polar Bear

Resistant or tolerant to: CMV: cucumber mosaic virus, FW: fusarium wilt; P: phytopthera; PMR: powdery mildew resistant, PMT: powdery mildew tolerant, PRSV: papaya ringspot virus, WMV2: watermelon mosaic virus-2, ZYMV: zucchini yellows mosaic virus

 

Types and Varieties of Squash

Types Varieties
Yellow Summer Squash

Cougar - ZYMV, PRSV

Enterprise

Fortune

Gentry

Lioness - ZYMV, WMV2, PRSV, CMV

Slick Pik

Zucchini

Spineless Beauty 

Zucchini Elite

Sebring (golden) - PMT

Golden Glory (golden) - PMT, WMV2, ZYMV

Scallop and Specialty Summer Squash

Patty Green Tint

Starship

Sunburst

Eight Ball

One Ball

Zephyr (bi-colored)

Winter Squash - small, Cucurbita pepo

Carnival (delicata/sweet dumpling)

Delicata

Honey Bear (acorn hybrid) - PMT

Royal Ace (acorn hybrid) - PMT

Taybelle PM (acorn hybrid) - PMT

Winter Squash - buttercup/kabocha, C. maxima

Bon Bon

Burgess Buttercup

Sunshine

Sweet Mama

Red Kuri

Winter Squash - hubbard types, C. maxima

Blue Hubbard

Ballet

Winter Squash - spaghetti, C. pepo 

Tivoli

Vegetable Spaghetti

Winter Squash - processing

Golden Delicious (C. maxima)

Maxim (butternut)

Resistant or tolerant to: CMV: cucumber mosaic virus, FW: Fusarium wilt; P: Phytophthora blight; PMR: powdery mildew resistant, PMT: powdery mildew tolerant, PRSV: papaya ringspot virus, WMV2: watermelon mosaic virus-2, ZYMV: zucchini yellows mosaic virus

 

Types and Varieties of Gourds

Types Varieties
Ornamental Gourds

Autumn Wings

Birdhouse

Crown of Thorns

Galaxy of Stars

Goblin Eggs

Lunch Lady

Spoon

Snake

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. Pumpkins and squash prefer well-drained soil, preferably sandy loams with high organic matter. Gourds can be grown in a wide range of soil types but mature earlier and color better on sandy soils or sandy loams that drain well and warm up early in the spring. Squashes and pumpkins are relatively heavy feeders.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Pumpkin and Squash

 

SOIL TEST RESULTS

NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE

PHOSPHOROUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE

 POTASSIUM (K) - 
LBS K2O PER ACRE

VERY LOW

LOW

OPTIMUM

ABOVE OPTIMUM

VERY LOW

LOW

OPTIMUM

ABOVE OPTIMUM

Broadcast and incorporate (Transplants)

50

110

60

0

0

160

110

0-40

0

Band-place when direct seeding*

20-40

40

40

0-40

0

40

40

0-40

0

Sidedress when vines start to run**

40-50

0

0

0-0

0

0

0

0

0

TOTAL RECOMMENDED

110-140

150

100

0-40

0

200

150

40-80

0

*Total N and K2O in the band should not exceed 5.5 lb/1000' of row. Banded P2O5 may not be of benefit in warm soils.
**Sidedressing may not be necessary when using plastic mulch, or if organic matter can supply sufficient N; repeat sidedress in 2-3 weeks.

Planting

Direct Seeding. Earlier planting may result in earlier harvest, but plastic mulch, row covers, raised beds, and transplants may be necessary to overcome cold-temperature conditions. Squash, pumpkins, and gourds should not be planted until after there is no danger of frost. While optimum soil temperature for germination is about 85ºF, minimum soil temperature should be 65ºF for direct-seedings, warmer if using untreated seed. Germination may take 5-10 days, depending on soil temperature. Seeds are planted at 0.75-1” in heavier soils, and 1-1.5” in lighter soils. Squash seeds are prone to rot in excessively wet conditions, so adjust depth accordingly.

Transplanting. In locations where the soil is slow to warm or there are insurmountable rodent problems, transplanting 3-week-old seedlings is an option. Cucurbit roots are sensitive to cold soils. Root damage during removal from cell trays and transplanting must be kept to an absolute minimum. For this reason, growers often start cucurbit seeds in degradable pots that can be set directly into the field. When planting through plastic mulch, stems must not be abraded by the edge of the hole in the plastic. Leggy transplants have a lower survival rate than compact, younger seedlings.

Spacing. Plant population and spacing depend on plant growth habits and desired fruit sizes. Compact or bush-type squashes can be spaced 18-24” apart within rows, and 3-5’ between rows, depending on available space and accommodation for machinery. Compact squashes, particularly summer-harvested types, are typically planted through black plastic mulch for soil warmth, weed suppression, and soil moisture consistency. Well-drained soils should also have drip tape under the mulch. Vining squashes are usually not planted through plastic mulch, although on a small scale it is practical and will save labor and improve yield. These vining plants usually require 5-6’ between rows, with plants spaced at 18-30”, depending on desired fruit size. Direct-seed heavily to allow for rodent damage and poor germination. Thinning can take place a few weeks after seeding.

Field Culture

Reduced Tillage. Pumpkins and winter squash can also be produced in strip-till or no-till systems. Seeds are planted into the stubble of a killed cover crop or harvested small grain. Herbicide may be necessary. Reduced-till systems provide erosion control, help retain soil moisture, improve soil structure, reduce weed and disease pressure, provide cleaner fruit at harvest, and may facilitate planting and harvest operations during wet weather.

Pollination. Pumpkin and squash require bee activity for good fruit set. Fruit set in winter squash and pumpkin takes place largely over a 2- to 3-week period, while summer squash pollination takes place throughout the summer, depending on cropping sequence. Inadequate pollination results in poorly shaped fruit and excessive blossom drop. Your location may have good populations of wild bees, including native bumblebees and squash bees. Make observations to determine whether or not you need to supplement with hives. One hive of bees per acre is recommended. If honey bees are not available, bumble bees are a reliable alternative and are commercially available. Since bees can carry pollen for a mile or more, isolation of fields from other types of squash or pumpkin is rarely possible in the New England area. 

Several factors other than bees and pollination may affect fruit set. Pumpkins and squash have separate male and female flowers. The numbers of female flowers, which produce fruit, is adversely affected by prolonged periods of high temperatures (more than 7 days above 90º F day and 70º F night), dry conditions just prior to and during bloom, excessive soil nitrogen, and excessive shading from the plant canopy. Sometimes low yields associated with lack of female flowers can be avoided or minimized by making several plantings over 2-3 weeks, planting several varieties, timely irrigation, and spacing pumpkins farther apart to help reduce shading.

 Harvest and Storage

Summer squash should be harvested when fully expanded but still immature, while the rind is still glossy and easily scratched by a fingernail. This may require a 1- to 3-day picking interval. Zucchini may be harvested by cutting the stem with a knife, while straight-neck and crookneck can be twisted from the plant. Spines on the petioles can easily damage the surface of fruits, so they should be pulled out of the plant canopy carefully. Cutting with a knife can transmit virus. If virus is detected in the field, fruit should be harvested by twisting from the plant. 

Summer squash can be damaged from 3-4 days of exposure to temperatures of 32-40º F and 90% or higher relative humidity. This is commonly referred to as "chilling injury". If storage is required, hold at 45-50º F and at 90% relative humidity for up to 2 weeks. Summer squash should be marketed as soon as possible.

Winter Squash and Pumpkin. For winter squash, good yields of smaller varieties are 5-7 tons or 2,000-4,000 fruit per acre. The large types (fresh market) may yield up to 10-30 tons or 1,000-2,000 fruit per acre. Winter squash and pumpkin are not normally harvested until the rind or skin is completely hardened. If necessary, pumpkins can be harvested as soon as some color is present. If possible, pumpkins that have reached full color should be stored under cover to protect them from chilling injury from temperatures below 50º F and from disease. Fruits are easily damaged by rough handling. Do not permit fruits to be exposed to 32º F, as this can promote storage problems.

Winter squash should be well-matured for storage, and free from injury or decay. A 10- to 20-day curing period at 80-85ºF before storage is often recommended for squash showing any surface damage or with skin that has not hardened. Such a curing period may provide no benefit to undamaged, well-matured fruits. For the longer term, winter squash should be stored between 55º-60ºF. Research has demonstrated that disease is minimized at 60ºF and at 50-75% relative humidity. Chilling injury occurs any time the temperatures fall below 55ºF, either in the field or in storage. Damage is cumulative; injury increases as temperature decreases and/or length of chilling time increases. Fruit that has experienced chilling injury is likely to break down in storage.

Pumpkin can be stored in good condition for 2-3 months at 50-55ºF and 70-75% relative humidity. Hubbard and butternut squash can be kept 6 months or more, acorn 5-8 weeks, and buttercup 2-3 months or more. Squash should not be stored with ethylene producers such as ripe apples or pears, since squash will turn color, become stringy, and decay. It is important to keep squash dry and maintain good air circulation.

Gourds. Gourds should mature between late summer and the first fall frost. Harvest fruit when the stems become dry and the skin is hard. Discard any fruit which is bruised, cut, or showing symptoms of disease. Wash gourds in warm, soapy water to remove any soil and reduce postharvest rots.

Rinse fruit in clean water and dry with a soft cloth. Spread the gourds out on several layers of newspaper in a warm, dry place, such as an attic or loft, for final drying. This should take 3-4 weeks.

Dried gourds may be marketed in their natural state or treated with a protective, shiny coating. Gourds may be waxed with a paste-type wax and buffed with a soft cloth, or shellac may be applied by spraying, brushing, or dipping to give them a hard, glossy finish. 

Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds Disease Control

Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Angular Leaf Spot (Pseudomonas lachrymans)

Angular leaf spot is occasionally a serious disease in New England during wet seasons. Plow under crop residue after harvest. Rotate away from cucurbits for at least 1 year.

  • acibenzolar-s-methyl (Actigard 50WG): 0.5 to 1.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group P01. Apply to healthy, actively growing plants. 
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST713 (Serenade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for mixing precautions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. Discontinue use if crop injury occurs.
  • copper octanoate (Cueva FL): 33 gal/A; PHI od, REI 4h, Group M01; May be used in greenhouse.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum), Alternaria Leaf Spot, and Black Rot (Stagonosporopsis spp., formerly Didymella bryoniae)

 Do not plant winter squash or pumpkins for at least 2 years in fields where these fungal diseases have been a problem. Plow under plant debris after harvest. Reduce weeds to allow for faster drying of plant surfaces. Start with certified disease-free seed. Carefully scout transplants in greenhouse for diseased plants and remove them, improve ventilation in greenhouse, and reduce overhead irrigation. Avoid injuring fruit before or during harvest. Apply protectant fungicides according to a disease forecasting system (Melcast). Cultivars with resistance to anthracnose are available.

Black rot, also known as gummy stem blight (GSB) is one of the most destructive diseases of winter squash and pumpkins and is characterized by a distinctive black decay of the fruits of all cucurbits. Foliar symptoms start as marginal necrosis followed by larger, wedged shaped necrotic areas, often with a yellow halo. Stem cankers develop in the cortical tissue and a brown, gummy exudate is produced. Small fruiting bodies may appear as black specks in diseased tissue. Stems may be girdled on seedlings and the plant dies, or on older plants stem cankers lead to wilt and decline. Small, water-soaked spots develop on fruit, enlarge, and exude gummy material and contain many black, fruiting bodies. Black rot on butternut may appear as a superficial hardened tan to white area which can develop concentric rings. This typically occurs where the fruit touched the soil. Lesions may become hardened and dormant on mature fruit that is cured and stored under proper conditions, but chilling injury or high humidity may activate the disease and cause fruit collapse during storage. Check fruit weekly for signs of black rot.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 11.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides. Resistant isolates of black rot have been reported. See label for application methods and mixing instructions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 3.2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 12.0 to14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard WGOG): 4.5 oz/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06. See label for application methods and instructions. GSB and anthracnose only.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for tank mixing precautions.
  • boscalid (Endura): 6.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • chlorothalonil (BravoWeather Stik): 1.5 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05. Rates vary for each disease; see label.
  • chlorothalonil plus oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti): 1.7 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & 49. For enhanced control, add a chlorothalonil-containing product to the spray mixture.
  • chlorothalonil plus potassium phosphite (Catamaran): 4.0 to 6.0 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12, Groups M05 & P07. Do not apply under drought conditions or conditions conducive to sunburn.
  • copper hydroxide (Champ Formula 2 Flowable 2F): 1.33 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Label varies with manufacturer and formulation. REI for products ranges from 4 to 48 hr.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to14.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Black rot and Alternaria only. Good coverage is essential for good disease control. Use a minimum of 10 gallons/A spray volume. See label.
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (Ariston): 1.9 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 27 & M05.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. 
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage. 
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Alternaria and anthracnose only.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. Alternaria only.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Black rot and anthracnose only
  • floxapyraxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon): 4.5 to 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 &11. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. Alternaria and anthrarcnose only.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 12.6 to 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 7. Black rot and Alternaria only. Can be tank-mixed with a minimum of 1.5 lb/A chlorothalonil.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application of Cabrio before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 12.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Use caution in the addition of adjuvants or additives (see label).
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A foliar or ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05. Apply to ensure thorough coverage.
  • thiophanate-methyl (Topsin M WSB): 0.5 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Group 1. Consecutive use of Topsin M may lead to buildup of resistant strains of fungi and loss of disease control. May be tank mixed with chlorothalonil or mancozeb. GSB and anthracnose only. See label for application methods.
  • zoxamide + chlorothalonil (Zing!): 36.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Do not combine with anything other than water. See label for restrictions.

Bacterial Wilt (Erwinia tracheiphila)

Because this bacterium is transmitted systemically by cucumber beetles, copper sprays are of no value. Cucumber beetles must be controlled by appropriate insecticide programs. Symptoms include rapid wilt of plants with no recovery overnight. Scout twice weekly at seedling stage for cucumber beetles. Treat when beetle numbers reach the threshold of 1 beetle per 100 feet of row. Use crop rotation to reduce beetle numbers. Rogue infected plants. Spunbonded row covers will exclude beetles. Plant a sprayed perimeter trap crop of Blue Hubbard squash to protect more susceptible crops. Dipping transplants in a kaolin solution will provide some protection as an antifeedant.

Cucurbit Viruses: CMV, WMV-II, PRSV-W and ZYMV

Refer to the discussion of these viruses in the disease control section in Cucumber, Muskmelon, and Watermelon.

Downy Mildew (Pseudoperonospora cubensis)

Pseudoperonospora cubensis infects only members of the cucurbit family and is an obligate parasite; it only grows on living tissue and does not overwinter in the Northeast. Its survival depends on the presence of cucurbit hosts, either in climates that permit their growth year-round or in greenhouse culture. The source of primary inoculum in cold climates is windblown sporangia from areas where plants survive the cold season. Generally, downy mildew of cucurbits does not arrive in southern New England until August. However, in some seasons it can move up the eastern seaboard early and arrive in July. Downy mildew first appears as watersoaked/yellow lesions on the upper side of the foliage that are often confined by leaf veins and angular in shape. The progress of downy mildew is tracked by the North American Plant Disease Forecast Center (http://cdm.ipmpipe.org/). Physiological specialization occurs in P. cubensis and at least 5 pathotypes have been described. Cucumber and melon are susceptible to all pathotypes, while squash and melon cultivars vary in their reactions. Spread of downy mildew within a field can be by air currents, rain splash, workers, and tools. The main means of control are fungicide applications, the use of resistant cultivars, and cultural practices. Maximum control can be achieved only with a combination of these measures. Maximize the distance from potential inoculum sources. Use plant spacings that reduce the density of the plant canopy and avoid overhead irrigation to minimize the length of leaf wetness periods. Squash and pumpkin cultivars are resistant to some pathotypes but are very susceptible to compatible pathotypes. Downy mildew is an oomycete and will not be controlled by the same fungicides that control true fungi.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 11.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides. See label for application methods and mixing instructions.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard WGOG): 4.5 oz/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06.
  • Bacillius subtilis strain QST 713 (Seranade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for tank mixing precautions.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.5 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti): 1.7 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & 49. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, 24h greenhouse, Group M01. Discontinue use if crop injury occurs. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge SC): 0.5 to 2.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Crop injury may occur from application at higher rates and shorter intervals. Tank mixes with foliar applied fertilizers during periods of excessive heat can result in crop injury. REI is 24hr for greenhouse use. See label.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Tank mix with an organosilicone surfactant or non-ionic surfactant. Alternate sprays of Ranman with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 3.2 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 27. Use only in combination with a protectant fungicide (e.g., copper, chlorothalonil).
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (Ariston): 1.9 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 27 & M05.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Apply only in combination with a labeled rate of another non-Group 40 fungicide. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications of Forum before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • ethaboxam (Elumin): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 22. See label for restrictions.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos ): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27.Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fosetyl Al (Aliette WDG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 12d, REI 24h, Group P07. Do not tank mix with copper. See label for other restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.6 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03. Do not tank mix with copper. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti A): 2.0 to 4.8 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group 49.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group 49 & 40.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Copper phytotoxicity may occur.
  • propamocarb HCl (Previcur Flex): 1.2 pt/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 28. Alternate with a contact fungicide (e.g., copper, chlorothalonil).
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 12.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7. Use caution in the addition of adjuvants or additives.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A, foliar or ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups P05. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. Apply with another fungicide for downy mildew.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with another Group 11 fungicide. Suppression only. See label for restrictions.
  • zoxamide plus chlorothalonil (Zing!): 36.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05. Do not combine with anything other than water. See label for restrictions.
  • zoxamide plus mancozeb (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups 22 & M03. Do not tank mix with another Group M3 fungicide if the target pest is only downy mildew. Tank-mix only if a partner is required to control other diseases, such as copper for bacterial disease.

Phytophthora Blight and Fruit Rot (Phytophthora capsici)

Vines can be infected by Phytophthora capsici any time during the growing season. Dark, water-soaked lesions develop on vines and can girdle the stem, resulting in rapid collapse and death of foliage above the lesion. Fruit rot can occur anytime after fruit develops and typically begins as a water-soaked lesion that becomes covered with white yeast-like mold. Fruit infection progresses rapidly, resulting in complete collapse of the fruit and total crop loss. P. capsici cannot be managed by fungicide applications alone; successful disease control is achieved only by a season-long effort to manage water and other cultural practices. The single most effective way to control this disease is to prevent its movement into clean fields by equipment, humans, or infested water. Plant susceptible crops (tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, all cucurbit species, and lima beans) in fields that have no history of this disease and are well-drained. Plant non-vining crops on raised beds, avoid planting in low areas where water puddles from, and improve drainage by sub-soiling after heavy rain events. Promptly disk under small areas where the disease appears along with a border of healthy appearing plants. Avoid working in wet fields and compacting the soil.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • Bacillius subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for tank mixing precautions.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Mix with a surfactant for best results. Alternate with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 40. Apply only in combination with a labeled rate of another non-Group 40 fungicide. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • ethaboxam (Elumin): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 22; Soil or foliar applications. See label for restrictions
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Suppression of foliar and fruit phase only. Tank mix with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group (e.g., copper or chlorothalonil).
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 4 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be tank mixed with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • fosetyl-Al (Aliette WDG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 12d, REI 24h, Group P07. Do not tank mix with copper compounds. Use the high rate when Phytophthora blight is active.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti A): 2.0 to 4.8 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group 49. Apply as a soil or foliar application. Begin application at planting/transplanting for best results. See label.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group 49 & 40.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/100 gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed. Copper phytotoxicity may occur if applied in alteration with copper.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A, foliar or ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups P05. Apply to ensure thorough coverage.
  • zoxamide plus mancozeb (Gavel75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups 22 & M03. Do not tank-mix with another Group-M3 fungicide if the target pest is only Phytophthora blight. Tank-mix only if a partner is required to control other diseases, such as copper for bacterial disease.

Plectosporium Blight (Plectosporium tabacinum)

When Plectosporium blight occurs, rotate away from summer squash and pumpkins for 2 years. Choose sunny, well-drained sites for planting cucurbits. Scout for disease and apply fungicides when disease first occurs. Lesions of Plectosporium blight are most often observed on the stems of affected plants and can be small, irregularly shaped and often coalesce to form a scabby area. Fruit lesions can be confused with edema. Thorough fungicide coverage of foliage, vines, and fruit is necessary for good control. The strobilurin (QoI, FRAC Group 11) fungicides Flint (trifloxystrobin), Cabrio (pyraclostrobin), and Quadris (azoxystrobin) will control this disease but should not be rotated with each other or the pathogen will develop resistance. Apply a protectant fungicide such as chlorothalonil (Bravo) or mancozeb (Dithane) following a strobilurin.

  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 12.0 to 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. Do not rotate with another Group 11 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. 
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • floxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon): 4.0 to 5.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Make no more than 2 sequential applications before alternating with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 1.5 to 2.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.

Postharvest Fruit Rot (Various Fungi)

Fruit and stem rot that develops after harvest is generally due to infection that took place in the field. Postharvest rot can be reduced by applying fungicides during the growing season on a regular basis, as for control of black rot. Control weeds to allow better air circulation. Wounds to the fruit that occur during harvest can also result in postharvest rot. For maximum storage life, refer to Postharvest Handling and Storage in the Cultural Practices section.

Powdery Mildew (Podosphaera xanthii)

Fungicides should be applied at the first sign of disease (or earlier with some products). Begin scouting for powdery mildew at fruit initiation. On cucurbits, the disease has a white powdery appearance and infects both the top and bottom of the leaf, making it more difficult to control with non-systemic fungicides. However, powdery mildew fungi tend to become resistant to systemic fungicides such as Topsin-M (Group 1) and Cabrio, Flint Extra, Quadris, and Sovran (Group 11). Resistances to Group 1 and Group 11 fungicides have resulted in the removal of these classes of fungicides from recommendations, with the exception of Pristine which is a combination product. Resistance to the DMI fungicides (Rally, Procure - Group 3) is also widespread; use Rally or Procure at the high labeled rate only. The most effective contact fungicides are sulfur, mineral oil, and chlorothalonil. Begin applying fungicides when powdery mildew is at a low level (threshold is 1 of 50 old leaves with symptoms on either leaf surface) or on a preventative schedule for fields not scouted; do not begin using mobile fungicides when disease is widespread. A 7-day interval is recommended.

  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (BmJ WGOG, AKA LifeGardOG): 4.5 oz/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06. See label for application methods.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2 to 3 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • copper compound (Champ 2F): 1.33 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Label varies with manufacturer and formulation. REI for products ranges from 4 to 48 hr. Discontinue use if crop injury occurs.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Discontinue use if crop injury occurs. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyflufenamid (Torino): 3.4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group U06.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to14.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Good coverage is essential for good disease control. Use a minimum of 10 gallons/A spray volume.
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (Ariston): 3.0 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 27 & M05.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Apply in sufficient volume to achieve thorough coverage.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme Fungicide): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. See label for surfactant recommendations and restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • metrafenone (Vivando): 15.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 50. Must be applied before symptoms appear. For established infections, apply in a tank mix with a curative fungicide. Make no more than 3 applications per year. Do not apply more than twice before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not mix with horticultural oil.
  • monopotassium phosphate (Nutrol): 10.0 to 20.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Apply 2-4 sprays beginning at fruit set. Use a maximum of 3 lb product/10 gal spray solution. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40WS): 2.5 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 3. Observe a 30-day plant back interval.
  • neem botanical oil (TrilogyOG): 0.5 to 1% solution/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. See label for application method. Thorough coverage is essential.
  • parafinic (mineral oil) (JMS Stylet-OilOG): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Spray for thorough coverage of upper leaf surface.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 12.0 to 16.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium bicarbonate (KaligreenOG): 2.5 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group NC.
  • pyraclostrobin plus boscalid (Pristine): 12.5 to 18.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 7.
  • quinoxyfen (Quintec): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 13. Tank mix with a protectant fungicide. Alternate with a non-Group 13 fungicide. Not labeled for use on edible-peel cucurbits.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia): 1.0 to 4.0 qt/A, foliar or ground application; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups P05. Use preventatively, before any disease development. Apply to ensure thorough coverage. Recommended to mix with a mobile fungicide.
  • sulfur (Microthiol Disperss): 5.0 to 10.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. Sulfur can injure plants, especially when temperatures reach 90° F. Do not apply to sulfur-sensitive varieties.
  • triflumizole (Procure 480SC): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Use at the highest rate to prevent resistance development.

Scab (Cladosporium cucumerinum)

Scab is a significant problem for summer and winter squash, pumpkin, melon, and watermelon. Foliar symptoms include gray to brown lesions with a yellow halo. Fruit lesions first appear as small pockmarks, resembling insect damage. 

Resistant cultivars of cucumber are widely available. Where scab has been a problem, plant in sunny locations where cool air does not tend to accumulate. The pathogen survives in the soil on infected crop debris, may be seedborne, and is capable of saprophytic growth. Rotate with non-cucurbit crops for 2-3 years. Select sites with well-drained soil and good air movement for rapid drying of foliage and fruit. Avoid overhead irrigation and dense plant canopies. Fungicide sprays may not be effective during extended cool, wet weather due to the short disease cycle of this pathogen.

  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus potassium phosphite (Catamaran): 6.0 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12, Groups M05 & P07. Do not apply under drought conditions or conditions conducive to sunburn.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 2.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH of less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SC): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. Mix in sufficient water to ensure thorough coverage. See label for water volumes.
Disease Control

Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds Insect Control

Pumpkin, Squash, and Gourds Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Caution: Insecticides should not be applied when bees are active in the field. Avoid products with high or moderate bee toxicity during bloom. If application of an insecticide is necessary while the crop is blooming, select products with low bee toxicity or with short residual period and/or apply in the evening after the bees have left the field. See Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators or more suggestions on how to avoid harmful effects on pollinators.

Aphids, Green Peach (Myzus persicae) and Melon (Aphis gossypii)

Aphids found in cucurbits include green peach aphid and melon aphid. For more information, see the green peach aphid in the insect control section of Pepper and the melon aphid in the insect control section of Cucumber.

Scout weekly for aphids by inspecting the underside of 5 fully grown leaves at each of 10 sites per field. Note what proportion of leaves have 5 or more aphids and treat if 20% of leaves have 5 or more aphids per leaf and the population is increasing. Pumpkin, gourd, and squash varieties differ in attractiveness to aphids. Spot treatment of susceptible varieties may be appropriate. Use selective products to conserve beneficials that suppress aphids. During bloom, avoid products that are toxic to bees, or treat in the evening after bees stop foraging.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A melon aphid and 10 to 13.5 oz/A green peach aphid at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A melon aphid and 10 oz/A green peach aphid chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting or drip chemigation during the first half of the crop growing cycle.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best results, use with an effective adjuvant. Use the high labeled rate for best performance. Melon aphid only. 
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal, 7 to 14 oz/A, 0.16 to 0.32 oz/sq ft.; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Squash transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed. Suppression only. 
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 12 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; 0.44 fl oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection. Not for foliar applications.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. Apply with a labeled companion insecticide on green peach aphids. On other aphids, use of a companion insecticide is recommended for enhanced and residual control.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h winter squash and pumpkin, 24h summer squash, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d for 1.5 pt/A, PHI 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Summer squash and other "soft" squash that is harvested and consumed when immature only. Melon aphid only. 
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Selective control of aphids including melon and green peach aphid. Translaminar. Apply before populations build up. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting operations.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Cucumber Beetle, Striped (Acalymma vittatum) and Spotted (Diabrotica undecimpunctata)

See the insect section of Cucumber, Muskmelon, and Watermelon for more information on cucumber beetle life cycle and cultural management. In pumpkin and squash, manage striped cucumber beetle to prevent losses from direct feeding damage as well as from bacterial wilt vectored by beetle feeding. The most susceptible period is from crop emergence to the 5-true-leaf stage. Scout at least 25 plants to monitor the number of beetles and damage. An action threshold of 1-2 beetles per plant is recommended; use the higher threshold for crops with vigorous early growth and lower susceptibility to wilt, such as butternut and pumpkin, and the lower threshold for summer squash. At later growth stages, the crop should be treated if there is significant damage to fruit. Fruit feeding by adult beetles may occur late in the season, especially on pumpkin. Where possible, avoid insecticide applications during flowering to protect bees; if sprays are needed, treat after dark when bees are no longer foraging and use products that have low impact on bees. If multiple treatments are needed, rotate to a product with a different mode of action.

Perimeter trap cropping has been shown to reduce or eliminate main crop sprays while providing effective control of beetles. Plant 1 or 2 rows of Blue Hubbard, buttercup squash, or another Cucurbita maxima variety in an unbroken perimeter around the field. Always use 2 rows near woods or last year's fields, and space plants no wider than the between-row spacing that is used in the main crop. These perimeter crops will concentrate incoming beetles in the border because they are generally more attractive to beetles than winter squash, summer squash, and pumpkin, which are C. moschata or C. pepo types. Note that some specialty pumpkin varieties are C. maxima types and very attractive to beetles. Do not use a crop that is highly susceptible to bacterial wilt in the border. Beetles should be killed in the border, either by applying foliar insecticide when beetles first arrive or using a systemic insecticide at planting. Scout both borders and main crop to assess beetle numbers. Repeat perimeter sprays if needed to prevent influx into the main crop, and spray the main field if thresholds are exceeded. Attractive crop types that are planted in rows within the main field also work as trap crops that draw beetles as they move around within the field. These trap crops can be selectively sprayed.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.4 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply when foliage is wet. Do not apply to crops or weeds in bloom.
  • cryolite (Prokil Cryolite): 8 to 16 lb/A; PHI 7d summer squash, 14d pumpkins and winter squash, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Striped cucumbe beetle only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee:H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.125 to 0.5 lb/gal for backpack sprayer; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied after fruit set. White residue may be minimized if applications stop when fruit is 25% of its expected harvest size. Follow label instructions for mixing. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d for 1.5 pt/A, PHI 3d for over 1.5 pt/A, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Summer squash and other "soft" squash that is harvested and consumed when immature only. Melon aphid only.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Suppression only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.

Cutworms

Cutworms are caterpillars that hide under the soil surface adjacent to the plant stem during the day and feed after dark. Larvae may occasionally cut stems of seedlings. Spot spray heavily damaged sections of the field. For best results, make application between midnight and dawn while cutworms are feeding aboveground. For more information see black and variegated cutworms in insect control sections of Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor).

  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening before larvae are actively feeding and direct sprays to base of stem.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Seedling spray only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Seedcorn Maggot (Delia platura)

For more information, see seedcorn maggot in the insect control section of Bean.

  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Apply as in-furrow spray or transplant tray drench no earlier than 72 hours prior to planting in field, or as transplant water treatment, hill drench, or surface band. 

Slugs

For more information see slugs in the insect control section of Cabbage.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Snail and Slug BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.

Squash Beetle (Epilachna borealis)

Squash beetle is a minor pest of cucurbits, and is generally limited to southern New England. Like its close relative the Mexican bean beetle, it is a leaf-eating member of the ladybeetle family. Adults overwinter in field edges. They have the typical ladybeetle shape and are 8-10 mm long, red-orange, with 12 black spots on their wing covers (elytra) and 6 on the thorax. The yellow egg clusters and yellow larvae covered with dark spines may be found on all cucurbit crops, in wild cucurbit weeds, and occasionally on lima bean, cowpea pods, or corn silk. Pupation takes place on the underside of the leaf or in nearby weeds. Feeding by adults and larvae creates round scars in leaves, leaving lacy veins intact. Adults can also produce spiral scars on the fruit which may render them unmarketable. The first generation eggs are plentiful in June, and the life cycle is completed in about 4-5 weeks. There is 1 generation per year in New England but 2 farther south. They are not strong fliers, so crop rotation to distant fields helps to limit colonization and populations. However, when production space is limited, they can build up until they become an economic pest. Tilling in early summer squash and cucumber fields after harvest in July, when the beetles are still in the larval stage, will help limit populations. Row covers can exclude the beetles. In addition to those listed below, several common insecticides that are labeled for other pests of cucurbits will control squash beetle including spinosad, spinetoram, and pyrethrin.

  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Beetle larvae only.

Squash Vine Borer (Melittia cucurbitae)

Squash vine borers (SVB) are day-flying moths, with bright orange markings on their backs and legs. They resemble wasps. Most eggs are laid on the stem within a foot of the soil. Hatching larvae tunnel into the stem and cause wilting, reduce squash yields or even sever the stem from the roots. In rare cases when populations are very high, larvae may bore into fruit. The large cream-colored larvae are 1-1.5" long and 3/8" wide. The pupae survive the winter 1-2" deep in the soil. Spring or fall plowing buries pupae deep in the soil and reduces populations. Preferred hosts have thick stems, while thin-stemmed squash tend to be more resistant to attack. Yields of summer squash can be reduced by 33% if infestations exceed 5 larvae per plant. Pumpkins can sustain high infestations without yield reductions. Butternut squash are resistant to SVB. Monitor with a Scentry Heliothis pheromone trap from early June through early August. Make 2-4 weekly applications if more than 5 moths per week are captured. Timing is very important. Treat base of stems thoroughly to target hatching larvae. Some selective materials used for other caterpillars in squash, such as spinosyns and Bacillus thuringiensis aizawi, have demonstrated efficacy in trials.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 5.3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. Use against young larvae before boring or tunneling in the plant.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 

Squash Bug (Anasa tristis)

Squash bug adults are grayish-brown, hard, flat-backed insects, 0.5-0.75" long, with long legs and antennae. Adults often hide around the base of the plant or under plastic mulch and are hard to target with sprays. Eggs are shiny, smooth, reddish-brown and seed-shaped and are usually deposited on the leaves in an organized, neatly-spaced pattern, in groups of 10-20. The soft-bodied nymphs are grey with dark-brown or black heads, antennae, and legs. Adults survive the winter in sheltered sites along field margins or under plant debris within fields. Both adults and nymphs have needle-like mouthparts that they use to extract plant juices. The plant vascular system may become clogged as a result of the feeding damage, causing the plant to wilt, darken, and die—a disorder called Anasa wilt. They may also spread cucurbit yellow vine decline, a common Southwestern bacterial disease that has been found in a few isolated places in CT and MA.

Among cucurbits, the crops that are most susceptible and attractive to squash bug are yellow summer squash, zucchini, Hubbard squash, and pumpkin, especially thick-stemmed types. Watermelon, cucumber, muskmelon and butternut resist damage and also provide poor food quality for adult and nymph survival. Squash bugs are greatly reduced by crop rotation at least 1/4 mile from previous cucurbit crops. Clean cultivation also reduces the attractiveness of the crop, while use of mulches and reduced-tillage favors squash bug survival. Keep headlands mowed and free of trash to reduce overwintering sites. Systemic furrow, drip, or seed treatments and sprays for cucumber beetle (including bifenthrin) at the seedling stage often control colonizing squash bug adults. Placing row covers at seeding or transplanting prevents access by squash bug until blooming, when covers need to be removed.

Scout undersides of leaves for squash bug adults and eggs and treat if egg masses exceed 1 per plant. Time squash bug sprays to kill young nymphs which are easiest to control. Thorough coverage is necessary. As this often coincides with the bloom period, treat late in the day to reduce risk to bees and select products with lower bee toxicity.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 5.3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Most effective on newly laid eggs and nymphs.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. Foliar application for squash bug nymphs only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.6 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply when foliage is wet. Apply sufficient spray volume for thorough coverage. Time sprays for early morning or late afternoon. Repeated application may cause plant injury.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D. Foliar applications only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee:H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.8 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. 

Two-spotted Spider Mite (Tetranychus urticae)

For more information on biology and management, see two-spotted spider mite in the Eggplant insect control section.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. Control may be improved with addition of a non-ionic surfactant.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. Use of a companion insecticide is recommended for enhanced and residual control.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal (drench), 8 to 64 oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • neem oil (TrilogyOG): 1 to 2% solution in 25 to 100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 18. Avoid midday applications and ensure good coverage.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages.

Whiteflies

For more information, see whiteflies in the Tomato, Outdoor insect control section.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30 SG): 2.5 to 5.3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4AMost effective on newly laid eggs and nymphs. 
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 2 to 4 qts/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Apply before pests reach damaging levels.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, or drip chemigation during first half of crop growing cycle. Allow 1-3 days for control to be translocated into the aerial portions and to fully protect transplants following an at-plant application. Allow 2-5 days for control to fully protect the plants following a drip application. 
  • dinotefuran (Safari 20SG): 3.5 to 7 oz/100 gal, 7 to 14 oz/A, 0.16 to 0.32 oz/sq ft.; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Squash transplants only, while in greenhouse. Not for use on field or greenhouse grown crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Suppression only.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A; PHI 1d foliar, PHI 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D. Foliar applications only. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; 0.44 fl oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection. Not for foliar applications.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May require repeated applications. Use of a companion insecticide is recommended for enhanced and residual control.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal (drench), 8 to 64 oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil X): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Knack): 8 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7. Does not control adults. Apply when whiteflies reach economic threshold. Higher water volumes provide improved control. 
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary; an adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and nymphal stages.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seed/seedling root zone during or after planting/transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment.
Insect Control

Pumpkin Squash and Gourds Weed Control

Pumpkin Squash and Gourds Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

No-Till

Based on work done in New York State, it may be possible to achieve good weed suppression by allowing winter rye to grow to 30", killing it with glyphosate (Roundup), and then seeding pumpkins or squash with a no-till planter. Remember that if weed suppression is not adequate, cultivation will be very difficult in the rye stubble. Any of the herbicides registered for postemergence control can be used in no-till pumpkins to control weeds not suppressed by the killed cover crop.

Stale Seedbed

Prepare field 10-14 days prior to planting. Allow weeds to germinate. After seeding, but prior to crop emergence, then apply herbicides or flaming. See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • bensulide (Prefar 4E)REI 12h, Group 0. Summer and winter squash only. Apply 5-6 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied to flat-bedded or bedded crops. Incorporate 1-2” into the soil with shallow cultivation or with water through irrigation or rainfall within 36 hours of application.
  • clomazone (Command 3ME)REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 10.7-32 fl oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied to the soil surface before seeding or transplanting, but be sure to place roots of transplants or seeds below chemical barrier when planting. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not apply to soil that will be covered with plastic, or on certain pumpkin cultivars, including Jack-o-lantern pumpkins, which will develop unacceptable fruit whitening.
  • ethalfluralin (Curbit EC)REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 3-4.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied after planting but before crop emergence, no later than 2 days after seeding. Can also apply as a banded spray between rows after crop emergence or transplanting. Activate with 0.5” of irrigation within 2 days of application or 0.5” of rainfall within 5 days of application. If no rainfall occurs a shallow cultivation may activate but a deep incorporation or excessive water may cause crop loss. Rate based on soil texture. Use during cold, wet weather can result in crop injury or stunting. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 15. Pumpkins only. Apply 1-1.33 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply as an inter-row or inter-hill application in pumpkin. Leave 1’ of untreated area over the row or 6” to each side of the planted hill (do not apply directly over the planted pumpkin seed or young pumpkin plants). Indemnified label for pumpkin available in MA, ME, and NH only and for winter squash available in MA, CT, and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-0.75 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Use lower rate on sandy soils and higher rate on silt and clay soils. Can be applied after planting seeds but prior to soil cracking, or before transplanting crop. Transplant into treated area no sooner than 7 days after application and take care to limit movement of treated soil. Can also be applied over-the-top, directed, or with crop shields, after the crop has 2-5 true leaves (preferably 4-5) but before the 1st female flowers appear. Do not apply sooner than 14 days after transplanting. Can also apply to row middles before or after crop and weeds have germinated. Apply in a minimum of 15 gal/A of spray and settle soil after planting and prior to application with 0.5-0.75” of water through irrigation or rainfall.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before seeding or immediately before transplanting crop. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Allow a minimum of 3 days between application and seeding and do not apply after seeding. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 6.6 pts/A per year. Can be applied before, during, or after planting but before emergence. Can also be applied after the crop has emerged with a directed spray. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast): PHI 20d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Radish

Radish ashahane

Introduction

Radish (Raphanus sativus) is a member of the Brassicaceae family, along with cabbage and other brassica crops. Radish is a very old crop, possibly important as early as 5,000 years ago. Present-day radishes include European radishes with relatively small roots as well as the large-rooted white daikons that are enjoyed both as food and, recently, as a cover crop, due to long taproots that can penetrate compacted soil.

Radishes grow very quickly, maturing in 21-28 days under ideal conditions. In cold weather, 40-50 days may be required. Preferred planting dates are early spring and August. The roots (technically swollen hypocotyls and roots) are spicy, due to the presence of glucosinolates, which are sulfur-containing compounds produced by members of the brassica family. High temperatures and a lack of moisture can increase both pungency and the speed of bolting. As a result, production in the spring and fall often results in higher quality radishes than those produced in the summer. Some varieties also have a tendency to become pithy, possibly in response to certain environmental conditions. 

Types and Varieties

Table radishes come in an array of shapes (round, cylindrical, turnip-like) and colors (white, green, red, and black). Daikon is a general term for a group of long, white radishes that need cool temperatures and short day lengths to flourish. Some of these can grow up to 18" long and weigh about 3 lb on average, but can reach almost 50 lb. The black or winter radish is intensely hot. Radish tubers are formed from the basal part of the main shoot and a portion of the root.

Type Varieties
Small, Round

Champion

Cherriette

Cherry Belle

Crunchy King

Crunchy Royale

Early Scarlet Globe

Easter Egg (red, white, and purple)

Fireball

Pearl

Red Satin

Rover

Slender

D'Avignon (red and white)

French Breakfast (red and white)

Miyashige (white daikon)

Nelson (red and white)

White Icicle (white)

Shunkyo (red)

Storage Types

April Cross (Japanese daikon)

Black Spanish (black)

KN-Bravo (purple Korean daikon)

Nero tondo (black)

Red Meat (watermelon)

Summer Cross No. 3 (Japanese daikon)

Summit (Korean daikon)

Watermelon

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.0-6.8. Radishes need loose, well-drained soil for easy root expansion. Although daikon can penetrate heavy soils to depths more than 1', the roots will not be smooth, uniform and tender in heavy soils. In stony or very heavy soil, shorter daikon varieties perform better. Because radishes grow so rapidly, a rich, fertile soil is essential. They prefer cool growing conditions (50-65ºF), so maintain a high level of soil moisture to minimize the adverse effects of summer temperatures. Hot weather reduces quality and increases pungency. Late plantings may bolt before edible roots form.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Radish

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and Incorporate 50 150 100 25-50 0 125 100 50 0-25
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 50 150 100 25-50 0 125 100 50 0-25

Planting 

The seeding rate for table radish is 18-38 lb of seed/A (depending on variety) or 1.4 oz/100 ft row. The seeding rate for daikon radish is 1 lb/A. 

Spacing. Seed radish 0.25-0.5" deep, spaced at 0.75-1" apart within the row (to obtain 12-15 plants per foot of row). Space rows 8-15" apart. It is not recommended to transplant radish.

In the spring, plant as soon as the soil can be worked; thereafter, plant at intervals of about 10 days. Soft, well-tilled ground will result in the most attractively-shaped radishes. Radishes are often planted in 4' wide raised beds, in 6 rows per bed. Use of floating row covers at time of planting will help control flea beetles and cabbage root maggots. Keep soil moist, especially if growing in hot conditions. 

Harvest and Storage

Yield. Some salad radishes and most storage radishes are marketed with tops removed in plastic bags. Bunched radishes are common at farmers' markets and smaller retail operations. Those sold with tops will lose moisture and quality more rapidly than those without leaves. A good yield of bunched table radish is 2,500 dozen bunches (8-12 radishes/bunch) per acre (about 25 bunches per 30 ft of row). A good yield of film-packed radishes (8-oz bags) is about 15-20 bags per 30 ft of row. Daikon may be marketed in cartons or 20-lb plastic bags and good yields range from 15 to 20 tons/A.

Table Radishes. Harvest on time, beginning about 3-4 weeks after seeding when roots are the size of a large marble (depending on variety). Bunch or top, hydrocool, and refrigerate. Topped radishes will keep 3-4 weeks in good, crisp condition if kept at 32º F, 95% RH, and in breathable packaging.

Daikon Radishes. Harvest by hand beginning approximately 60 days after planting. The roots are harvested at about 12-14" in length for the processing market and 2.5" for the oriental vegetable market. Daikon can be sold with or without the tops attached; usually a better price is paid for tops left on the roots. Daikon radishes will last 3-4 months at 32º and 95% RH.

Radish Disease Control

Radish Disease Control ashahane

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 25 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Alternaria Leaf Spot (Alternaria brassisicolaA. brassicae)

Alternaria leaf spot does not affect radish roots but can reduce root yields if severe and will reduce the value of fresh-packed plants that retain the foliage. Buy certified disease-free seed or hot-water treat seed. Control brassica weeds and plow under crop debris in the fall. Rotate with non-brassica crops.

  • azoxystrobin (Abound aka Quadris): 6.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (CX 9030OG aka Double Nickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM2. See label for rates. Suppression only. 
  • Bacillus subtilis Strain QST 713 (Serenade MaxOG): 1.0 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Begin applications soon after emergence and when conditions favor disease. Apply in sufficient water to provide thorough coverage.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 14.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. 
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not alternate with other Group 11 fungicides.

Downy Mildew (Hyaloperonospora brassicae)

This disease occurs worldwide, affects most brassicas, and is most important at the seedling stage. It is an important pathogen on radish because it can infect the fleshy root, causing external black patches, lesions on the root shoulder, and internal grey or black flecking and streaking. The root surface is scarred, prone to cracking or splitting, and unmarketable. Plant resistant or tolerant cultivars.

copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 1.0 to 2.25 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M1. Begin application when disease first appears or when conditions favor disease.

Seed Decay

Purchase treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed, or oil purposes.

  • azoxystrobin (Abound aka Quadris): 0.40 to 0.80 fl oz/1000 row feet; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. See label for application rates and directions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (CX 9030OG aka Double Nickel 55OG): 0.5 to 1.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM2. See label for rates, at-planting instructions, and restrictions. Labeled for damping-off, seedling blights, and root and crown diseases.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi. Does not control Pythium or Phytophthora.
  • fluopicolide (V-10161 4 SC aka Presidio): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 43. For Pythium control. Apply as banded spray. Application at seeding may help control downy mildew. See label.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL SL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 1.0 to 2.0 pt/A; REI 48h, Group 4. Pre-plant incorporated or soil spray broadcast or band.

White Rust (Albugo candida)

Yield reductions caused by white rust are rare but quality is reduced by the prominent, raised white spore masses on the underside of leaves. On radish, white rust can also infect flower shoots and cause root swellings. Use resistant cultivars where available and rotate to non-hosts where the disease is common. Proper fertility levels, especially of phosphorous and potassium, have been reported to reduce disease.

  • azoxystrobin (Abound aka Quadris): 6.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 foliar application before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 1.0 to 2.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M1. Begin application when disease first appears or when conditions favor disease.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
Disease Control

Radish Insect Control

Radish Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Cabbage Maggot (Delia radicum)

Cabbage maggot can be excluded from brassica crops with spunbonded row covers. Cover at seeding and seal the edges with soil to exclude the adult fly which lays eggs at the base of young radish seedlings. Do not plant into land that was planted to a brassica crop the previous year, as this pest overwinters as pupae in soils where larvae infested plants.

See the Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and other Brassica Crops insect control section for more information about cabbage maggot.

  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting. Suppression only. 

Cutworms

See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.3 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply as foliar spray.
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply evenly over soil surface.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group 18. Suppression only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.

Flea Beetle, Crucifer (Phyllotreta cruciferae) and Striped (P. striolata)

See the Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops insect control section for more details on flea beetles that attack brassica crops.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Apply as foliar spray.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Suppression only.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 6.5 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Use at seeding or within 24 hours of seeding as an in-furrow or narrow surface band with sufficient water for incorporation, or in drip irrigation. 
Insect Control

Radish Weed Control

Radish Weed Control ashahane

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

See section Soil Fumigation Outdoors in the Disease Management section. Proper use of Vapam can provide weed control and will be more economical if multiple plantings are used.

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • dimethenamid (Outlook): PHI 21d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 7-21 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply as a broadcast application when the radish has reached the 2-leaf stage but before the 4-leaf stage. Temporary leaf injury may occur.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-1.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply and incorporate into the soil before planting. Rate based on soil texture and percent organic matter.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 15d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 32 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, before crop emergence, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Can also be used as a harvest aid and dessicant to remove leaves before harvest. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 2.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Rhubarb

Rhubarb Evonne Gong

Introduction

Rhubarb (Rheum spp.) has a long history of medicinal use in Asia. Its use as a food crop is much more recent, with widespread table use beginning in the 19th century. The leaves of the plant are toxic, but the fattened petioles are edible and consumed most commonly in pies and other sweetened desserts, in beverages, and occasionally as a vegetable. Several species of Rheum exist, and modern culinary varieties were likely derived from crosses between some combination of these species. The genus Rheum is not closely related to other vegetable crops; it belongs to the family Polygonaceae, along with buckwheat and many weeds including sorrels and knotweeds.

Rhubarb is a perennial crop that requires a dormant winter period below 40ºF to stimulate vigorous spring growth. It grows most vigorously in cool conditions, and growth is suppressed at high temperatures (>90ºF). For this reason, rhubarb is well-adapted to Northern latitudes in the U.S. and Canada. Once established, a rhubarb planting can remain productive for 8-15 years. 

Types and Varieties

Rhubarb varieties are classified as red, green, or speckled (pink). The market generally prefers red over green or speckled.

In New England, the most common variety grown is Macdonald, also known as Macdonald's Canadian Red or Macdonald Crimson. This cultivar has large stalks and a vigorous and upright-growing habit, and is resistant to wilt and root rot. It is excellent for pies, canning, and freezing. It can have medium to heavy seed stalk production. At the beginning of the harvest season (late May), the petioles may be a deep red but will lose some or all of their color as the weather warms and as harvest extends through June into early July. 

  • Red Types: Crimson (may also be called Crimson Cherry, Crimson Red, or Crimson Wine) is reportedly the only variety of consequence in Oregon and is reported to do well in New England. It produces brightly colored red stalks with the unique characteristic of being red throughout. Other vigorous red varieties include Valentine and Cherry Red.
  • Speckled/Pink Types: Victoria produces stalks that are large, of excellent quality, long, and round with smooth ribs. Stalks are light green with pink speckling that is more intense towards the bottom of the stalk. Stalks are solid green near the top. Victoria is commonly used for forcing. Strawberry is very similar to Victoria, and may be the same variety. German Wine is similar to Victoria but slightly more vigorous and more intense in color, typically with a darker pink speckling on a green stem.
  • Green Types: Riverside Giant is a cold-hardy, vigorous producer with large diameter, long, green stalks.

Soil Fertility

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Rhubarb

Planting Year

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHOROUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE

POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE

VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate before planting 150 75 50 25 0 150 100 50 0
Sidedress one month after growth starts 45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

 

Established Plantings

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHOROUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
Very Low Low Optimum Above Optimum Very Low Low Optimum Above Optimum
Before growth starts in spring 50 75 50 25 0 150 100 50 0
Before harvest 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
After harvest 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Planting

The crown pieces are planted 3-6" deep, 2-3' apart, in rows about 4-6' apart or in a 4'x4' grid to allow for cross cultivation. The most common spacing in Oregon is 2'x6' although that may be tight for New England where 3'x6' (2,420 plants/acre) or 6'x6' (1210 plants/acre) spacing is used. 

Field Culture

Irrigation is usually not necessary during harvest from May to July. Maintain adequate soil moisture after the harvest season, to ensure good regrowth. Soil type does not affect the amount of total water needed, but does dictate frequency of water application. Lighter soils need more frequent water applications, but less water applied per application.

Rhubarb requires a dormancy period of temperatures below 40ºF to break dormancy and stimulate the production of leaf petioles. Winter conditions in New England easily meet this requirement. When temperatures begin to exceed 45-50ºF, crown buds begin to develop. Clear plastic row covers, applied in early February, may help achieve leaf production 10-14 days earlier. Allow sufficient slack for stalk growth. 

Harvest and Storage

Harvest may start as early as mid-May. When petioles are of sufficient size for the market, they are pulled, not cut, from the plant. For fresh market, a small amount (1/4") of leaf tissue is usually left attached to the petiole and the basal end is not trimmed. For processing, all leaf tissue is trimmed from the petiole.

Stalks should not be pulled during the first year of growth. Stalk color is best after the field is 2-3 years old. Plants should not be over-pulled at any time, as a certain amount of foliage is required for the development of the present crop as well as next year's crop. At the end of petiole harvest (late June/early July) new shoots will emerge. These will provide the reserves for the following year's crop. Yields of rhubarb depend on the number of pickings, and the age and condition of the field but should yield an average of 6 tons (600 20-lb cartons) per acre. A well-maintained field may remain productive for 15 or more years. 

Fresh rhubarb stalks in good condition can be stored 2-4 weeks at 32ºF and 95-100% relative humidity. Rhubarb can be hydrocooled or air-cooled, and the temperature of the stalks should reach 32-33ºF within 1 day of harvest. If not cooled properly, there is danger of mold growth. Moisture loss in storage will be much less if the bunched or loose stalks are packed in crates lined with perforated polyethylene film.

Disease Control

Leaf spot and stalk rot diseases can be problematic following cool, wet springs. Since both types of diseases overwinter in infected plant tissue, good sanitation practices should control most disease problems. Remove and dispose of infected plant tissue during the summer and after first frost. Improved growing conditions may help minimize disease. Fertilize plant as growth begins in the spring. Purchase disease-free plants and remove dead foliage in the fall. 

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (MinuetOG): 12.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • chlorothalonil (Echo 721): 3.0 pt/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group M05
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 1.0 to 2.25 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Begin applications when disease first appears or when conditions favor disease.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WDG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 6.0 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • laminarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04.
  • Pseudomonas chlororaphis strain AFS009 (Howler EVOOG): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. May be used in greenhouse. See label for application methods.
  • pydiflumetofen plus fludioxonil (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7 & 12. Do not apply in greenhouse.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before alternating to non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • thyme oil (Guarda): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Group NC.

Rhubarb Weed Control

Rhubarb Weed Control ashahane

NOTE: This is a list of herbicides registered for use in rhubarb in the Northeast, but that there is no specific crop safety data or efficacy data available for these products on rhubarb in our region. Always use caution when using new products until you have a sense on how they will perform in your field conditions on your crop.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • clomazone (Command 3ME)REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 64 fl oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when rhubarb is dormant, before leaf emergence. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray.
  • dichlobenil (Casoron 4G): REI 24h, Group 29. Apply 50 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when rhubarb is dormant and incorporate into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall.
  • prometryn (Caparol 4L): PHI 40d, REI 12h or 48h, Group 5. Apply 2-4 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when established rhubarb is dormant, before leaf emergence. Apply in a minimum of 20 gal/A of spray. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)PHI 62d, REI 24h, Group 15. Apply 0.67-1.33 pts/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when rhubarb is dormant, before leaf emergence, as a broadcast spray to soil surface in early spring.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 8 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply just before rhubarb plants break dormancy at least 80 days before harvest in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 60d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when rhubarb is dormant, as late as possible, prior to the breaking of rhubarb dormancy. Sandea may cause significant crop stunting, so begin with the lower rate to determine potential sensitivity to its use along with speed and degree of recovery. For best results use a NIS if labeled weeds are emerged. Apply in a minimum of 15 gal/A of spray.
  • linuron (Lorox DF)REI 24h or 8d, Group 5. Apply up to 3 lbs/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply when rhubarb is dormant, before leaf emergence. Make application as a broadcast or banded over-the-row treatment. Do not use on soils with less than 1% organic matter. Preemergence can control annual weeds as they germinate. Postemergence can control up to 2” tall annual grasses and up to 6” tall broadleaf weeds.
  • mesotrione (Callisto): PHI 21d, REI 12h, Group 27. Apply up to 6 oz/A per application. Only 1 application per year. Apply when established rhubarb is dormant, before leaf emergence. Rainfall or irrigation after application may increase the risk of injury to emerging rhubarb. If weeds are emerged at the time of application it is recommended to add an adjuvant (crop oil at 1% v/v or NIS at 0.25% v/v).
  • quinclorac (QuinStar 4L): REI 12h, Group 4. Apply up to 12.6 oz/A, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 30 days apart. Do not exceed 25.2 oz/A per year. Apply as a foliar application in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. A crop oil concentrate at a rate of 2 pints per acre may be included in the spray mixture, but can cause injury if used under hot and humid conditions. Do not apply to stressed crop or injury may occur.

Postemergence Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before seeding or immediately before transplanting crops. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX)PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 16 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 32 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gallon per 100 gallons of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt per 100 gal of spray).
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.7-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 5.4 pts/A per year. Apply during the dormant season before buds begin to grow. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • quinclorac (Quinstar 4L): REI 12h, Group 4. Apply up to 12.6 oz/A per application, up to 2 application allowed per year, a minimum of 30 days apart. Do not exceed 25.2 oz/A per year. Apply as a foliar application. Can add a crop oil concentrate. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Do not apply when crops are stressed.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Rutabaga and Turnip

Rutabaga and Turnip otank

Introduction

Turnip (Brassica rapa) is a fresh market root vegetable that reaches maturity about 50-70 days after planting. Turnip leaves are usually hirsute (hairy), light- to medium-green in color, and can be eaten as greens. Varieties grown for greens reach maturity about 30-45 days after planting. Varieties grown for roots are designated as salad or storage varieties, with salad turnips being tender, mild, and able to be eaten raw, whereas storage turnips are more commonly cooked before eating, although there is some overlap. Salad turnips reach maturity slightly faster (35-50 days after planting) than storage turnips (45-70 days after planting). Turnip roots generally have little or no neck and a distinct taproot. Best quality results when the crop reaches edible size under moderately cool temperatures.

Rutabaga (Brassica napus, napobrassica group) is commonly known as yellow turnip or swede. It is thought to be a cross between turnip (B. rapa) and wild cabbage (B. oleracea) and developed in central Europe. The leaves are bluish in color, thick and waxy like cabbage leaves, and smooth. Rutabagas have short necks with leaf scars, and they require about a month longer to mature than turnips (90-100 days). In northern New England, rutabagas are more popular than turnips. If planted early in the spring, rutabagas will be of poor quality (woody and tough). For best quality, plant from mid-June to mid-July in northern to southern New England, respectively, timing harvest to occur in the cool weather of fall after a few light frosts.
 

Types and Varieties

Types and Varieties of Rutabaga

Types Varieties
Rutabaga

Gilfeather

Helenor

Joan

Laurentian

Macomber Turnip (popular in southeastern MA)

 

Types and Varieties of Turnip

Types Varieties
Turnip for Greens

Alamo

All Top

Topper

Southern Green

Seven Top

Turnip for Salads (roots)

Bella Luna

Hakurei F1

Hirosaki Red

Just Right

Polar

Scarlet Ohno Revival

Scarlet Queen Red Stems

Tokyo Silky Sweet

White Lady

Turnip for Storage

Purple Prince

Purple Top White Globe

Scarlet Ohno Revival

Violet Queen

 

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8.

Turnip following other vegetables in the same season may not require the application of additional fertilizer, as turnip is an efficient scavenger of residual nutrients.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if legume sod was plowed down or if manure was applied (see Table 1 and Table 7).

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Rutabaga and Turnip

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2OPER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 50 150 100 25-50 0 100 75 25 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 50 150 100 25-50 0 100 75 25 0

Planting

Rutabaga: Seed to 4-8" within rows and 30" between rows 0.25" deep. This requires 1.5-2 lb of seed per acre (about 1/4 oz per 100 feet of row).

Turnip: Seed to 2-3" within rows and 14-18" between rows 0.5" deep. This requires about 6 lb of seed per acre (or about 0.33 oz/100 ft row.)

Harvesting and Storage

Mature salad turnips are harvested when the roots are about 2" in diameter; storage turnips can be harvested slightly larger. Both types of turnip can become pithy if harvested too large. For highest quality, rutabagas should be harvested when they are 3-5" in diameter at the top end and weigh 2-3 lb. Rutabagas and turnips can be stored for long periods at 32º F and at a relative humidity of 90-95%. Chilling prior to harvest improves the flavor of rutabagas by aiding the conversion of starch to sugar, reducing strong or bitter flavor.

Rutabaga and Turnip Disease Control

Rutabaga and Turnip Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Leaf Spots (Alternaria and Cercospora)

Leaf spot fungi do not infect roots but severe foliar infections can reduce yield and blighted foliage can reduce the value of fresh-packed plants. Hot water seed treatment can eliminate seedborne fungal pathogens but will not protect from airborne inoculum. To reduce infection by airborne inoculum, control weeds to improve airflow and encourage leaf drying, and plow under crop debris promptly in the fall. Practice a 3-year crop rotation out of brassicas.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Applied as foliar spray. For suppression of Alternaria. See label for application methods and instructions.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 0.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Turnip greens only.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 30.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  •  
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.

Black Leg, or Phoma Leaf Spot and Canker (Phoma lingam)

From foliar lesions, the fungal pathogen that causes black leg spreads into leaf veins to the petioles and eventually the main stem. On rutabaga and turnip, a dry rot of the bulb or hypocotyl develops. The neck and shoulder areas develop large, brown lesions, followed by an extensive dry rot deep into the fleshy tissue. Severely affected bulbs become shriveled and dry and are often invaded by secondary fungal and bacterial decay organisms. Start with certified or treated seed or treat seed with hot water or fungicides. Rotate out of brassicas for 4 years. Promptly incorporate infected crop debris after harvest. Eliminate brassica weeds, which can act as hosts. Apply foliar fungicides to protect susceptible cultivars (see above).

Seed Decay and Damping-Off

Damping-off diseases are favored by cool, cloudy weather, wet and/or compacted soils, high humidity, and overcrowding. Plant into well-drained and well-fertilized soil when conditions are conducive to fast germination and growth. Avoid excessive irrigation.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/1000 row ft.; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. For Rhizoctonia root rot control applied as in-furrow application. See label for restrictions.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel 55OG): 0.125 to 1.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for application methods and instructions.
  • ethaboxam (Elumin): 8.0 fl oz; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 22. Labeled for Pythium damping-off of turnip greens. 
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi. Does not control Pythium or Phytophthora. Use as seed treatment prior to seedling.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; REI 12h, Group 7. Apply for Pythium root rot control as banded spray. Do not use on varieties of turnips such as fodder turnips intended for livestock use. See label for additional restrictions.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 1.0 to 2.0 pt/A; REI 48h, Group 4. Pre-plant incorporated or soil spray broadcast or band.

White Rust (Albugo candida)

Yield reductions caused by white rust are rare, but quality is reduced by the raised white spore masses of the leaf undersides of the pathogen. Use resistant cultivars where available and rotate to non-hosts where the disease is common. Proper fertility levels, especially of phosphorus and potassium, have been reported to reduce disease.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not alternate with another Group 11 fungicide.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 1.0 to 2.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
Disease Control

Rutabaga and Turnip Insect Control

Rutabaga and Turnip Insect Control otank

Flea beetles, leafminers, and cabbage maggot can be controlled in spring crops with spunbonded row covers. Cover at seeding and seal the edges with soil. Rotate fields so that flies do not emerge under row covers. Row covers are most effective for spring crops. Use a non-heating row cover, such as Proteknet, to protect fall turnips and rutabagas from cabbage maggot during August and early September, as spunbonded row covers can trap too much heat and cause reduced yield and root quality. Aphids are generally kept below damaging levels by natural enemies. If using row cover, do not place over crops with aphids present, as the cover will exclude natural enemies and cause outbreaks of aphids under the cover.

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphid, primarily Cabbage Aphid (Brevicoryne brassicae)

See cabbage aphid in the Cabbag, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops insect control section. Green peach aphid is an occasional pest of rutabaga and turnip; see in the Pepper section for more information.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.12 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Turnip greens only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Turnip greens and roots only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Turnip greens only. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 7 to 14 oz/A foliar application, 21 to 28 oz/A for application on turnip greens only; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  •  
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 1.6 pt/A rutabaga, 1 to 2 oz/A turnip; PHI 7d rutabaga, 1d turnip, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Turnip greens only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sulfoxaflor (Transform WG): 0.75 to 1.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bees: H, Group 4C. 
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 12 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Systemic insecticide used at seeding or within 24 hours of seeding as an in-furrow or narrow surface band with sufficient water for incorporation, or in drip irrigation. 

Cabbage Maggot (Delia radicum)

See Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops insect control section for more information on cabbage maggot. Both spring and fall crops are susceptible to maggot damage. Cooler soils in early fall allow survival of eggs from late-season flights. Use drop nozzles directed to base of plant. Use at least 100 gal water/A.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Foliar treatment for adult flies only. 
  • diazinon (Diazinon* AG500): 2 to 4 qt/A; REI 4d, Bee: H, Group 1B. Broadcast and incorporate to a depth of 4" just before planting. Rutabaga only.
Insect Control

Rutabaga and Turnip Weed Control

Rutabaga and Turnip Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique in the Weed Management section.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • dimethenamid (Outlook): PHI 14d for tops, 40d for roots, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 7-21 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply as a broadcast application when rutabaga and turnip have reached the 2-leaf stage but before the 8-leaf stage. Temporary leaf injury may occur.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Turnip only. Apply 8 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied after turnips have emerged, 40-60 days before harvest in 10-40 gal/A of spray.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP): REI 12h, Group 3. Turnip greens only. Apply 1-1.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply and incorporate before planting. Rate depends on soil texture and percent organic matter.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • clopyralid (Stinger)PHI 15d for tops, 30d for roots, REI 12h, Group 4. Turnip only. Apply 5-8 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply after the crop has emerged. Rate based on weed composition and growth stage. Spray additives are not recommended.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Can also be applied with the wiper method, using a 33% solution by volume. Only 1 wiper application allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days prior to harvest. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*): REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. Can be applied before, during, or after planting but before emergence. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Can also be applied as a harvest aid and desicant to remove leaves. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply 2.5 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Salad Mix and Microgreens

Salad Mix and Microgreens ashahane

Introduction

Salad mix, mesclun mix, and spring mix are interchangeable terms used to describe assorted mixed greens harvested at the seedling stage (3-4 weeks after seeding). Blends usually include 5-7 types of greens with a range of leaf sizes, colors, shapes, and textures. Pre-mixed seed blends can be purchased, or a custom mix can be made by purchasing and combining individual varieties. Although leaf lettuces are often the primary component, most mixes also include non-lettuce greens (most commonly Brassica species) to add diversity in flavor, texture, and color. Mixes can be mild or spicy, and can be harvested young for use in salads or older as "braising" mixes.

Microgreens, like salad mix, can be grown and sold as either individual species or a mix. They are most commonly used as garnishes, where small quantities add touches of unique flavors. Therefore, in addition to species typically grown for salad mix, popular microgreens also include certain herbs and vegetables. Microgreens are harvested at 1 or 2 true leaves (depending on the species) and therefore can be produced quickly. 

Types and Varieties

In general, Brassica species contribute spicy or pungent flavors, while the lettuces and amaranths are mild and sweet. Varieties are selected not only for flavor and leaf texture, but also for color. Red varieties that are well-suited for salad mix production are those that develop good red color even under low light conditions. For cool-weather or winter production, the most cold-hardy species such as spinach, claytonia (miner's lettuce), arugula, kale, and other brassicas are recommended. Choosing lettuce and spinach cultivars with resistance to a wide array of races of downy mildew is especially important for cool season production.

Types and Varieties of Crops used in Salad Mix

Type Variety
Lettuces Alboreto, Black Seeded Simpson, Red Sails, Carlsbad, Powerhouse, Spritzer, Flashy Trout Back, Jericho, Green Saladbowl, Deer Tongue, Tambay, Coastline, Red Saladbowl, Sulu, Dark Red Lollo Rossa, Pensacola, Clearwater, Parris Island, Tango, Garrison, Celinet, Lalique, Tamarindo, Rouge d'Hiver, Waldmann's Dark Green, Outredgeous, Annapolis, Red Rosie, Blade, Bolsachica, Aerostar, Breen, Defender, Freckles, Galactic, Red Oak, Red Tide, Sandy, Spock, Winter Density, Beijing Green, Green Miles, Red Hot, Shanghai Red
Non-Lettuce Asteraceae Family Frisee (Cichorium endivia) – Benefine, Eliance
Chrysanthemum (Glebionis coronaria) - Shungiku
Arugula Salad type (Eruca sativa) – Standard, Astro, Esmee, Darkita, Balboa, Green Brigade, Roquette, Speedy, Uber, Sparkle RZ
Wild type (Diplotaxis tenuifolia) – Bellezia (DM), Sylvetta, Dragon's Fire, Grazia
Mustards (Brassica juncea) Scarlet Frills, Red Giant, Red Splendor, Ruby Streaks, Green Wave, Golden Frills, Miz America, Wasabina, Garnet Giant, Dragon Tongue, Frizzy Joe, Frizzy Lizzy, Purple Osaka, Red Carpet, Red Lace, Red Streaks
Non-Mustard Brassicaceae Family Chinese Cabbage, Komatsuna, Mizuna, Pac Choi
Tatsoi (B. rapa) – Tokyo Bekana, Green Giant, Central Red, Rosie, Vivid Choi, Red Cloud, Koji, Green Coin, Tah Tsai, Vitamin Green, Red Kingdom
Cress (Nasturtium officinale, Barbarea verna, Lepidium sativum) – Watercress, Avona, Belles Isle, Upland Cress, Wrinkles Crinkled
Kale (B. napus, B. oleracea) – Red Russian , CN RKAL 1039 Red
Radish (Raphanus sativus) – Hong Vit
B. carinata - Amara
Chenopodiaceae Family Beet and Swiss Chard (Beta vulgaris) – Bull’s Blood, Bull’s Blood Olympia, Early Wonder Tall Top, Golden, Chioggia, Ruby Red, Fordhook Giant, Rainbow
Spinach (Spinacea oleracea) – see Spinach section
Amaranth (Amaranthus hypochondriacus, A. tricolor) – Burgundy, Red Garnet, Red Leaf (Callaloo)
Orach (Atriplex hortensis) – Red Ruby
Other

Mache/Corn Salad (Valerianella) -Vit, Étampes, Dandelion (Taraxacum), Claytonia (Claytonia perfoliata), Sorrel (Rumex acetosaR. sanguineus) – French, Red Veined, Purslane (Portulaca oleracea) – Goldberg Golden

 

In addition to the crops and cultivars listed above, microgreens may include the following:

Type Variety
Brassicaceae Family Broccoli, Cabbage, Collard, Kohlrabi (B. oleracea) – Red Acre, Red, Purple
Radish (Raphanus sativus) – Red Rambo, Daikon, Red Stem, Purple Stem, Red Arrow, Purple Sango, Triton
Chenopodiaceae Family Magenta Spreen (Chenopodium giganteum)
Saltwort (Salsola komarovii)
Celosia (Celosia spp.)
Asteraceae Family Chicory (Cichorium endivia) – Bianca Riccia
Dandelion (Cichorium intybus) – Red
Chrysanthemum (Glebionis coronaria) – Shungiku
Marigold (Tagetes tenuifolia) – Gem 
Apiaceae Family Anise (Pimpinella anisum)
Carrot (Daucus carota)
Cutting celery (Apium graveolens)
Chervil (Anthriscus cerefolium)
Cilantro (Coriandrum sativum) – seed coat will shed more quickly when using monogerm seed
Dill (Anethum graveolens)
Fennel (Foeniculum vulgare) – Green, Bronze
Parsley (Petroselinum crispum)
Lamiaceae (mint) Family Basil (Ocimum basilicum) – Dark Opal, Genovese, Italian Large Leaf, Red Rubin, Bicolor, Cinnamon, Lemon
Lemon Balm (Melissa officinalis
Shiso (Perilla frutescens) – Britton 
Other Alfalfa (Medicago sativa)
Scallion (Allium fistolosum) – Evergreen Hardy White
Salad Burnet (Sanguisorba minor)

 

Soil Fertility

Salad mix crops grow rapidly and require relatively little fertilizer. Sidedressing is usually not needed. If planted following another crop, additional fertilizer for salad mix may not be necessary. Microgreens require very little to no fertility; they can be grown directly in trays of quality potting mix with no supplemental fertility.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Salad Mix

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 50 180 120 30-60 0-30 180 120 30-60 0
Sidedress 3-4 weeks after planting (if needed) 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 50-80 180 120 30-60 0-30 180 120 30-60 0

Planting

Salad mixes are typically seeded at high densities to ensure good yields and to shade out weeds. Seeding rates vary with seed size and species, but common spacing is less than 1" between plants with 2-3" between rows on 30" wide beds. Seed can be broadcast, but is often seeded 1-6 rows at a time using a hand- or tractor-driven precision seeder. For larger-scale production, 17-row mechanical seeders are often used. Germination may take anywhere from 2-15 days at the optimum germination temperature (55-70ºF). Follow specific germination requirements for each component of the mix. Generally, salad mix components are cool-season crops that will germinate poorly when night temperatures exceed 80ºF. Germination of some species can be inhibited by heat and light; shading may be necessary for adequate germination and growth in mid-summer.

When creating a custom mix, each component is typically grown separately and mixed after harvesting since growth rates vary greatly with species, day length, total light, and temperature. The time from planting to harvest will be 2-3 times longer for fall (September to February) plantings than for late spring or early summer plantings. Consistent harvest throughout the growing season requires carefully planned succession plantings. Winter production in New England is possible, but low light and cool temperatures make production time longer than in summer, and cold-hardy species should be used. Prolonged exposure to temperatures below freezing (32ºF) will reduce the quality of even the hardiest species. The best way to determine timing is to experiment in your own system. See the following Johnny’s Selected Seeds publication for starting point recommendations: the Winter Growing Guide (https://www.johnnyseeds.com/growers-library/vegetables/winter-growing-guide-high-tunnel-scheduling.html).

Microgreens are grown in potting media in row trays or shallow flat trays. Since microgreens are harvested so young, their root systems do not need full-depth trays, and both row trays and shallow flat trays help conserve media. Optimal seeding densities and growing conditions vary by species. Heating mats are beneficial for winter greenhouse conditions.

Harvest and Storage

Salad mix greens can be harvested 3-5 weeks after seeding, depending on the species and growing conditions. Flavors intensify and leaf textures change with age, so optimum harvest time will depend on yields required and the intended use of the final mix. Harvesting can be done by hand cutting approximately 1" above the soil line using scissors or knives. Mechanical or hand-driven saw-like harvesters are used for large-scale production. Some varieties will re-grow to permit multiple harvests, but the second harvest will be less uniform and may be of lower quality. After harvest, salad mix components should be washed, dried, and cooled prior to packaging in bags or plastic-lined boxes. Young leaves are tender and susceptible to bruising, and therefore must be handled very gently after harvest. Rapid cooling by washing with near-freezing water will greatly prolong shelf life. Greens are then dried using salad spinners or custom-made commercial spinners with larger capacity. 

Microgreens can be harvested 2-3 weeks after sowing, after the development of 1-2 true leaves, which confer visual interest, texture, and loft to the final product. Some species, like fennel, only develop their characteristic flavor when they have 2 true leaves. Like salad mix greens, time to harvest depends on species and growing conditions. Microgreens are cut with scissors as close to the soil as possible, and then washed and dried in salad spinners. Microgreens are highly perishable and do not typically keep beyond 5 days.

Salad mix and microgreens should be stored as close to 32ºF as possible with 98-100% relative humidity. Food safety issues from microbial contamination are often linked to leafy greens that are eaten raw. It is important to follow some basic practices that are in accord with the guidance outlined in the Food Safety section of this guide. 

Salad Mix and Microgreens Disease Control

Salad Mix and Microgreens Disease Control ashahane

PESTICIDE USE IN GREENHOUSES AND HIGH TUNNELS: Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically says it can be used in the greenhouse OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is `silent' about use in the greenhouse in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

The different crops that make up salad mix and microgreens may or may not be susceptible to the same group of diseases. For additional disease control information, refer to the section of this guide relating to the specific plant family.

Since salad mix is harvested prior to maturity, diseases that affect mature crops often do not pose problems. However, high planting densities and use of row covers may increase the likelihood of other problems. For example, fungal diseases that usually don't infect young plants (e.g., downy mildew and Rhizoctonia in lettuce) often become a problem in salad mix production. The primary disease issue in microgreens production is damping-off, caused by Pythium and other soilborne fungi. Proper sanitation of greenhouse supplies and tools used is imperative for control.

Chemical control options are limited because of the very short pre-harvest interval and the diversity of plant families that may be included in the mix. When treating salad mix, make sure that chemicals are labeled for all of the crop species in the mix.

Disease Control

Salad Mix and Microgreens Insect Control

Salad Mix and Microgreens Insect Control ashahane

The different crops and crop families that make up salad mix may or may not be susceptible to the same insect pests. Pests that may occur in salad mix include aphids, whiteflies, cabbage looper, diamondback moth, flea beetles, and leafminers. When insects or damage is observed, note which crop or crops are affected, and refer to the sections of this guide relating to that specific crop or plant family. Use preventative and cultural control options where possible. In summer, when flea beetle populations in particular are high, floating row cover is often installed immediately after seeding to prevent damage. Burying edges of the row cover is imperative for protecting the growing crop from feeding damage.

Chemical control options are limited because of the very short pre-harvest interval and the diversity of plant families that may be included in the mix. When treating salad mix, make sure that chemicals are labeled for all of the crop species in the mix.

Insect Control

Salad Mix and Microgreens Weed Control

Salad Mix and Microgreens Weed Control ashahane

Reducing the weed seedbank in beds used for salad mix production is critical, as harvesting and washing greens from weedy beds can substantially increase time and labor. Ensuring that weeds do not go to seed in these beds is critical. Using a variety of stale seedbed methods ahead of salad mix seeding can prove very helpful for in-season weed control. Salad mix is usually planted densely, and can out-compete weed growth after stale beds are used. Prepare the seedbed at least 2-3 weeks prior to planting so that weeds have adequate time to emerge, and then cultivate shallowly. Between this and crop seeding, disturb the soil as little as possible to prevent additional weed germination. Alternatively, tarping, flaming, steaming, and chemical stale seedbeds can also be effective. Glyphosate (Roundup), paraquat (Gramoxone Inteon), and pelargonic acid (Scythe) are registered for stale seedbed use. 

Weed Control

Spinach

Spinach Evonne Gong

Introduction

Spinach (Spinacia oleracea) is a hardy cool-weather crop, grown for use as a cooked green vegetable or for salad greens. Temperature for optimum production and high quality is 55-60°F with day length of approximately 12 hours. Winter spinach production in unheated high tunnels has expanded in New England to supply greens year-round. Under certain conditions, spinach will bolt (develop a seed stalk and flower), reducing quality. During summer months, high temperatures and long days will result in bolting. For spinach plants overwintered in high tunnels, bolting may occur in early spring as days lengthen. The tendency to bolt varies with the cultivar, some being more resistant than others. Growers who want greens in summer should consider beet greens and/or Swiss chard as substitutes, since they produce better under high temperature and long day conditions. Malabar spinach (Basella alba) is not related to true spinach; it is a vining spinach-like crop native to tropical Asia and is well-adapted to growing in summer New England conditions.

Types and Varieties

There are 2 main types of spinach: smooth leaf and savoy (crinkled leaf). Both grow equally well and are marketed similarly, but the savoy type, because of its crinkled leaf, is more difficult to clean. Asian leaf types are relatively smooth with pointed leaves. Varieties best suited for winter production are often the fastest-growing varieties.

Variety Type Season Disease Resistance
Acadia semi-savoy SF DM 1-13,15,16
Auroch smooth SFW DM 1-12,14-16,19
Bonnethead savoy SFW DN 1-7,9,11-18
Carmel semi-savoy SF DM 1-11,13
Corvair smooth W DM 1-11,13
Flamingo Improved Asian SFW DM 1-11,12,13
Gerenuk savoy SFW DM 1-7,9-19
Giant Winter OP semi-savoy FW DM 1-11
Kolibri semi-savoy SFW DM 1-9,12-15,17
Kookaburra semi-savoy SF DM 1-13
Rangitoto smooth W DM 1-16,19
Red Tabby smooth SFW DM 1-9,11-13
Responder savoy W DM 1-12,14-16
Seaside smooth S DM 1-12,14
Space smooth FWS DM 1-3,5,6,8,11,12
Sunangel semi-savoy SFW DM 1-9,11-17
Winter Bloomsdale OP savoy W CMV

OP = open-pollinated, Seasons: S = spring, F = fall, W = winter. 

Resistant or tolerant to: DM: downy mildew (races indicated), CMV: cucumber mosaic virus

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. Soils with low pH will result in slow growth and chlorotic leaves.

Because of sensitivity to magnesium (Mg) deficiency, older spinach leaves may tend to show yellow color similar to that caused by nitrogen (N) deficiency or downy mildew. Low levels of Mg in the soil can be corrected by using high-Mg lime (dolomitic) or by adding Mg to the fertilizer. Do not automatically apply more N to try to develop the desired deep green color. Rather, fertilize with Mg according to pre-plant soil tests and, if needed, test again mid-season and make a topical application of 10-15 lb magnesium sulfate (Epsom salts) in 100 gal water to correct any Mg deficiency. Spray to wet the foliage. If Mg was deficient, you will see a color change to dark green overnight. Spinach will accumulate excess nitrates if N is used in an attempt to induce green color. Thus, it is always best to check for Mg problems before applying extra N if plants have chlorotic pale green color or yellow lower leaves.

In winter high tunnel production, a single crop may be harvested for 6 months and therefore sidedressing may be necessary. Nitrogen use efficiency of crops is lower in cold temperatures, so more frequent sidedressing of small amounts of N will achieve better results than fewer applications of larger amounts of N. Avoid putting fertilizer directly onto crop foliage. The need for sidedressing will be influenced by pre-plant levels of N in the soil, which can vary widely between farms and high tunnels based on the soil nutrients remaining after the summer crop. Available N levels can be monitored mid-season using pre-sidedress nitrate tests. Sidedress with N if nitrate levels drop below 30 ppm.

Less nitrogen fertilizer will be needed if manure or legume sod was plowed down (see Table 1 and Table 2).

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Spinach

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 60-80 180 120 30-60 0-30 180 120 30-60 0
Sidedress 3-4 weeks after planting 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 90-110 180 120 30-60 0-30 180 120 30-60 0

Planting

Seed will germinate at soil temperatures of 32-60°F. Soil temperatures above 70°F will result in poor germination. Another cause for poor germination is salt accumulation in the top 2" of high tunnel soil. Priming the seed (i.e. soaking the seed in water or another solution to kickstart the germination process prior to seeding) may improve germination, though there is no research-based seed priming protocol specifically designed for spinach. Spinach seed is short-lived and susceptible to damping-off. For good stands, start with new, fungicide-treated seed each year. Taking measures to prepare uniform, well-drained beds and to provide even irrigation can reduce variations in soil moisture that can lead to damping-off as well.

Spinach can be direct-seeded quite densely, at up to 3,000,000 seeds per acre (70 seeds per sq. ft.). Target harvest size may affect seeding density, with “teenage” or larger-sized spinach seeded less densely and baby-leaf spinach seeded at the higher density. Harvest method may also affect preferred seeding density. Growers harvesting by clear-cutting, either by hand or mechanically, may prefer denser seeding rates, whereas those harvesting lower leaves only may prefer wider spacing. After preparing a stale seedbed, denser seeding may help to control weeds. During dry conditions, irrigation may be necessary to germinate seeds. Seed 0.25-0.5" deep depending on soil moisture and temperature. Deeper planting is suggested in a warm, dry soil. Growers should attempt to seed to a stand as thinning is generally not recommended. 

Spinach can also be germinated in seed trays and transplanted at the desired site. This method is particularly useful if the site is not yet prepared for the next crop, and to get a head-start in production. Seedlings are typically ready for transplant approximately 3 weeks after initial seeding. Again, plant spacing can vary based on target harvest size and method.
 

Field Culture

Main Season (Spring and Fall). Spinach can be seeded in the spring as soon as the soil can be worked. Sandy soils are generally preferred because they warm earlier in the spring. Two main crops are generally grown, one in the spring, another in late summer, seeded about 6 weeks before the average first frost.

Winter Season. Winter production of spinach by New England growers is now quite common. Stand-alone low tunnels equipped with heavyweight row cover (1.25 oz/yd2) and plastic (6 mil) result in good winter survival of spinach and allow for separate fall and spring harvests. However, accessing plants during winter months when the ground is frozen is challenging, and leaves may not be saleable during this this period. High tunnel production permits winter access and provides additional insulation, and can result in winter-long harvests if plants are established by late fall. If direct-seeding, a September seeding date is suggested. Higher total yields (fall through spring) will be obtained by the earliest fall planting dates, primarily due to higher fall production. Spring-only yields are less affected by fall planting date.

Plant growth slows with less than 10 hours of light per day, starting around November 10 in southern RI and October 30 in northern ME. Aim to have 4-5 true leaves on plants before you reach this point.

It is important to ensure adequate moisture is available for spinach during the fall, winter, and spring months, either by using drip or overhead irrigation. The majority of irrigation is needed in fall and spring. Little irrigation is needed in winter months when crop growth is slow. 

There are three common physiological disorders that may occur on winter-grown spinach. Spinach can withstand frost well, as long as leaves are not handled when frozen. Freezing damage can kill and brown leaf tissue. This can be minimized by using row cover. Row cover is not necessary for winter high tunnel spinach production in most of New England but can speed up growth even if not needed to keep plants alive. Oedema results when water pressure causes cells to burst, resulting in scab-like calluses on the leaves. This can be minimized by limiting irrigation and maintaining low relative humidity as temperatures drop and growth slows. Lastly, under winter and spring conditions, spinach leaves often develop glandular trichomes on upper and lower leaf surfaces, which resemble tiny water droplets or insect eggs. They are more common on young leaves. These trichomes are naturally occurring structures produced by the spinach leaves and are harmless.

Harvest

Spinach is usually harvested 37-45 days after seeding, but can take much longer to mature during late fall and winter. Harvesting can be done by hand, either by clipping mature leaves and leaving young leaves uncut, or by clear-cutting just above the growing point. Walk-behind and tractor-mounted mechanical harvesters can be used. Regrowth quality varies by harvest method and the growth habit of the cultivar. 

In summer and fall, harvest early in the day and cool immediately to 32°F to maximize shelf life (10-14 days). In the winter, wait until leaves have thawed before harvesting, as handling frosted leaves will cause damage. 

Good yields will range from 5-7 tons/A for fresh market and 10-12 tons/A for processing. In winter high tunnel production, growers report producing 0.4–0.6 lbs/sq ft. Spinach is sometimes field packed loose into crates or cartons. Whole plants are sometimes bunched with roots trimmed off for retail sales. Package as bushel baskets or crates containing 20-25 lb, cartons or wire-bound crates with 2 dozen bunches each, or loose leaf 12 film bags (10 oz per bag) in a master carton. Winter spinach is often sold bagged in smaller quantities.

Spinach Disease Control

Spinach Disease Control Evonne Gong

NOTE: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

PESTICIDE USE IN GREENHOUSES AND HIGH TUNNELS:

Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically says it can be used in the greenhouse OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is ‘silent’ about use in the greenhouse in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

See also: Table 20: Fungicides and Bactericides Labeled for Vegetable Transplants.

Cladosporium Leaf Spot (Cladosporium variabile)

Cladosporium leaf spot, caused by Cladosporium variabile, was previously considered to be of minor importance in spinach crops but can be severe in spinach seed production and has become a common problem in winter high tunnel production. Symptoms begin on the foliage as pale/tan lesions that develop olive-green spores. The most conducive environment for disease development is cool and moist with temperatures between 59-68ºF and relative humidity above 80%. However, the fungus can grow under a wide range of temperatures, ranging from 41-86ºF. The epidemiology of this disease is not well-known. Spinach seeds carry the fungus, but it has not been determined whether the disease is transmitted via contaminated seed to soil or seedlings. It is also not known how long the fungus can survive on spinach residues in soil or in weed hosts. C. variabile has been recovered from dried leaves and seed stocks up to 8 years old. Cultural controls rely mainly on sanitation—the removal of infected plants, spinach debris, spinach volunteers, and unused seed. Start with certified, disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water or bleach to reduce seedborne inoculum. Avoid covering wet plants with row covers. Cultivar susceptibility varies but is rarely reported by seed producers or distributors.

  • Bacillus mycoides isolate J (LifeGard WGOG): 1.0 to 4.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06. Apply at first true leaf stage or after thinning. Refer to label for other appropriate rates and application volumes.

Downy Mildew (Peronospora farinosa)

Spinach downy mildew (SDM) is considered the most important disease of spinach and is favored by cool, moist conditions. The pathogen is host-specific to spinach and will not survive without a living host. Incidence of the disease appears to be increasing due to the increased use of high tunnels for winter spinach production. The potential overlap of field spinach and high tunnel spinach can create a “green bridge” for the disease, allowing the pathogen to transfer between fields and high tunnels. SDM begins as irregular yellow patches on upper leaf surfaces with purplish-gray sporulation on the undersides of leaves. Lesions may eventually dry out and turn brown. There are currently 19 numbered races of SDM, along with numerous "novel" races, and new races can emerge every year. SDM management relies on resistant cultivars, as well as managing relative humidity and leaf wetness. Select cultivars with resistance to races 1-19, if possible, and grow multiple cultivars that do not share the same gaps in resistance. Once infected, there is little that can be done to manage SDM. The pathogen can produce long-lived resting spores, called oospores, that can potentially survive in the soil without a living host. However, the role of oospores in season-to-season survival in New England is currently unknown. Rotate out of spinach for at least 2 years.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50WG): 0.5 to 0.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group P01. Do not apply to plants that are stressed or when extended cold or/and cloudy conditions are expected. May cause crop injury to young seedlings. See label for other restrictions.
  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 12.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Rotate with a non-Group 11 fungicide. Phytotoxicity may occur. Proceed when using tank mixes. See label for restrictions. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (Double Nickel LCOG): 1.0 to 6.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Suppression only. See label for other application methods and rates.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Flecking may occur.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 0.75 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Flecking may occur. See label for precautions.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 5.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 27. Use only in combination with a protectant fungicide.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be used in a tank mix with a fungicide with a different mode of action. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • fluxapyroxad plus pyraclostrobin (Merivon Xemium): 6.0 to 11.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Suppression only. Do not apply as tank mix with other pesticides or anything other than water. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • fosetyl aluminum (Aliette WDG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Group P07. Lower rate of 2-3lb/A may be used when tank mixed with another fungicide labeled for downy mildew (do not mix with copper). See label for instructions.
  • mandipropamid (Revus): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 40. Addition of adjuvant is recommended.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 0.25 pt/A; PHI 21d, REI 48h, Group 4. Must be applied pre- and post-plant for effective control of downy mildew. Incorporate into soil mechanically or with irrigation. See label for instructions and precautions. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Gold 200): 1.2 to 2.4 fl oz/A (foliar); PHI 0d, REI 4h, Groups 49. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. Apply with an adjuvant.
  • phosphorous acid (Fosphite): 1.0 to 3.0 qt/20 gal foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Do not apply to plants that are heat- or moisture-stressed or recently treated with copper products.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. May cause leaf injury. Do not apply with anything other than water. See label for precautions. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.

Seed Decay

Buy treated seed. Do not use treated seed for food, feed, or oil purposes.

  • azoxystrobin(Dynasty): 0.10 to 0.38 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 11. Not labeled for use in Maine.
  • fludioxonil (Maxim 4FS): 0.08 to 0.16 oz/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group 12. For protection against seedborne and soilborne fungi. Does not control Pythium or Phytophthora.
  • mefenoxam (Apron XL): 0.085 to 0.64 fl oz/100 lb seed; REI 48h, Group 4. For Pythium damping-off protection. Do not use in greenhouse or enclosed environments. See label for restrictions.
  • thiram (Thiram 42-S): 8.0 lb/100 lb seed; REI 12h, Group M03.
  • Streptomyces sp. strain K61 (MycoStopOG): 0.04 to 4.0 oz/lb seed; REI 4h, Group BM02. Other methods of application listed on label.

Stemphylium Leaf Spot (Stemphylium botryosum)

This relatively new disease of spinach was first detected in California in 2001. It affects both production spinach and spinach seed crops and has become a problem in high tunnel production. Details on the pathogen's life cycle are lacking, although the pathogen is known to be seedborne. In the field, the disease spreads slowly and damage is limited. Symptoms include light gray/tan leaf spots 1/16-1/2" in diameter, with larger spots being more irregular. As spots age they dry up and become papery in texture. Cultural controls rely mainly on sanitation—the removal of infected plants, spinach debris, spinach volunteers, and unused seed. Do not cover wet plants with row covers. Start with certified, disease-free seed or treat seed with hot water or bleach to reduce seedborne inoculum.

  • Bacillus mycoides isolate J (LifeGard WGOG): 1.0 to 4.5 oz/100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06.
  • fludioxonil plus pydiflumetofen (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 13.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 12 & 7.

White Rust (Albugo occidentalis)

White rust is a very damaging disease of spinach that is found only east of the Rocky Mountains in the U.S. Plant resistant cultivars and practice crop rotation. Apply preplant and foliar fungicides.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50WG): 0.5 to 0.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12, Group P01. Do not apply to plants that are stressed or when extended cold or/and cloudy conditions are expected. May cause crop injury to young seedlings. See label for other restrictions.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.0 to 15.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Quadris may be phytotoxic to spinach. See label for precautions. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Flecking may occur on spinach leaves.
  • copper oxychloride plus copper hydroxide (Badge X2OG): 0.75 to 1.25 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Flecking may occur. See label for precautions.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 to 10.0 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not alternate or tank mix with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be used in a tank mix with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • laminarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04.
  • mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold SL): 0.25 pt/A; PHI 21d, REI 48h, Group 4. Must be applied pre- and post-plant for effective control of white rust. Incorporate into soil mechanically or with irrigation. See label for instructions and precautions. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A. PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. May cause crop injury under certain conditions. Do not apply as tank mix with anything other than water. See label for precautions. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.

Cucumber Mosaic Virus (CMV)

CMV is found worldwide and infects over 800 crop and weed hosts. Symptoms include mosaic, mottling, stunting, and leaf distortion. This disease is transmitted by aphids in a nonpersistent manner; insecticides are of no value in controlling this disease. Start with virus-free seed. Eliminate weeds such as chickweed, pokeweed, and milkweed. Grow resistant varieties such as Winter Bloomsdale and Renegade.

Disease Control

Spinach Insect Control

Spinach Insect Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, primarily Green Peach Aphid (Myzus persicae)

Aphids in spinach are primarily green peach aphids (see Pepper section for more information). Thresholds used in other regions may apply, including 1 aphid/plant on seedlings and 4-10 aphids per plant on older plants. Natural enemies often provide control. Aphid outbreaks can occur after using broad-spectrum insecticides due to the loss of natural enemies, so aphid-selective products should be used whenever possible. Take measures to cover the undersides of leaves if using materials that do not have translaminar or systemic movement.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • afidopyropen (Versys): 1.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 5 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Do not use adjuvants in tank mix with Exirel in spinach. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Control of green peach and suppression of potato aphid only. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best results, use with an effective adjuvant. Use high labeled rate for best perfomance. Melon aphid only. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, PHI 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A for green peach aphid foliar, 7 to 14 oz/A for other aphids foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A for soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.3 oz/A foliar, 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For foliar applications, apply only to fully leafed-up canopies. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide. For green peach aphid, must use companion insecticide.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee:L, Group 9B. Translaminar. Apply when aphids first appear, before populations build up.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity; don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. Except lettuce aphids.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Aphid control may be variable depending on species present and host-plant relationships.

Blister Beetles

See Blister Beetles in the Beets and Swiss Chard section for more information on blister beetle life cycle and management. A single spot spray with a broad-spectrum insecticide registered for caterpillars on spinach will control the beetles.

  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Cabbage Looper (Trichoplusia ni) and Fall Armyworm (Spodoptera frugiperda)

See Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops section for more information on cabbage looper (CL) and Sweet Corn section for more information on fall armyworm (FAW).

  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A for looper, 0.5 to 2.0 lb/A for armyworms; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A looper, 1 to 2 lb/A armyworm; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.4 oz/A for CL, 2.4 to 3.2 oz/A for FAW; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. For FAW, controls 1st and 2nd instar larvae only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 40d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. FAW only.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, or as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone. CL and beet armyworm only. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 10 to 17 oz/A loopers, 7 to 13.5 oz/A armyworm; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Do not use adjuvants in tank mix with Exirel in spinach. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. CL only. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A armyworm, 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A CL; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 22. CL only. 
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply if minimum daily temperature is less than 32°F. Do not apply to seedlings less than 3" in canopy diameter. CL may be resistant.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A CL, 6.4 to 12.8oz/A FAW; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils. CL only.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A CL, 4 to 8 oz/A armyworms; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of an adjuvant is recommended.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 21 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A. Suppression of armyworms only.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Leafminer, Beet and Spinach

See Leafminers in Beet and Swiss Chard section for more information on the life cycle, scouting, and management of beet and spinach leafminers.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. Leafminer larvae only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 40d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 5.0 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied to soil at planting, through drip chemigation, or as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops. For leafminer larvae only. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Do not use adjuvants in tank mix with Exirel in spinach. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d chemigation, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 17. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 3 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, PHI 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 3.2 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Suppression only. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. May need to make repeated applications. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 6.4 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Efficacy improves with the addition of an adjuvant. Do not apply to greenhouse or high tunnel crops.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant. Control may be improved with addition of an adjuvant.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand-pick/crush slugs, or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops section for more information on slugs.

  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 25 lb/A; REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting, or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants.

Winter Cutworms (Noctua pronuba)

Winter cutworm is a newer, emerging pest in winter high tunnels. They are climbing, foliar-feeding cutworms that are particularly cold-hardy. The adults are large yellow underwing moths and are about 1" long and are active in the summer and fall. They lay eggs in masses on leaves. Winter cutworms vary in color with a dotted line along their backs and have a brown head capsule with black markings. Larvae are usually observed starting in August and feed in high tunnels throughout the fall and winter. Pupation occurs in the spring. They are active during our coldest months, with the worst damage occurring in November and December.

Damage includes large feeding holes and feeding on leaf margins in spinach, Swiss chard, lettuce, and carrots. These cutworms are nocturnal feeders and hide in the soil during the day. They are also highly mobile caterpillars.

Row covers or exclusion netting may work in some situations but needs to be timed with moth flights to prevent egg laying. Products used to target caterpillars may work for insecticides, but they need to be registered for use in high tunnels. Some efficacy has been seen with Bt products and spinosyns, but research is ongoing.

Insect Control

Spinach Weed Control

Spinach Weed Control Evonne Gong

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique in the Weed Management section for information on the use of these herbicides.

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max)PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • cycloate (Ro-Neet)REI 48h, Group 15. Apply 0.5 gal/A per application, only 1 application per year. Can be applied before, during, or immediately after planting. Apply in 10-50 gal/A of spray. Incorporate immediately 2-3” into the soil. Use on mineral soils only. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)REI 24h, Group 15. MA, ME, and NH only. Make sure the label for your state is available for download before using this product. This is a restricted label available only to growers who apply through the website www.syngenta-us.com/labels/indemnified-label-login and agree to a waiver of liability. Main target weeds for this registration are galinsoga and yellow nutsedge. All label instructions will be supplied after the application for use is completed.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 0.5-2 oz/A per application. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per season. Can be applied as a preplant burndown no later than 7 days before seeding or immediately before transplanting crops. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 14d, REI 24h, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • clopyralid (Stinger)PHI 21d, REI 12h, Group 4. Apply 4-8 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 8 oz/A per year. Apply when spinach is in the 2- to 5-leaf stage in 10-20 gal/A of spray. Rate based on weed composition. Some leaf curling may appear, especially at high application rates. Spray additives are not recommended.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max)PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 15d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 3 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Sweet Potato

Sweet Potato otank

Introduction

Despite its name, the sweet potato (Ipomoea batatas) is not related to Irish or white potato. Sweet potato belongs to the morningglory family (Convolvulaceae). Sweet potato originated in South America and is one of the most important food crops in the developing world. Sweet potatoes are not the same as yam, although they are often marketed as such. True yams are in the family Dioscoreaceae, and are grown in tropical regions such as Africa and the Caribbean. Sweet potato is a frost-sensitive crop that needs a frost-free growing season ranging from 90-150 days (depending on variety) to produce harvestable roots.

Types and Varieties

New varieties come on the market and older varieties fall out of favor or become available over time. The information below is updated every 2 years, but with any questions, please contact your local Extension staff.

The skin of sweet potatoes can be yellow, orange, copper, red, or purple; the flesh can be white, yellow, orange, or purple. Varieties with copper-colored skin with moist orange-colored flesh (e.g. Beauregard, Covington) are the most common in New England. However, some markets prefer the starchier white-fleshed varieties and purple-skinned/purple-fleshed varieties are also available.

Types Varieties
Orange-fleshed

Beauregard

Covington

Carolina Ruby - deep red, thick skin

Orleans

Bayou Belle

Bellevue

Evangeline

White-fleshed

O'Henry

Murasaki - purple skin

Bonita - white skin

Purple-fleshed Purple Splendor - purple skin

 

Soil Fertility

Sweet potato will grow at a soil pH of 4.5-7.5, but 5.8-6.2 is optimal. Well-drained, loam soils result in large and well-shaped roots. When grown in heavy clay soils, or in soils with high soil organic matter, sweet potato may produce rough, irregular roots. 

Sweet potato does not need high levels of nitrogen (N), and yields may be reduced if N exceeds 75 lb/A. If manure or compost is added, be careful not to add excessive fertilizer-N. Nutrients should be applied according to soil tests. See fertilizer table below. Sweet potato needs high levels of phosphorous (P, up to 200 lbs/A) and potassium (K, up to 300 lbs/A). Both P and K can be applied at planting and N can be split between application at planting and before plants begin to run. Drip irrigation can be used to apply supplemental N under plastic mulch. Alternatively, all N can be applied at planting and covered with plastic mulch to prevent leaching.

Sweet potato requires more boron (B) than many vegetables. On B-deficient soils, 0.5 lb B/A (5 pounds Borax or 2.6 pounds Solubor) should be added to prevent a disorder called blister. This disorder is characterized by small, raised bumps on the root surfaces and plant stunting.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Sweet Potato

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
 POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and incorporate 25 200 120 30-60 0-30 300 200 50-100 0-50
Sidedress when vines start to run 25-50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sidedress 6-8 weeks after planting 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 50-75 200 120 30-60 0-30 300 200 50-100 0-50

Planting

Sweet potatoes are grown from rooted sweet potato sprouts (slips) or vine cuttings. Slips can be produced by placing roots in warm (75-80ºF) moist sand or soilless media until sprouts are produced (about 1 month or longer). Slips are then pulled from the bedded roots and planted. In southern areas of the US, larger growers produce their own slips. It is recommended for New England that slips be purchased from companies that provide certified disease-free slips.

Field planting begins when all chance of frost has passed. Soil temperature in the production field should reach at least 65ºF at a 4" depth for 4 consecutive days before transplanting.

Rows are 32-42" apart with in-row spacing 8-12", depending on cultivar. Slips are transplanted into the rows at a depth of 3" with no less than 2 plant nodes in the ground and leaving 2 leaves or more above the ground. If slips do not have good root development, transplanting during cloudy weather and maintaining adequate field moisture just after transplanting will help ensure success.

Field Culture

Because of their vulnerability to wireworms, sweet potatoes should not be grown the first year after incorporating sod. 

Research in New England has shown that yields are increased, particularly during cooler summers, by using raised beds covered with black plastic mulch. 

Harvest and Storage

Sweet potato roots continue to grow until the leaves are killed by frost or until soil temperatures fall consistently below 65ºF, whichever comes first. Time of harvest is often determined by digging up a few representative plants and determining the percentage of roots in the size classes. When tops of the plants turn black after the first frost, it is imperative to harvest as quickly as possible regardless of root size.

Sweet potato roots are very susceptible to damage at harvest. The roots do not have a thick protective outer layer of cells such as that on white potato tubers. Abrasions and wounds can lead to rots in storage. Studies have shown that mowing vines 10-14 days before harvest can help increase skin toughness and minimize harvest damage.

Curing immediately after harvesting is recommended. This minimizes damage and loss during storage by healing harvest wounds. To cure, maintain roots in temperatures between 80-86ºF and a high relative humidity (85-95%) for 4-7 days. This forms a corky periderm layer below the damaged areas which limits microbial invasion and water loss. A freshly harvested sweet potato is more starchy than sweet. During curing and storage, starches in the sweet potato are converted to sugars, improving flavor. Wait at least 3 weeks after harvest before consuming the roots to permit the starches to convert to sugars for maximum eating quality.

Sweet potatoes can maintain excellent quality for up to a year in proper storage conditions. The ideal storage conditions for sweet potato are the same as for winter squash; moderately warm (55-60ºF) and 60-75% relative humidity. Storage temperatures that drop below 55ºF can cause chilling injury which will render tubers unmarketable.

Sweet Potato Disease Control

Sweet Potato Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Prevention is essential for disease control in sweet potato. The most important diseases are root diseases which become systemic; once infected it is not possible to cure the plant. Vegetative propagation is an ideal vehicle for disease perpetuation. Start with healthy propagating stock and inspect frequently in the production cycle. Planting stock should be produced and stored separately from commercial sweet potatoes. Careful handling and proper curing at harvest are primary disease prevention measures. Application of fungicides and bactericides are not as effective as proper curing in controlling post-harvest diseases. Practice good sanitation of farm equipment, storage bins, and storage rooms. 

Rhizoctonia Root Rot and Stem Canker

  • azoxystrobin (Abound aka Quadris F): 0.4 to 0.8 fl oz/1000 row feet; PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 11. Apply in-furrow or as banded applications over row. Rotate with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. See label for rates and directions for postharvest rots.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (MinuetOG):12.0 to 24.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Soil application.
  • laminarin (Vacciplant): 14.0 to 22.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P04.
  • Reynoutria sachalinensis extract (Regalia CGOG): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P05.
  • Trichoderma harzianum strain T-22 [KRL-AG2] (Rootshield WP): See label for rates; REI 4h, Group BM02. For seed treatment and transplant and field production.

Black Rot (Ceratocystis fimbriata)

One of the most significant diseases of sweet potato, black rot is the common name for the decay of fleshy roots and symptoms on sprouts and vines. Successful control of black rot depends on selection of healthy seed roots, fungicide treatment, crop rotation, proper curing, and effective sanitation.

  • thiabendazole (Mertect 340F): 107.0 fl oz/100 gal water or 8.0 fl oz/7.5 gal water; REI 12h, Group 1. Dip the seed roots in the suspension for 1-2 minutes and plant immediately. Do not use treated roots as food or feed. See label for additional information on postharvest treatment for black rot.

Soft Rot (Rhizopus spp.)

Careful handling and proper curing at harvest are primary disease prevention measures. Application of fungicides and bactericides are not as effective as proper curing in controlling postharvest diseases. Practice good sanitation of farm equipment, storage bins, and storage rooms.

  • fludioxonil (Scholar SC): 16.0 to 32.0 fl oz/100 gal; Group 12. Postharvest dip/drench. See label for application methods. (Not for use in Maine).
Disease Control

Sweet Potato Insect Control

Sweet Potato Insect Control otank

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetical Listing by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Use for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, primarily Green Peach Aphid (Myzus persicae)

For more information see green peach aphid in the Pepper section.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 8 to 32 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • clothianidin (Belay): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar, 9 to 12 oz/A soil, 0.4 to 0.6 oz/100 lbs seed; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application maybe at planting or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling (cover with at least 3" of soil). 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 13.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting. Suppression of green peach aphid only.
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A green peach aphid, 7 to 14 oz/A other aphids; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.2 oz/A for foliar application, 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A for soil application; PHI 7d foliar, PHI 125d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Selective control of aphids. Translaminar. Apply before populations build up. 
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 1.5 to 2.75 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer before or during planting, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Do not apply as a foliar spray.

Cutworms

See cutworms in the Pepper and Tomato (Outdoor) sections for more information on black and variegated cutworms.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.3 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 0.8 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply evenly over soil surface.
  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 5 to 8 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee:H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 6 to 10 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Suppression only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.28 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Flea Beetle, Sweet Potato (Chaetocnema confinis)

Sweet potato flea beetles feed only on the plant family that includes sweet potato, bindweed (Convolvus spp.), morning glory (Ipomea spp.), and also the Asian leafy green crop known as water spinach (Ipomea aquatica) which is grown only with a state permit in MA because it is a noxious weed in southern states. Adults are small (1.5-1.8 mm) black flea beetles with a bronze cast. Like many flea beetles, they overwinter as adults and become active in spring. They lay eggs primarily in bindweed, where larvae feed on roots, and pupate in the soil. There is 1 generation per year. In sweet potato, adults cause damage primarily to young plants, feeding in long narrow strips on the foliage, parallel to veins, rather than the small round holes that are characteristic of most flea beetle species. Damage is rarely severe enough to require controls. Larvae rarely feed on sweet potato, but may damage fibrous roots or etch channels into the surface of tubers. Some sweet potato varieties have greater resistance to root injury. Because sweet potato acreage is increasing in New England, cultural practices such as crop rotation and eliminating bindweed are especially important to prevent insects that feed on sweet potato and related plants from building up and becoming significant pests.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 1.5 to 2.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 1.8 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 3.2 to 9.6 oz/A at cultivation or lay-by, 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. May be applied as a soil-incorporated broadcast, bed or T-band spray into planting furrow to control sweet potato flea beetle only. May be applied as foliar spray to control all adult flea beetles.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 1 to 2 qt/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • chlorantraniliprole plus lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • clothianidin (Belay): 2 to 3 oz/A foliar, 9 to 12 oz/A soil; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application maybe at planting or as a sidedress at ground-crack during hilling (cover with at least 3" of soil). 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 10 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting. Suppression of potato flea beetle only.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.2 oz/A foliar, 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, PHI 125d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 25 to 50 lb/A or 0.25 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression/repellence only. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Adults only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 1.5 to 3 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 8 oz/A; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide applied to seed pieces in-furrow during planting, impregnated on dry granular fertilizer before or during planting, or as directed spray at plant emergence or during last hilling operation. Must incorporate into root zone with sufficient irrigation within 24 hours. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 1.76 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Tortoise Beetle

There are several species of tortoise beetles which feed on sweet potato and related plants in the morning glory (Convulvulaceae) family and have a broad geographic range. These leaf-feeding beetles cause foliar damage in both adult and larval stages. Adults have a distinctive rounded shape, with their head and thorax covered and flattened often translucent margins on their wings and thorax, giving them the appearance of a turtle shell. Coloration is often bright and metallic, especially in the golden tortoise beetle (Charidotella bicolor). Adults overwinter and lay eggs in late spring and early summer; larvae feed on underside of leaves, and when full grown, pupate attached to the leaf. Larvae are flattened, adorned with branched spines, and construct a protective dried mass of cast skin and feces attached to their posterior end, which is held over their back. Their distinctive feeding holes are round, irregular, and scattered across the leaf. There is 1 generation per year. Unless the numbers are very high, sweet potato outgrows the damage without yield loss.

  • chlorantraniliprole & lambda-cyhalothrin (Besiege*): 6 to 9 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Groups 28 & 3A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand pick/crush slugs or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower, and Other Brassica Crops section for more information on slugs.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Snail and Slug BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.

Whiteflies

For more information see whiteflies in the Tomato section.

  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.54 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 1.2 oz/A foliar, 4.4 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 7d foliar, PHI 125d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 12 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on immature stages. Do not apply more than 2 applications per year for whitefly control. 
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 8 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Immature whiteflies only.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 4.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Silverleaf and sweet potato whiteflies only. 

Wireworms and White Grubs

See the Potato section for more information on wireworms. These root pests are favored by low, heavy soils that have been in sod or pasture. Delay planting susceptible crops, such as corn, potatoes or sweet potatoes, on such land for at least 2 years after the sod has been broken. 

  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 9.6 to 19.2 oz/A at-plant for corn and tobacco wireworms only, 3.2 to 9.6 oz/A at cultivation or lay-by, or 2.1 to 6.4 oz/A foliar for southern potato wireworm only; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. May be applied as soil-incorporated broadcast, bed, or T-band spray into planting furrow or soil-directed and incorporated spray at cultivation or lay-by for wireworms and white grubs. May be applied as foliar spray for click beetle (adult wireworm) and May/June beetles (adult white grubs).
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (MajesteneOG): 4 to 16 qt/A at planting; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN. Apply in furrow at planting or during cultivation. 
  • ethoprop (Mocap* 15G): 20 to 26 lb/A, 1.6 to 2.1 lb/1,000 row feet; REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Apply in a 12"- 15"-wide band, 2-3 weeks prior to planting. Mix in top 2-4" of soil right after application. Apply only once during the growing season.
  • Isaria fumosorosea Apopka Strain 97 (PFR-97 20% WDGOG): 1 to 2 lb/A soil drench; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group UN.
Insect Control

Sweet Potato Weed Control

Sweet Potato Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Plastic mulch is recommended for sweet potato culture. It is important to maintain good weed control between the mulched rows before the plants run because once they do run access will be limited. Also, weedy areas between rows may harbor voles and wireworms.

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique in the Weed Management section.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • clomazone (Command 3ME)PHI 95d, 125d above 53.3 oz/A, REI 12h, Group 13. Apply 21.3-64 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Can be applied after transplanting, before weed emergence. Some temporary crop injury (partial whitening of leaf or stem tissue) may be visible after crop emergence. Complete recovery will occur from minor early injury without affecting yield or earliness.
  • flumioxazin (Valor SX)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply up to 3 oz/A per application, only 1 application per year. Apply to soil before transplanting sweet potato slips. Do not use on any sweet potato variety other than “Beauregard”, unless varietal tolerance has been tested.
  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT)REI 24h, Group 0. Apply 2-4 qt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Use the lower rate on sandy soils and the higher rate on silt and clay soils. Apply after transplanting to a weed-free soil surface. Activate and incorporate 2-4" into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall within 24-72 hours of application. Can be applied and incorporated 1-2’’ into the soil through shallow cultivation.
  • dimethenamid (Outlook)PHI 40d, REI 12h, Group 15. Apply 7-21 oz/A per application, only 1 application allowed per year. Apply after planting or drag-off. Can cause delayed emergence or temporary stunting in cold and wet conditions. Can cause crop injury to sweet potatoes, so be careful not to allow herbicide to come into contact with tubers. Apply when the potential for loss due to weeds is higher than potential loss due to herbicide injury.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 14. Apply up to 2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across. Can use up to 5.8 oz/A as a harvest aid, but do not exceed the maximum of 6.1 oz/A per year. Adequate desiccation is achieved within 14 days after application.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 30d, 24hr REI, Group 1. Apply 6-32 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • fluazifop (Fusilade DX)PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 12 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 48 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses (see product label for susceptible stage). Add either crop oil concentrate (0.5-1%, 0.5-1 gal/100 gal of spray) or nonionic surfactant (0.25-0.5%, 1-2 qt/100 gal of spray).
  • glyphosate (Roundup PowerMax)PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to planting or transplanting, at planting, or before crop has emerged. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting or direct-seeding into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting. Can also be applied with the wiper method using a 33% solution by volume. A maximum of 5 wiper applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart and 7 days prior to harvest.
  • paraquat (Gramozone SL 3.0*): REI 12h or 24h application type, Group 22. Apply 0.7-1.3 pts/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 4 pts/A per year. Can be applied before, during, or after planting but before emergence (up until ground cracking). Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe)PHI 24h, REI 12h, Group 0. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Evonne Gong

Introduction

Tomato is the most widely grown high tunnel and greenhouse vegetable crop because of strong consumer demand for its high-value fruits, and because of its ability to utilize the vertical growing space and to maintain production over a relatively long harvest period. In New England, tomato yield and quality are usually greatly improved when growing in protected culture compared to the field. Greenhouse tomatoes are grown in a wide range of structures from simple hoop-houses and high tunnels to more expensive greenhouses with permanent foundations and sophisticated environmental controls. Regardless, the horticultural principles are the same.

Types and Varieties

Some growers plant field tomato varieties in tunnels, but most use varieties bred specifically for greenhouse production. In general, these varieties are indeterminate, bred for sustained production over many months when pruned to a single stem, and have some tolerance to common greenhouse diseases. Recently, a number of “hybrid heirlooms” have been introduced. These have appearance and flavor similar to heirlooms, but also have more resistance to leaf spot and vascular pathogens and are not subject to as much variability in fruit size and shape. Many growers use grafted plants to produce a more vigorous plant and help control soil borne disease.

High Tunnel and Greenhouse Tomato Varieties

 

Type Variety Disease Resistance
Hybrid Heirlooms Ginfiz F, Lm, ToMV, V
Marbonne F, ToMV
Margold LM, ToMV, V
Marnero F, ToMV, V
Marnouar F, LM, ToMV, V
Beefsteak Arbason F, TMV, V
Beorange F, LM, ToMV, V
Bigdena F, ToMV, V, TMV
Caiman F, ToMV, V, TSWV
Geronimo LM, F, V, TMV, PM
Rebelski F, LM, PM, TMV, V
Trust F, LM, ToMV, V
Grafting Rootstock DRO 141TX LM, ToMV, F, V
Estamino LM, ToMV, F, V, TSWV
Maxifort ToMV, F, V
Resistance to: F=Fusarium, LM=leaf mold, PM=powdery mildew, TMV=tobacco mosaic virus, ToMV=tomato mosaic virus, TSWV=tomato spotted wilt virus, V=Verticillium wilt

 

 

 

Fertility and Growing Media

 

To obtain sufficient quantity and quality of yield to justify the expense of greenhouse tomato production, careful attention must be paid to the growing medium. There are different approaches to production: soil vs. soilless culture and in-ground vs. container culture. With any system, the physical environment of the medium must promote good root growth. Nutrient supply must be optimized and maintained to encourage healthy plants and good fruit production.

 

The benefit of crop rotation holds true with in-ground systems, but not with soilless or hydroponic systems where the media is entirely replaced each growing season. In the latter, all containers should be sterilized before the next crop. Many growers do not rotate in-ground tomato crops from year to year because the greenhouse is designed specifically for that crop; in this case, sanitation is especially important. Remove all plant residues, twine, clips, mulch, etc. and maintain the house free of all vegetation, including weeds, for several weeks or months in-between tomato crops. The use of disease resistant varieties and rootstocks is also desirable.

 

In-Ground Culture

 

A greenhouse may be placed over high-quality field soil, but be sure to avoid the soil compaction that can occur during the construction of the greenhouse. Even if the topsoil is worked up after heavy traffic, plants may suffer once roots reach the compacted subsoil. On compacted soils or poor fertility sites, it may be advisable to make raised beds. 

 

Field soil in a greenhouse is usually initially amended with a large volume of organic matter such as well-made compost before growing greenhouse tomatoes. If uncomposted manure is used it should be applied at least 4 months prior to harvest to avoid contamination from human pathogens such as E. coli. Use of chicken manure in a greenhouse can generate excess ammonia that will damage plants. 

 

Annual soil testing is critical to optimizing soil fertility for good productivity. Greenhouse soils amended with compost or manure will likely require additional fertilization or liming for good plant and root growth. Often, additional N and K are needed annually but P levels may be excessive, especially after many years of compost application. Beds should be deeply tilled each year since nutrient salts tend to accumulate in the top 1-2" of soil. The soil should be tested for soluble salts (electrical conductivity) because rain does not leach salts from the greenhouse. If salt levels are excessive, the soil should be intensively irrigated, or the plastic covering should be removed over winter, to leach salts down into the soil profile. If leaching is necessary, it should be done well before planting. This allows time to retest the soil and apply appropriate nutrients since leaching often reduces nutrient levels. Avoid fertilizers with a high salt index (like potassium chloride) and those high in ammonium forms of N. Peat moss can be used to maintain organic matter and dilute high salt levels without adding additional nutrients or salts. High salt levels can also be diluted by mixing in low fertility field soil.

 

If a tunnel/greenhouse soil has been heavily amended with compost or manure, the use of the saturated media extract (SME) potting soil test as well as a regular field soil test (modified Morgan’s extract) is recommended, in order to measure water-soluble as well as reserve nutrient levels. The SME also tests for available nitrogen (as nitrate and ammonium) as well as salt levels. The combination of these 2 tests is offered as the “long-term high tunnel test” by the University of Maine Agricultural Testing Lab.

 

Fertilization should be based on soil test results and yield goals. Yields may vary from about 1-5 lbs/sq ft., depending on the duration of the crop, cultivar, and crop management.

 

N application rate based on yield goal

 

Yield Goal Yield Goal
(lb/A)
Yield
(lb/ft2)
Yield
(lb/stem, at 4 ft2/stem)  
Approx. Plant Height
(ft)
 N need
(lb/acre 
@ 90% recovery)
Total N Need
(lb/1,000 ft2)
Low 40,000 1 4 8 100 2.3
Medium 80,000 2 8 12 200 4.6
Good 120,000 3 12 16 300 6.9
High 160,000 4 16 20 400 9.2

 

 

 

P205 application rate based on modified Morgan’s soil test result and yield goal

 

Yield Goal Low
(<40 lb/A =
<20 ppm)
Medium
(40-80 lb/A =
20-40 ppm)
High/optimum
(80-160 lb/A =
40-80 ppm)
Excessive
(>160 lb/A =
>80 ppm)
lb/acre lb/1000 ft2 lb/acre lb/1000 ft2 lb/acre lb/1000 ft2 lb/acre lb/1000 ft2
Low Yield Goal 180 4.1 120 2.8 60 1.4 0 0
Medium Yield Goal 240 5.5 160 3.7 80 1.8 0 0
Good Yield Goal 300 6.9 200 4.6 100 2.3 0 0
High Yield Goal 360 8.3 140 5.5 120 2.8 0 0

 

 

 

K20 application rate based on modified Morgan’s soil test result and yield goals

 

Yield Goal Low
(<400 lb/A =
<200 ppm K)
Medium
(400-800 lb/A =
200-400 ppm K)
High/optimum
(800-1200 lb/A =
400-600 ppm K)
Excessive
(>1200 lb/A =
>600 ppm K)
lb/acre lb/1000 ft2 lb/acre lb/1000 ft2 lb/acre lb/1000 ft2 lb/acre lb/1000 ft2
Low Yield Goal 300 6.9 200 4.6 100 2.2 0 0
Medium Yield Goal 450 10.3 300 6.9 150 3.4 0 0
Good Yield Goal 600 13.8 400 9.2 200 4.6 0 0
High Yield Goal 750 17.2 600 13.8 300 6.9 0 0

 

 

 

Container Culture

 

This system typically employs ‘grow bags’ that contain artificial soil mix and allow for adequate drainage. Such mixes are similar to potting soils, comprised of peat, vermiculite and/or perlite, lime, fertilizers, and wetting agents. There are many brands and formulations available. Be sure to select one that has a proven track record. These mixtures need to be supplied with additional nutrients after plants are well established to sustain crop growth. Soluble fertilizers can be injected into the irrigation water and adjusted to meet the needs of the plants. N-P-K should be supplied in a ratio of 1:1:1.25 until the fourth flower cluster, then the ratio is adjusted to 1.25:1:3 to increase the proportion of N and K. The level of N in solution is usually maintained at around 100 ppm during early growth stages, and gradually increased to 200 ppm by the time the plants are about 3' high. A popular program is to use calcium nitrate plus a 7-11-27 or similar liquid fertilizer. These 2 materials are mixed with water to make separate stock solutions. These should be injected separately, but at the same time with 2 injectors. Follow directions on the 7-11-27 fertilizer label.

 

Leaf Analysis. With both in-ground and container culture, leaf tissue (foliar) analysis is valuable for determining the nutritional status of tomato plants and the adequacy of a greenhouse fertility program. For accurate results, submit 15-20 recently matured whole leaves: these should be the 3rd or 4th leaf from the growing point, the first one to be at a 90º angle to the stem. Test early in the growing season so fertility adjustments can be made in a timely fashion. 

 

Irrigation

 

A steady, sufficient supply of water is essential to good tomato production. Irregular or insufficient watering can result in blossom-end rot and fruit cracking. Some form of drip irrigation is recommended. Sufficient lines should be in place to completely wet the area that roots are expected to explore. In many tunnels this requires 3 or 4 drip lines per bed. An insufficient number of drip lines will leave areas of soil dry, therefore limiting root growth and nutrient uptake. 

 

In-ground growing systems can utilize sensors at several locations and depths to monitor soil moisture, although many growers simply feel the soil or growing medium by hand to assess its water content. Once tomato plants are well-grown, they utilize large quantities of water. Irrigation may then be needed more than once a day to maintain a consistent moisture supply. In order to minimize the development of foliar diseases, it is critical to avoid wetting the leaves of the plants when watering. Otherwise, an important benefit of greenhouse production will be lost. 

 

Transplants

 

Healthy transplants are key to a healthy crop. If starting your own plants, provide optimal conditions (light, heat, nutrients, water) to produce strong, stocky plants. Scout seedlings often for pests, and use sticky cards, indicator plants and other tools to monitor for infestations. If purchasing plants, inspect them carefully to be sure that they are not infected with disease, such as powdery mildew, or harbor insect pests, such as thrips. Close examination with a hand lens is essential. A period of quarantine and observation in a single area is advisable before setting plants out into tunnel(s). 

 

Transplants with large root systems tend to take off faster, yield earlier, and cope with environmental stresses better than those with smaller roots. Thus, small pots, at least 2.5" in diameter, are preferable to cell trays for the last weeks of transplant production. The optimum germination temperature for tomato seed is 75°F, and the optimum temperature range for growth of the transplant is 60-70°F. Seeds should be sown approximately 5-7 weeks before transplanting. 

 

Excessive watering, nitrogen, temperature or low light will cause excessive “leggy” growth. A good tomato transplant should be stocky. Tomato transplants can be conditioned or “hardened off” starting about 10 days before transplanting by taking plants from the starter greenhouse and exposing them to outside temperatures (over 50°F) and wind for a few hours each day. Tomatoes can be transplanted into tunnel or greenhouse soil once soil temperatures reach 60°F at a 2" depth. For early production, row covers, raised beds, plastic mulch, and (back-up) heat should be considered to promote growth and/or reduce risk of chilling injury.

 

Each leader on tomato plants should occupy about 3.5-6 sq ft of area. Using a high planting density can lead to increased yields, but will also reduce air movement, which can promote foliar disease, especially in susceptible cultivars and in tunnels with inadequate ventilation. 

 

Grafting

 

Grafting is a way to manage root diseases and increase plant vigor. In particular, tomatoes grown in-ground, may benefit from grafting because growing tomatoes in soil rather than in artificial media often leads to problems with root disease. Any tomato variety can be used as the scion (top) but far fewer varieties are available for rootstocks, and these vary in the degree of vigor they confer on the plant.

 

Two common grafting techniques are top grafting and side grafting. With top grafting, the scion is completely cut off from its roots and placed on top of the rootstock stem. Side grafting involves making a partial cut into the stem of the scion plant and then inserting the cut-off stem of the rootstock into that cut. The seedling is then allowed to retain both sets of roots until the graft with the new rootstock heals, after which the original root is cut from the plant. Top grafting relies on a tiny plastic tube or sleeve to hold the scion and rootstock together until the graft heals. Top grafting is quicker and less complicated to do than side grafting because it requires only a single complete cut through both the root and the shoot portions of the graft. 

 

Side grafting takes longer but is preferred by some growers because it is more forgiving. If greenhouse conditions for graft healing are less than ideal, the grafted seedling still has its original set of roots to help during the transition. Side grafting can also be done with seedlings that have become larger than is ideal for top grafting. A small clip, much like an office binder clip, is used to hold side grafted plants together until they heal.

 

Some growers produce sequential plantings of seedlings over several days to assure that they have the right selection of plant sizes to choose from for grafting. The scion and rootstock stem diameters must be similar, and grafting is most effective on very small plants. The ideal size is when the stems are about 2 mm in diameter for top grafting and 2-3 mm for side grafting. After grafting, keep the plants in a shaded area at 80-85°F and 95% relative humidity while the grafts heal. They should be misted enough to maintain relative humidity, but not so much that the leaves are wet all the time. Healing takes about 4-5 days for top grafts and 6-7 days for side grafts. Placing high plastic domes over trays of top-grafted plants appears to enhance success. For a couple of days before setting the grafted plants out, gradually increase their exposure to direct light by pulling them out from under cover for a few hours early or late in the day. If using plastic domes, prop them open during this time to increase air flow.

 

Because grafted plants are more vigorous, they will produce a lot of vegetative growth at the expense of reproductive growth—too much foliage and not enough fruit. Vigor can be reduced by allowing the first sucker on the scion to grow into a second fruiting leader. Leaf removal also reduces vigor. Only 10-12 fully expanded leaves are needed to capture sunlight to feed a grafted tomato plant in the Northeast. Take care to leave sufficient leaf cover over the fruit clusters to avoid sun scald. 

 

Mulching

 

For early tomato production, black, clear, or IRT (infrared transmitting) mulch can be applied to increase soil temperatures and reduce weed emergence and soil evaporation. For maximum transfer of heat, black plastic mulch should have good contact with the surface of the bed. Embossed plastic mulch will fit tightly over the bed. Clear plastic will increase soil temperatures significantly more than black plastic, but weeds will emerge under the clear film. White plastic (white-on-black or white) will significantly lower soil temperatures and can be used for late summer or fall high tunnel tomato production. Woven landscape fabric has little impact on soil temperature and can be reused for many years, but should be sanitized between uses. Organic mulches such as straw, hay, or compost create a favorable environment for many beneficial insects while increasing organic matter. Since most organic mulches do not have a warming effect on the soil, it is best to apply them after the soil has already warmed up in the spring.

 

Pruning

 

Greenhouse tomatoes are normally pruned to a single stem and the plant is supported by nylon twine tied loosely at the base of each plant row and secured to a wire at least 8' above the bed. The twine is clipped to or spiraled around the stem as it grows. All suckers are removed, ideally when they are 2-3" long. Cut or snap off suckers cleanly; do not leave stubs on the stem that may promote disease. The plant may be topped when it reaches the supporting wire or, to extend the production season, the plant can be looped over the top wire and allowed to grow 3-4' down the other side before topping. This, however, may lead to a dense canopy with poor air circulation, setting up conditions for disease. Another way to prolong the season is to lower the plants 2-3' and lay the stems on the ground, with the use of specialized rollers or other plant lowering systems. Remove the lower foliage after harvest of the lower clusters to improve air circulation and allow for lowering the plants; the lower leaves contribute little to the plant at this stage. NOTE: Frequent handling of plants is a primary means of spreading tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV) and tomato canker. Wash hands frequently and don't handle tobacco products.

 

Pollination

 

Tomato plants do not need a specific day length in order to flower. The flowers are self- pollinated but require vibration by shaking, wind, or insects to assure good pollination. The optimum temperatures for pollination are 68-75°F (night) and 60-90°F (day). Air temperature below 55°F or over 95°F can cause flowers to drop from the plant. High humidity can also adversely affect pollination. Daily shaking of flowers, especially during damp and cloudy weather when pollen does not release well, can be achieved with a hand-held mechanical vibrator with a probe that just touches the flower cluster. Some growers shake the plant support wires daily, but this may not be adequate for lower clusters. A backpack blower will also provide good pollination and reduce labor costs. Electric units are preferable to internal combustion engines which release ethylene and carbon monoxide; both can damage tomatoes and the latter is harmful to humans. Commercially available hives of bumble bees are widely used to assure effective pollination of greenhouse tomatoes. A well-ventilated high tunnel in a steadily breezy location is usually adequate, once outside temperatures are warm enough to open the tunnel during the day. 

 

Temperature

 

High-quality thermostats should be used to manage greenhouse temperatures. Daytime temperature of 75-80°F is ideal; use ventilation and/or shading to keep temperatures below 85°F. Maintain night temperatures of 62-65°F after sunny days and 60-62°F after cloudy days. Rough fruit develops with temperatures lower than 60°F during flower initiation, which begins several weeks before flowers appear. For passively ventilated gothic-style high tunnels, consider installing a ridge vent or gable vents in the top of end walls to promote ventilation and cooling. Roll-up sides alone are often inadequate for good ventilation, especially in locations with little wind and once the tomato canopy is dense. If mechanically ventilating, fans and louvers should be properly sized to move air through and out of the greenhouse or tunnel even when the tomato canopy is fully mature. Root-zone heating can be beneficial to early season production, as it is difficult to warm the soil from above, whether the air is heated passively or with a heating system. 

 

Humidity

 

Effective ventilation is also needed to manage humidity. Keeping relative humidity below 90% will help avoid foliar diseases and optimize pollination. Excess humidity also restricts transpiration and water flow through the plant which restricts calcium uptake and can lead to blossom end rot and/or fruit cracking. Edema is caused by excessive water uptake when soils are warm and moist but humidity is high, so leaf stomates are closed and leaf cells ‘burst’. Cool air can exacerbate this condition.

 

On cool nights, a combination of ventilation and heating is needed to reduce humidity. Ventilation exchanges moist air with drier air from outdoors while heating brings outdoor air up to optimum growing temperature and increases the capacity of the air to hold moisture, avoiding condensation. In greenhouses with vents, turn on the heat and crack the vents open so warmed humid air can escape and be replaced with drier outside air. In houses with fans, they should be operated for a few minutes to cool the house down from day to evening temperatures. The venting and heating cycle should be done several times after the sun goes down and at sunrise. For some greenhouses it may take a few minutes per air exchange; with passive ventilation, it may take 30 minutes. Heating and venting is effective even if it's cool and raining outside. The relative humidity of air at 50°F/100% RH can be cut in half (50%) when it is heated to 70°F.

 

Horizontal air flow (HAF) fans keep the air moving in the greenhouse, helping to mix it, thus minimizing temperature and CO2 differentials. This can reduce condensation in colder areas. Air that is moving along the surface of leaves is less likely to cool below the dew point so does not condense on plant surfaces. In a 30’ x 100’ greenhouse, 4 fans each with at least 1600 cfm output are needed to keep the air mass moving. Fans should be mounted above the canopy, about ¼ of the width of the greenhouse from the sidewall. On each side, the first fan should be located 10-15’ from the endwall to catch air coming around the corner, the next fan should be located 30-50’ away, but no closer than 50’ from the endwall, to keep the air moving.

 

For more information on environmental controls, see High Tunnels.

 

Managing Plant Growth

 

Greenhouse tomatoes tend to cycle between being overly vegetative (too much plant growth and too few fruit) early in the season and being overly generative (too little plant growth and excessive fruit load) later in the season. The greenhouse environment can be manipulated to try to balance plant growth. A well-balanced plant has a stem about 3/8" (1 cm) thick at a point 6" below the growing point. It has dark green leaves, and large, closely spaced, readily-setting flower clusters.

 

Low light and low transpiration tend to promote vegetative growth. In an overly vegetative plant, stems are thicker and fruit set is low. Flowers appear far down from the top of the plants, open slowly and incompletely and are pale yellow. The uppermost leaves are flat, soft, long, light-colored, and may have a somewhat mottled appearance. The cluster stem is thin and long. Fruit will be slow to develop, few in number, and may be misshapen.

 

To steer the plant to a more generative growth pattern the difference between day and night temperatures can be increased by up to 9ºF and temperatures reduced more quickly in the early evening when going from day to night set-points. Greenhouse temperatures should be raised, the relative humidity should be lowered, and ventilation should be increased. Increasing transpiration reduces turgor pressure and inclines the plant to generative, rather than vegetative growth. CO2 enrichment also encourages generative growth.

 

In an overly generative plant, stems are thinner (indicating lack of carbohydrates), growth is slow, and trusses are short and horizontal. Dark yellow flowers appear immediately below the top of the plant and open quickly. Although fruit are large, well-shaped, and develop rapidly in an overly generative plant, over the long term, yields will be reduced because growth is reduced at the top. Leaves at the very top of a too generative plant develop slowly resulting in short, dark, strong leaves, which may be curled under.

 

To correct an overly generative plant, day temperatures are lowered to re-direct assimilate from the already-set fruit to the top of the plant and the developing trusses, but do not lower night temperatures as this will slow down fruit ripening, prolonging the problem of too much assimilate going to the older fruit. Reducing transpiration by raising relative humidity or reducing ventilation also stimulates vegetative growth.

 

Ethylene Injury

 

Combustion gases, which contain ethylene, can enter the greenhouse via faulty heat equipment. Even at very low levels, ethylene can make tomato leaves bend downward or become twisted and contorted (epinasty), and if exposure is ongoing, stems may thicken, branching may increase, and flower buds may abort or develop into malformed fruit. To prevent ethylene injury, hire professionals to perform proper heating system maintenance before the start of the heating season. High ammonium can stimulate plants to produce ethylene. Avoid fertilizers high in ammonium and be sure composts are finished. Composts should always be tested before using in the greenhouse. If growing in containers, be sure they have adequate bottom drainage. Saturated, highly organic media in the bottom of containers can spontaneously generate ethylene in rare cases.

 

Harvest and Storage

 

Greenhouse tomatoes destined for wholesale markets are usually picked at the turning stage or later and packed by uniform ripeness and size in single or double layer cartons. Fruits are sensitive to compression injury so pack and display accordingly. For best flavor greenhouse fruits should be fully ripe when harvested, if your markets may allow, but cracking is a risk if fruit are left on the plant too long. Ripe fruit can be held for a couple of days at 45-50°F but flavor and aroma may be reduced compared to storage at room temperature.

 

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Disease Control

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Disease Control ashahane

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

PESTICIDE USE IN GREENHOUSES AND HIGH TUNNELS:

Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if: 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically says it can be used in the greenhouse OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is ‘silent’ about use in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

Management practices that will reduce disease in greenhouses and high tunnels are the use of resistant varieties, sanitation, fungicides and cultural practices that keep the humidity below 90%.

See also: Table 20: Fungicides and Bactericides Labeled for Vegetable Transplants

Bacterial Canker (Clavibacter michiganensis pv. michiganensis)

Initial symptoms are often a wilting and/or scorching of half of a leaf or one side of a plant. Necrotic leaf lesions up to 1/4" in diameter may appear on the upper leaf surface of mature leaves. Slightly raised white spots called “birds-eye spots” about 1/16" in diameter can appear on the fruit, usually when the green fruit in ½-2" in diameter. When these symptoms occur, remove the entire plant, including roots, from the greenhouse. Wash hands with soap and water before handling healthy plants. There are few effective bactericides to control this disease. If extensive bacterial canker occurs in the greenhouse, steaming of the soil is advised. Pruning, harvesting, and handling, especially when plants are wet, spreads the bacterium down the row. For more information see bacterial canker in the Tomato (Outdoor) section.

  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for tank mix rates and restrictions for greenhouse use.

Gray Mold/Botrytis Blight (Botrytis cinerea)

White ring spots or “ghost spots” may appear on green fruit due to early infection that was halted by the fruit. Management of the environment is very important in controlling this disease. Keep humidity below 80% by heating and ventilating, especially at night. Avoid wetting the foliage during times when drying is slow. Practice strict sanitation, removing senescent tissues and infected crop debris. Pruning of lower leaves to clean-cut stubs aids in disease prevention by improving air circulation through the crop. Fungicide rotations and combinations are important because strains resistant to benlates, dichloran, captan, and iprodione have been reported.

  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (CeaseOG): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100 gal/A; PHI 0d, 4 hr, Group BM02.
  • copper sulfate basic (Cuprofix Ultra 40 DisperssOG): 0.75 to 3 lb/A fresh market, 0.75 to 1.33 lb/A processing; REI 48h, Group M01.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 62.5 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • fenhexamid (Decree 50 WDG aka Elevate 50 WDG): 1.0 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 17. Treated greenhouse tomatoes cannot be used for processing. See label for additional restrictions.
  • fludioxonil (Emblem aka Spirato GHN): 5.5 to 7.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 12. Alternate with a different mode of action (FRAC group) after 2 applications.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 9. See label for specific instructions for greenhouse use.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 26.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D (Affirm WDG): 6.2 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStopOG aka PB 133OG): 1.25 to 5.0 lb/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Use solution within 12 hours of preparation. See label for small volume application rates.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 9. Use only in a tank mix with another effective fungicide recommended for Botrytis. Apply only in well-ventilated plastic tunnel houses or glass houses. Ventilate for at least 2 hours after application.

Late Blight (Phytophthora infestans)

Protectant fungicides are a key tool for management; however, many strains of P. infestans have become resistant to mefenoxam. When resistant strains are present, early blight fungicides will give as much protection against late blight as mefenoxam combinations. Avoid the use of overhead irrigation. Promptly incorporate old tomato crops after harvest in high tunnels; in the greenhouse remove all debris and clean greenhouse thoroughly after harvest. Eliminate cull piles and volunteer plants of both tomato and potato. Some resistant cultivars are available.

  • Bacillus subtilis Strain QST 713 (CeaseOG): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.5 Tbsp/1000 sq ft (1 lb/A); PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5.
  • copper soap (Camelot OOG): 0.5 to 2.0 gal/30 to 100 gal water; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group M01.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400SC): 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 21. See label for surfactant recommendations. For use in transplant production only. Alternate applications with fungicides from a different FRAC Group.
  • hydrogen dioxide plus peroxyacetic acid (Oxidate 2.0): See label for specific dilution rates; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Group NC.
  • mancozeb (Dithane M45): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48, Groups M03 & 22.
  • mandipropamid (Micora): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Group 40. For use in greenhouses with permanent flooring only, on tomato transplants for re-sale to customers only. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications. See label for surfactant recommendation. Not for use in Maine.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 40.
  • oxathiapipprolin plus mandipropamid (Orondis Ultra): 5.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Groups 49 & 40. See label for application methods and restrictions.
  • phosphorous acid (K-Phite 7LP): 3 to 5 qt/20 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07.

Leaf Mold (Passalora fulva)

This disease occurs in both soil or hydroponic production and is most important in poorly ventilated plastic greenhouses. The pathogen produces large numbers of conidia on infected tissue; the disease can spread rapidly throughout a greenhouse by air currents, water, insects, and workers. Start with certified disease-free seed. Use resistant cultivars. Improve air circulation by adequate row/plant spacings and removal of lower leaves. Avoid the formation of water droplets on leaves by watering in the morning. Reduce relative humidity by a combination of heating and venting, especially at night. Avoid excessive nitrogen fertilization. Remove diseased leaves and destroy. At the end of crop cycle, remove and destroy all plant residue.

  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.5 to 1.5 Tbsp/1000 sq ft (1 lb/A); PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27.
  • mancozeb (Dithane M45): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & 22.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 40.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%OG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.

Pith Necrosis (Pseudomanas corrugata)

This disease typically occurs in early planted tomatoes growing when night temperatures are cool, humidity levels are high, and when plants are growing vigorously because of excessive levels of nitrogen. The disease is associated with prolonged periods of cloudy, cool weather. Symptoms consist of yellowing and wilting of young leaves. Serious infections result in yellowing or wilting of upper portions of plants with brown to black lesions on infected stems and petioles. When stems are cut longitudinally, the center of the stem (pith) may be extensively discolored, hollow, and/or degraded. Stems may be swollen, numerous adventitious roots can form, and infected stems may shrink, crack, and collapse. Preventive measures to minimize the occurrence of this disease in high tunnels include adequate ventilation to avoid high humidity levels, avoiding excessive nitrogen levels to prevent vigorous plant growth, incorporation of crop debris to speed decomposition of residue and associated bacteria, and crop rotation. 

Powdery Mildew (Oidium neolycopersici)

Powdery mildew of tomato is an important disease of greenhouse crops. This pathogen is favored by low light and cool temperatures. In contrast to other fungal plant pathogens, it does not require free water to germinate and cause disease. Resistant varieties are available.

  • Bacillus pumilus strain QST2808 (Sonata ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/100 gal of spray; PHI 0d, REI 3h, Group BM02. For disease suppression only in greenhouse use.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (CeaseOG): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12. Do not apply to small tomatoes such as cherry or grape in the greenhouse.
  • fludioxonil (Emblem aka Spirato GHN): 5.5 to 7.0 oz/A. PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 12. Do not make more than 2 applications before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC group.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 9. See label for specific instructions for greenhouse use.
  • paraffinic oil (JMS Stylet-Oil): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Spray for thorough coverage of upper leaf surface.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 7.
  • phosphorous acid (K-Phite 7LP): 1 to 4 qt/20 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07.
  • polyoxin D (Affirm WDG): 6.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. See label for restrictions.
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStopOG aka PB 133): 1.25 to 5.0 lb/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Use solution within 12 hours of preparation. See label for specific rates and restrictions.
  • potassium salts of fatty acids (M-PedeOG): 1.5 to 2% v/v solution alone, or 1 to 2% v/v solution tank-mixed; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group NC. See label for precautions.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12, Groups 3 & 40.
  • sulphur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 5.0 to 20 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. Do not use within 2 weeks of an oil spray treatment. Crops grown in greenhouses may be much more sensitive to sulfur injury. Do not use if temperature will exceed 90ºF within 3 days following spraying.
  • triflumizole (Trionic 4 SC): 2.0 to 4.0 fl oz/100 gal.; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 3. Apply only as foliar spray. See label for surfactant recommendation.

Soilborne Diseases

Several fungi including Rhizoctonia, Colletotrichum, Verticillium, Sclerotinia, and Fusarium, the oomycetes Pythium and Phytophthora, the bacterium that causes tomato canker, and root knot nematodes may become established in greenhouse soils or survive in tomato roots left from a previous crop.

White rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum) on stems occurs erratically during moist, cool periods in the spring. Distribution of diseased plants in a greenhouse is random but is often associated with low spots. Plants of all ages are susceptible. The pathogen produces hardened black fungal survival structures called sclerotia that can survive several years in the soil. Cut the plant off at the base and remove from the greenhouse.

Depending on which soilborne pathogen is present, rotation or the use of resistant varieties in addition to the use of grafted plants with vigorous rootstocks may be viable alternatives. Otherwise, steam or chemical treatment of the soil is necessary. It should be considered, however, that treatment of soil may not entirely eliminate the pathogens and, in the case of Pythium, Rhizoctonia, and Fusarium, the pathogens may rapidly recolonize the soil. There is no effective chemical treatment for the wilt and decline diseases caused by Verticillium and Fusarium. The most effective management techniques are resistant cultivars and sanitation, including soil pasteurization. NOTE: the current Bayer label for Coniothyrium minitans (Contans) does not include tomato. The label does include most other vegetable crops, which are also hosts for the disease, and so the product can be applied prior to planting a labeled crop to act on sclerotia in the field and manage the disease in a subsequent tomato crop.

  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASOOG): 0.1 to 3.0 fl oz/100 lb seed; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for tank mix rates and restrictions for greenhouse use.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 3.0 fl oz/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Pythium only. Soil drench. Tomato transplants only.
  • Gliocladium catenulatum, aka Clonostachys rosea, strain J1446 (P-VentOG): See label for rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • phosphorous acid (K-Phite 7LP): See label for rates and application methods; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. May be applied as a ground application, through chemigation, as a root dip or transplant drench, or to soil.
  • propamocarb HCl (Previcur Flex): See label for rates; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 28. Prevent intense sunlight after application by applying Previcur Flex in the evening. May be applied to rock wool cubes, seed beds at seeding or after emergence, through drip, or as a soil drench. Pythium and Phytophthora only.
  • Streptomyces sp. strain K61 (MycoStopOG): See label for specific uses and rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • Streptomyces lydicus WYEC 108 (Actinovate AGOG): 3.0 to 12.0 oz/A soil drench; PHI 0dREI 4h, Group BM02.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) and T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Bio-Tam 2.0OG aka Bioten WP): See label for use and rates; REI 4h, Group BM02.

Gray Leaf Spot (Stemphylium lycopersici, S. solani, and S. botryosum)

See the Disease Control section in Tomato, Outdoor for more information about this disease. 

  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. See label for restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Nu-Cop 50WPOG): 1.0 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Group M01. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 10.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 19. See label for application restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F-45 Rainshield): 1.2 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03. Start applications when seedlings emerge or transplants are set. See label for additional restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus copper (ManKocide): 1.75 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 24 or 48h, Groups M03 & M01. See label for application warnings and restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & 22. See label for restrictions.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 40. Begin applications prior to disease development. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. See label for additional restrictions.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. See label for restrictions.

Viruses

See Tomato (Outdoor) for a discussion on viruses.

Disease Control

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Insect Control

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Insect Control ashahane

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Regulations for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

For best results with aerosols, apply when air temperature in the greenhouse is 70-80°F. Keep vents closed and fans off during treatment. Ventilate greenhouse before entering. DO NOT perform this operation alone.

PESTICIDE USE IN GREENHOUSES AND HIGH TUNNELS:

Pesticides can be used on high tunnel and greenhouse crops if: 1) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the products specifically says it can be used in the greenhouse; OR 2) the crop and pest/disease is on the label, AND the product is ‘silent’ about use in the greenhouse in the greenhouse. Products that specifically prohibit greenhouse use cannot be used in greenhouses or high tunnels regardless of the crops or pests/diseases listed on the label.

Aphids, Two-spotted Spider Mite, Thrips, Fungus Gnats

Scouting and preventative, timely releases of biological controls can be effective in managing aphids, thrips, spider mites and fungus gnats in greenhouse tomato. See potato aphid in the Potato insect control, green peach aphid in the Pepper insect control, and spider mites in Tomato, Outdoor. Refer also to the Transplant Insect and Mite Management section for more information about greenhouse pests, including Table 19 for biological control guidelines and Table 21 about insecticides labeled for vegetable transplants in the greenhouse. Note that some of the products listed in these tables are only labeled for transplants that will be planted on-farm, not plants to be sold.

Please refer to the following guides for more information on the biology and monitoring of these pests in greenhouse crops and how to integrate cultural practices, biological control and pesticides: The New England Greenhouse Floriculture Guide and the Penn State manual Greenhouse IPM with an Emphasis on Biocontrols. 

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Two-spotted spider mite and thrips only. Must be mixed with a non-ionic activator type wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • acequinocyl (Kanemite 15SC): 31 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20B. Two-spotted spider mite only. Do not use less than 100 gal water/A. Use of an adjuvant or surfactant is prohibited.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. israelensis (Gnatrol WDGOG): 3.2 to 6.4 oz/100 gal light infestations, 13 to 26 oz/100 gal heavy infestations; REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Use higher rate for heavy infestation. Apply as soil drench to flats to control larvae. Fungus gnat larvae only.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 0.5 to 1 lb/100 gal aphids, 1 to 2 lb/100 gal thrips; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Aphids and thrips only. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control. Repeat applications may be needed.
  • bifenazate (Floramite SC): 4 to 8 oz/100 gal water (apply 1 to 4 qt mix/100 sq ft or 100 to 400 gal/A); PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20D. Mites only. Apply when mites first appear.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A aphids and mites, 1 to 4 qt/A thrips; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN. Suppression only. Not for fungus gnats. 
  • chlorfenaspyr (Pylon Miticide-Insecticide): 6.5 to 13 oz/A mites, 9.8 to 13 oz/A thrips; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 13. Mites and thrips only.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN. Not for fungus gnats. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. Suppression of thrips only.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Do not apply to varieties with fruit that is less than 2" such as cherry or grape tomatoes. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 0.6 oz/1,000 plants; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Aphids only. Use on mature plants only. Apply in a minimum of 16 gal water. Do not apply to plants grown in non-soil media.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Not for fungus gnats. Repeat application every 2 to 3 days until pest is under control. For enhanced and residual control, apply with companion labeled aphicide.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal drench, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Thrips and mites only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Not for fungus gnats.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Distance IGR): 2 oz/100 gal as a surface drench to top 1" of soil media, 3 to 6 oz/100 gal as a heavy coarse spray to soil surface for fungus gnats and shore flies; 6 oz/100 gal for suppression of aphids and western flower thrips; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7D. Do not apply to tomato varieties less than 1" in diameter, such as cherry or grape tomatoes.

Caterpillars: Hornworms, Fruitworms, Loopers, and Armyworms

Hornworms are large green caterpillars with white stripes along the sides that may grow up to 4" long. Look for the large pellet-like fecal droppings on the plastic under the plants, defoliation of leaves with only bare stems remaining, or surface feeding scars on green fruit.

Caterpillar infestations usually begin in July and may extend through September. Spot–treat areas of the greenhouse. Use selective insecticides to preserve natural enemies and avoid secondary pest outbreaks (i.e. aphids). See cabbage looper in the Cabbage insect control, and tomato fruitworm and tomato hornworm in Tomato (Outdoor) insect control for more information on these pests. Several species of armyworm feed on tomato fruits. See pepper section for more on armyworm.

  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. For young larvae.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • chlorfenaspyr (Pylon Miticide-Insecticide): 6.5 to 13 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 13.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC): 9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.

Slugs

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Snail and Slug BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A, 0.5 to 1 lb/1,000 sq ft., or 0.5 tsp/9" pot; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply to moist soil in evening. Scatter on soil around plants, or in and around pots.
  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 25 lbs/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting, or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants.

Spotted Wing Drosophila (Drosophila suzukii)

Spotted wing drosophila (SWD) is an invasive pest that first arrived and spread throughout New England in 2011. It is primarily a pest of fruit crops, where the ability to oviposit in sound fruit (especially blueberry, raspberry, cherry, and peach) makes it a more serious pest than native fruit flies. SWD is deterred from laying eggs in sound tomato fruit by the strength of the tomato skin. However, where there are cracks and other openings, eggs are laid and larvae build up in fruit, liquefying the fruit contents and leaving nothing but an empty skin. Thus the management of cracked fruit is key to preventing buildup of SWD populations in tomato and possible contamination of cracked tomato fruit and containers postharvest. Infestation can occur in the field or in high tunnels and greenhouse tomatoes. Buildup in tomato can increase the risk to more susceptible crops on the farm.

Cultural practices are likely to be more effective than insecticides in reducing these risks. Avoid planting varieties that are prone to cracking. When possible, maintain steady soil moisture to avoid a surge in uptake of water by tomato plants, which increases cracking. Remove culls from the greenhouse. Minimize cracked fruit by harvesting before fruit is completely ripe—especially with cherry tomatoes which are prone to cracking. The same postharvest practices that you already use to minimize native fruit flies will also help with SWD. Keep packing areas clean and remove culls daily. Keep cherry tomatoes in shallow containers for easier sorting. Compost and cover culled, injured, or cracked fruit. Store fruit at the coolest temperatures suitable for tomato to delay egg hatch, if eggs are present.

Follow Extension monitoring alerts to know when SWD is starting to build up in your area. Currently, there are no thresholds for use of insecticides to control SWD in tomato. Few insecticides are registered specifically for control of SWD on tomato. Consult Extension SWD materials for updates on efficacy of products labeled for tomato.

  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.

Variegated Cutworm (Peridroma saucia)

Variegated cutworms will feed on leaves, but will also chew shallow or deep holes in the fruit during mid- to late summer. Caterpillars are brownish-grey, with diamond-shaped marks along the back and light lines along the sides. They are up to 2" long. Scout fruit for damage during harvest. Spray tomatoes if 1% of the plants are infested with variegated cutworms. For best results, make application after dark when cutworms are actively feeding. Thorough coverage of the foliage is needed for good control. Neem (azadirachtin) interrupts larval development and acts as a feeding deterrent. See Tomato (Outdoor) section for more information on variegated cutworm.

  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. For larvae only.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.

Whiteflies, Greenhouse (Trialeurodes vaporariorum) and Sweet Potato (Bemisia tabaci)

The primary whitefly species in greenhouses are the greenhouse whitefly (Trialeurodes vaporariorum) and sweet potato whitefly B-biotype or silverleaf whitefly (Bemisia tabaci or B. argentifolii). Greenhouse whitefly is more common on greenhouse tomatoes, but both species occur in greenhouses, and correct identification of which species is present is important in order to select effective biological controls. The host range of greenhouse whitefly includes many ornamentals and vegetables; among greenhouse-grown vegetables the most common hosts are tomato, eggplant, and cucumber. In the field, bean, cucumber, cantaloupe, lettuce, squash, tomato and eggplant are good hosts, with cabbage, sweet potato, pepper, and potato less suitable. Sweet potato whitefly also has a wide host range, with cucurbit crops, sweet potato, and fruiting crops favored.

Greenhouse whitefly adults are most active at temperatures around 75ºF. Adults are winged, white, and 1/16" (2.0 mm) long. Greenhouse whitefly adults hold their wings flat, parallel to the top of the body. Females lay more than 20 eggs in a small circle. Newly laid eggs are white and eventually turn gray. Young nymphs (crawlers) are white, have legs and antennae, and move short distances before locating suitable places to initiate feeding. More mature nymphs (3rd and 4th instars) are typically found on the lower leaves. Pupae do not feed, and have distinct, visible red eyes. Greenhouse whitefly pupae may possess long waxy filaments encircling the outer edge, and are elevated in profile with vertical sides, resembling “cakes” on leaf surfaces.

Sweet potato whitefly B-biotype adults prefer warmer temperatures than greenhouse whiteflies, >80ºF. The adults are yellow and smaller than greenhouse whitefly. Their wings are tilted, and held roof-like over their bodies. Adult females live up to 6 weeks, and produce up to 200 eggs, which are randomly laid in small clusters on new plant growth. Newly laid eggs are white and then turn amber-brown. Young nymphs have legs and antennae and move short distances before locating suitable places to initiate feeding. More mature nymphs (3rd and 4th instars) are typically found on the lower leaves. Sweet potato whitefly B-biotype nymphs are yellow, oval, and dome-shaped, and do not possess long waxy filaments.

Large populations of whiteflies cause leaves to turn yellow, appear dry, or fall off plants. Honeydew excreted by whiteflies encourages growth of black sooty mold, and also attracts ants that interfere with natural enemies of other pests.

Avoid overfertilizing crops, as this increases their attractiveness to adult whiteflies. Whiteflies may be introduced into greenhouses on infested cuttings or plants arriving from outside sources. Carryover or stock plants may also be a source of whiteflies. Using appropriate sanitation practices like weed removal helps alleviate whitefly problems in subsequent cropping cycles. Manage whiteflies during transplant production to avoid introducing whiteflies to production greenhouses or to the field; for more information on controls on transplants see whiteflies in the Insect and Mite Management section of Vegetable Transplants.

Scout weekly by checking the undersides of 1-2 leaves on 10-20 plants throughout the greenhouse. Use yellow sticky cards to capture whitefly adults. Hang traps near the tops of the plants, 1-4 cards every 1,000 sq ft of greenhouse. Check and replace weekly, recording the number of adults per card. Use this information to decide if natural enemy releases or insecticides are needed.

As with all biological controls, it is important to begin releases early, before the pest builds up, and continue releases as the crop grows. The parasitic wasps Encarsia formosa and Eretmocerus eremicus can be used to control greenhouse whiteflies on greenhouse tomato and other crops, and to control sweet potato whitefly, respectively. Please consult the following guides for more information on the biology and monitoring of whiteflies in greenhouse crops and how to integrate cultural practices, biological control and pesticides: The New England Floriculture Guide and the Penn State manual Greenhouse IPM with and Emphasis on Biocontrols

  • buprofezin (Talus 70DF): 6 to 9 oz/100 gal; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16. Apply when population level reaches economic threshold. Good coverage is essential. Applications must be made with high volume, low volume, or ultra-low volume ground equipment only.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use an effective adjuvant. 
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Do not apply to varieties with fruit that is less than 2", such as cherry or grape tomatoes. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed. 
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 0.6 oz/1,000 plants; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4. Use on mature plants only. Apply in a minimum of 16 gal water. Do not apply to plants grown in non-soil media.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Repeat application every 2-3 days until pest is under control.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal drench, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Distance IGR): 6 oz/100 gal; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 7D. Foliar spray. Do not apply to tomato varieties less than 1" in diameter, such as cherry or grape tomatoes.
Insect Control

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Physiological Disorders

Tomato, Greenhouse and High Tunnel Physiological Disorders ashahane

Blotchy Ripening

See Blotchy Ripening section of Tomato (Outdoor).

Blossom End Rot

See Blossom End Rot section of Tomato (Outdoor).

Fruit Cracking

Fruit cracking in tomatoes can be a serious market problem, reducing profits. This can range from splitting to skin russeting. The causes of fruit cracking are varied and are subject to debate by researchers. Several factors have an effect on fruit cracking. Water uptake, humidity, temperature, and soluble solids (sugars) as well as calcium nutrition and standing water on the fruit are thought to have roles in fruit cracking, along with genetics. Cultural practices that can have an effect on fruit cracking include water management and light levels. The rate of fruit development can be affected by management practices. Irregular water uptake going from very dry to very wet plays a major role in fruit cracking. High temperatures also play a role. Irrigation can be used to modify both. Growers can increase the frequency of irrigation to prevent moisture extremes from developing under both field and greenhouse conditions. Overhead irrigation can also be timed to cool the crop in extreme conditions. High humidity and calcium nutrition are also associated with fruit cracking. Management practices must allow good transpiration rates as well as adequate calcium levels in the soil or fertilizer solution. Likelihood of cracking increases if tomatoes are allowed to fully ripen on the plant. Increased light and fruit growth can occur when new plastic is put on or with topping to increase fruit size. Watering schedules may need to be modified to reduce cracking under those conditions.

Physiological Disorders

Tomato, Outdoor

Tomato, Outdoor Evonne Gong

Introduction

Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum) is a warm season crop in the nightshade family (Solanaceae), along with pepper, eggplant, and potato. Tobacco, petunia, nicotiana, and several important weed species are also solanaceous. Tomato is native to South America, with its use as a food crop originating in Mexico. It grows best on well-drained soils that are high in organic matter. It is frost-sensitive and should be transplanted into fields once the soil has warmed to 60ºF. 

Types and Varieties

There are thousands of tomato cultivars available, and varieties may be selected based on market preferences for shape, color, and flavor, as well as for ease of harvest and storage, and for tolerance or resistance to the many diseases that affect this crop. 

Indeterminate varieties produce stems that will continue to grow until killed by frost. They perform best when staked or trellised. Side shoots and suckers arising from the base of the plants should be pruned off weekly and the main stem should be secured to the stake or trellis. Indeterminate cherry, grape, and some plum/'saladette' vines are often more vigorous than indeterminate slicing tomato vines.

Determinate varieties have stems that grow long enough to produce 2-3 flower clusters and then stop. It is necessary to allow the suckers to grow to produce more flowers and fruit per plant. Determinate varieties are well-suited for ground, cage, or basket weave culture.

Several tomato varieties can be classified as “vigorous determinates”, and are important commercial production varieties. They produce a higher percentage of grade A fruits when they are staked. Under good conditions, they can produce 15-20 lbs per plant, but require more space.

Varieties that are later maturing are of higher market quality than the earlier varieties, but early varieties are important for attracting customers early in the season. Cherry tomatoes are appealing throughout the production year, as are “cocktail” and “saladette” types. Interest in the less juicy paste/Roma-type fruits is usually during late summer to early fall.

Hybrid Varieties. Most varieties used by commercial growers are hybrids, generally labeled "F1", which are crosses produced by controlled pollination between 2 different varieties to select for the desirable characteristics of each. Seed produced by F1 hybrids are not genetically stable and tend not to grow true to type if seed is saved and replanted. Plants produced from hybrid seed tend to be more productive and vigorous, and may be bred for resistance to specific diseases or environmental conditions like heat.

Heirloom/Open-Pollinated varieties are very popular in the marketplace. A diverse array of varieties are available and many growers create their own market identities by reliably producing them. Most heirloom varieties carry little or no disease resistance. The fungal pathogens Verticillium, Fusarium, Alternaria, and Septoria can be particularly problematic. Cultural practices like crop rotation and good sanitation are essential in the production of heirloom varieties.

Recently, a number of “hybrid heirlooms” have been introduced. These have the appearance and flavor of heirlooms, more resistance to diseases and are less variability in fruit size and shape. 

Fruit Type Variety Season/Size Growth Habit Disease Resistances
Hybrid Slicing Be Orange Main/Large Indeterminate V, FCRRR, LM, TomMV
BHN 589 Main/Large Vigorous Determinate V, F2, TMV
Big Beef Main/Large Indeterminate V, F1, F2, St, TMV, N
Early Girl Early/Medium Indeterminate V, F1, F2
Geronimo Main/Large Indeterminate V, F1, F2, TMV, LM, PM
Manitoba Early/Small-Medium Compact Determinate V, F
Mountain Fresh Plus Main/Large Vigorous Determinate V, F1, F2, N, EB, GW, BER
Mountain Merit Early/Large Compact Determinate V, F1, F2, N, TSWV, EB, LB
New Girl Early/Small-Medium Indeterminate V, F1, F2
Primo Red Early/Large Compact Determinate V, F1, F2, TMV
Red Deuce Main/Large Vigorous Determinate V, F1, F2, TMV, St
Heirloom/OP Amish Paste Variable Plum Indeterminate None
Black Krim Early/Medium Indeterminate LB
Brandywine Main/Large Indeterminate EB, FB
Cherokee Purple Main/Large Indeterminate BS, F1, F2, F3, N, TSWV
Green Zebra Early/Small Vigorous Indeterminate LB, SLS
Principe Borghese Small oval cherry Vigorous Indeterminate None
Pruden's Purple Main/Large Indeterminate None
San Marzano II Elongated plum Indeterminate F, N, TomMV
Striped German Main/Large Indeterminate Unknown
Yellow Pear Early pear-shaped cherry Vigorous Indeterminate None
Hybrid Heirloom Caiman Main/Large Indeterminate F1, N, LM, TomMV, TMV, TSWV, V
Damsel Main/Large Indeterminate LB, N, V
Marbonne Main/Large Indeterminate F1, TomMV
Margold Main/Large Indeterminate LM, TomMV, V
Marnero Main/Large Indeterminate F1, EB, FCRRR, TomMV, V
Hybrid Paste/Plum Golden Rave Early/Small-Medium Vigorous Indeterminate F, F1, TomMV, TMV
Granadero Main/Medium Indeterminate V, F1, F2, TMV, PM, N, TSWV
Juliet Early/Small Vigorous Indeterminate EB, LB, SLS
Plum Regal Main/Medium Vigorous Determinate EB, F1, F2, LB, TSWV, V
Verona Early/Medium Indeterminate V, F1, F2
Hybrid Cherry Black Cherry Large Vigorous Indeterminate None
Favorita Medium Vigorous Indeterminate F2, N, LM, TMV
Sakura Large Vigorous Indeterminate F1, F2, N, LM, TMV
Sun Peach Medium Vigorous Indeterminate LM, TMV
Sungold Small-Medium Vigorous Indeterminate F1, F2, TMV, V
Sunsugar Medium Vigorous Indeterminate F1, V
Resistance Key: EB=early blight; LB=late blight; SLS=Septoria leaf spot; F1, F2, F3=Fusarium race 1,2,3; TomMV=tomato mosaic virus; TMV=tobacco Mosaic virus; TSWV=tomato spotted wilt virus; LM=leaf mold; PM=powdery mildew; V=Verticillium; FCRRR=Fusarium crown and root rot; N=root-knot nematode

Soil Fertility

Apply lime according to soil test results to maintain soil pH at 6.5-6.8. Maintain high calcium. Base saturation for calcium should be 65-80%. Use calcitic lime or gypsum if necessary.

When growing plants on plastic mulch, the amount of nitrogen (N) fertilizer to be sidedressed can be reduced, and most of it can be applied when laying the plastic, since leaching is minimized. Leaf tissue testing can be an important tool to monitor the nutrient status of your plants. If testing is done at the right time (early to mid-bloom), additional nutrients, most importantly N and K, can be supplemented. While these can be sidedressed along the edge of the plastic mulch, nutrients can be applied more effectively in soluble form through drip irrigation installed under the plastic. Liquid suspensions of organic nutrients can be applied this way as well. If this method is used, apply no more than 10 lbs per week of actual nitrogen fertilizer per acre.

A 30-ton tomato yield removes about 200 pounds of N per acre while a 15-ton yield removes about 100 pounds of N per acre. On the "Plant Nutrient Recommendations" table, the N recommendation for outdoor tomatoes is calculated based on a yield goal of 22 tons per acre. Do not apply more N fertilizer than is required to achieve your realistic yield goal. Excess N can reduce yield. Use a high P liquid starter fertilizer at transplanting, especially with cool soil conditions. Less N fertilizer will be needed on some soils high in organic matter, or if manure or legume sod was plowed down (see Table 1 and Table 2). When sidedressing N, the nitrate forms (such as calcium nitrate) are preferred over the ammonium or urea forms.

Maintaining adequate calcium (Ca) in the soil is essential. Blossom end rot is a physiological disorder in which cells die early in the fruit maturation process. This disorder is more likely to occur when there are low Ca levels in the soil, but is no longer thought to be solely caused by Ca deficiency. Instead, blossom end rot and other physiological disorders such as yellow shoulders and internal white tissue can be caused by a number of stresses including high salinity, drought, high light intensity, rapid growth, irregular or under watering, and the weather. Adequate, regular irrigation is essential throughout fruiting. Other strategies to reduce physiological disorder occurrence include the use of shade cloth when temperatures are routinely over 85°F, soil and plant tissue testing to ensure adequate nutrient availability and plant nutrition, and good pruning to limit excessive vegetative growth.

Plant Nutrient Recommendations According to Soil Test Results for Outdoor Tomato

SOIL TEST RESULTS NITROGEN (N) - LBS PER ACRE PHOSPHORUS (P) -
LBS P2O5 PER ACRE
POTASSIUM (K) -
LBS K2O PER ACRE
VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM VERY LOW LOW OPTIMUM ABOVE OPTIMUM
Broadcast and Incorporate 80-100 180 120 0-60 0 250 150 50-100 0-50
Sidedress 3-4 Weeks After Planting 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sidedress 6-8 Weeks After Planting 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL RECOMMENDED 140-160 180 120 0-60 0 250 150 50-100 0-50

Planting

Tomatoes are transplanted in New England due to the short growing season. Early fruit production requires quality transplants. Adequate spacing produces short, stocky plants with good root systems, whereas crowding produces tall, spindly plants. One ounce of tomato seed will produce about 7,400 plants.

Sow tomato seed in an open flat in germination mix and maintain uniform moisture and bottom heat at 75ºF until emergence. Transplant young seedlings into 2-4" cells or pots when they have 2-3 true leaves. Choice of pot size depends on the number of weeks before anticipated field transplant date. For earliest production, some growers finish their transplants in 6" (or even larger) pots. 

Grow transplants at 70-75°F day and 60-65ºF night temperatures. Night temperatures in the greenhouse that fall below 60°F may result in irregular fruit (catfacing) on the first few clusters. Five to 8 weeks from seed are required to produce field-ready transplants, depending on the temperature at which the plants are grown and the size desired. Avoid the temptation to start the plants too early; holding them for too long will reduce yield. Harden only slightly, by reducing water and nutrients, and ambient temperature, if possible but not below 60°F. Small plants that have been slightly hardened, or not hardened at all, will outperform larger, over-hardened plants.

Transplants should be given a complete nutrient solution supplemented with trace elements (the latter especially if artificial mixes are used) at weekly intervals. Alternatively, they can be fed whenever they are watered with a dilute nutrient solution. The advantage to the latter system is that the fertilizer is supplied more in relation to the plant's needs: more on bright, warm days, less on cool, cloudy days. In either case, follow directions on the fertilizer label for amounts to feed. Use a soluble fertilizer and be careful of salt buildup. It is advisable to use a fertilizer in which most of the nitrogen is in the nitrate form rather than ammonium or urea.

Field Culture

Many growers grow tomatoes on black plastic mulch, which has several benefits. It warms the soil, promotes early production, conserves water, permits use of less nitrogen fertilizer because leaching is reduced, and facilitates weed control. Plastic mulch also keeps most of the fruit off the soil. The disadvantages of plastic mulch are removing the plastic in the fall and disposing of it. Biodegradable mulches are available and have improved in quality in the last 10 years. Biodegradable mulches have the advantage of being able to be tilled into the soil at the end of the season, instead of needed to be removed and disposed of in landfills. Most organic certifiers do not allow for use of biodegrabale mulches, or require them to be removed at the end of the season like regular plastic—check with your certifier before using. Plastic should be laid tightly over the beds to conduct heat to the soil more efficiently and to avoid depressions where hot spots or puddles can form. Many growers use plastic mulch in conjunction with raised beds. This warms the soil more quickly. Prior to laying plastic mulch, soil moisture should be at or near field capacity.

Trickle irrigation is a very efficient watering method used under black plastic mulch. Consistent soil moisture reduces or eliminate problems with blossom end rot and cracking. Using a fertilizer injector in conjuction with drip irrigation allows for nutrients to be sidedressed more easily. Row covers over wire hoops are used by some growers for faster early season growth. They do not provide significant frost protection, but they do speed growth. Ventilation is usually needed on warm, sunny days. Do not allow temperatures under covers to exceed 90°F. (See Plastic Mulch and Row Covers, and High Tunnels.)

Trellising/Staking

Staking or trellising certain varieties may advance production by 7-10 days. Early tomatoes usually bring higher prices, but this has to be weighed against the labor costs of trellising. Fruit quality and plant health may be enhanced by keeping fruit off of the ground and allowing air movement into the plant canopy, reducing the incidence of anthracnose on fruit and foliar disease spread. Pruning (removing the side shoots) should be done frequently for fully indeterminate varieties. Shoots are most easily removed when they are a few inches long. To reduce disease, do not prune during wet weather or if bacterial canker is present. Indeterminate plants are well suited to trellising or staking because the main stem keeps growing. The plants can be pruned to 1 or 2 stems. For 2 stems, keep the lateral branch just below the first cluster. Two stems obviously yield more fruit per plant than a single stem, but pruning is more time-consuming and each plant requires more space. For trellising, plants are supported by weather-resistant twine tied to a number 9 or 11 wire, 5-6' above the ground. The wire is held up by posts spaced 20-30' apart in the row. Metal fence posts help to support the wire, with sturdy wooden posts at the end. Most growers use the "A" trellis, a double row 18-24" apart. The "A" trellis uses fewer posts and less wire; fruit tends to be more shaded and sun scald is less of a problem. The lower end of the twine is tied loosely around the base of the stem. As the plants grow, the string is spiraled around the main stem. Pruning is usually done at the same time. For staking, plants are tied (3-4 times) to individual stakes. Avoid damage to plants during trellising and staking operations.

Ground Culture and Basket Weave

The stems of fully determinate tomatoes stop growing after producing 1-3 flower clusters. For continued production, side shoots must be left on the plant. This results in a bushy, compact plant which is not suitable for staking or trellising.

Determinate varieties can be grown on the ground without support; vigorous determinate varieties are usually supported using a system called stake and weave or basket weave. With this system, wooden stakes 4-5' long and 1" square, or similar lengths of rebar, are driven 1' into the ground between every other plant. Weather-resistant twine is then tied to the end stake and run down one side of the row, wrapping the twine around each stake. Most growers weave the twine back and forth between plants. The process is then repeated on the other side of the row. The stringing operation is repeated 3-4 times with the first being 8-10" above the ground when the plants are 12-15" tall. Subsequent stringings are made just before the plants begin to fall over. There are many variations of this system. NOTE: birds cannot perch on rebar, resulting in a cleaner crop at harvest than if using wooden stakes. 

Twine should be resistant to weather and stretching. Tomato twine for this purpose is available in 3- or 4-pound boxes. A home-made stringing tool should be used for convenience. It is simply a length of metal or plastic conduit. The twine is fed through the conduit which acts as an extension of the worker's arm.

Most growers remove all the bottom side shoots up to, but not including, the one below the first flower cluster. After this, no pruning is done.

Spacing

Plant spacing will vary according to cultivar and type of culture. Frequent roadways may be necessary to drive spray or harvest equipment between blocks of rows.

  • Staked: 5' between rows, with 12-18" apart in rows when pruning to a single stem or 18-24" apart when pruning to 2 stems. 
  • Basket Weave: 5-6' between rows, 18-24" between plants.
  • Ground: For determinate varieties, leave 4-6' between rows, and set plants 12-24" apart within the row. For vigorous determinate and indeterminate varieties, set plants 2-3' apart in the row with 5-7' between rows. Remember that there will be significant losses due to fruit rots if indeterminate varieties are left unstaked.

High Tunnels

High tunnels allow for planting up to 4 weeks earlier than in the open field. Harvest is earlier and yields are usually greater. High tunnels keep rain off the foliage and fruit, resulting in fewer foliar diseases and rain check (a russeting of the fruit). Sides are rolled up during warm weather, but should be lowered when temperatures fall below 60ºF. See High Tunnels and Tomato (Greenhouse and High Tunnel) sections for more information.

Irrigation

If there are no restrictions, tomatoes develop a deep root system. When irrigating tomatoes grown on black plastic, sufficient water must be applied so that lateral water movement can take place under the plastic to provide adequate moisture to the root system. Watering should be deep and spread out across the bed. This can be accomplished by running at least 2 lines of drip per bed. Once fruit begin to enlarge, tomatoes require at least 1" of water per week depending on temperature, wind, and relative humidity. (See also Trickle or Drip Irrigation in the Irrigation section).

Harvest and Storage

Since most wholesale tomatoes are marketed in the New England area, it is recommended that those tomatoes be harvested at the breaker to turning stage. Tomatoes harvested in the green stage do not promote an image of high quality. Letting the fruit ripen completely on the vine improves the flavor and appeals to retail or direct market consumers. However, as tomatoes remain on the vine, they are subject to cracking and other disorders. 

Jointless varieties have no joint on the fruit stem. When picking, the stem separates completely from the fruit. These varieties work well for bulk packaging because stemless fruit do not puncture other fruits in the box. With jointed varieties, the stem usually breaks at the joint, leaving a small stem attached to the fruit. This makes for an attractive retail item but requires special handling and more boxes, since fruits cannot be layered on top of each other.

Tomatoes are susceptible to chilling injury if stored at temperatures below 50ºF for more than 24 hours. Continual exposure to these temperatures will prevent normal ripening even after temperatures are elevated. Store tomatoes at 55ºF or above, depending upon how long they must be stored. The speed of color development will increase up to 75ºF. Temperatures above 80ºF will inhibit red color development. For best eating quality, ripening and color development should take place between 65 and 70ºF. Late in the season when night temperatures routinely drop below 50ºF, tomatoes should be harvested in the breaker stage and ripened at room temperature.

Tomato Outdoor Disease Control

Tomato Outdoor Disease Control otank

NOTES: For the disease control products listed below, a product trade name and formulation are provided for each active ingredient (common name) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. Please see Table 26 and Fungicides and Bactericides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on products with the same active ingredients.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum spp.)

Anthracnose is a problem on ripening fruit, but the fungus can also invade the stem tissues resulting in premature death. Rotate crops so nonhost crops are grown at least every other year. Control weed hosts. Stake plants or use mulch to reduce fruit contact with soil. Avoid overhead irrigation. Harvest fruit regularly to avoid excessively ripe fruit. Apply fungicides according to a disease forecasting system. Disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu).

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 5.0 to 6.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. See label for precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 7.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • azoxystrobin plus flutriafol (TopGuard EQ): 4.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 11. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik): 1.375 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus phosphorous acid (Catamaran): 7.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Groups M05 & P07. Apply to fruit. See label for restrictions. Not labeled for New Hampshire.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h. Groups 7 & 3. Do not make more than 2 applications before switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Do not use on varieties where the mature fruit is less 2" (e.g., cherry tomatoes).
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank-mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group and alternated with a fungicide from a different FRAC group after 1 application.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 3. See label for mixing restrictions.
  • fluxapyroxad plus propiconazole (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Do not mix with any other products, adjuvants, additives, nutrients, or anything other than water.
  • hydrogen dioxide plus peroxyacetic acid (ZerotolOG): See label; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Labeled as preventive and curative. See label for specific application instructions and dilution rates.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.2 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.7 lb/A processing, 1.0 to 3.0 lb/A fresh market; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 40 & 3. Addition of a spreading/penetrating adjuvant is recommended.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SCOG, AKA Veggie Turbo 5 SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Apply only 6 applications per season or 96 oz/A. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Begin application before disease onset. Make no more than 2 consecutive applications. See label for restrictions.
  • ziram (Ziram 76 DF): 3.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group M03. Do not use on cherry tomatoes. See label for restrictions.

Gray Mold (Botrytis cinerea)

Grey mold is a common disease of tomato and is particularly damaging in greenhouses where the relative humidity is high but can also be seen in the field in humid or wet years. The pathogen infects leaves, stems, petioles, and fruit. Ghost spots develop when the pathogen invades the fruit then ceases growth prior to causing decay; the resulting white to yellow rings can make fruit unmarketable. Injured transplants can develop gray mold infections of the stem which girdle the plant and cause plant death. Reduce plant wetness by avoiding overhead irrigation. Fungicides are useful in protecting fruit; a diversity of fungicides with different modes of action must be used as Botrytis commonly develops fungicide resistance. Many products labeled for leaf spots will also provide some control for gray mold. See: Leaf Spots.

  • fluopyram plus difenoconazole (Luna Flex): 8.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG aka VeggieTurbo 5 SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl ox/A; Phi 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 9.
  • Ulocladium oudemansii U3 strain (BotryStop WPOG): 2.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Begin application when conditions are conducive to disease development.

Leaf Spots: Early Blight (Alternaria solani) and Septoria Leaf Spot (Septoria lycopersici)

Early blight and Septoria leaf spot are very destructive on tomato. Both diseases may occur together, and both may be seedborne. Hot water treat seeds at 122ºF for 25 minutes to destroy potential seed-borne pathogens. Plow under plant debris after harvest. Rotate away from tomatoes for at least 2 years. Provide optimum nutrition throughout the season. Stake tomatoes to improve air circulation and use mulch to prevent rainsplash. If planting in an area with a history of either disease, begin fungicide applications before disease is evident, usually when first fruit are half grown or approximately the first week of July. Follow fungicide intervals recommended by a disease forecasting system (TOMCAST) if weather and forecast data are available in your region. Disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu).

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 5.0 to 6.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not apply more than 1 application before alternating with a non-Group 11 fungicide. See label for other precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 7.5 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3.
  • azoxystrobin plus flutriafol (TopGuard EQ): 4.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 11.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard LCOG): 1 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group P06.
  • Bacillus pumilis Strain QST 2808 (SonataOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group BM02.
  • Bacillus subtilis Strain QST 713 (Serenade OptiOG): 14.0 to 20.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group BM02. Not for Septoria leaf spot.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik, AKA Bravo 720 SC): 1 3/8 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus phosphorous acid (Catamaran): 4.5 to 5.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & P7.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12. Groups 7 & 3. Do not make more than 2 applications before switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Do not use on varieties where the mature fruit is less than 2" (e.g., cherry tomatoes).
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 6.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank-mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group and alternated with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group after 1 application. Do not alternate with Quadris, Cabrio, or Flint.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before rotating to a non-Group 11 fungicide.
  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 5.0 to 6.8 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Do not make more than 2 applications per year.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 7 & 9.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme, AKA Flutriafol 250 G/L SC): 3.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 3.
  • fluxapyroxad plus propiconazole (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • hydrogen dioxide plus peroxyacetic acid (ZeroTol 2.0OG aka Oxidate 2.0OG): See label; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Use as a preventive or curative. See label for application instructions and specific dilution rates.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.2 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.7 lb/A processing, 1.0 to 3.0 lb A fresh market; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & 22. Add Latron surfactants to improve performance.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 40 & 3. Addition of a spreading/penetrating adjuvant is recommended.
  • penthiopyrad (Fontelis): 16.0 to 24.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG aka VeggieTurbo 5 SCOG): 6.5 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • propamocarb HCl (Previcur Flex): 0.7 to 1.5 pt/A; PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 28. See label for tank mixture and restrictions.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 12.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • pyrimethanil (Scala SC): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 9. Use only in a tank mix with another fungicide labeled for control of early blight. Using with a protectant fungicide (FRAC Group M3 or M5) will expand the spectrum of activity adding control of late blight and Septoria leaf spot.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Begin application at onset of disease. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 2.0 to 3.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • ziram (Ziram 76 DF): 3.0 to 4.0 lb/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Group M03.

Late Blight (Phytophthora infestans)

Protectant fungicides are a key tool for management; however, many strains of P. infestans have become resistant to mefenoxam. When resistant strains are present, and/or when conditions are favorable for disease and late blight has been reported in the region, newer targeted fungicides are recommended. Disease development, based on weather conditions near your farm, can be monitored online (www.newa.cornell.edu). Disease progression throughout the US can also be monitored (www.usablight.org). Avoid the use of overhead irrigation. Promptly plow under old tomato fields after harvest. Eliminate cull piles and volunteer plants of both tomato and potato. Some resistant cultivars are available.

  • ametoctradin plus dimethomorph (Zampro): 14.0 fl oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Groups 45 & 40.
  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 6.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. See label for precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions. 
  • Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain D747 (DoubleNickel 55OG): 0.25 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4 h, Group BM02. Suppression only. For improved control, mix or rotate with a chemical fungicide.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGuard LCOG): 1.0 gal/100 gal of water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P06.
  • chlorothalonil (Bravo Weather Stik aka Bravo 720 SC): 1.375 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05.
  • chlorothalonil plus phosphorous acid (Catamaran): 4.5 to 5.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & P07.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette.
  • cyazofamid (Ranman 400 SC): 2.1 to 2.75 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 21. Begin applications when forecast systems (NEWA) predict disease infection periods. Use the lowest rates and longest intervals when disease pressure is low. Use the highest rates and shortest spray intervals when late blight is present in the area. Do not make more than 3 consecutive sprays, then follow with 3 or more applications of fungicides from a different FRAC Group. If other diseases are present, tank mix with a Group M3 or M5 fungicide.
  • cymoxanil (Curzate 60 DF): 3.2 to 5.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 27. Use only in combination with a labeled rate of a protectant fungicide (e.g., copper, chlorothalonil).
  • cymoxanil plus chlorothalonil (Ariston): 1.9 to 3.0 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 27 & M05. Foliage or fruit applications.
  • dimethomorph (Forum): 6.0 fl oz/A; PHI 4d, REI 12h, Group 40. Must be applied as a tank-mix with another fungicide from a different FRAC Group. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a non-Group 15 fungicide.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank-mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group and alternated with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group after 1 application.
  • fenamidone (Reason 500 SC): 5.5 to 8.2 fl oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not make more than 1 application before rotating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • fluopicolide (Presidio 4SC): 3.0 to 4.0 fl oz/A; PHI 2d, REI 12h, Group 43. Must be tank mixed with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.2 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.7 lb/A processing, 1.0 to 3.0 lb A fresh market; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 40. The addition of a spreading/penetrating type adjuvant is recommended.
  • mefenoxam plus chlorothalonil (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M05.
  • mefenoxam plus manzate (Ridomil Gold MZ): 2.5 lb./A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups 4 & M03. Do not plant any crop which is not registered for use with Ridomil Gold active ingredient in treated soil for a period of 12 months.
  • oxathiapiprolin plus chlorothalonil (Orondis Opti): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & 49.
  • oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti A/Orondis Ultra A): 2.0 to 4.8 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 49.
  • potassium phosphite (ProPhyt): 4.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Apply at first report of late blight in your area and use shortest interval. Thorough coverage is essential. Apply in tank mix with contact products like chlorothalonil (Group M05) or mancozeb (Group M03). Read label; rates vary between products.
  • polyoxin D zinc salt (OSO 5%SCOG aka VeggieTurbo 5 SCOG): 6.0 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19. Suppression only.
  • propamocarb HCl (Previcur Flex): 0.7 to 1.5 pt/A; PHI 5d, REI 12h, Group 28.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 8.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 4.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 11. Apply in a tank mixture with 75% of a labeled rate of a protectant fungicide. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides.
  • zoxamide plus chlorothalonil (Zing!): 30.0 to 36.0 fl oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 12h, Groups 22 & M05.
  • zoxamide plus mancozeb (Gavel 75 DF): 1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups 22 & M03.

Phytophthora Blight and Watery Fruit Rot (P. capsiciPythium spp.)

Phytophthora capisi fruit infections are called buck-eye rot and Pythium fruit infections, which usually infect ripe fruit, are called watery fruit rot. To avoid fruit rots, keep plant tops dry by avoiding overhead irrigation and using drip irrigation instead. Prepare the soil and beds so as to enhance drainage and avoid planting in low areas. Stake plants and/or use mulches to minimize fruit contact with the soil. Fungicides may be used to control crown, foliar, and fruit infections. See Late Blight and Pepper Phytophthora Blight sections.

Powdery Mildew (Oidium neolycopersici)

Powdery mildew is a relatively new disease of tomato in the Eastern United States. It is more common in the greenhouse than in the field, but in either case it can cause early plant senescence and reduced yields. Powdery mildews are obligate parasites and survive on overwintering tomato, alternate weed hosts, or perhaps as sexual fruiting bodies. Promptly plow under tomato crop debris after harvest. Control volunteer tomatoes and solanaceous weeds.

  • azoxystrobin (Quadris F): 5.0 to 6.2 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 11. Do not rotate with other Group 11 fungicides. See label for precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus chlorothalonil (Quadris Opti): 1.6 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & M05. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • azoxystrobin plus flutriafol (TopGuard EQ): 4.0 to 8.0oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. See label for tank mix precautions.
  • Bacillus pumilis Strain QST 2808 (Sonata ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group BM02.
  • cyprodinil plus fludioxonil (Switch 6.25 WG): 11.0 to 14.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 9 & 12.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12. Groups 7 & 3. Do not make more than 2 applications before switching to a non-Group 7 fungicide.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3 & 9. Do not use on varieties where the mature fruit is less than 2" (e.g., cherry tomatoes).
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 7 & 9. Suppression only. See label for application timing.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme aka Flutriafol 250 G/L SC): 5.0 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12, Group 3.
  • fluxapyroxad plus propiconazole (Priaxor Xemium): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11.
  • hydrogen dioxide plus peroxyacetic acid (ZeroTol 2.0OG aka Oxidate 2.0OG): See label; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Use as a preventive or curative. See label for application instructions and specific dilution rates.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 40. The addition of a spreading/penetrating type adjuvant is recommended.
  • metrafenone (Vivando): 10.3 to 15.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12 hr, Group 50.
  • myclobutanil (Rally 40WSP): 2.5 to 4.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group 3. Observe a 30-day plant-back interval between last spray and the planting of new crops.
  • paraffinic oil (JMS Stylet-Oil): 3.0 to 6.0 qt/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group NC. Spray for thorough coverage of upper leaf surface. An organic formulation is available. Not labeled for New Hampshire.
  • polyoxin D (OSO 5%SCOG, AKA VeggieTurbo 5 SCOG): 6.0 to 13.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group 19.
  • potassium bicarbonate (MilStopOG aka PB 133OG): 2.0 to 5.0 lb/100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 1h, Group NC. Use solution within 12 hours of preparation. Thorough crop coverage is required.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 5.0 to 20.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 24h, Group M02. Do not apply when temperatures will exceed 90°F within 3 days of application.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. See label for restrictions.

White Mold, Timber Rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)

Sclerotinia survives for years in the soil, and has many vegetable hosts, but is particularly destructive to tomatoes. Rotate with corn or other grass species. Do not plant seed that is contaminated with sclerotia (survival structures). Encourage rapid soil drying by irrigating in the morning and/or using drip irrigation. Avoid excessive nitrogen levels and ensure adequate potassium fertility. Soil sterilization with chemical, steam, or heat treatments (solarization) can significantly reduce sclerotia (inoculum) in the soil. Research has shown promise from incorporating broccoli biomass or brassica cover crops and the biocontrol agent, Contans. NOTE: the current Bayer label for Coniothyrium minitans (Contans) does not include tomato. The label does include most other vegetable crops, which are also hosts for the disease, and so the product can be applied prior to planting a labeled crop to act on sclerotia in the field and manage the disease in a subsequent tomato crop.

  • fluxapyroxad plus propiconazole (Priaxor Xemium): 4.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 11. Suppression only.
  • fluopyram plus trifloxystrobin (Luna Sensation): 7.6 fl oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Group 7 & 11. Suppression only. See label for timing.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) and T. gamsii (Bio-Tam 2.0OG aka Bioten WPOG): See label for rates and application methods; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
  • pyraclostrobin (Cabrio EG): 12.0 to 16.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Suppression only. 

Bacterial Canker (Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. michiganensis), Bacterial Speck (Pseudomonas syringae pv. tomato), and Bacterial Leaf Spot (Xanthomonas spp.)

Bacterial canker is the most destructive bacterial disease of tomatoes in our region. All three bacterial diseases may be seedborne or may overwinter in crop debris in the field and on wooden stakes. Buy hot water treated seed or seed certified to be free of bacteria. Hot water seed treatment can be done at home; treat seed for 25 minutes at 122°F. Some lots of seed can be vulnerable to heat treatment. Always treat a small number of seed (50-100) of each lot before treating the remainder of the lot. See Hot Water Treatment of Seed in the Disease Management section. Avoid working in fields when plants are wet. Rotate out of tomatoes for at least 2 years. Use copper or streptomycin on plants before transplanting. Disinfect stakes before reusing.

  • acibenzolar-S-methyl (Actigard 50 WG): 0.33 to 0.75 oz/A; PHI 14d, REI 12h, Group P01. Apply to healthy, actively growing plants preventively. Plant defense activator.
  • Bacillus mycoides Isolate J (LifeGard LCOG): 1.0 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4, Group P06. Bacterial leaf spot and speck only.
  • Bacillus subtilis strain QST 713 (Serenade ASOOG): 2.0 to 4.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. See label for specific instructions.
  • Bacillus subtilis var. amyloliquefaciens strain FZB24 (Taegro 2.0OG): 2.6 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02. Bacterial leaf spot and speck only.
  • copper hydroxide (Kocide 3000): 0.75 to 1.75 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Do not apply in a spray solution having a pH less than 6.5 or tank mix with Aliette. An organic formula (Kocide 3000-O) is available.
  • copper sulfate (Cuprofix Ultra 40 Disperss): 0.75 to 3 lbs/A fresh market, 0.75 to 1.33 lbs/A processing; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. Rates and REIs vary by product; see labels.
  • famoxadone plus cymoxanil (Tanos): 8.0 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 27. Must be tank-mixed with an appropriate contact fungicide from a different FRAC Group and alternated with a fungicide from a different FRAC Group after 1 application.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F45): 1.2 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03. Use a full rate of fixed copper in a tank mix with half to full rate of Dithane F45.
  • mancozeb plus copper hydroxide (ManKocide): 1.0 to 3.0 lb A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & M01. See label for specific rates.
  • potassium salts of phosphorous acid plus hydrogen oxide (Oxiphos): 2.5 to 5.0 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group P07. Apply as dilute foliar spray or via irrigation applied immediately after planting. Do not exceed more than 2.5% v/v solution. See label for instructions and restrictions.
  • streptomycin sulfate (Agri-Mycin 17): 0.5 to 1.0 lb/50 to 100 gal; REI 12h, Group 25. For use on transplants only, prior to transplanting. NOT for field use.
  • zoxamide plus mancozeb (Gavel 75 DF): 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups 22 & M03. Use full rate of a fixed copper tank mixed with a full rate of Gavel.

Cucumber Mosaic Virus (CMV)

Many different strains of CMV occur, and the host range includes plants in more than 31 different families. In tomato, the symptoms include mosaic, mottling, leaf distortion, and stunting. Symptoms of CMV can be confused with those of tobacco mosaic virus as well as other virus diseases. The disease is spread by several species of aphids in a nonpersistent manner, meaning the virus is only transmitted by the vector for a short period of time. Reduce weeds, especially chickweed, pokeweed, and milkweed, as much as practical. Insecticides will not control this virus. Isolate tomato fields from cucurbits especially where there has been a history of CMV. There are not currently any resistant varieties.

Tobacco and Tomato Mosaic Virus (TMV, ToMV)

Several strains of tobacco mosaic virus (TMV) exist including the closely related tomato mosaic virus (TomMV) strain. Symptoms on tomato can vary considerably as will the severity of disease and the effect on yield. Either strain can be seedborne or transferred from previously infected plant debris, weeds, transplants, other crops, or workers using tobacco products. Unlike other viruses, TMV and TomMV are easily spread from plant to plant by contact with hands and tools. Insects are not considered to be important vectors. Grow resistant varieties, which are widely available. Control weeds as much as practical. Hands and clothes soiled with tobacco or from weeding can transmit the virus. When working with plants, avoid wearing soiled clothes. Wash hands after weeding or smoking. Do not plant susceptible pepper or tomato varieties for at least 2 years on land that previously had TMV-infected crops. Handle plants as little as possible. Do not allow workers to use tobacco products while working with plants.

Tomato Brown Rugose Fruit Viruses (ToBRFV)

Tomato brown rugose fruit virus (ToBRFV) is a recently identified virus infecting tomatoes, pepper, and possibly their solanaceous relatives. Currently, there are no commercial tomato varieties that are tolerant to ToBRFV. Peppers with tolerance to TMV and pepper mild mottle virus (PMMoV) have shown some tolerance. Leaf symptoms of ToBRFV include wrinkling with an accompanying mosaic pattern. Infected fruit has a brown calyx and is undersized with a rough surface. Fruit abortion may occur, and fruit may be blotchy and pale with brown, dead spots. ToBRFV spread and control is similar to TMV and ToMV. Good sanitation is the key to avoidance. ToBRFV can survive in plant debris and on stakes for long periods. There are no reports of transmission by aphids, leafhoppers, or white flies. There are no sprays effective in reducing the virus’ spread. Purchase certified seed from reputable sources, have greenhouse workers wash and sterilize hands and tools often. Dispose of symptomatic plants and plants within 5' of infected plants. Dispose of plants, trays, and media through incineration. There is rigorous testing of transplants, seeds, and fruit to prevent the risk of the virus’ spread into the US. Confirmation of the virus requires laboratory identification testing.

Gray Leaf Spot (Stemphylium lycopersici, S. solani, and S. botryosum)

Gray leaf spot of tomato is caused by Stemphylium lycopersici, S. solani, and S. botryosum. Peppers and eggplant are also susceptible. Symptoms begin as small brown lesions that may or may not have a yellow halo. Severely affected leaves may turn yellow or brown and defoliate. Symptoms are seldom seen on petioles or stems, and fruit is not affected. Stemphylium species survive in infected crop debris and solanaceous weeds. They may also be seedborne. The optimum temperature for spore germination and disease development is 75-80°F. Management options include proper plant spacing and removal of lower leaves to increase air circulation. Avoid overhead watering if possible. Control weeds and remove volunteer solanaceous plants from fields. Remove or plow under infected crop debris and rotate away from Solanaceous crops for at least 3 years. Plant tomato cultivars that have the Sm resistance gene.

  • azoxystrobin plus difenoconazole (Quadris Top): 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 11 & 3. See label for restrictions.
  • basic copper sulfate (Basic Copper 53OG):0.75 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 48h, Group M01. May cause crop injury. See label for application restrictions.
  • chlorothalonil (Echo 720):1.38 to 2.0 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group M05. Apply in sufficient water to obtain adequate coverage. Begin applications when dew or rain occur and disease threatens.
  • chlorothalonil plus mefenoxam (Ridomil Gold Bravo SC): 2.5pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Groups M05 & 4. Begin preventive applications early when conditions are favorable for disease. See label for additional restrictions.
  • chlorothalonil plus oxathiapiprolin (Orondis Opti (Premix): 1.75 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & 49. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • chlorothalonil plus zoxamide (Zing!): 36 fl oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 12h, Groups M05 & 22. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • copper hydroxide (Nu-Cop 50WPOG): 1.0 lb/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Group M01. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • difenoconazole plus benzovindiflupyr (Aprovia Top): 10.5 to 13.5 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • difenoconazole plus cyprodinil (Inspire Super): 16.0 to 20.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 9. Do not make more than 2 consecutive applications before alternating to a non- Group 7 fungicide. Use of a spreading adjuvant is recommended.
  • difenoconazole plus fluopyram (Luna Flex): 10.0 to 13.6 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 7. See label for warnings and restrictions.
  • fludioxonil plus pydiflumetofen (Miravis Prime): 9.2 to 11.4 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 12. Apply by ground, air, or chemigation. Do not use in greenhouse.
  • fluopyram plus pyrimethanil (Luna Tranquility): 11.2 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 7 & 19. See label for application restrictions.
  • mancozeb (Dithane F-45 Rainshield): 1.2 to 2.4 qt/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Group M03. Start applications when seedlings emerge or transplants are set. See label for additional restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus copper (ManKocide):1.75 to 3.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 24 or 48h, Groups M03 & M01. See label for application warnings and restrictions.
  • mancozeb plus zoxamide (Gavel 75DF):1.5 to 2.0 lb/A; PHI 5d, REI 48h, Groups M03 & 22. See label for restrictions.
  • mandipropamid plus difenoconazole (Revus Top): 5.5 to 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Groups 3 & 40. Begin applications prior to disease development. Do not make more than 2 sequential applications before alternating to a fungicide from a different FRAC Group. See label for additional restrictions.
  • tetraconazole (Mettle 125ME): 6.0 to 8.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. See label for restrictions.
  • trifloxystrobin (Flint): 4.0 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 11. Begin applications preventively. See label for application restrictions.

Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus (TSWV)

Do not raise tomato, pepper, eggplant, or cauliflower transplants in the same greenhouse as ornamentals. Monitor thrips and control as necessary. Symptoms include numerous small brownish ringspots, purpling and upward rolling of leaves, and stunting of leaves and plants. Fruit symptoms can include yellow ringspots but brown, necrotic sunken areas may form. Resistant varieties are not available at this time. The host range for TSWV is one of the largest of any virus. Hundreds of plant species are susceptible including many commercial floriculture crops.

Fusarium and Verticillium Wilts (Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. lycopersici and Verticillium spp.)

Plant resistant varieties. Pre-plant treatment of soil with effective fumigants will give short-term control but will not completely eliminate the pathogens from fields. Rotate tomatoes with non-host crops such as corn or small grains to lower inoculum levels. Avoid bringing contaminated soil on equipment to new land.

  • fluopyram (Velum Prime): 5.0 to 6.84 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 7. Fusarium only.
  • flutriafol (Rhyme, aka Flutriafol): 7.0 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Group 3. Suppression only. Do not make more than 4 applications per year.
  • Trichoderma asperellum (ICC 012) plus T. gamsii (ICC 080) (Bio-Tam 2.0OG aka Bioten WPOG): See label for in-furrow, drench, and broadcast rates; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Group BM02.
Disease Control

Tomato Outdoor Insect Control

Tomato Outdoor Insect Control otank

Insects are seldom serious pests on tomato; be sure there is a problem before sprays are applied. Ensure that transplants are free of aphids, whiteflies, and thrips before planting into the field.

NOTES: For the insecticides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient (AI) as an example of rates, preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same AI. Please see Table 27 and Insecticides Alphabetically Listed by Trade Name for more information on these insecticides.

The designation (Bee: L, M, or H) indicates a bee toxicity rating of low, moderate, or high. See the Protecting Honeybees and Native Pollinators section for more details.

The symbol * indicates a product is a restricted use pesticide. See Pesticide Safety and Regulations for more details.

The symbol OG indicates a product is listed by the Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) as approved for use in organic production. See Organic Certification section for more details.

Aphids, Potato (Macrosiphum euphorbiae) and Green Peach (Myzus persicae)

See potato aphid in the insect control section of Potato section and green peach aphid in the insect control section of Pepper for more information on each of these aphid species. Scout for aphids under surfaces of leaves in both upper and lower foliage. Potato aphids (PA) feed first in young growing tips, spreading downward as they multiply. Leaves become distorted, with the leaf edges curling downward. They also feed in blossoms and PA colonies cause blossom drop and fruit deformities. By contrast, green peach aphids (GPA) feed first in lower leaves. Scout weekly across the field, sampling 3 leaves per plant at lower, mid and upper levels. Count aphid adults and nymphs and note if numbers are increasing. Treat when aphids exceed 6 per leaf. Beneficials generally keep aphids under control in tomato, unless broad spectrum insecticides are used for other pests. Do not use emulsifiable concentrates on tomatoes setting young fruit, or injury may occur.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 3 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Suppression only.
  • dimethoate (Dimethoate 4EC): 0.5 to 1 pt/A; PHI 7d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • dinotefuran (Safari): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For transplants while in greenhouse. Not for use on greenhouse or field crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 7 to 14 dry oz/A foliar, 18 to 21 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Do not apply to varieties with fruit that is less than 2" such as cherry or grape tomatoes. Do not apply to vegetables grown for seed. 
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 7 to 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build, and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A green peach aphid foliar, 7 to 14 oz/A potato aphid foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee:L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee:H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. For enhanced and residual control apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply by ground or air when insects first appear.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Green peach and potato aphids only. Translaminar. Apply when aphids first appear, before populations build up.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 100 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • tofenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.

Tomato and Tobacco Hornworms (Manduca quinquemaculata and M. sexta) and other caterpillars

Tomato and tobacco hornworms (THW) are large green caterpillars with white stripes along the sides that may grow up to 4" long. Despite their size and striking appearance, they can be very difficult to find on the plant. It is easier to look for the large fecal droppings on the plastic mulch under the plants. The caterpillars climb to feed near the tops of the plants just before dusk, and spritzing with water will make them flinch so that they are easy to find and remove. The insect spends the winter as a pupa 2-4" under the soil. Caterpillar infestations usually begin in July and may extend through September. When numerous, they can nearly defoliate tomato plants and may even surface feed on the immature green fruit. Fall or early spring plowing will reduce the survival of the pupae. Hornworms only occasionally require treatment and are usually controlled by their natural enemies (braconid wasp, bugs, and pathogens). Caterpillars covered with numerous white wasp pupae should be moved to a plant that will not be sprayed to help preserve and build up parasite populations. Spot–treat areas of the field with severe defoliation. It is recommended to use insect growth regulators, microbial products (Bt) or other selective insecticides (e.g., chlorantraniliprole, emamectin benzoate, indoxacarb, or methoxyfenozide) to preserve natural enemies and avoid secondary pest outbreaks (i.e. aphids).

Tomato fruitworm (TFW) is another name for the corn earworm (Helicoverpa zea), which may attack tomatoes and other solanaceous crops late in the season, especially if moth numbers are high and fresh corn silk is relatively scarce. Use selective insecticides to avoid disrupting natural enemies that control secondary pests, such as mites and aphids. For more information, see corn earworm in the Sweet Corn section. Cabbage looper (CL) is an occasional pest of tomato; see Cabbage section for more information. Make sure that tomato is listed on the label. 

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A TFW and THW, 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A CL; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai (XenTariOG): 0.5 to 1.5 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt kurstaki products (Dipel).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki (Dipel DFOG): 0.5 to 2 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 11. Must be ingested. Apply in evening or early morning, before larvae are actively feeding. Adherence and weather-fastness will improve with use of an approved spreader-sticker. Use high rate at cool temperatures. For resistance management, may be rotated with Bt aizawai products (XenTari).
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid*XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A TFW and THW, 2.1 to 2.8 oz/A CL; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. CL and TFW only.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A, 2 to 5 oz/A for hornworms foliar; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied through drip irrigation or as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone; for foliar applications may be combined with a labeled adjuvant for improved leaf adhesion or control in dense foliage.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 10 to 17 oz/A CL, 7 to 13.5 oz/A TFW and THW; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Use high rate for ECB (chemigation or soil injection applications only). Chemigation and soil injection only for THW control. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1 to 2.4 oz/A CL and THW, 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A TFW; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • emamectin benzoate (Proclaim*): 2.4 to 4.8 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Apply when larvae are first observed.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 2.9 to 5.8 oz/A THW, 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A for other caterpilars; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. THW and TFW only. May be combined at with Dipel DF for control of other caterpillars. See label for rates.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A CL and THW, 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A TFW; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • indoxacarb (Avaunt): 2.5 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 26. Use high rate for TFW and other caterpillars.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A CL and THW, 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A TFW; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B. Armyworm and TFW only.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • methoxyfenozide (Intrepid 2F): 4 to 16 oz/A CL and THW, 10 to 16 oz/A TFW; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. For control of CL and THW and suppression of TFW. Use lower rates when plants are small or infestations are light.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC)9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars. 
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Do not apply to varieties which produce fruit less than 1" in diameter, such as cherry and grape tomatoes.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 1 to 2 oz/A for control, 1.5 to 3 oz/A maintenance only; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Must be ingested. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of a spreader-binder adjuvant is recommended.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A THW and TFW, 3.3 to 4 oz/A CL and FAW; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Colorado Potato Beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata)

For more information, see Colorado potato beetle in Potato and Eggplant sections. If possible, do not transplant tomatoes to fields previously in potato or eggplant. Trap cropping may be used by rotating tomatoes to opposite side of field from prior potato, eggplant or tomato planting, and seeding 2 rows of early potatoes between old and new plantings. Treat potatoes with effective insecticide to kill migrating beetles before they infest tomatoes. If foliar insecticides are needed on tomatoes, use only selective insecticides to preserve natural enemies and avoid secondary pest problems such as aphids. Although Colorado potato beetle may attack young transplants in the field, most varieties develop resistance within a few weeks of field setting.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 1.5 to 2.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • azadirachtin (Azatin OOG): 4 to 16 oz/A foliar or drench, 4 to 16 oz/100 gal in greenhouses; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. When using lower rates, combine with adjuvant for improved spray coverage and translaminar uptake. Insect growth regulator for small larvae.
  • Beauveria bassiana (Mycotrol ESOOG): 0.5 qt to 1 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN. Treat when populations are low and thoroughly cover foliage. Takes 7-10 days after the first spray to see control.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • chlorantraniliprole (Coragen): 3.5 to 7.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 28. May be applied through drip irrigation or as a foliar spray. For soil applications, must be applied uniformly in the root zone; for foliar applications may be combined with a labeled adjuvant for improved leaf adhesion or control in dense foliage.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 7 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For drip chemigation or soil injection applications.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • cyromazine (Trigard): 2.66 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 17. Insect growth regulator for small larvae just after egg hatch. Apply as a foliar spray. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress, or through drip. Do not apply to varieties with fruit that is less than 2", such as cherry or grape tomatoes.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 7 to 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D. Foliar applications only.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro):7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC)9 to 12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Do not apply to successive generations. Most effective on 1st and 2nd instars. 
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply by ground or air when insects first appear.
  • permethrin (Pounce* 25WP): 3.2 to 12.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Do not apply to varieties which produce fruit less than 1" in diameter, such as cherry and grape tomatoes.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Beetle larvae only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinetoram (Radiant SC): 5 to 10 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 3 to 6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticides used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting operations. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Cutworm, Black (Agrotis ipsilon) and Variegated (Peridroma saucia)

The most common species on tomatoes is the black cutworm, but occasionally the variegated cutworm can also be a problem. Black cutworms tend to do minor leaf feeding or cut seedling stems shortly after transplanting (see cutworms in the Pepper section for more information on black cutworm). Variegated cutworms occur later in the season and will feed on leaves, but will also chew shallow or deep holes in the fruit. Adults are night-flying reddish-brown moths, while the caterpillars are brownish-grey, with diamond-shaped marks along the back and light lines along the sides. They are up to 2" long. Moths from the South arrive in mid- to late summer. Some may also survive warm winters as pupae in the soil and feed on seedlings in the spring. The larvae hide under the soil surface, within the plant canopy, or in fruit holes during the day and feed after dark. There are 2 generations per year. Moths can be monitored with a black light trap or with a yellow and white Unitrap from July through September. Scout fields weekly, checking at least 100 plants for fruit feeding. Spray tomatoes if 1% of the plants are infested with variegated cutworms. For best results, make application after dark. Thorough coverage of the upper and lower foliage is needed for good control. Parasitic flies, wasps, and other general predators help reduce populations. Weedy plantings tend to suffer greater damage.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Burkholderia spp. strain A396 (Venerate XCOG): 1 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: MGroup UN. Variegated cutworm only. 
  • carbaryl (10% Sevin Granules): 20 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply evenly over soil surface.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 1 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: MGroup UN. Variegated cutworm only. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 0.77 to 1.28 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 0.96 to 1.6 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Variegated cutworm only.
  • spinosad (SeduceOG): 20 to 44 lb/A or 0.5 to1 lb/1000 sq ft.; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Spread bait on soil around plants.
  • tebufenozide (Confirm 2F): 6 to 16 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 18. Must be ingested. Use lower rate for early season applications to young, small plants. Begin applications when first signs of feeding damage appear. Use higher rate for later season applications and heavier infestations. Use of a spreader-binder adjuvant is recommended. Black cutworm only. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Flea Beetle, Potato (Epitrix cucumeris)

See the insect control section of Eggplant for information on flea beetles that attack potato and other solanaceous crops. Adults spend the winter under plant residue along tree lines or in the field. In the early spring, they feed on solanaceous weeds until they move to tomato or other solanaceous crops. Numerous tiny feeding shot holes can injure leaves and stunt young plants. Management practices include clean cultivation, crop rotation, removing or avoiding spring weed hosts, row covers, and spot treatments targeting young tomato plants along the field edges. Perimeter Trap Cropping: young tomato plants can be protected from flea beetles by planting Italian or Oriental eggplant around the tomato field. Full-size plants rarely require treatment for flea beetles. Most insecticides registered to control Colorado potato beetle, including spinosad, will control flea beetles.

  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 2.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus): 0.5 to 1 qt/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Do not apply to plants in bloom. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting.
  • cyclaniliprole (Harvanta): 10.9 to 16.4 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil application may be as a band during bedding, in-furrow at seeding, as a transplant or post-seeding drench, as a sidedress or through drip. Do not apply to varieties with fruit that is less than 2", such as cherry or grape tomatoes.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 7 to 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay (see label for rates and increased PHI). Do not apply during bloom or if bees are actively foraging.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil; PHI 21d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Soil applications only.
  • kaolin (Surround WPOG): 12.5 to 50 lb/A or 0.125 to 0.5 lb/gal; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Suppression and repellence only. May be applied to transplants prior to setting in field. Use on seedlings and young plants. Product residue may need to be washed off if applied after fruit set. White residue may be minimized if applications stop when fruit is 25% of its expected harvest size. Generally compatible as a tank mix with other insecticides.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Beetle larvae only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • spinosad (Entrust SCOG): 4 to 8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 5. Do not apply to seedlings for transplant. Suppression only.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 2 to 3 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • tolfenpyrad (Torac): 17 to 21 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 21A.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 2.24 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.

Slugs

Damage appears as shredded foliage or fruit holes. Look for silvery slime trails on leaves or turn over soil clods or debris to find slugs during daylight hours. Grow plants away from moist, shaded habitats, use clean cultivation, control weeds, hand pick/crush slugs or scatter baits on the ground near infested plants. See the Cabbage, Broccoli, Cauliflower and Other Brassica Crops Section for more information on slugs.

  • iron phosphate (Sluggo: Snail and Slug BaitOG): 20 to 44 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 0h, Bee: L, Group 9B. Apply around perimeter, scatter around base of plants, or band down rows. Apply to moist soil in the evening.
  • metaldehyde (Deadline Bullets): 25 lb/A; REI 12h, Bee: L. Soil surface treatment broadcast pre-planting, or band treatment between rows after formation of edible parts. Apply to moist soil in the evening. Do not apply directly to or contaminate edible portions of plants.

Spotted Wing Drosophila (Drosophila suzukii)

Spotted wing drosophila (SWD) is an invasive pest that first arrived and spread throughout New England in 2011. It is primarily a pest of fruit crops, where the ability to oviposit in sound fruit (especially blueberry, raspberry, cherry, and peach) makes it a more serious pest than native fruit flies. SWD is deterred from lay eggs in sound tomato fruit by the strength of the tomato skin. However, where there are cracks and other openings, eggs are laid and larvae build up in fruit, liquefying the fruit contents and leaving nothing but an empty skin. Thus the management of cracked fruit is key to preventing buildup of SWD populations in tomato and possible contamination of cracked tomato fruit and containers post-harvest. See Spotted Wing Drosophila in the insect control section of Greenhouse Tomato for more information on controlling SWD in the field and postharvest.

Follow Extension monitoring alerts or place traps on your own farm, to know when SWD is starting to build up in your area. Currently, there are no thresholds for use of insecticides to control SWD in tomato. Few insecticides are registered specifically for control of SWD on tomato. Consult Extension SWD materials for updates on efficacy of products labeled for tomato.

  • malathion (Malathion 57 EC): 2.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.

Stink Bugs, Brown (Euschistus servus) and Brown Marmorated (Halyomorpha halys)

The brown stink bug is a native pest that feeds on blossoms, buds, and fruit on a wide range of vegetables, fruits, and weeds. Adults are plain brown or grayish-yellow, 11-15 mm long, and the shield-like shape typical of stink bugs is rounded at the ‘shoulders’. Adults overwinter among plant debris and in weeds, and persist for 2 or more months in summer. Eggs are yellowish-white and laid in clusters of about 20. Nymphs are light colored, yellowish-brown above and white to yellow underneath. There are 2 generations per year. Both adults and nymphs cause damage to tomato fruit, causing white star-like patches on the fruit skin with shallow injury to the flesh below the skin. Bugs migrate into fields from weedy borders, woods, or brambles. Damage is worse in dry seasons and is often limited to the edge of the field; border treatments are often adequate to manage this pest. High tunnel tomatoes may be affected. High weed pressure, reduced-tillage, and increased use of cover crops may increase damage by providing hiding places within fields. Natural enemies in the field usually contain outbreaks if they are not disrupted by broad-spectrum insecticides. It is difficult to monitor by direct observation in tomato as it is reclusive, well-camouflaged, and inconspicuous. Shake plants over sheet or tray to check for presence of bugs.

The brown marmorated stink bug (BMSB) was first documented in the US in PA in 2001 and since then has become a serious pest of fruit, vegetables, and field crops in the mid-Atlantic region and a sporadic pest in the Hudson Valley region and southern New England. Its range is expanding northward into New England. Adults have a shield-shaped body (a trait of most stink bugs), are about 3/4" (14 to 17 mm) long, 3/8" (8 mm) wide, and mottled or marbled grey-brown in color. The underside is white, sometimes with grey or black markings, and the legs are brown with faint white banding. One way to distinguish a BMSB from other stink bug species commonly found in New England is by the alternating dark and light bands on the insect's last 2 antennae segments. The name stink bug refers to the scent glands located on the dorsal surface of the abdomen and the underside of the thorax. BMSB is also commonly confused with the western conifer seed bug; both invade homes in the fall to overwinter.

BMSB eggs are elliptical (1.6 x 1.3 mm), light yellow to yellow-red with minute spines forming fine lines. They are attached, side-by-side, to the underside of leaves in masses of 20-30 eggs. There are 5 nymphal instars (immature stages). Nymphs have deep red eyes, yellowish red abdomen in the first instar progressing to off-white with reddish spots in the fifth instar. The legs, head and thorax of nymphs are black. Adults overwinter and emerge late April to mid-May, to mate and deposit eggs from May through August. They migrate into cropped areas from outside. There is likely 1 generation per year in New England, but research is indicating that 2 generations are occurring in mid-Atlantic states.

Fruits have been the most severely attacked (including apples, peaches, figs, mulberries, citrus fruits, and persimmons). Other hosts include many ornamental plants, weeds, and soybeans. Vegetable crops damaged by BMSB include sweet corn, tomatoes, lima beans, and green peppers. Feeding damage to fruits and vegetables includes scarring, cat-facing, spotting, and internal damage which reduce marketability.

Research on monitoring, thresholds and control methods is ongoing. Look for adults, eggs and nymphs and for damage. Insecticides labeled for stink bugs (without species indicated) may be used for BMSB; a few products have expanded labels to include BMSB specifically.

  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 1.6 to 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Foliar applications only. For brown, consperse, green, and Southern green stink bugs only. Coverage is essential for adequate control.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. May be combined with Belay for control of brown stink bug, but this combination should not be applied during bloom or if bees are actively foraging. See label for rates and increased PHI. 
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • lambda-cyhalothrin (Warrior* II): 1.28 to 1.92 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • methomyl (Lannate* LV): 1.5 to 3 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A.
  • novaluron (Rimon 0.83EC)12 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 16B. Most effective on immature stages. 
  • oxamyl (Vydate L): 1.5 to 4 pt/A foliar; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply once when insect populations are at threshold and repeat at 5 day intervals as needed. Apply by ground or air only in at least 20 gal of water/A by ground and in at least 5 gal/A by air. Thorough coverage improves performance. Use of a wetting agent can improve coverage. BMSB only.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. 
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Brown stink bugs only. 

Tomato Russet Mite (Aculops lycopersici)

Surface feeding on stems produces a russeted or bronzed appearance, beginning at the soil line, which later moves up to leaves and fruit. Sulfur and other miticides are effective.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Repeated applications may be necessary.
  • malathion (Malathion 57EC): 1 to 2.5 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 1B.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal drench, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Group UN.
  • neem oil (TrilogyOG): 1 to 2% solution in 25 to 100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 18. Avoid midday applications and ensure good coverage.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur or oils.
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and systemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 5 to 10 lb/A; REI 24h, Bee: L, No IRAC classification. Thorough coverage is required. 

Two-spotted Spider Mite (Tetranychus urticae)

For more information on TSSM see insect control section of Eggplant.

  • abamectin (Agri-Mek* SC): 1.75 to 3.5 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 6. Must be mixed with a non-ionic wetting, spreading, and/or penetrating spray adjuvant. Do not use binder or sticker type adjuvant.
  • acequinocyl (Kanemite 15SC): 31 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 20B. Do not use less than 100 gal water/A. Use of an adjuvant or surfactant is prohibited.
  • bifenazate (Acramite 50WS): 0.75 to 1 lb/A; PHI 3d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Long residual. Not systemic; ensure complete coverage of upper and lower leaf surfaces and fruit.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 5.12 to 6.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpropathrin (Danitol* 2.4EC): 10.66 oz/A; PHI 3d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3. Treat when mite populations are just beginning to build, less than 5 motiles per leaf.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. Repeated applications may be necessary.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal drench, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • neem oil (TrilogyOG): 1 to 2% solution in 25 to 100 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M, Group 18. Avoid midday applications and ensure good coverage.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • soybean oil (Golden Pest Spray OilOG): 2 gal/10 to 80 gal water/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 25. Apply once a week beginning when mites first appear.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages. 
  • sulfur (Microthiol DisperssOG): 5 to 10 lb/A; REI 24h, Bee: L, No IRAC classification. Thorough coverage is required. 

Whitefly, Greenhouse (Trialeurodes vaporariorum) and Sweet Potato (Bemisia tabaci)

Whiteflies found in the outdoor vegetable crops in New England are most commonly greenhouse whitefly (Trialeurodes vaporariorum) or, less commonly, sweet potato whitefly B-biotype (Bemisia tabaci). For more information on biology and management, see whiteflies in the insect control section of Greenhouse Tomato. Whitefly outbreaks in field tomatoes and other field crops are not common in New England. Both species winter-kill but may be introduced on infested transplants that are moved from the greenhouse to the field. Manage populations in the greenhouse using biological controls or insecticides (see Insect and Mite Management in the Vegetable Transplant section for more on managing whitefly on transplants in the greenhouse). Natural enemies in the field may contain outbreaks if they are not disrupted by broad-spectrum insecticides. Row covers over transplants may protect whiteflies from natural enemies, allowing populations to build. If whitefly populations reach high levels, damage appears as yellowing, spots, leaf drop, plant wilting or stunting, and may result in problems with honeydew and sooty mold or viruses. Most feeding occurs on lower leaf surfaces, so systemic insecticides are often more effective than contact insecticides. Practice resistance management by alternating between insecticide groups to preserve the effective life of products.

  • acetamiprid (Assail 30SG): 2.5 to 4 oz/A; PHI 7d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 4A.
  • afidopyropen (Sefina): 14 fl oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9D.
  • alpha-cypermethrin (Fastac* EC): 3.2 to 3.8 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee:H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • beta-cyfluthrin (Baythroid* XL): 2.8 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H,
  • Group 3A. Suppression of adult whiteflies only.
  • bifenthrin (Brigade* 2EC): 2.1 to 5.2 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • Chenopodium extract (Requiem EC): 2 to 4 qt/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L. Group UN. Apply before pests reach damaging levels.
  • Chromobacterium subtsugae strain PRAA4-1 (GrandevoOG): 2 to 3 lb/A; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: M. Group UN.
  • cyantraniliprole (Exirel): 13.5 to 20.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 28. For best performance, use with an effective adjuvant. 
  • cyantraniliprole (Verimark): 6.75 to 13.5 oz/A at planting, 6.75 to 10 oz/A chemigation; PHI 1d, REI 4h, Bee: H, Group 28. For soil applications at planting, drip chemigation, or soil injection. Allow 1-3 days for control to be translocated into the aerial portions and to fully protect transplants following an at-plant application. Allow 2-5 days for control to fully protect the plants following a drip application. 
  • deltamethrin (Delta Gold*): 1.5 to 2.4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • dinotefuran (Safari): 1 to 4 oz/A foliar, 5 to 7.5 oz/A soil; REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. For transplants while in greenhouse. Not for use on greenhouse or field crops.
  • dinotefuran (Venom): 1 to 4 dry oz/A foliar or 5 to 7.5 dry oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, 21d soil, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A Do not apply to varieties with fruit that is less than 2", such as cherry or grape tomatoes.
  • esfenvalerate (Asana* XL): 5.8 to 9.6 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A.
  • fenpyroximate (Portal XLO): 2 pt/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 21A. Suppression only. 
  • flonicamid (Beleaf 50SG): 2.8 to 4.28 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9C. Begin applications before populations begin to build, and before damage is evident. Use higher rate for building populations or dense foliage. Suppression only.
  • flupyradifurone (Sivanto): 10.5 to 14 oz/A foliar, 21 to 28 oz/A soil; PHI 1d foliar, PHI 45d soil, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group 4D.
  • gamma-cyhalothrin (Declare*): 1.02 to 1.54 oz/A; PHI 5d, REI 24h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
  • imidacloprid (Admire Pro): 7 to 10.5 oz/A soil, 1.3 to 2.2 oz/A foliar, 0.44 oz/10,000 plants on seedling transplants in greenhouse; PHI 21d soil, PHI 0d foliar, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Planthouse applications only provide short-term protection. An additional field application must be made within 2 weeks following transplanting to provide continuous protection.
  • insecticidal soap (M-PedeOG): 1.25 to 2.5 oz/gal water; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L. Spray to wet all infested plant surfaces. For enhanced and residual control, apply with a companion labeled insecticide.
  • Metarhizium anisopliae Strain F52 (Met 52 EC): 40 to 80 oz/100 gal drench, 8 to 64 oz/A foliar; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L, Group UN.
  • oxamyl (Vydate* L): 2 to 4 pt/A; PHI 3d, REI 48h, Bee: H, Group 1A. Apply by ground or air when insects first appear. Suppression only.
  • petroleum oil (Suffoil XOG): 1 to 2 gal/100 gal water; PHI 0d, REI 4h, Bee: L.
  • pymetrozine (Fulfill): 2.75 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 9A. Suppression only. Apply when whiteflies first appear.
  • pyrethrin (PyGanic EC5.0OG): 4.5 to 17 oz/A; 0.25 to 0.50 oz/gal, 3 gal/1000 sq ft in greenhouse for backpack sprayers; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 3A.
  • pyriproxyfen (Knack): 8 to 10 fl oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: L, Group 7. For control of eggs and immature stages. Does not control adults, but hatching of eggs laid by treated adults may be suppressed. Apply when threshold levels are reached. Higher water volumes provide improved control. 
  • sodium tetraborohydrate decahydrate (Prev-AM): 50 oz/100 gal; REI 12h, Bee: L, Group 25. Do not apply in midday sun or mix with copper, sulfur, or oils.
  • spiromesifen (Oberon 2SC): 7 to 8.5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: M, Group 23. Complete coverage is necessary. An adjuvant may be used to improve coverage and control. Effective against egg and immature stages. 
  • spirotetramat (Movento): 4 to 5 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 24h, Bee: M, Group 23. Must be tank-mixed with a spray adjuvant with spreading and penetrating properties to maximize leaf uptake and sytemicity. Don't use sticker adjuvants. Controls immature stages; may also reduce adult fertility.
  • sulfoxaflor (Closer SC): 4.25 to 4.5 oz/A.; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4C. Do not apply between 3 days prior to bloom and until after petal fall.
  • thiamethoxam (Actara): 3 to 5.5 oz/A; PHI 0d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A.
  • thiamethoxam (Platinum): 5 to 11 oz/A; PHI 30d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 4A. Systemic insecticide used as an in-furrow, banded, drench, or drip irrigation application to the seedling root zone during or after transplanting or shanked into root zone after transplanting or establishment. Do not apply as a foliar spray.
  • zeta-cypermethrin (Mustang*): 3.2 to 4 oz/A; PHI 1d, REI 12h, Bee: H, Group 3A. Suppression only.
Insect Control

Tomato Outdoor Physiological Disorders

Tomato Outdoor Physiological Disorders ashahane

Blossom End Rot

A physiological disorder associated with insufficient uptake and translocation of calcium to the fruit. For control, ensure adequate moisture and calcium in the soil. It is essential to maintain uniform soil moisture throughout the season. Do not permit plants to wilt during hot days. Do not use urea or ammonium sources of nitrogen for sidedressing or fertigation because these forms of nitrogen inhibit calcium uptake. Avoid injuring roots.

Blotchy Ripening and Gray Wall

Blotchy ripening most often develops in greenhouses. Damage to fruit may be significant. It can also be encountered in the field in fresh-market and processing tomato crops. This poorly understood physiological disorder seems to be a consequence of any environmental stress that slows the growth of the plant, particularly sudden stress that occurs at some point early in fruit development. The cause of this physiological disorder and its relationship to "gray wall" is not well understood. Blotchy ripening has been linked to potassium and boron deficiency and to high nitrogen levels, which promote excessive growth. This syndrome has sometimes been linked to infection by tomato mosaic virus, but this does not seem to be the definitive cause. Weather plays a role in the development of blotchy ripening; the disorder is more prevalent when temperatures are very high. Affected fruit ripen unevenly, with patches that do not ripen but remain hard and gray or yellow. When fruit are cut, the vascular tissues may appear brown and rotted. Growers should provide balanced fertilization and, in greenhouses, avoid excessively high temperatures, if possible. Cultivars vary in susceptibility to greywall. Avoid those varieties which show excessive symptoms. Avoid injury to roots. Do not sidedress with urea or ammonium sources of nitrogen.

Fruit Cracking

See Physiological Disorders in Tomato (Greenhouse and High Tunnel) section.

Physiological Disorders

Tomato Outdoor Weed Control

Tomato Outdoor Weed Control otank

NOTES: For the herbicides listed below, one product trade name and formulation is provided for each active ingredient along with preharvest interval (PHI), restricted entry interval (REI), resistance management group number, and example of rates and special instructions. In many cases, there are other products available with the same active ingredient. However, not all products with the same active ingredient are registered for use in a crop. Always check the product label to be sure that the crop is listed before using. 

Stale Seedbed

See Stale Seedbed Technique for information on the use of these herbicides or flaming.

Preemergent Herbicides (before weeds germinate)

  • napropamide (Devrinol 2-XT)REI 24h, Group 0. Apply 2-4 qt/A per application only 1 application per year. Shallow incorporate no deeper than the seedling depth. If using with plastic mulch, apply before laying mulch. If soil is dry, incorporate 2-4” into the soil with water through rainfall or irrigation within 24-72 hours of application and then lay mulch the same day the herbicide was incorporated. If applying between rows of plastic mulch, shallow incorporate 1-2” into the soil with water through rainfall or irrigation within 24-72 hours of application.
  • pendimethalin (Prowl H2O)PHI 21d, REI 24h, Group 3. Apply 1-3 pt/A per application. Rate based on soil texture. Can be applied broadcast before transplanting or as a directed spray after transplanting. Can be applied to transplanted raised beds just before laying plastic. May also be applied in a band to previously untreated row middles between the transplanted beds but be sure not to overlap row and row-middle spray. Incorporate into the soil or leave on the soil surface. Treated soil falling into the transplant hole may delay crop growth. Can be used under plastic mulch. Can also be applied after transplanting once the roots are established as a directed spray on the soil at the base of the plant, beneath plants, and between rows. Avoid direct contact with foliage or stems or injury will occur. Mechanically incorporate at blocking, thinning, or layby if sufficient rainfall or irrigation has not occurred.
  • s-metolachlor (Dual Magnum)PHI 30d for applications 1.33 pt/A or less, 90d for applications greater than 1.33 pt/A, REI 24h, Group 15. Apply 1-2 pts/A per application. Only 2 applications allowed if following the 30 days PHI. Rate based on application timing, soil texture, and organic matter content. Can be applied before transplanting tomatoes. Be sure to keep soil disturbance to a minimum during transplanting. If dry weather is expected Dual Magnum can be uniformly incorporated into the soil before planting. If laying plastic, apply immediately before laying plastic. Can also apply after the tomatoes have emerged in a minimum of 20 gal/A if spray, avoiding contact with the tomato plant. For transplanted tomatoes, apply after the first setting rain or irrigation. For direct seeded tomatoes, apply when tomatoes are at least 4” tall. Can also be applied in row middles. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. The risk of crop injury is greater if transplants are damaged or in cool wet conditions. If applying in row middles in sandy soils in wet conditions, epinasty of crops may occur. To reduce this risk, incorporate after spraying, apply 7 or more days before planting transplants, or minimize the application of Dual Magnum onto the plastic mulch.
  • sulfentrazone (Aquesta 4F): REI 12h, Group 14. Apply 2.25-12 oz/A per application. 2.25-8.0 oz/A per application. Only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture, organic matter, and soil pH. Apply banded or broadcast before transplanting.
  • trifluralin (Treflan HFP)REI 12h, Group 3. Apply 1-2 pt/A per application, only 1 application per year. Rate based on soil texture, percent organic matter, and rainfall.

Pre- and Postemergent Herbicides

  • halosulfuron (Sandea)PHI 30d, REI 12h, Group 2. Apply 0.5-1 oz/A per application, up to 2 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 21 days apart. Do not exceed 2 oz/A per year. Rate depends on soil texture and organic matter. Split applications will help with control of nutsedge (preemergence followed by post-emergent or two post-emergent applications). In this situation, use a spot treatment to target emerged nutsedge and do not exceed 1 oz/A (or 0.75 oz/A on top of plastic mulch). Can be applied before transplanting tomatoes. Apply to bare ground or following bed shaping and just prior to installation of plastic mulch. Transplant 7 days after treating, taking care not to expose untreated soil. Can also be applied after tomatoes have emerged either over-the-top, or with crop shields as a directed spray. Apply once tomatoes have reached the 4-leaf stage or once transplants are established, at least 14 days after transplanting. Applications following bloom could cause some bloom drop. Over-the-top applications on plastic mulch are not allowed in the Northeast. Can also apply to row middles.
  • rimsulfuron (Matrix)PHI 45d*, REI 4h, Group 2. Apply up to 4 oz/A per application, up to 3 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 7 days apart. Do not exceed 4 oz/A per year. Activate and incorporate 2-3” into the soil with water through irrigation or rainfall within 5 days of application. Applying after weed and crop emergence will provide better control if unable to water in a preemergent application. Can also use irrigation or rainfall to activate postemergent Matrix to better control future flushes of weeds. Irrigation or rainfall must occur between 4 hours and 5 days after application. REIs vary by formulations; check labels.
  • metribuzin (Metribuzin 75)PHI 7d, REI 12h, Group 5. Apply 0.3-1.3 lb/A per application, multiple application allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 1.3 lb/A per year, but do not apply the total amount of Metribuzin within a time span of 35 days unless using a directed spray. Do not apply within 24 hours of treatment with other pesticides or within 3 days after periods of cool, wet, or cloudy weather. Has not been tested on all varieties; crop tolerance should be verified before treating the entire field. Do not use with hot caps. Can be applied in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray as a broadcast application to the soil surface immediately before transplanting. Mechanically incorporate 2-4” into the soil. Place root system below the chemical barrier. Apply to transplants once they have recovered from transplant shock and new growth is evident. If applying at a high rate (0.6-1.3 lbs/A), avoid contact with tomato foliage.

Postemergent Herbicides (after weeds germinate)

  • carfentrazone (Aim EC)REI 12h, Group 14. Apply up to 2 oz/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 6.1 oz/A per year. Can be applied as a preplant burndown immediately before transplanting. Can also be applied to row middles of emerged crops with hooded sprayers to control emerged weeds, including crops grown on mulch or plastic. Prevent any spray from contacting the crop, or injury will occur. For best results, make application to actively growing weeds up to 4” tall and rosettes less than 3” across.
  • clethodim (Select Max)PHI 20d, 24hr REI, Group 1. Apply 9-16 oz/A per application, up to 4 applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 64 oz/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Add 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (1 qt/100 gal of spray). Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 0.33-0.66% (0.44-0.85 oz/gal) Select Max and 0.25% v:v nonionic surfactant (0.33 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • glyphosate (Roundup Power Max): PHI 14d, REI 4h, Group 9. Apply 10 oz to 3.1 qts/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year. Do not exceed 5 qts/A per year. Rate based on target weed species. Can be applied during fallow intervals, prior to transplanting or at planting. Could cause injury when applied prior to transplanting into plastic mulch. Remove residual product from plastic mulch with a 0.5” of water through irrigation or rainfall prior to planting. Turn air circulation fans off when applying inside a greenhouse.
  • paraquat (Gramoxone SL 2.0*)REI 12h or 24h, Group 22. Apply 1.3-2.7 pts/A per application. Up to 3 applications allowed before tomato planting, 3 applications after tomato emergence, and 2 applications after harvest as a dessiccant, at least 7 days apart. Do not exceed 8 pts/A per year. Can also be applied after the crop has emerged with a directed spray. Apply in a minimum of 10 gal/A of spray. Can also be applied after the final harvest as a vine dessiccant in a minimum of 40 gal/A of spray. May be fatal if swallowed or inhaled. *Restricted use: Applicators must complete an EPA-approved paraquat training every 3 years: https://www.epa.gov/pesticide-worker-safety/paraquat-dichloride-training-certified-applicators.
  • pelargonic acid (Scythe): PHI 1d, REI 12h, Group 17. Apply a 3-10% solution (3-10 gal/100 gal of spray). Apply in 75-200 gal/A of spray. Can use preplant, or as a directed and shielded spray during crop growth. Avoid contact with foliage or crop damage may occur. Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
  • sethoxydim (Poast)PHI 20d, REI 12h, Group 1. Apply up to 1.5 pt/A per application, multiple applications allowed per year, a minimum of 14 days apart. Do not exceed 4.5 pts/A per year. Apply to actively growing grasses. Use with crop oil concentrate (2 pt/A) or methylated seed oil (1.5 pt/A). Note that crop oil can cause injury under hot and humid conditions. Can also be applied as a spot-spray by mixing 1-1.5% (1.3-1.9 oz/gal) Poast and 1% v:v crop oil concentrate (1.3 oz/gal). Spray to wet, but do not allow runoff of spray solution.
Weed Control